From 22e34ce5aee24d2fd11f8205522ab7ecdb3c4c5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yuriy Andamasov Date: Wed, 6 May 2026 14:41:08 +0300 Subject: Add incremental RST-to-MyST swap mechanism (sagitta) (#1868) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * feat(swap-sagitta): add incremental RST-to-MyST swap mechanism Backport of the swap mechanism from feat/incremental-myst-swap onto the sagitta release branch. Built directly on top of origin/sagitta, so the underlying RST tree is sagitta's (not current's). Mechanism: - scripts/import_myst.py — import md from myst/* with md- prefix - scripts/swap_sources.py — rename md-{name}.md → {name}.md before Sphinx builds, restore after; writes _build/_swap_state.json and _build/_swap_exclude.txt - docs/Makefile — html/dirhtml/pdf/livehtml all run swap → build → trap restore; explicit `swap` and `restore` targets too - docs/conf.py — MyST extensions enabled; swap exclude_patterns loader; _prefer_webp builder hook so html prefers webp over png Content: - 202 md-prefixed pages from origin/myst/sagitta (md-{name}.md alongside each {name}.rst counterpart) - 1 plain MyST-only page from myst/sagitta where no .rst exists (already at canonical name on sagitta: docs/copyright.md) - 240 .webp images from myst/sagitta (added alongside the existing PNG/JPG so RST builds keep their assets) - docs/_swap.txt populated with all 202 stems → MyST is served by default, revert a page by removing its stem from _swap.txt 🤖 Generated by [robots](https://vyos.io) * feat(conf): copy .md sources into HTML output for plain-text serving Adds a build-finished hook that mirrors every .md file from the Sphinx source tree into the HTML output directory verbatim, making unrendered MyST sources accessible alongside HTML renders at the same URL path. 🤖 Generated by [robots](https://vyos.io) * docs: address review feedback (backport from PR #1857) Fix conversion artifacts, typos, and technical inaccuracies applicable to the sagitta branch: curly quotes, typos (deamonless, cammans, amdifferent, trough), incorrect firewall command paths, missing closing brace in zone-policy, peer name inconsistencies, hardcoded passwords replaced with vault references, and md-*.md exclusion in conf.py. 🤖 Generated by [robots](https://vyos.io) * docs: port .readthedocs.yml jobs, _ext/vyos.py fallback and swap-script tests from PR #1857 Parity backport from PR #1857 (current) — three pieces were missing on sagitta. - .readthedocs.yml: add build.jobs.pre_build / post_build hooks that run scripts/swap_sources.py --swap before the Sphinx build and --restore after. Without this, the swap mechanism ships but never runs on RTD builds for this branch — the swap is a silent no-op. - docs/_ext/vyos.py: CmdInclude.run() now falls back to nested_parse() when self.state._renderer is not present. Required for cfgcmd / opcmd / cmdincludemd directives to render correctly when included from MyST pages (the swap mechanism's whole point). Sagitta-only delta on _ext/vyos.py (the path = str(path) line on 224) is intentionally untouched. - tests/test_import_myst.py, tests/test_swap_sources.py: tests for the swap scripts. The scripts on this branch are byte-identical to current's, so the same tests apply. Travels with the branch so CI catches per-branch regressions if the scripts ever drift. 🤖 Generated by [robots](https://vyos.io) * fix(conf): skip md-*.md staging files in _copy_md_sources Agent-Logs-Url: https://github.com/vyos/vyos-documentation/sessions/919695a7-688d-41b9-89f0-540684625dbc Co-authored-by: andamasov <12631358+andamasov@users.noreply.github.com> --------- Co-authored-by: copilot-swe-agent[bot] <198982749+Copilot@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: andamasov <12631358+andamasov@users.noreply.github.com> --- docs/configuration/container/md-index.md | 512 ++++ docs/configuration/firewall/md-bridge.md | 683 +++++ docs/configuration/firewall/md-flowtables.md | 229 ++ docs/configuration/firewall/md-global-options.md | 236 ++ docs/configuration/firewall/md-groups.md | 561 +++++ docs/configuration/firewall/md-index.md | 181 ++ docs/configuration/firewall/md-ipv4.md | 2657 ++++++++++++++++++++ docs/configuration/firewall/md-ipv6.md | 2638 +++++++++++++++++++ docs/configuration/firewall/md-zone.md | 209 ++ docs/configuration/highavailability/md-index.md | 525 ++++ docs/configuration/interfaces/md-bonding.md | 731 ++++++ docs/configuration/interfaces/md-bridge.md | 405 +++ docs/configuration/interfaces/md-dummy.md | 110 + docs/configuration/interfaces/md-ethernet.md | 357 +++ docs/configuration/interfaces/md-geneve.md | 102 + docs/configuration/interfaces/md-index.md | 25 + docs/configuration/interfaces/md-l2tpv3.md | 206 ++ docs/configuration/interfaces/md-loopback.md | 97 + docs/configuration/interfaces/md-macsec.md | 332 +++ docs/configuration/interfaces/md-openvpn.md | 924 +++++++ docs/configuration/interfaces/md-pppoe.md | 562 +++++ .../configuration/interfaces/md-pseudo-ethernet.md | 67 + docs/configuration/interfaces/md-sstp-client.md | 225 ++ docs/configuration/interfaces/md-tunnel.md | 283 +++ .../interfaces/md-virtual-ethernet.md | 127 + docs/configuration/interfaces/md-vti.md | 46 + docs/configuration/interfaces/md-vxlan.md | 396 +++ docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wireguard.md | 480 ++++ docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wireless.md | 823 ++++++ docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wwan.md | 390 +++ docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-index.md | 8 + .../loadbalancing/md-reverse-proxy.md | 552 ++++ docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-wan.md | 320 +++ docs/configuration/md-index.md | 22 + docs/configuration/nat/md-index.md | 9 + docs/configuration/nat/md-nat44.md | 844 +++++++ docs/configuration/nat/md-nat64.md | 68 + docs/configuration/nat/md-nat66.md | 221 ++ docs/configuration/pki/md-index.md | 662 +++++ docs/configuration/policy/md-access-list.md | 96 + docs/configuration/policy/md-as-path-list.md | 48 + docs/configuration/policy/md-community-list.md | 50 + docs/configuration/policy/md-examples.md | 201 ++ docs/configuration/policy/md-extcommunity-list.md | 55 + docs/configuration/policy/md-index.md | 46 + .../policy/md-large-community-list.md | 51 + docs/configuration/policy/md-local-route.md | 73 + docs/configuration/policy/md-prefix-list.md | 190 ++ docs/configuration/policy/md-route-map.md | 651 +++++ docs/configuration/policy/md-route.md | 647 +++++ docs/configuration/protocols/md-babel.md | 294 +++ docs/configuration/protocols/md-bfd.md | 259 ++ docs/configuration/protocols/md-bgp.md | 1683 +++++++++++++ docs/configuration/protocols/md-failover.md | 131 + docs/configuration/protocols/md-igmp-proxy.md | 88 + docs/configuration/protocols/md-index.md | 20 + docs/configuration/protocols/md-isis.md | 662 +++++ docs/configuration/protocols/md-mpls.md | 419 +++ docs/configuration/protocols/md-ospf.md | 1772 +++++++++++++ docs/configuration/protocols/md-pim.md | 345 +++ docs/configuration/protocols/md-pim6.md | 122 + docs/configuration/protocols/md-rip.md | 361 +++ docs/configuration/protocols/md-rpki.md | 238 ++ docs/configuration/protocols/md-segment-routing.md | 442 ++++ docs/configuration/protocols/md-static.md | 322 +++ docs/configuration/service/md-broadcast-relay.md | 94 + docs/configuration/service/md-config-sync.md | 121 + docs/configuration/service/md-conntrack-sync.md | 380 +++ docs/configuration/service/md-console-server.md | 206 ++ docs/configuration/service/md-dhcp-relay.md | 242 ++ docs/configuration/service/md-dhcp-server.md | 1128 +++++++++ docs/configuration/service/md-dns.md | 574 +++++ docs/configuration/service/md-eventhandler.md | 150 ++ docs/configuration/service/md-https.md | 122 + docs/configuration/service/md-ids.md | 228 ++ docs/configuration/service/md-index.md | 28 + docs/configuration/service/md-ipoe-server.md | 656 +++++ docs/configuration/service/md-lldp.md | 176 ++ docs/configuration/service/md-mdns.md | 162 ++ docs/configuration/service/md-monitoring.md | 230 ++ docs/configuration/service/md-ntp.md | 136 + docs/configuration/service/md-pppoe-server.md | 957 +++++++ docs/configuration/service/md-router-advert.md | 241 ++ docs/configuration/service/md-salt-minion.md | 58 + docs/configuration/service/md-snmp.md | 252 ++ docs/configuration/service/md-ssh.md | 374 +++ docs/configuration/service/md-tftp-server.md | 105 + docs/configuration/service/md-webproxy.md | 536 ++++ docs/configuration/system/md-acceleration.md | 168 ++ docs/configuration/system/md-conntrack.md | 473 ++++ docs/configuration/system/md-console.md | 59 + docs/configuration/system/md-default-route.md | 48 + docs/configuration/system/md-flow-accounting.md | 312 +++ docs/configuration/system/md-frr.md | 50 + docs/configuration/system/md-host-name.md | 86 + docs/configuration/system/md-index.md | 31 + docs/configuration/system/md-ip.md | 132 + docs/configuration/system/md-ipv6.md | 278 ++ docs/configuration/system/md-lcd.md | 52 + docs/configuration/system/md-login.md | 549 ++++ docs/configuration/system/md-name-server.md | 81 + docs/configuration/system/md-option.md | 262 ++ docs/configuration/system/md-proxy.md | 40 + docs/configuration/system/md-sflow.md | 81 + docs/configuration/system/md-sysctl.md | 12 + docs/configuration/system/md-syslog.md | 606 +++++ docs/configuration/system/md-task-scheduler.md | 70 + docs/configuration/system/md-time-zone.md | 18 + docs/configuration/system/md-updates.md | 39 + docs/configuration/trafficpolicy/md-index.md | 1738 +++++++++++++ docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-index.md | 15 + docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-ipsec_general.md | 399 +++ .../vpn/ipsec/md-remoteaccess_ipsec.md | 185 ++ docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-site2site_ipsec.md | 944 +++++++ .../vpn/ipsec/md-troubleshooting_ipsec.md | 303 +++ docs/configuration/vpn/md-dmvpn.md | 406 +++ docs/configuration/vpn/md-index.md | 20 + docs/configuration/vpn/md-l2tp.md | 837 ++++++ docs/configuration/vpn/md-openconnect.md | 329 +++ docs/configuration/vpn/md-pptp.md | 808 ++++++ docs/configuration/vpn/md-rsa-keys.md | 105 + docs/configuration/vpn/md-sstp.md | 919 +++++++ docs/configuration/vrf/md-index.md | 694 +++++ 123 files changed, 45396 insertions(+) create mode 100644 docs/configuration/container/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/firewall/md-bridge.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/firewall/md-flowtables.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/firewall/md-global-options.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/firewall/md-groups.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/firewall/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/firewall/md-ipv4.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/firewall/md-ipv6.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/firewall/md-zone.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/highavailability/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-bonding.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-bridge.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-dummy.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-ethernet.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-geneve.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-l2tpv3.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-loopback.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-macsec.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-openvpn.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-pppoe.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-pseudo-ethernet.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-sstp-client.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-tunnel.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-virtual-ethernet.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-vti.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-vxlan.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wireguard.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wireless.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wwan.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-reverse-proxy.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-wan.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/nat/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/nat/md-nat44.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/nat/md-nat64.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/nat/md-nat66.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/pki/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/policy/md-access-list.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/policy/md-as-path-list.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/policy/md-community-list.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/policy/md-examples.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/policy/md-extcommunity-list.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/policy/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/policy/md-large-community-list.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/policy/md-local-route.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/policy/md-prefix-list.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/policy/md-route-map.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/policy/md-route.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-babel.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-bfd.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-bgp.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-failover.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-igmp-proxy.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-isis.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-mpls.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-ospf.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-pim.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-pim6.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-rip.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-rpki.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-segment-routing.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/protocols/md-static.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-broadcast-relay.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-config-sync.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-conntrack-sync.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-console-server.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-dhcp-relay.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-dhcp-server.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-dns.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-eventhandler.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-https.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-ids.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-ipoe-server.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-lldp.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-mdns.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-monitoring.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-ntp.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-pppoe-server.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-router-advert.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-salt-minion.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-snmp.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-ssh.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-tftp-server.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/service/md-webproxy.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-acceleration.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-conntrack.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-console.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-default-route.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-flow-accounting.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-frr.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-host-name.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-ip.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-ipv6.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-lcd.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-login.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-name-server.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-option.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-proxy.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-sflow.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-sysctl.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-syslog.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-task-scheduler.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-time-zone.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/system/md-updates.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/trafficpolicy/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-ipsec_general.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-remoteaccess_ipsec.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-site2site_ipsec.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-troubleshooting_ipsec.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vpn/md-dmvpn.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vpn/md-index.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vpn/md-l2tp.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vpn/md-openconnect.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vpn/md-pptp.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vpn/md-rsa-keys.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vpn/md-sstp.md create mode 100644 docs/configuration/vrf/md-index.md (limited to 'docs/configuration') diff --git a/docs/configuration/container/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/container/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1cd322f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/container/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,512 @@ +lastproofread +2022-06-10 + +# Container + +The VyOS container implementation is based on Podman\ as +a daemonless container engine. + +## Configuration + +
+ +set container name \ image + +Sets the image name in the hub registry + +``` none +set container name mysql-server image mysql:8.0 +``` + +If a registry is not specified, Docker.io will be used as the container +registry unless an alternative registry is specified using +**set container registry \** or the registry is included +in the image name + +``` none +set container name mysql-server image quay.io/mysql:8.0 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ entrypoint \ + +Override the default entrypoint from the image for a container. + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ command \ + +Override the default command from the image for a container. + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ arguments \ + +Set the command arguments for a container. + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ host-name \ + +Set the host name for a container. + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ allow-host-pid + +The container and the host share the same process namespace. +This means that processes running on the host are visible inside the +container, and processes inside the container are visible on the host. + +The command translates to "--pid host" when the container is created. + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ allow-host-networks + +Allow host networking in a container. The network stack of the container is +not isolated from the host and will use the host IP. + +The command translates to "--net host" when the container is created. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**allow-host-networks** cannot be used with **network** + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set container name \ network \ + +Attaches user-defined network to a container. +Only one network must be specified and must already exist. + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ network \ address \ + +Optionally set a specific static IPv4 or IPv6 address for the container. +This address must be within the named network prefix. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The first IP in the container network is reserved by the +engine and cannot be used + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set container name \ description \ + +Set a container description + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ environment \ value \ + +Add custom environment variables. +Multiple environment variables are allowed. +The following commands translate to "-e key=value" when the container +is created. + +``` none +set container name mysql-server environment MYSQL_DATABASE value 'zabbix' +set container name mysql-server environment MYSQL_USER value 'zabbix' +set container name mysql-server environment MYSQL_PASSWORD value 'zabbix_pwd' +set container name mysql-server environment MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD value 'root_pwd' +``` + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ port \ source \ + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ port \ destination \ + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ port \ protocol \ + +Publish a port for the container. + +``` none +set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql port http source 80 +set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql port http destination 8080 +set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql port http protocol tcp +``` + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ volume \ source \ + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ volume \ destination \ + +Mount a volume into the container + +``` none +set container name coredns volume 'corefile' source /config/coredns/Corefile +set container name coredns volume 'corefile' destination /etc/Corefile +``` + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ volume \ mode \ + +Volume is either mounted as rw (read-write - default) or ro (read-only) + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ uid \ + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ gid \ + +Set the User ID or Group ID of the container + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ restart \[no | on-failure | always\] + +Set the restart behavior of the container. + +- **no**: Do not restart containers on exit +- **on-failure**: Restart containers when they exit with a non-zero + exit code, retrying indefinitely (default) +- **always**: Restart containers when they exit, regardless of status, + retrying indefinitely + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ cpu-quota \ + +This specifies the number of CPU resources the container can use. + +Default is 0 for unlimited. +For example, 1.25 limits the container to use up to 1.25 cores +worth of CPU time. +This can be a decimal number with up to three decimal places. + +The command translates to "--cpus=\" when the container is created. + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ memory \ + +Constrain the memory available to the container. + +Default is 512 MB. Use 0 MB for unlimited memory. + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ device \ source \ + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ device \ destination \ + +Add a host device to the container. + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ capability \ + +Set container capabilities or permissions. + +- **net-admin**: Network operations (interface, firewall, routing tables) +- **net-bind-service**: Bind a socket to privileged ports + (port numbers less than 1024) +- **net-raw**: Permission to create raw network sockets +- **setpcap**: Capability sets (from bounded or inherited set) +- **sys-admin**: Administration operations (quotactl, mount, sethostname, + setdomainame) +- **sys-time**: Permission to set system clock + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ sysctl parameter \ value \ + +Set container sysctl values. + +The subset of possible parameters are: + +- Kernel Parameters: kernel.msgmax, kernel.msgmnb, kernel.msgmni, kernel.sem, + kernel.shmall, kernel.shmmax, kernel.shmmni, kernel.shm_rmid_forced +- Parameters beginning with fs.mqueue.\* +- Parameters beginning with net.\* (only if user-defined network is used) + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ label \ value \ + +Add metadata label for this container. + +
+ +
+ +set container name \ disable + +Disable a container. + +
+ +### Container Networks + +
+ +set container network \ + +Creates a named container network + +
+ +
+ +set container network \ description + +A brief description what this network is all about. + +
+ +
+ +set container network \ prefix \ + +Define IPv4 and/or IPv6 prefix for a given network name. +Both IPv4 and IPv6 can be used in parallel. + +
+ +
+ +set container network \ vrf \ + +Bind container network to a given VRF instance. + +
+ +### Container Registry + +
+ +set container registry \ + +Adds registry to list of unqualified-search-registries. By default, for any +image that does not include the registry in the image name, VyOS will use +docker.io and quay.io as the container registry. + +
+ +
+ +set container registry \ disable + +Disable a given container registry + +
+ +
+ +set container registry \ authentication username + +
+ +
+ +set container registry \ authentication password + +Some container registries require credentials to be used. + +Credentials can be defined here and will only be used when adding a +container image to the system. + +
+ +## Operation Commands + +
+ +add container image \ + +Pull a new image for container + +
+ +
+ +show container + +Show the list of all active containers. + +
+ +
+ +show container image + +Show the local container images. + +
+ +
+ +show container log \ + +Show logs from a given container + +
+ +
+ +show container network + +Show a list available container networks + +
+ +
+ +restart container \ + +Restart a given container + +
+ +
+ +update container image \ + +Update container image + +
+ +
+ +delete container image \ \[force\] + +Delete a particular container image based on it's image ID. +You can also delete all container images at once. + +You can not delete a container image if it has more then one tag +assigned, this is why there is a force option to pass down to +the container image to also remove those images. + +
+ +## Example Configuration + +> For the sake of demonstration, [example \#1 in the official documentation](https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/current/manual/installation/containers) +> to the declarative VyOS CLI syntax. +> +> ``` none +> set container network zabbix prefix 172.20.0.0/16 +> set container network zabbix description 'Network for Zabbix component containers' +> +> set container name mysql-server image mysql:8.0 +> set container name mysql-server network zabbix +> +> set container name mysql-server environment 'MYSQL_DATABASE' value 'zabbix' +> set container name mysql-server environment 'MYSQL_USER' value 'zabbix' +> set container name mysql-server environment 'MYSQL_PASSWORD' value 'zabbix_pwd' +> set container name mysql-server environment 'MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD' value 'root_pwd' +> +> set container name zabbix-java-gateway image zabbix/zabbix-java-gateway:alpine-5.2-latest +> set container name zabbix-java-gateway network zabbix +> +> set container name zabbix-server-mysql image zabbix/zabbix-server-mysql:alpine-5.2-latest +> set container name zabbix-server-mysql network zabbix +> +> set container name zabbix-server-mysql environment 'DB_SERVER_HOST' value 'mysql-server' +> set container name zabbix-server-mysql environment 'MYSQL_DATABASE' value 'zabbix' +> set container name zabbix-server-mysql environment 'MYSQL_USER' value 'zabbix' +> set container name zabbix-server-mysql environment 'MYSQL_PASSWORD' value 'zabbix_pwd' +> set container name zabbix-server-mysql environment 'MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD' value 'root_pwd' +> set container name zabbix-server-mysql environment 'ZBX_JAVAGATEWAY' value 'zabbix-java-gateway' +> +> set container name zabbix-server-mysql port zabbix source 10051 +> set container name zabbix-server-mysql port zabbix destination 10051 +> +> set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql image zabbix/zabbix-web-nginx-mysql:alpine-5.2-latest +> set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql network zabbix +> +> set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql environment 'MYSQL_DATABASE' value 'zabbix' +> set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql environment 'ZBX_SERVER_HOST' value 'zabbix-server-mysql' +> set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql environment 'DB_SERVER_HOST' value 'mysql-server' +> set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql environment 'MYSQL_USER' value 'zabbix' +> set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql environment 'MYSQL_PASSWORD' value 'zabbix_pwd' +> set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql environment 'MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD' value 'root_pwd' +> +> set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql port http source 80 +> set container name zabbix-web-nginx-mysql port http destination 8080 +> ``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/firewall/md-bridge.md b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-bridge.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fad81412 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-bridge.md @@ -0,0 +1,683 @@ +lastproofread +2023-11-08 + +# Bridge Firewall Configuration + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**Documentation under development** + +
+ +## Overview + +In this section there's useful information of all firewall configuration that +can be done regarding bridge, and appropiate op-mode commands. +Configuration commands covered in this section: + +
+ +set firewall bridge ... + +
+ +From main structure defined in `Firewall Overview` +in this section you can find detailed information only for the next part +of the general structure: + +``` none +- set firewall + * bridge + - forward + + filter + - name + + custom_name +``` + +Traffic which is received by the router on an interface which is member of a +bridge is processed on the **Bridge Layer**. A simplified packet flow diagram +for this layer is shown next: + +
+ +
+ +For traffic that needs to be forwared internally by the bridge, base chain is +is **forward**, and it's base command for filtering is `set firewall bridge forward filter ...`, which happens in stage 4, highlightened with red color. + +Custom bridge firewall chains can be create with command `set firewall bridge name ...`. In order to use such custom chain, a rule with action jump, +and the appropiate target should be defined in a base chain. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**Layer 3 bridge**: +When an IP address is assigned to the bridge interface, and if traffic +is sent to the router to this IP (for example using such IP as +default gateway), then rules defined for **bridge firewall** won't +match, and firewall analysis continues at **IP layer**. + +
+ +## Bridge Rules + +For firewall filtering, firewall rules needs to be created. Each rule is +numbered, has an action to apply if the rule is matched, and the ability +to specify multiple criteria matchers. Data packets go through the rules +from 1 - 999999, so order is crucial. At the first match the action of the +rule will be executed. + +### Actions + +If a rule is defined, then an action must be defined for it. This tells the +firewall what to do if all criteria matchers defined for such rule do match. + +In firewall bridge rules, the action can be: + +> - `accept`: accept the packet. +> - `continue`: continue parsing next rule. +> - `drop`: drop the packet. +> - `jump`: jump to another custom chain. +> - `return`: Return from the current chain and continue at the next rule +> of the last chain. +> - `queue`: Enqueue packet to userspace. + +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> action +\[accept | continue | drop | jump | queue | return\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> action +\[accept | continue | drop | jump | queue | return\] + +This required setting defines the action of the current rule. If action is +set to jump, then jump-target is also needed. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +jump-target \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +jump-target \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +queue \<0-65535\> + +To be used only when action is set to `queue`. Use this command to specify +queue target to use. Queue range is also supported. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options bypass + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options bypass + +To be used only when action is set to `queue`. Use this command to let +packet go through firewall when no userspace software is connected to the +queue. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options fanout + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options fanout + +To be used only when action is set to `queue`. Use this command to +distribute packets between several queues. + +
+ +Also, **default-action** is an action that takes place whenever a packet does +not match any rule in it's chain. For base chains, possible options for +**default-action** are **accept** or **drop**. + +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter default-action +\[accept | drop\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ default-action +\[accept | continue | drop | jump | queue | return\] + +This set the default action of the rule-set if no rule matched a packet +criteria. If default-action is set to `jump`, then +`default-jump-target` is also needed. Note that for base chains, default +action can only be set to `accept` or `drop`, while on custom chain, +more actions are available. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ default-jump-target \ + +To be used only when `defult-action` is set to `jump`. Use this +command to specify jump target for default rule. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**Important note about default-actions:** +If default action for any base chain is not defined, then the default +action is set to **accept** for that chain. For custom chains, if default +action is not defined, then the default-action is set to **drop**. + +
+ +### Firewall Logs + +Logging can be enable for every single firewall rule. If enabled, other +log options can be defined. + +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> log + +Enable logging for the matched packet. If this configuration command is not +present, then log is not enabled. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter default-log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ default-log + +Use this command to enable the logging of the default action on +the specified chain. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options level \[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice +| info | debug\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +log-options level \[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice +| info | debug\] + +Define log-level. Only applicable if rule log is enable. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options group \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +log-options group \<0-65535\> + +Define log group to send message to. Only applicable if rule log is enable. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options snapshot-length \<0-9000\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +log-options snapshot-length \<0-9000\> + +Define length of packet payload to include in netlink message. Only +applicable if rule log is enable and log group is defined. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options queue-threshold \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +log-options queue-threshold \<0-65535\> + +Define number of packets to queue inside the kernel before sending them to +userspace. Only applicable if rule log is enable and log group is defined. + +
+ +### Firewall Description + +For reference, a description can be defined for every defined custom chain. + +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ description \ + +Provide a rule-set description to a custom firewall chain. + +
+ +### Rule Status + +When defining a rule, it is enable by default. In some cases, it is useful to +just disable the rule, rather than removing it. + +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> disable + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> disable + +Command for disabling a rule but keep it in the configuration. + +
+ +### Matching criteria + +There are a lot of matching criteria against which the packet can be tested. + +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination mac-address \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination mac-address \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source mac-address \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source mac-address \ + +Match criteria based on source and/or destination mac-address. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface name \ + +Match based on inbound interface. Wilcard `*` can be used. +For example: `eth2*`. Prepending character `!` for inverted matching +criteria is also supportd. For example `!eth2` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface group \ + +Match based on inbound interface group. Prepending character `!` for +inverted matching criteria is also supportd. For example `!IFACE_GROUP` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface name \ + +Match based on outbound interface. Wilcard `*` can be used. +For example: `eth2*`. Prepending character `!` for inverted matching +criteria is also supportd. For example `!eth2` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface group \ + +Match based on outbound interface group. Prepending character `!` for +inverted matching criteria is also supportd. For example `!IFACE_GROUP` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +vlan id \<0-4096\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +vlan id \<0-4096\> + +Match based on vlan ID. Range is also supported. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +vlan priority \<0-7\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall bridge name \ rule \<1-999999\> +vlan priority \<0-7\> + +Match based on vlan priority(pcp). Range is also supported. + +
+ +## Operation-mode Firewall + +### Rule-set overview + +In this section you can find all useful firewall op-mode commands. + +General commands for firewall configuration, counter and statiscits: + +
+ +show firewall + +
+ +
+ +show firewall summary + +
+ +
+ +show firewall statistics + +
+ +And, to print only bridge firewall information: + +
+ +show firewall bridge + +
+ +
+ +show firewall bridge forward filter + +
+ +
+ +show firewall bridge forward filter rule \ + +
+ +
+ +show firewall bridge name \ + +
+ +
+ +show firewall bridge name \ rule \ + +
+ +### Show Firewall log + +
+ +show log firewall + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall bridge + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall bridge forward + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall bridge forward filter + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall bridge name \ + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall bridge forward filter rule \ + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall bridge name \ rule \ + +Show the logs of all firewall; show all bridge firewall logs; show all logs +for forward hook; show all logs for forward hook and priority filter; show +all logs for particular custom chain; show logs for specific Rule-Set. + +
+ +### Example + +Configuration example: + +``` none +set firewall bridge forward filter default-action 'drop' +set firewall bridge forward filter default-log +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 10 action 'continue' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 10 inbound-interface name 'eth2' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 10 vlan id '22' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 20 action 'drop' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 20 inbound-interface group 'TRUNK-RIGHT' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 20 vlan id '60' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 30 action 'jump' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 30 jump-target 'TEST' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 30 outbound-interface name '!eth1' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 35 action 'accept' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 35 vlan id '11' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 40 action 'continue' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 40 destination mac-address '66:55:44:33:22:11' +set firewall bridge forward filter rule 40 source mac-address '11:22:33:44:55:66' +set firewall bridge name TEST default-action 'accept' +set firewall bridge name TEST default-log +set firewall bridge name TEST rule 10 action 'continue' +set firewall bridge name TEST rule 10 log +set firewall bridge name TEST rule 10 vlan priority '0' +``` + +And op-mode commands: + +``` none +vyos@BRI:~$ show firewall bridge +Rulesets bridge Information + +--------------------------------- +bridge Firewall "forward filter" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- --------------------------------------------------------------------- +10 continue all 0 0 iifname "eth2" vlan id 22 continue +20 drop all 0 0 iifname @I_TRUNK-RIGHT vlan id 60 +30 jump all 2130 170688 oifname != "eth1" jump NAME_TEST +35 accept all 2080 168616 vlan id 11 accept +40 continue all 0 0 ether daddr 66:55:44:33:22:11 ether saddr 11:22:33:44:55:66 continue +default drop all 0 0 + +--------------------------------- +bridge Firewall "name TEST" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- -------------------------------------------------- +10 continue all 2130 170688 vlan pcp 0 prefix "[bri-NAM-TEST-10-C]" continue +default accept all 2130 170688 + +vyos@BRI:~$ +vyos@BRI:~$ show firewall bridge name TEST +Ruleset Information + +--------------------------------- +bridge Firewall "name TEST" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- -------------------------------------------------- +10 continue all 2130 170688 vlan pcp 0 prefix "[bri-NAM-TEST-10-C]" continue +default accept all 2130 170688 + +vyos@BRI:~$ +``` + +Inspect logs: + +``` none +vyos@BRI:~$ show log firewall bridge +Dec 05 14:37:47 kernel: [bri-NAM-TEST-10-C]IN=eth1 OUT=eth2 ARP HTYPE=1 PTYPE=0x0800 OPCODE=1 MACSRC=50:00:00:04:00:00 IPSRC=10.11.11.101 MACDST=00:00:00:00:00:00 IPDST=10.11.11.102 +Dec 05 14:37:48 kernel: [bri-NAM-TEST-10-C]IN=eth1 OUT=eth2 ARP HTYPE=1 PTYPE=0x0800 OPCODE=1 MACSRC=50:00:00:04:00:00 IPSRC=10.11.11.101 MACDST=00:00:00:00:00:00 IPDST=10.11.11.102 +Dec 05 14:37:49 kernel: [bri-NAM-TEST-10-C]IN=eth1 OUT=eth2 ARP HTYPE=1 PTYPE=0x0800 OPCODE=1 MACSRC=50:00:00:04:00:00 IPSRC=10.11.11.101 MACDST=00:00:00:00:00:00 IPDST=10.11.11.102 +... +vyos@BRI:~$ show log firewall bridge forward filter +Dec 05 14:42:22 kernel: [bri-FWD-filter-default-D]IN=eth2 OUT=eth1 MAC=33:33:00:00:00:16:50:00:00:06:00:00:86:dd SRC=0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000 DST=ff02:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0016 LEN=96 TC=0 HOPLIMIT=1 FLOWLBL=0 PROTO=ICMPv6 TYPE=143 CODE=0 +Dec 05 14:42:22 kernel: [bri-FWD-filter-default-D]IN=eth2 OUT=eth1 MAC=33:33:00:00:00:16:50:00:00:06:00:00:86:dd SRC=0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000 DST=ff02:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0016 LEN=96 TC=0 HOPLIMIT=1 FLOWLBL=0 PROTO=ICMPv6 TYPE=143 CODE=0 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/firewall/md-flowtables.md b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-flowtables.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e423eb59 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-flowtables.md @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +lastproofread +2024-06-20 + +# Flowtables Firewall Configuration + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**Documentation under development** + +
+ +## Overview + +In this section there's useful information of all firewall configuration that +can be done regarding flowtables. + +
+ +set firewall flowtables ... + +
+ +From main structure defined in +`Firewall Overview` +in this section you can find detailed information only for the next part +of the general structure: + +``` none +- set firewall + * flowtable + - custom_flow_table + + ... +``` + +Flowtables allows you to define a fastpath through the flowtable datapath. +The flowtable supports for the layer 3 IPv4 and IPv6 and the layer 4 TCP +and UDP protocols. + +
+ +
+ +Once the first packet of the flow successfully goes through the IP forwarding +path (black circles path), from the second packet on, you might decide to +offload the flow to the flowtable through your ruleset. The flowtable +infrastructure provides a rule action that allows you to specify when to add +a flow to the flowtable (On forward filtering, red circle number 6) + +A packet that finds a matching entry in the flowtable (flowtable hit) is +transmitted to the output netdevice, hence, packets bypass the classic IP +forwarding path and uses the **Fast Path** (orange circles path). The visible +effect is that you do not see these packets from any of the Netfilter +hooks coming after ingress. In case that there is no matching entry in the +flowtable (flowtable miss), the packet follows the classic IP forwarding path. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**Flowtable Reference:** + + +
+ +## Flowtable Configuration + +In order to use flowtables, the minimal configuration needed includes: + +> - Create flowtable: create flowtable, which includes the interfaces +> that are going to be used by the flowtable. +> - Create firewall rule: create a firewall rule, setting action to +> `offload` and using desired flowtable for `offload-target`. + +Creating a flow table: + +
+ +set firewall flowtable \ interface \ + +Define interfaces to be used in the flowtable. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall flowtable \ description \ + +
+ +Provide a description to the flow table. + +
+ +set firewall flowtable \ offload +\ + +Define type of offload to be used by the flowtable: `hardware` or +`software`. By default, `software` offload is used. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**Hardware offload:** should be supported by the NICs used. + +
+ +Creating rules for using flow tables: + +
+ +set firewall \[ipv4 | ipv6\] forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +action offload + +Create firewall rule in forward chain, and set action to `offload`. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall \[ipv4 | ipv6\] forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +offload-target \ + +Create firewall rule in forward chain, and define which flowtbale +should be used. Only applicable if action is `offload`. + +
+ +## Configuration Example + +Things to be considred in this setup: + +> - Two interfaces are going to be used in the flowtables: eth0 and eth1 +> - Minumum firewall ruleset is provided, which includes some filtering rules, +> and appropiate rules for using flowtable offload capabilities. + +As described, first packet will be evaluated by all the firewall path, so +desired connection should be explicitely accepted. Same thing should be taken +into account for traffic in reverse order. In most cases state policies are +used in order to accept connection in reverse patch. + +We will only accept traffic comming from interface eth0, protocol tcp and +destination port 1122. All other traffic traspassing the router should be +blocked. + +### Commands + +``` none +set firewall flowtable FT01 interface 'eth0' +set firewall flowtable FT01 interface 'eth1' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter default-action 'drop' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 10 action 'offload' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 10 offload-target 'FT01' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 10 state 'established' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 10 state 'related' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 20 action 'accept' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 20 state 'established' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 20 state 'related' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 110 action 'accept' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 110 destination address '192.0.2.100' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 110 destination port '1122' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 110 inbound-interface name 'eth0' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 110 protocol 'tcp' +``` + +### Explanation + +Analysis on what happens for desired connection: + +> 1\. First packet is received on eth0, with destination address 192.0.2.100, +> protocol tcp and destination port 1122. Assume such destination address is +> reachable through interface eth1. +> +> 2\. Since this is the first packet, connection status of this connection, +> so far is **new**. So neither rule 10 nor 20 are valid. +> +> 3. Rule 110 is hit, so connection is accepted. +> +> 4\. Once answer from server 192.0.2.100 is seen in opposite direction, +> connection state will be triggered to **established**, so this reply is +> accepted in rule 20. +> +> 5\. Second packet for this connection is received by the router. Since +> connection state is **established**, then rule 10 is hit, and a new entry +> in the flowtable FT01 is added for this connection. +> +> 6\. All the following packets will skip traditional path, and will be offloaded +> and will use the **Fast Path**. + +### Checks + +It's time to check conntrack table, to see if any connection was accepted, +and if was properly offloaded + +``` none +vyos@FlowTables:~$ show firewall ipv4 forward filter +Ruleset Information + +--------------------------------- +ipv4 Firewall "forward filter" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- +10 offload all 8 468 ct state { established, related } flow add @VYOS_FLOWTABLE_FT01 +20 accept all 8 468 ct state { established, related } accept +110 accept tcp 2 120 ip daddr 192.0.2.100 tcp dport 1122 iifname "eth0" accept +default drop all 7 420 + +vyos@FlowTables:~$ sudo conntrack -L | grep tcp +conntrack v1.4.6 (conntrack-tools): 5 flow entries have been shown. +tcp 6 src=198.51.100.100 dst=192.0.2.100 sport=41676 dport=1122 src=192.0.2.100 dst=198.51.100.100 sport=1122 dport=41676 [OFFLOAD] mark=0 use=2 +vyos@FlowTables:~$ +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/firewall/md-global-options.md b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-global-options.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc860894 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-global-options.md @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ +lastproofread +2023-12-26 + +# Global Options Firewall Configuration + +## Overview + +Some firewall settings are global and have an affect on the whole system. +In this section there's useful information about these global-options that can +be configured using vyos cli. + +Configuration commands covered in this section: + +
+ +set firewall global-options ... + +
+ +## Configuration + +
+ +set firewall global-options all-ping \[enable | disable\] + +By default, when VyOS receives an ICMP echo request packet destined for +itself, it will answer with an ICMP echo reply, unless you avoid it +through its firewall. + +With the firewall you can set rules to accept, drop or reject ICMP in, +out or local traffic. You can also use the general **firewall all-ping** +command. This command affects only to LOCAL (packets destined for your +VyOS system), not to IN or OUT traffic. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**firewall global-options all-ping** affects only to LOCAL +and it always behaves in the most restrictive way + +
+ +``` none +set firewall global-options all-ping enable +``` + +When the command above is set, VyOS will answer every ICMP echo request +addressed to itself, but that will only happen if no other rule is +applied dropping or rejecting local echo requests. In case of conflict, +VyOS will not answer ICMP echo requests. + +``` none +set firewall global-options all-ping disable +``` + +When the command above is set, VyOS will answer no ICMP echo request +addressed to itself at all, no matter where it comes from or whether +more specific rules are being applied to accept them. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options broadcast-ping \[enable | disable\] + +This setting enable or disable the response of icmp broadcast +messages. The following system parameter will be altered: + +- `net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options ip-src-route \[enable | disable\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options ipv6-src-route \[enable | disable\] + +This setting handle if VyOS accept packets with a source route +option. The following system parameter will be altered: + +- `net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route` +- `net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options receive-redirects \[enable | disable\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options ipv6-receive-redirects +\[enable | disable\] + +enable or disable of ICMPv4 or ICMPv6 redirect messages accepted +by VyOS. The following system parameter will be altered: + +- `net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects` +- `net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options send-redirects \[enable | disable\] + +enable or disable ICMPv4 redirect messages send by VyOS +The following system parameter will be altered: + +- `net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options log-martians \[enable | disable\] + +enable or disable the logging of martian IPv4 packets. +The following system parameter will be altered: + +- `net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options source-validation +\[strict | loose | disable\] + +Set the IPv4 source validation mode. +The following system parameter will be altered: + +- `net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options syn-cookies \[enable | disable\] + +Enable or Disable if VyOS use IPv4 TCP SYN Cookies. +The following system parameter will be altered: + +- `net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options twa-hazards-protection +\[enable | disable\] + +Enable or Disable VyOS to be `1337` conform. +The following system parameter will be altered: + +- `net.ipv4.tcp_rfc1337` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options state-policy established action +\[accept | drop | reject\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options state-policy established log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options state-policy established log-level +\[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice | info | debug\] + +Set the global setting for an established connection. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options state-policy invalid action +\[accept | drop | reject\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options state-policy invalid log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options state-policy invalid log-level +\[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice | info | debug\] + +Set the global setting for invalid packets. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options state-policy related action +\[accept | drop | reject\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options state-policy related log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall global-options state-policy related log-level +\[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice | info | debug\] + +Set the global setting for related connections. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/firewall/md-groups.md b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-groups.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..926b503d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-groups.md @@ -0,0 +1,561 @@ +lastproofread +2023-11-08 + +# Firewall groups + +## Configuration + +Firewall groups represent collections of IP addresses, networks, ports, +mac addresses, domains or interfaces. Once created, a group can be referenced +by firewall, nat and policy route rules as either a source or destination +matcher, and/or as inbound/outbound in the case of interface group. + +### Address Groups + +In an **address group** a single IP address or IP address ranges are +defined. + +
+ +set firewall group address-group \ address \[address | +address range\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall group ipv6-address-group \ address \ + +Define a IPv4 or a IPv6 address group + +``` none +set firewall group address-group ADR-INSIDE-v4 address 192.168.0.1 +set firewall group address-group ADR-INSIDE-v4 address 10.0.0.1-10.0.0.8 +set firewall group ipv6-address-group ADR-INSIDE-v6 address 2001:db8::1 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall group address-group \ description \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall group ipv6-address-group \ description \ + +Provide a IPv4 or IPv6 address group description + +
+ +### Network Groups + +While **network groups** accept IP networks in CIDR notation, specific +IP addresses can be added as a 32-bit prefix. If you foresee the need +to add a mix of addresses and networks, the network group is +recommended. + +
+ +set firewall group network-group \ network \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall group ipv6-network-group \ network \ + +Define a IPv4 or IPv6 Network group. + +``` none +set firewall group network-group NET-INSIDE-v4 network 192.168.0.0/24 +set firewall group network-group NET-INSIDE-v4 network 192.168.1.0/24 +set firewall group ipv6-network-group NET-INSIDE-v6 network 2001:db8::/64 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall group network-group \ description \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall group ipv6-network-group \ description \ + +Provide an IPv4 or IPv6 network group description. + +
+ +### Interface Groups + +An **interface group** represents a collection of interfaces. + +
+ +set firewall group interface-group \ interface \ + +Define an interface group. Wildcard are accepted too. + +
+ +``` none +set firewall group interface-group LAN interface bond1001 +set firewall group interface-group LAN interface eth3* +``` + +
+ +set firewall group interface-group \ description \ + +Provide an interface group description + +
+ +### Port Groups + +A **port group** represents only port numbers, not the protocol. Port +groups can be referenced for either TCP or UDP. It is recommended that +TCP and UDP groups are created separately to avoid accidentally +filtering unnecessary ports. Ranges of ports can be specified by using +-. + +
+ +set firewall group port-group \ port +\[portname | portnumber | startport-endport\] + +Define a port group. A port name can be any name defined in +/etc/services. e.g.: http + +``` none +set firewall group port-group PORT-TCP-SERVER1 port http +set firewall group port-group PORT-TCP-SERVER1 port 443 +set firewall group port-group PORT-TCP-SERVER1 port 5000-5010 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall group port-group \ description \ + +Provide a port group description. + +
+ +### MAC Groups + +A **mac group** represents a collection of mac addresses. + +
+ +set firewall group mac-group \ mac-address \ + +Define a mac group. + +
+ +``` none +set firewall group mac-group MAC-G01 mac-address 88:a4:c2:15:b6:4f +set firewall group mac-group MAC-G01 mac-address 4c:d5:77:c0:19:81 +``` + +
+ +set firewall group mac-group \ description \ + +Provide a mac group description. + +
+ +### Domain Groups + +A **domain group** represents a collection of domains. + +
+ +set firewall group domain-group \ address \ + +Define a domain group. + +
+ +``` none +set firewall group domain-group DOM address example.com +``` + +
+ +set firewall group domain-group \ description \ + +Provide a domain group description. + +
+ +### Dynamic Groups + +Firewall dynamic groups are different from all the groups defined previously +because, not only they can be used as source/destination in firewall rules, +but members of these groups are not defined statically using vyos +configuration. + +Instead, members of these groups are added dynamically using firewall +rules. + +#### Defining Dynamic Address Groups + +Dynamic address group is supported by both IPv4 and IPv6 families. +Commands used to define dynamic IPv4|IPv6 address groups are: + +
+ +set firewall group dynamic-group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall group dynamic-group ipv6-address-group \ + +
+ +Add description to firewall groups: + +
+ +set firewall group dynamic-group address-group \ +description \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall group dynamic-group ipv6-address-group \ +description \ + +
+ +#### Adding elements to Dynamic Firewall Groups + +Once dynamic firewall groups are defined, they should be used in firewall +rules in order to dynamically add elements to it. + +Commands used for this task are: + +- Add destination IP address of the connection to a dynamic address group: + +
+ +set firewall ipv4 \[forward | input | output\] filter rule +\<1-999999\> add-address-to-group destination-address address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> add-address-to-group +destination-address address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 \[forward | input | output\] filter rule +\<1-999999\> add-address-to-group destination-address address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> add-address-to-group +destination-address address-group \ + +
+ +- Add source IP address of the connection to a dynamic address group: + +
+ +set firewall ipv4 \[forward | input | output\] filter rule +\<1-999999\> add-address-to-group source-address address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> add-address-to-group +source-address address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 \[forward | input | output\] filter rule +\<1-999999\> add-address-to-group source-address address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> add-address-to-group +source-address address-group \ + +
+ +Also, specific timeout can be defined per rule. In case rule gets a hit, +source or destinatination address will be added to the group, and this +element will remain in the group until timeout expires. If no timeout +is defined, then the element will remain in the group until next reboot, +or until a new commit that changes firewall configuration is done. + +
+ +set firewall ipv4 \[forward | input | output\] filter rule +\<1-999999\> add-address-to-group \[destination-address | source-address\] +timeout \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> add-address-to-group +\[destination-address | source-address\] timeout \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 \[forward | input | output\] filter rule +\<1-999999\> add-address-to-group \[destination-address | source-address\] +timeout \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> add-address-to-group +\[destination-address | source-address\] timeout \ + +
+ +Timeout can be defined using seconds, minutes, hours or days: + +``` none +set firewall ipv6 name FOO rule 10 add-address-to-group source-address timeout +Possible completions: +s Timeout value in seconds +m Timeout value in minutes +h Timeout value in hours +d Timeout value in days +``` + +#### Using Dynamic Firewall Groups + +As any other firewall group, dynamic firewall groups can be used in firewall +rules as matching options. For example: + +``` none +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 source group dynamic-address-group FOO +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 destination group dynamic-address-group BAR +``` + +## Examples + +### General example + +As said before, once firewall groups are created, they can be referenced +either in firewall, nat, nat66 and/or policy-route rules. + +Here is an example were multiple groups are created: + +> ``` none +> set firewall group address-group SERVERS address 198.51.100.101 +> set firewall group address-group SERVERS address 198.51.100.102 +> set firewall group network-group TRUSTEDv4 network 192.0.2.0/30 +> set firewall group network-group TRUSTEDv4 network 203.0.113.128/25 +> set firewall group ipv6-network-group TRUSTEDv6 network 2001:db8::/64 +> set firewall group interface-group LAN interface eth2.2001 +> set firewall group interface-group LAN interface bon0 +> set firewall group port-group PORT-SERVERS port http +> set firewall group port-group PORT-SERVERS port 443 +> set firewall group port-group PORT-SERVERS port 5000-5010 +> ``` + +And next, some configuration example where groups are used: + +> ``` none +> set firewall ipv4 output filter rule 10 action accept +> set firewall ipv4 output filter rule 10 outbound-interface group !LAN +> set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 20 action accept +> set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 20 source group network-group TRUSTEDv4 +> set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 10 action accept +> set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 10 source group network-group TRUSTEDv6 +> set nat destination rule 101 inbound-interface group LAN +> set nat destination rule 101 destination group address-group SERVERS +> set nat destination rule 101 protocol tcp +> set nat destination rule 101 destination group port-group PORT-SERVERS +> set nat destination rule 101 translation address 203.0.113.250 +> set policy route PBR rule 201 destination group port-group PORT-SERVERS +> set policy route PBR rule 201 protocol tcp +> set policy route PBR rule 201 set table 15 +> ``` + +### Port knocking example + +Using dynamic firewall groups, we can secure access to the router, or any other +device if needed, by using the technique of port knocking. + +A 4 step port knocking example is shown next: + +> ``` none +> set firewall global-options state-policy established action 'accept' +> set firewall global-options state-policy invalid action 'drop' +> set firewall global-options state-policy related action 'accept' +> set firewall group dynamic-group address-group ALLOWED +> set firewall group dynamic-group address-group PN_01 +> set firewall group dynamic-group address-group PN_02 +> set firewall ipv4 input filter default-action 'drop' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 5 action 'accept' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 5 protocol 'icmp' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 action 'drop' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 add-address-to-group source-address address-group 'PN_01' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 add-address-to-group source-address timeout '2m' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 description 'Port_nock 01' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 destination port '9990' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 protocol 'tcp' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 20 action 'drop' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 20 add-address-to-group source-address address-group 'PN_02' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 20 add-address-to-group source-address timeout '3m' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 20 description 'Port_nock 02' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 20 destination port '9991' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 20 protocol 'tcp' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 20 source group dynamic-address-group 'PN_01' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 30 action 'drop' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 30 add-address-to-group source-address address-group 'ALLOWED' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 30 add-address-to-group source-address timeout '2h' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 30 description 'Port_nock 03' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 30 destination port '9992' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 30 protocol 'tcp' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 30 source group dynamic-address-group 'PN_02' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 99 action 'accept' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 99 description 'Port_nock 04 - Allow ssh' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 99 destination port '22' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 99 protocol 'tcp' +> set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 99 source group dynamic-address-group 'ALLOWED' +> ``` + +Before testing, we can check members of firewall groups: + +> ``` none +> vyos@vyos# run show firewall group +> Firewall Groups +> +> Name Type References Members Timeout Expires +> ------- ---------------------- -------------------- ------------- --------- --------- +> ALLOWED address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-30 N/D N/D N/D +> PN_01 address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-10 N/D N/D N/D +> PN_02 address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-20 N/D N/D N/D +> [edit] +> vyos@vyos# +> ``` + +With this configuration, in order to get ssh access to the router, user +needs to: + +1\. Generate a new TCP connection with destination port 9990. As shown next, +a new entry was added to dynamic firewall group **PN_01** + +> ``` none +> vyos@vyos# run show firewall group +> Firewall Groups +> +> Name Type References Members Timeout Expires +> ------- ---------------------- -------------------- ------------- --------- --------- +> ALLOWED address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-30 N/D N/D N/D +> PN_01 address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-10 192.168.89.31 120 119 +> PN_02 address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-20 N/D N/D N/D +> [edit] +> vyos@vyos# +> ``` + +2\. Generate a new TCP connection with destination port 9991. As shown next, +a new entry was added to dynamic firewall group **PN_02** + +> ``` none +> vyos@vyos# run show firewall group +> Firewall Groups +> +> Name Type References Members Timeout Expires +> ------- ---------------------- -------------------- ------------- --------- --------- +> ALLOWED address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-30 N/D N/D N/D +> PN_01 address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-10 192.168.89.31 120 106 +> PN_02 address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-20 192.168.89.31 180 179 +> [edit] +> vyos@vyos# +> ``` + +3\. Generate a new TCP connection with destination port 9992. As shown next, +a new entry was added to dynamic firewall group **ALLOWED** + +> ``` none +> vyos@vyos# run show firewall group +> Firewall Groups +> +> Name Type References Members Timeout Expires +> ------- ---------------------- -------------------- ------------- --------- --------- +> ALLOWED address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-30 192.168.89.31 7200 7199 +> PN_01 address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-10 192.168.89.31 120 89 +> PN_02 address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-20 192.168.89.31 180 170 +> [edit] +> vyos@vyos# +> ``` + +4. Now user can connect through ssh to the router (assuming ssh is configured). + +## Operation-mode + +
+ +show firewall group + +
+ +
+ +show firewall group \ + +Overview of defined groups. You see the firewall group name, type, +references (where the group is used), members, timeout and expiration (last +two only present in dynamic firewall groups). + +
+ +Here is an example of such command: + +> ``` none +> vyos@vyos:~$ show firewall group +> Firewall Groups +> +> Name Type References Members Timeout Expires +> ------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------- --------- --------- +> SERVERS address_group nat-destination-101 198.51.100.101 +> 198.51.100.102 +> ALLOWED address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-30 192.168.77.39 7200 7174 +> PN_01 address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-10 192.168.0.245 120 112 +> 192.168.77.39 120 85 +> PN_02 address_group(dynamic) ipv4-input-filter-20 192.168.77.39 180 151 +> LAN interface_group ipv4-output-filter-10 bon0 +> nat-destination-101 eth2.2001 +> TRUSTEDv6 ipv6_network_group ipv6-input-filter-10 2001:db8::/64 +> TRUSTEDv4 network_group ipv4-forward-filter-20 192.0.2.0/30 +> 203.0.113.128/25 +> PORT-SERVERS port_group route-PBR-201 443 +> route-PBR-201 5000-5010 +> nat-destination-101 http +> vyos@vyos:~$ +> ``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/firewall/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7511536 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +lastproofread +2023-11-23 + +# Firewall + +As VyOS is based on Linux it leverages its firewall. The Netfilter project +created iptables and its successor nftables for the Linux kernel to +work directly on packet data flows. This now extends the concept of +zone-based security to allow for manipulating the data at multiple stages once +accepted by the network interface and the driver before being handed off to +the destination (e.g., a web server OR another device). + +A simplified traffic flow diagram, based on Netfilter packet flow, is shown +next, in order to have a full view and understanding of how packets are +processed, and what possible paths traffic can take. + +
+ +
+ +The main points regarding this packet flow and terminology used in VyOS +firewall are covered below: + +> - **Bridge Port?**: choose appropriate path based on whether interface +> where the packet was received is part of a bridge, or not. + +If the interface where the packet was received isn't part of a bridge, then +packetis processed at the **IP Layer**: + +> - **Prerouting**: several actions can be done in this stage, and currently +> these actions are defined in different parts in VyOS configuration. Order +> is important, and all these actions are performed before any actions +> defined under `firewall` section. Relevant configuration that acts in +> this stage are: +> +> > - **Conntrack Ignore**: rules defined under `set system conntrack ignore [ipv4 | ipv6] ...`. +> > - **Policy Route**: rules defined under `set policy [route | route6] ...`. +> > - **Destination NAT**: rules defined under `set [nat | nat66] destination...`. +> +> - **Destination is the router?**: choose appropriate path based on +> destination IP address. Transit forward continues to **forward**, +> while traffic that destination IP address is configured on the router +> continues to **input**. +> +> - **Input**: stage where traffic destined for the router itself can be +> filtered and controlled. This is where all rules for securing the router +> should take place. This includes ipv4 and ipv6 filtering rules, defined +> in: +> +> - `set firewall ipv4 input filter ...`. +> - `set firewall ipv6 input filter ...`. +> +> - **Forward**: stage where transit traffic can be filtered and controlled. +> This includes ipv4 and ipv6 filtering rules, defined in: +> +> - `set firewall ipv4 forward filter ...`. +> - `set firewall ipv6 forward filter ...`. +> +> - **Output**: stage where traffic that originates from the router itself +> can be filtered and controlled. Bear in mind that this traffic can be a +> new connection originated by a internal process running on VyOS router, +> such as NTP, or a response to traffic received externaly through +> **input** (for example response to an ssh login attempt to the router). +> This includes ipv4 and ipv6 filtering rules, defined in: +> +> - `set firewall ipv4 output filter ...`. +> - `set firewall ipv6 output filter ...`. +> +> - **Postrouting**: as in **Prerouting**, several actions defined in +> different parts of VyOS configuration are performed in this +> stage. This includes: +> +> - **Source NAT**: rules defined under `set [nat | nat66] source...`. + +If the interface where the packet was received is part of a bridge, then +the packet is processed at the **Bridge Layer**, which contains a basic setup for +bridge filtering: + +> - **Forward (Bridge)**: stage where traffic that is trespasing through the +> bridge is filtered and controlled: +> - `set firewall bridge forward filter ...`. + +The main structure of the VyOS firewall CLI is shown next: + +``` none +- set firewall + * bridge + - forward + + filter + * flowtable + - custom_flow_table + + ... + * global-options + + all-ping + + broadcast-ping + + ... + * group + - address-group + - ipv6-address-group + - network-group + - ipv6-network-group + - interface-group + - mac-group + - port-group + - domain-group + * ipv4 + - forward + + filter + - input + + filter + - output + + filter + - name + + custom_name + * ipv6 + - forward + + filter + - input + + filter + - output + + filter + - ipv6-name + + custom_name + * zone + - custom_zone_name + + ... +``` + +Please, refer to appropriate section for more information about firewall +configuration: + +
+ +global-options +groups +bridge +ipv4 +ipv6 +flowtables + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**For more information** +of Netfilter hooks and Linux networking packet flows can be +found in [Netfilter-Hooks](https://wiki.nftables.org/wiki-nftables/index.php/Netfilter_hooks) + +
+ +## Zone-based firewall + +
+ +zone + +
+ +With zone-based firewalls a new concept was implemented, in addition to the +standard in and out traffic flows, a local flow was added. This local was for +traffic originating and destined to the router itself. Which means additional +rules were required to secure the firewall itself from the network, in +addition to the existing inbound and outbound rules from the traditional +concept above. + +To configure VyOS with the +`zone-based firewall configuration ` + +As the example image below shows, the device now needs rules to allow/block +traffic to or from the services running on the device that have open +connections on that interface. + +
+ +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/firewall/md-ipv4.md b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-ipv4.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ac0ff49 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-ipv4.md @@ -0,0 +1,2657 @@ +lastproofread +2023-11-08 + +# IPv4 Firewall Configuration + +## Overview + +In this section there's useful information of all firewall configuration that +can be done regarding IPv4, and appropiate op-mode commands. +Configuration commands covered in this section: + +
+ +set firewall ipv4 ... + +
+ +From main structure defined in +`Firewall Overview` +in this section you can find detailed information only for the next part +of the general structure: + +``` none +- set firewall + * ipv4 + - forward + + filter + - input + + filter + - output + + filter + - name + + custom_name +``` + +For transit traffic, which is received by the router and forwarded, base chain +is **forward**. A simplified packet flow diagram for transit traffic is shown +next: + +
+ +
+ +Where firewall base chain to configure firewall filtering rules for transit +traffic is `set firewall ipv4 forward filter ...`, which happens in stage 5, +highlightened with red color. + +For traffic towards the router itself, base chain is **input**, while traffic +originated by the router, base chain is **output**. +A new simplified packet flow diagram is shown next, which shows the path +for traffic destinated to the router itself, and traffic generated by the +router (starting from circle number 6): + +
+ +
+ +Base chain is for traffic toward the router is `set firewall ipv4 input filter ...` + +And base chain for traffic generated by the router is `set firewall ipv4 output filter ...` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**Important note about default-actions:** +If default action for any base chain is not defined, then the default +action is set to **accept** for that chain. For custom chains, if default +action is not defined, then the default-action is set to **drop** + +
+ +Custom firewall chains can be created, with commands +`set firewall ipv4 name ...`. In order to use +such custom chain, a rule with **action jump**, and the appropiate **target** +should be defined in a base chain. + +## Firewall - IPv4 Rules + +For firewall filtering, firewall rules needs to be created. Each rule is +numbered, has an action to apply if the rule is matched, and the ability +to specify multiple criteria matchers. Data packets go through the rules +from 1 - 999999, so order is crucial. At the first match the action of the +rule will be executed. + +### Actions + +If a rule is defined, then an action must be defined for it. This tells the +firewall what to do if all criteria matchers defined for such rule do match. + +The action can be : + +> - `accept`: accept the packet. +> - `continue`: continue parsing next rule. +> - `drop`: drop the packet. +> - `reject`: reject the packet. +> - `jump`: jump to another custom chain. +> - `return`: Return from the current chain and continue at the next rule +> of the last chain. +> - `queue`: Enqueue packet to userspace. +> - `synproxy`: synproxy the packet. + +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> action +\[accept | continue | drop | jump | queue | reject | return | synproxy\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> action +\[accept | continue | drop | jump | queue | reject | return | synproxy\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> action +\[accept | continue | drop | jump | queue | reject | return\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> action +\[accept | continue | drop | jump | queue | reject | return\] + +This required setting defines the action of the current rule. If action is +set to jump, then jump-target is also needed. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +jump-target \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +jump-target \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +jump-target \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +jump-target \ + +To be used only when action is set to `jump`. Use this command to specify +jump target. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +queue \<0-65535\> + +To be used only when action is set to `queue`. Use this command to specify +queue target to use. Queue range is also supported. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options bypass + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options bypass + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options bypass + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options bypass + +To be used only when action is set to `queue`. Use this command to let +packet go through firewall when no userspace software is connected to the +queue. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options fanout + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options fanout + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options fanout + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options fanout + +To be used only when action is set to `queue`. Use this command to +distribute packets between several queues. + +
+ +Also, **default-action** is an action that takes place whenever a packet does +not match any rule in it's chain. For base chains, possible options for +**default-action** are **accept** or **drop**. + +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter default-action +\[accept | drop\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter default-action +\[accept | drop\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter default-action +\[accept | drop\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ default-action +\[accept | drop | jump | queue | reject | return\] + +This set the default action of the rule-set if no rule matched a packet +criteria. If default-action is set to `jump`, then +`default-jump-target` is also needed. Note that for base chains, default +action can only be set to `accept` or `drop`, while on custom chain, +more actions are available. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ default-jump-target \ + +To be used only when `defult-action` is set to `jump`. Use this +command to specify jump target for default rule. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**Important note about default-actions:** +If default action for any base chain is not defined, then the default +action is set to **accept** for that chain. For custom chains, if default +action is not defined, then the default-action is set to **drop**. + +
+ +### Firewall Logs + +Logging can be enable for every single firewall rule. If enabled, other +log options can be defined. + +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> log + +Enable logging for the matched packet. If this configuration command is not +present, then log is not enabled. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter default-log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter default-log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter default-log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ default-log + +Use this command to enable the logging of the default action on +the specified chain. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options level \[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice +| info | debug\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options level \[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice +| info | debug\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options level \[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice +| info | debug\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +log-options level \[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice +| info | debug\] + +Define log-level. Only applicable if rule log is enable. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options group \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options group \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options group \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +log-options group \<0-65535\> + +Define log group to send message to. Only applicable if rule log is enable. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options snapshot-length \<0-9000\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options snapshot-length \<0-9000\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options snapshot-length \<0-9000\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +log-options snapshot-length \<0-9000\> + +Define length of packet payload to include in netlink message. Only +applicable if rule log is enable and log group is defined. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options queue-threshold \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options queue-threshold \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options queue-threshold \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +log-options queue-threshold \<0-65535\> + +Define number of packets to queue inside the kernel before sending them to +userspace. Only applicable if rule log is enable and log group is defined. + +
+ +### Firewall Description + +For reference, a description can be defined for every single rule, and for +every defined custom chain. + +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ description \ + +Provide a rule-set description to a custom firewall chain. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +description \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +description \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +description \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> description \ + +Provide a description for each rule. + +
+ +### Rule Status + +When defining a rule, it is enable by default. In some cases, it is useful to +just disable the rule, rather than removing it. + +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> disable + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> disable + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> disable + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> disable + +Command for disabling a rule but keep it in the configuration. + +
+ +### Matching criteria + +There are a lot of matching criteria against which the packet can be tested. + +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +connection-status nat \[destination | source\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +connection-status nat \[destination | source\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +connection-status nat \[destination | source\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +connection-status nat \[destination | source\] + +Match criteria based on nat connection status. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +connection-mark \<1-2147483647\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +connection-mark \<1-2147483647\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +connection-mark \<1-2147483647\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +connection-mark \<1-2147483647\> + +Match criteria based on connection mark. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +Match criteria based on source and/or destination address. This is similar +to the network groups part, but here you are able to negate the matching +addresses. + +``` none +set firewall ipv4 name FOO rule 50 source address 192.0.2.10-192.0.2.11 +# with a '!' the rule match everything except the specified subnet +set firewall ipv4 name FOO rule 51 source address !203.0.113.0/24 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination address-mask \[address\] + +An arbitrary netmask can be applied to mask addresses to only match against +a specific portion. + +This functions for both individual addresses and address groups. + +``` none +# Match any IPv4 address with `11` as the 2nd octet and `13` as the forth octet +set firewall ipv4 name FOO rule 100 destination address 0.11.0.13 +set firewall ipv4 name FOO rule 100 destination address-mask 0.255.0.255 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination fqdn \ + +Specify a Fully Qualified Domain Name as source/destination matcher. Ensure +router is able to resolve such dns query. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip inverse-match + +Match IP addresses based on its geolocation. More info: [geoip matching](https://wiki.nftables.org/wiki-nftables/index.php/GeoIP_matching). +Use inverse-match to match anything except the given country-codes. + +
+ +Data is provided by DB-IP.com under CC-BY-4.0 license. Attribution required, +permits redistribution so we can include a database in images(~3MB +compressed). Includes cron script (manually callable by op-mode update +geoip) to keep database and rules updated. + +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source mac-address \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source mac-address \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source mac-address \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source mac-address \ + +Only in the source criteria, you can specify a mac-address. + +``` none +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 100 source mac-address 00:53:00:11:22:33 +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 101 source mac-address !00:53:00:aa:12:34 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +A port can be set with a port number or a name which is here +defined: `/etc/services`. + +``` none +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 10 source port '22' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 11 source port '!http' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 12 source port 'https' +``` + +Multiple source ports can be specified as a comma-separated list. +The whole list can also be "negated" using `!`. For example: + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination group address-group \ + +Use a specific address-group. Prepend character `!` for inverted matching +criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination group dynamic-address-group \ + +Use a specific dynamic-address-group. Prepend character `!` for inverted +matching criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination group network-group \ + +Use a specific network-group. Prepend character `!` for inverted matching +criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination group port-group \ + +Use a specific port-group. Prepend character `!` for inverted matching +criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination group domain-group \ + +Use a specific domain-group. Prepend character `!` for inverted matching +criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination group mac-group \ + +Use a specific mac-group. Prepend character `!` for inverted matching +criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +dscp \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +dscp \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +dscp \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +dscp \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +dscp-exclude \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +dscp-exclude \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +dscp-exclude \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +dscp-exclude \[0-63 | start-end\] + +Match based on dscp value. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +fragment \[match-frag | match-non-frag\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +fragment \[match-frag | match-non-frag\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +fragment \[match-frag | match-non-frag\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +fragment \[match-frag | match-non-frag\] + +Match based on fragment criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +icmp \[code | type\] \<0-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +icmp \[code | type\] \<0-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +icmp \[code | type\] \<0-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +icmp \[code | type\] \<0-255\> + +Match based on icmp code and type. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +icmp type-name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +icmp type-name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +icmp type-name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +icmp type-name \ + +Match based on icmp type-name criteria. Use tab for information +about what **type-name** criteria are supported. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface name \ + +Match based on inbound interface. Wilcard `*` can be used. +For example: `eth2*`. Prepending character `!` for inverted matching +criteria is also supportd. For example `!eth2` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If an interface is attached to a non-default vrf, when using +**inbound-interface**, vrf name must be used. For example `set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 10 inbound-interface name MGMT` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface group \ + +Match based on inbound interface group. Prepending character `!` for +inverted matching criteria is also supportd. For example `!IFACE_GROUP` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface name \ + +Match based on outbound interface. Wilcard `*` can be used. +For example: `eth2*`. Prepending character `!` for inverted matching +criteria is also supportd. For example `!eth2` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If an interface is attached to a non-default vrf, when using +**outbound-interface**, real interface name must be used. For example +`set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 10 outbound-interface name eth0` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface group \ + +Match based on outbound interface group. Prepending character `!` for +inverted matching criteria is also supportd. For example `!IFACE_GROUP` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +ipsec \[match-ipsec | match-none\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +ipsec \[match-ipsec | match-none\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +ipsec \[match-ipsec | match-none\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +ipsec \[match-ipsec | match-none\] + +Match based on ipsec criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +limit burst \<0-4294967295\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +limit burst \<0-4294967295\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +limit burst \<0-4294967295\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +limit burst \<0-4294967295\> + +Match based on the maximum number of packets to allow in excess of rate. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +limit rate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +limit rate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +limit rate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +limit rate \ + +Match based on the maximum average rate, specified as **integer/unit**. +For example **5/minutes** + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length-exclude \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length-exclude \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length-exclude \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length-exclude \ + +Match based on packet length criteria. Multiple values from 1 to 65535 +and ranges are supported. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-type \[broadcast | host | multicast | other\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-type \[broadcast | host | multicast | other\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-type \[broadcast | host | multicast | other\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +packet-type \[broadcast | host | multicast | other\] + +Match based on packet type criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +protocol \[\ | \<0-255\> | all | tcp_udp\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +protocol \[\ | \<0-255\> | all | tcp_udp\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +protocol \[\ | \<0-255\> | all | tcp_udp\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +protocol \[\ | \<0-255\> | all | tcp_udp\] + +Match a protocol criteria. A protocol number or a name which is here +defined: `/etc/protocols`. +Special names are `all` for all protocols and `tcp_udp` for tcp and udp +based packets. The `!` negate the selected protocol. + +``` none +set firewall ipv4 forward fitler rule 10 protocol tcp_udp +set firewall ipv4 forward fitler rule 11 protocol !tcp_udp +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \[second | minute | hour\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \[second | minute | hour\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \[second | minute | hour\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \[second | minute | hour\] + +Match bases on recently seen sources. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +tcp flags \[not\] \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +tcp flags \[not\] \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +tcp flags \[not\] \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +tcp flags \[not\] \ + +Allowed values fpr TCP flags: `ack`, `cwr`, `ecn`, `fin`, `psh`, +`rst`, `syn` and `urg`. Multiple values are supported, and for +inverted selection use `not`, as shown in the example. + +``` none +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 tcp flags 'ack' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 12 tcp flags 'syn' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 13 tcp flags not 'fin' +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +state \[established | invalid | new | related\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +state \[established | invalid | new | related\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +state \[established | invalid | new | related\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +state \[established | invalid | new | related\] + +Match against the state of a packet. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +time startdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +time startdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +time startdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +time startdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +time starttime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +time starttime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +time starttime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +time starttime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +time stopdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +time stopdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +time stopdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +time stopdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +time stoptime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +time stoptime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +time stoptime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +time stoptime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +time weekdays \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +time weekdays \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +time weekdays \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +time weekdays \ + +Time to match the defined rule. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +ttl \ \<0-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +ttl \ \<0-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +ttl \ \<0-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +ttl \ \<0-255\> + +Match time to live parameter, where 'eq' stands for 'equal'; 'gt' stands for +'greater than', and 'lt' stands for 'less than'. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \ + +Match when 'count' amount of connections are seen within 'time'. These +matching criteria can be used to block brute-force attempts. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +conntrack-helper \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +conntrack-helper \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +conntrack-helper \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +conntrack-helper \ + +Match based on connection tracking protocol helper module to secure use of +that helper module. See below for possible completions \. + +``` none +Possible completions: + ftp Related traffic from FTP helper + h323 Related traffic from H.323 helper + pptp Related traffic from PPTP helper + nfs Related traffic from NFS helper + sip Related traffic from SIP helper + tftp Related traffic from TFTP helper + sqlnet Related traffic from SQLNet helper +``` + +
+ +## Synproxy + +Synproxy connections + +
+ +set firewall ipv4 \[input | forward\] filter rule \<1-999999\> +action synproxy + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 \[input | forward\] filter rule \<1-999999\> +protocol tcp + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 \[input | forward\] filter rule \<1-999999\> +synproxy tcp mss \<501-65535\> + +Set TCP-MSS (maximum segment size) for the connection + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv4 \[input | forward\] filter rule \<1-999999\> +synproxy tcp window-scale \<1-14\> + +Set the window scale factor for TCP window scaling + +
+ +### Example synproxy + +Requirements to enable synproxy: + +> - Traffic must be symmetric +> - Synproxy relies on syncookies and TCP timestamps, ensure these are enabled +> - Disable conntrack loose track option + +``` none +set system sysctl parameter net.ipv4.tcp_timestamps value '1' + +set system conntrack tcp loose disable +set system conntrack ignore ipv4 rule 10 destination port '8080' +set system conntrack ignore ipv4 rule 10 protocol 'tcp' +set system conntrack ignore ipv4 rule 10 tcp flags syn + +set firewall global-options syn-cookies 'enable' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 action 'synproxy' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 destination port '8080' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 inbound-interface name 'eth1' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 protocol 'tcp' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 synproxy tcp mss '1460' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 synproxy tcp window-scale '7' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 1000 action 'drop' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 1000 state invalid +``` + +## Operation-mode Firewall + +### Rule-set overview + +
+ +show firewall + +This will show you a basic firewall overview, for all ruleset, and not +only for ipv4 + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show firewall +Rulesets Information + +--------------------------------- +ipv4 Firewall "forward filter" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- ----------------------------- +20 accept all 0 0 ip saddr @N_TRUSTEDv4 accept +21 jump all 0 0 jump NAME_AUX +default accept all 0 0 + +--------------------------------- +ipv4 Firewall "input filter" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- ------------------------- +10 accept all 156 14377 iifname != @I_LAN accept +default accept all 0 0 + +--------------------------------- +ipv4 Firewall "name AUX" + + Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------ -------- ---------- --------- ------- -------------------------------------------- + 10 accept icmp 0 0 meta l4proto icmp accept + 20 accept udp 0 0 meta l4proto udp ip saddr @A_SERVERS accept + 30 drop all 0 0 ip saddr != @A_SERVERS iifname "eth2" + +--------------------------------- +ipv4 Firewall "output filter" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- ---------------------------------------- +10 reject all 0 0 oifname @I_LAN +20 accept icmp 2 168 meta l4proto icmp oifname "eth0" accept +default accept all 72 9258 + +--------------------------------- +ipv6 Firewall "input filter" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- ------------------------------- +10 accept all 0 0 ip6 saddr @N6_TRUSTEDv6 accept +default accept all 2 112 + +vyos@vyos:~$ +``` + +
+ +
+ +show firewall summary + +This will show you a summary of rule-sets and groups + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show firewall summary +Ruleset Summary + +IPv6 Ruleset: + +Ruleset Hook Ruleset Priority Description +-------------- -------------------- ------------------------- +forward filter +input filter +ipv6_name IPV6-VyOS_MANAGEMENT +ipv6_name IPV6-WAN_IN PUBLIC_INTERNET + +IPv4 Ruleset: + +Ruleset Hook Ruleset Priority Description +-------------- ------------------ ------------------------- +forward filter +input filter +name VyOS_MANAGEMENT +name WAN_IN PUBLIC_INTERNET + +Firewall Groups + +Name Type References Members +----------------------- ------------------ ----------------------- ---------------- +PBX address_group WAN_IN-100 198.51.100.77 +SERVERS address_group WAN_IN-110 192.0.2.10 + WAN_IN-111 192.0.2.11 + WAN_IN-112 192.0.2.12 + WAN_IN-120 + WAN_IN-121 + WAN_IN-122 +SUPPORT address_group VyOS_MANAGEMENT-20 192.168.1.2 + WAN_IN-20 +PHONE_VPN_SERVERS address_group WAN_IN-160 10.6.32.2 +PINGABLE_ADRESSES address_group WAN_IN-170 192.168.5.2 + WAN_IN-171 +PBX ipv6_address_group IPV6-WAN_IN-100 2001:db8::1 +SERVERS ipv6_address_group IPV6-WAN_IN-110 2001:db8::2 + IPV6-WAN_IN-111 2001:db8::3 + IPV6-WAN_IN-112 2001:db8::4 + IPV6-WAN_IN-120 + IPV6-WAN_IN-121 + IPV6-WAN_IN-122 +SUPPORT ipv6_address_group IPV6-VyOS_MANAGEMENT-20 2001:db8::5 + IPV6-WAN_IN-20 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show firewall ipv4 \[forward | input | output\] filter + +
+ +
+ +show firewall ipv4 name \ + +This command will give an overview of a single rule-set. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show firewall ipv4 input filter +Ruleset Information + +--------------------------------- +IPv4 Firewall "input filter" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- ----------------------------------------- +5 jump all 0 0 iifname "eth2" jump NAME_VyOS_MANAGEMENT +default accept all +``` + +
+ +
+ +show firewall ipv4 \[forward | input | output\] +filter rule \<1-999999\> + +
+ +
+ +show firewall ipv4 name \ rule \<1-999999\> + +This command will give an overview of a rule in a single rule-set, plus +information for default action. + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$show firewall ipv4 output filter rule 20 +Rule Information + +--------------------------------- +ipv4 Firewall "output filter" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- ---------------------------------------- +20 accept icmp 2 168 meta l4proto icmp oifname "eth0" accept +default accept all 286 47614 + +vyos@vyos:~$ +``` + +
+ +show firewall statistics + +This will show you a statistic of all rule-sets since the last boot. + +
+ +### Show Firewall log + +
+ +show log firewall + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall ipv4 + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall ipv4 \[forward | input | output | name\] + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall ipv4 \[forward | input | output\] filter + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall ipv4 name \ + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall ipv4 \[forward | input | output\] filter rule \ + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall ipv4 name \ rule \ + +Show the logs of all firewall; show all ipv4 firewall logs; show all logs +for particular hook; show all logs for particular hook and priority; +show all logs for particular custom chain; show logs for specific Rule-Set. + +
+ +### Example Partial Config + +``` none +firewall { + group { + network-group BAD-NETWORKS { + network 198.51.100.0/24 + network 203.0.113.0/24 + } + network-group GOOD-NETWORKS { + network 192.0.2.0/24 + } + port-group BAD-PORTS { + port 65535 + } + } + ipv4 { + forward { + filter { + default-action accept + rule 5 { + action accept + source { + group { + network-group GOOD-NETWORKS + } + } + } + rule 10 { + action drop + description "Bad Networks" + protocol all + source { + group { + network-group BAD-NETWORKS + } + } + } + } + } + } +} +``` + +### Update geoip database + +
+ +update geoip + +Command used to update GeoIP database and firewall sets. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/firewall/md-ipv6.md b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-ipv6.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6c2aabf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-ipv6.md @@ -0,0 +1,2638 @@ +lastproofread +2023-11-08 + +# IPv6 Firewall Configuration + +## Overview + +In this section there's useful information of all firewall configuration that +can be done regarding IPv6, and appropiate op-mode commands. +Configuration commands covered in this section: + +
+ +set firewall ipv6 ... + +
+ +From main structure defined in +`Firewall Overview` +in this section you can find detailed information only for the next part +of the general structure: + +``` none +- set firewall + * ipv6 + - forward + + filter + - input + + filter + - output + + filter + - name + + custom_name +``` + +For transit traffic, which is received by the router and forwarded, base chain +is **forward**. A simplified packet flow diagram for transit traffic is shown +next: + +
+ +
+ +Where firewall base chain to configure firewall filtering rules for transit +traffic is `set firewall ipv6 forward filter ...`, which happens in stage 5, +highlightened with red color. + +For traffic towards the router itself, base chain is **input**, while traffic +originated by the router, base chain is **output**. +A new simplified packet flow diagram is shown next, which shows the path +for traffic destinated to the router itself, and traffic generated by the +router (starting from circle number 6): + +
+ +
+ +Base chain is for traffic toward the router is `set firewall ipv6 input filter ...` + +And base chain for traffic generated by the router is `set firewall ipv6 output filter ...` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**Important note about default-actions:** +If default action for any base chain is not defined, then the default +action is set to **accept** for that chain. For custom chains, if default +action is not defined, then the default-action is set to **drop** + +
+ +Custom firewall chains can be created, with commands +`set firewall ipv6 name ...`. In order to use +such custom chain, a rule with **action jump**, and the appropiate **target** +should be defined in a base chain. + +## Firewall - IPv6 Rules + +For firewall filtering, firewall rules needs to be created. Each rule is +numbered, has an action to apply if the rule is matched, and the ability +to specify multiple criteria matchers. Data packets go through the rules +from 1 - 999999, so order is crucial. At the first match the action of the +rule will be executed. + +### Actions + +If a rule is defined, then an action must be defined for it. This tells the +firewall what to do if all criteria matchers defined for such rule do match. + +The action can be : + +> - `accept`: accept the packet. +> - `continue`: continue parsing next rule. +> - `drop`: drop the packet. +> - `reject`: reject the packet. +> - `jump`: jump to another custom chain. +> - `return`: Return from the current chain and continue at the next rule +> of the last chain. +> - `queue`: Enqueue packet to userspace. +> - `synproxy`: synproxy the packet. + +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> action +\[accept | continue | drop | jump | queue | reject | return | synproxy\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> action +\[accept | continue | drop | jump | queue | reject | return | synproxy\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> action +\[accept | continue | drop | jump | queue | reject | return\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> action +\[accept | continue | drop | jump | queue | reject | return\] + +This required setting defines the action of the current rule. If action is +set to jump, then jump-target is also needed. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +jump-target \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +jump-target \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +jump-target \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +jump-target \ + +To be used only when action is set to `jump`. Use this command to specify +jump target. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +queue \<0-65535\> + +To be used only when action is set to `queue`. Use this command to specify +queue target to use. Queue range is also supported. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options bypass + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options bypass + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options bypass + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options bypass + +To be used only when action is set to `queue`. Use this command to let +packet go through firewall when no userspace software is connected to the +queue. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options fanout + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options fanout + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options fanout + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +queue-options fanout + +To be used only when action is set to `queue`. Use this command to +distribute packets between several queues. + +
+ +Also, **default-action** is an action that takes place whenever a packet does +not match any rule in it's chain. For base chains, possible options for +**default-action** are **accept** or **drop**. + +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter default-action +\[accept | drop\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter default-action +\[accept | drop\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter default-action +\[accept | drop\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ default-action +\[accept | drop | jump | queue | reject | return\] + +This set the default action of the rule-set if no rule matched a packet +criteria. If default-action is set to `jump`, then +`default-jump-target` is also needed. Note that for base chains, default +action can only be set to `accept` or `drop`, while on custom chain, +more actions are available. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ default-jump-target \ + +To be used only when `defult-action` is set to `jump`. Use this +command to specify jump target for default rule. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +**Important note about default-actions:** +If default action for any base chain is not defined, then the default +action is set to **accept** for that chain. For custom chains, if default +action is not defined, then the default-action is set to **drop**. + +
+ +### Firewall Logs + +Logging can be enable for every single firewall rule. If enabled, other +log options can be defined. + +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> log + +Enable logging for the matched packet. If this configuration command is not +present, then log is not enabled. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter default-log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter default-log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter default-log + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ default-log + +Use this command to enable the logging of the default action on +the specified chain. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options level \[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice +| info | debug\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options level \[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice +| info | debug\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options level \[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice +| info | debug\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +log-options level \[emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice +| info | debug\] + +Define log-level. Only applicable if rule log is enable. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options group \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options group \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options group \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +log-options group \<0-65535\> + +Define log group to send message to. Only applicable if rule log is enable. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options snapshot-length \<0-9000\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options snapshot-length \<0-9000\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options snapshot-length \<0-9000\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +log-options snapshot-length \<0-9000\> + +Define length of packet payload to include in netlink message. Only +applicable if rule log is enable and log group is defined. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options queue-threshold \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options queue-threshold \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +log-options queue-threshold \<0-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +log-options queue-threshold \<0-65535\> + +Define number of packets to queue inside the kernel before sending them to +userspace. Only applicable if rule log is enable and log group is defined. + +
+ +### Firewall Description + +For reference, a description can be defined for every single rule, and for +every defined custom chain. + +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ description \ + +Provide a rule-set description to a custom firewall chain. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +description \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +description \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +description \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> description \ + +Provide a description for each rule. + +
+ +### Rule Status + +When defining a rule, it is enable by default. In some cases, it is useful to +just disable the rule, rather than removing it. + +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> disable + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> disable + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> disable + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> disable + +Command for disabling a rule but keep it in the configuration. + +
+ +### Matching criteria + +There are a lot of matching criteria against which the packet can be tested. + +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +connection-status nat \[destination | source\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +connection-status nat \[destination | source\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +connection-status nat \[destination | source\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +connection-status nat \[destination | source\] + +Match criteria based on nat connection status. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +connection-mark \<1-2147483647\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +connection-mark \<1-2147483647\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +connection-mark \<1-2147483647\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +connection-mark \<1-2147483647\> + +Match criteria based on connection mark. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination address \[address | addressrange | CIDR\] + +Match criteria based on source and/or destination address. This is similar +to the network groups part, but here you are able to negate the matching +addresses. + +``` none +set firewall ipv6 name FOO rule 100 source address 2001:db8::202 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination address-mask \[address\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination address-mask \[address\] + +An arbitrary netmask can be applied to mask addresses to only match against +a specific portion. This is particularly useful with IPv6 as rules will +remain valid if the IPv6 prefix changes and the host +portion of systems IPv6 address is static (for example, with SLAAC or +[tokenised IPv6 addresses](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/id/draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02.txt)) + +This functions for both individual addresses and address groups. + +``` none +# Match any IPv6 address with the suffix ::0000:0000:0000:beef +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule 100 destination address ::beef +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule 100 destination address-mask ::ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff +# Address groups +set firewall group ipv6-address-group WEBSERVERS address ::1000 +set firewall group ipv6-address-group WEBSERVERS address ::2000 +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule 200 source group address-group WEBSERVERS +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule 200 source address-mask ::ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination fqdn \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination fqdn \ + +Specify a Fully Qualified Domain Name as source/destination matcher. Ensure +router is able to resolve such dns query. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip country-code \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip inverse-match + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination geoip inverse-match + +Match IP addresses based on its geolocation. More info: [geoip matching](https://wiki.nftables.org/wiki-nftables/index.php/GeoIP_matching). +Use inverse-match to match anything except the given country-codes. + +
+ +Data is provided by DB-IP.com under CC-BY-4.0 license. Attribution required, +permits redistribution so we can include a database in images(~3MB +compressed). Includes cron script (manually callable by op-mode update +geoip) to keep database and rules updated. + +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source mac-address \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source mac-address \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source mac-address \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source mac-address \ + +Only in the source criteria, you can specify a mac-address. + +``` none +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 100 source mac-address 00:53:00:11:22:33 +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 101 source mac-address !00:53:00:aa:12:34 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination port \[1-65535 | portname | start-end\] + +A port can be set with a port number or a name which is here +defined: `/etc/services`. + +``` none +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule 10 source port '22' +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule 11 source port '!http' +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule 12 source port 'https' +``` + +Multiple source ports can be specified as a comma-separated list. +The whole list can also be "negated" using `!`. For example: + +``` none +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule 10 source port '!22,https,3333-3338' +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination group address-group \ + +Use a specific address-group. Prepend character `!` for inverted matching +criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group dynamic-address-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination group dynamic-address-group \ + +Use a specific dynamic-address-group. Prepend character `!` for inverted +matching criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group network-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination group network-group \ + +Use a specific network-group. Prepend character `!` for inverted matching +criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group port-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination group port-group \ + +Use a specific port-group. Prepend character `!` for inverted matching +criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group domain-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination group domain-group \ + +Use a specific domain-group. Prepend character `!` for inverted matching +criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +source group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +source group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +destination group mac-group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +destination group mac-group \ + +Use a specific mac-group. Prepend character `!` for inverted matching +criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +dscp \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +dscp \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +dscp \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +dscp \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +dscp-exclude \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +dscp-exclude \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +dscp-exclude \[0-63 | start-end\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +dscp-exclude \[0-63 | start-end\] + +Match based on dscp value. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +fragment \[match-frag | match-non-frag\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +fragment \[match-frag | match-non-frag\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +fragment \[match-frag | match-non-frag\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +fragment \[match-frag | match-non-frag\] + +Match based on fragment criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +icmpv6 \[code | type\] \<0-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +icmpv6 \[code | type\] \<0-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +icmpv6 \[code | type\] \<0-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +icmpv6 \[code | type\] \<0-255\> + +Match based on icmp|icmpv6 code and type. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +icmpv6 type-name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +icmpv6 type-name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +icmpv6 type-name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +icmpv6 type-name \ + +Match based on icmpv6 type-name criteria. Use tab for information +about what **type-name** criteria are supported. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface name \ + +Match based on inbound interface. Wilcard `*` can be used. +For example: `eth2*`. Prepending character `!` for inverted matching +criteria is also supportd. For example `!eth2` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If an interface is attached to a non-default vrf, when using +**inbound-interface**, vrf name must be used. For example `set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule 10 inbound-interface name MGMT` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +inbound-interface group \ + +Match based on inbound interface group. Prepending character `!` for +inverted matching criteria is also supportd. For example `!IFACE_GROUP` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface name \ + +Match based on outbound interface. Wilcard `*` can be used. +For example: `eth2*`. Prepending character `!` for inverted matching +criteria is also supportd. For example `!eth2` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If an interface is attached to a non-default vrf, when using +**outbound-interface**, real interface name must be used. For example +`set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule 10 outbound-interface name eth0` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface group \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +outbound-interface group \ + +Match based on outbound interface group. Prepending character `!` for +inverted matching criteria is also supportd. For example `!IFACE_GROUP` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +ipsec \[match-ipsec | match-none\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +ipsec \[match-ipsec | match-none\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +ipsec \[match-ipsec | match-none\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +ipsec \[match-ipsec | match-none\] + +Match based on ipsec criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +limit burst \<0-4294967295\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +limit burst \<0-4294967295\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +limit burst \<0-4294967295\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +limit burst \<0-4294967295\> + +Match based on the maximum number of packets to allow in excess of rate. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +limit rate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +limit rate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +limit rate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +limit rate \ + +Match based on the maximum average rate, specified as **integer/unit**. +For example **5/minutes** + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length-exclude \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length-exclude \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length-exclude \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +packet-length-exclude \ + +Match based on packet length criteria. Multiple values from 1 to 65535 +and ranges are supported. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-type \[broadcast | host | multicast | other\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-type \[broadcast | host | multicast | other\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +packet-type \[broadcast | host | multicast | other\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +packet-type \[broadcast | host | multicast | other\] + +Match based on packet type criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +protocol \[\ | \<0-255\> | all | tcp_udp\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +protocol \[\ | \<0-255\> | all | tcp_udp\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +protocol \[\ | \<0-255\> | all | tcp_udp\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +protocol \[\ | \<0-255\> | all | tcp_udp\] + +Match a protocol criteria. A protocol number or a name which is here +defined: `/etc/protocols`. +Special names are `all` for all protocols and `tcp_udp` for tcp and udp +based packets. The `!` negate the selected protocol. + +``` none +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 10 protocol tcp +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \[second | minute | hour\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \[second | minute | hour\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \[second | minute | hour\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \[second | minute | hour\] + +Match bases on recently seen sources. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +tcp flags \[not\] \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +tcp flags \[not\] \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +tcp flags \[not\] \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +tcp flags \[not\] \ + +Allowed values fpr TCP flags: `ack`, `cwr`, `ecn`, `fin`, `psh`, +`rst`, `syn` and `urg`. Multiple values are supported, and for +inverted selection use `not`, as shown in the example. + +``` none +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 10 tcp flags 'ack' +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 12 tcp flags 'syn' +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 13 tcp flags not 'fin' +``` + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +state \[established | invalid | new | related\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +state \[established | invalid | new | related\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +state \[established | invalid | new | related\] + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +state \[established | invalid | new | related\] + +Match against the state of a packet. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +time startdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +time startdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +time startdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +time startdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +time starttime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +time starttime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +time starttime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +time starttime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +time stopdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +time stopdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +time stopdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +time stopdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +time stoptime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +time stoptime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +time stoptime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +time stoptime \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +time weekdays \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +time weekdays \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +time weekdays \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +time weekdays \ + +Time to match the defined rule. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +hop-limit \ \<0-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +hop-limit \ \<0-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +hop-limit \ \<0-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +hop-limit \ \<0-255\> + +Match hop-limit parameter, where 'eq' stands for 'equal'; 'gt' stands for +'greater than', and 'lt' stands for 'less than'. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 forward filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 output filter rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> +recent time \ + +Match when 'count' amount of connections are seen within 'time'. These +matching criteria can be used to block brute-force attempts. + +
+ +## Synproxy + +Synproxy connections + +
+ +set firewall ipv6 \[input | forward\] filter rule \<1-999999\> +action synproxy + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 \[input | forward\] filter rule \<1-999999\> +protocol tcp + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 \[input | forward\] filter rule \<1-999999\> +synproxy tcp mss \<501-65535\> + +Set TCP-MSS (maximum segment size) for the connection + +
+ +
+ +set firewall ipv6 \[input | forward\] filter rule \<1-999999\> +synproxy tcp window-scale \<1-14\> + +Set the window scale factor for TCP window scaling + +
+ +### Example synproxy + +Requirements to enable synproxy: + +> - Traffic must be symmetric +> - Synproxy relies on syncookies and TCP timestamps, ensure these are enabled +> - Disable conntrack loose track option + +``` none +set system sysctl parameter net.ipv4.tcp_timestamps value '1' + +set system conntrack tcp loose disable +set system conntrack ignore ipv6 rule 10 destination port '8080' +set system conntrack ignore ipv6 rule 10 protocol 'tcp' +set system conntrack ignore ipv6 rule 10 tcp flags syn + +set firewall global-options syn-cookies 'enable' +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 10 action 'synproxy' +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 10 destination port '8080' +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 10 inbound-interface name 'eth1' +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 10 protocol 'tcp' +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 10 synproxy tcp mss '1460' +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 10 synproxy tcp window-scale '7' +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 1000 action 'drop' +set firewall ipv6 input filter rule 1000 state invalid +``` + +## Operation-mode Firewall + +### Rule-set overview + +
+ +show firewall + +This will show you a basic firewall overview + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show firewall +Rulesets Information + +--------------------------------- +IPv4 Firewall "forward filter" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- ----------------------------------------- +5 jump all 0 0 iifname "eth1" jump NAME_VyOS_MANAGEMENT +10 jump all 0 0 oifname "eth1" jump NAME_WAN_IN +15 jump all 0 0 iifname "eth3" jump NAME_WAN_IN +default accept all + +--------------------------------- +IPv4 Firewall "name VyOS_MANAGEMENT" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- -------------------------------- +5 accept all 0 0 ct state established accept +10 drop all 0 0 ct state invalid +20 accept all 0 0 ip saddr @A_GOOD_GUYS accept +30 accept all 0 0 ip saddr @N_ENTIRE_RANGE accept +40 accept all 0 0 ip saddr @A_VyOS_SERVERS accept +50 accept icmp 0 0 meta l4proto icmp accept +default drop all 0 0 + +--------------------------------- +IPv6 Firewall "forward filter" + +Rule Action Protocol +------- -------- ---------- +5 jump all +10 jump all +15 jump all +default accept all + +--------------------------------- +IPv6 Firewall "input filter" + +Rule Action Protocol +------- -------- ---------- +5 jump all +default accept all + +--------------------------------- +IPv6 Firewall "ipv6_name IPV6-VyOS_MANAGEMENT" + +Rule Action Protocol +------- -------- ---------- +5 accept all +10 drop all +20 accept all +30 accept all +40 accept all +50 accept ipv6-icmp +default drop all +``` + +
+ +
+ +show firewall summary + +This will show you a summary of rule-sets and groups + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show firewall summary +Ruleset Summary + +IPv6 Ruleset: + +Ruleset Hook Ruleset Priority Description +-------------- -------------------- ------------------------- +forward filter +input filter +ipv6_name IPV6-VyOS_MANAGEMENT +ipv6_name IPV6-WAN_IN PUBLIC_INTERNET + +IPv4 Ruleset: + +Ruleset Hook Ruleset Priority Description +-------------- ------------------ ------------------------- +forward filter +input filter +name VyOS_MANAGEMENT +name WAN_IN PUBLIC_INTERNET + +Firewall Groups + +Name Type References Members +----------------------- ------------------ ----------------------- ---------------- +PBX address_group WAN_IN-100 198.51.100.77 +SERVERS address_group WAN_IN-110 192.0.2.10 + WAN_IN-111 192.0.2.11 + WAN_IN-112 192.0.2.12 + WAN_IN-120 + WAN_IN-121 + WAN_IN-122 +SUPPORT address_group VyOS_MANAGEMENT-20 192.168.1.2 + WAN_IN-20 +PHONE_VPN_SERVERS address_group WAN_IN-160 10.6.32.2 +PINGABLE_ADRESSES address_group WAN_IN-170 192.168.5.2 + WAN_IN-171 +PBX ipv6_address_group IPV6-WAN_IN-100 2001:db8::1 +SERVERS ipv6_address_group IPV6-WAN_IN-110 2001:db8::2 + IPV6-WAN_IN-111 2001:db8::3 + IPV6-WAN_IN-112 2001:db8::4 + IPV6-WAN_IN-120 + IPV6-WAN_IN-121 + IPV6-WAN_IN-122 +SUPPORT ipv6_address_group IPV6-VyOS_MANAGEMENT-20 2001:db8::5 + IPV6-WAN_IN-20 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show firewall ipv6 \[forward | input | output\] filter + +
+ +
+ +show firewall ipv6 ipv6-name \ + +This command will give an overview of a single rule-set. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show firewall ipv6 input filter +Ruleset Information + +--------------------------------- +ipv6 Firewall "input filter" + +Rule Action Protocol Packets Bytes Conditions +------- -------- ---------- --------- ------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +10 jump all 13 1456 iifname "eth1" jump NAME6_INP-ETH1 +20 accept ipv6-icmp 10 1112 meta l4proto ipv6-icmp iifname "eth0" prefix "[ipv6-INP-filter-20-A]" accept +default accept all 14 1584 + +vyos@vyos:~$ +``` + +
+ +
+ +show firewall ipv6 \[forward | input | output\] +filter rule \<1-999999\> + +
+ +
+ +show firewall ipv6 name \ rule \<1-999999\> + +
+ +
+ +show firewall ipv6 ipv6-name \ rule \<1-999999\> + +This command will give an overview of a rule in a single rule-set + +
+ +
+ +show firewall group \ + +Overview of defined groups. You see the type, the members, and where the +group is used. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show firewall group LAN +Firewall Groups + +Name Type References Members +------------ ------------------ ----------------------- ---------------- +LAN ipv6_network_group IPV6-VyOS_MANAGEMENT-30 2001:db8::0/64 + IPV6-WAN_IN-30 +LAN network_group VyOS_MANAGEMENT-30 192.168.200.0/24 + WAN_IN-30 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show firewall statistics + +This will show you a statistic of all rule-sets since the last boot. + +
+ +### Show Firewall log + +
+ +show log firewall + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall ipv6 + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall ipv6 \[forward | input | output | name\] + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall ipv6 \[forward | input | output\] filter + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall ipv6 name \ + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall ipv6 \[forward | input | output\] filter rule \ + +
+ +
+ +show log firewall ipv6 name \ rule \ + +Show the logs of all firewall; show all ipv6 firewall logs; show all logs +for particular hook; show all logs for particular hook and priority; +show all logs for particular custom chain; show logs for specific Rule-Set. + +
+ +### Example Partial Config + +``` none +firewall { + ipv6 { + input { + filter { + rule 10 { + action jump + inbound-interface { + name eth1 + } + jump-target INP-ETH1 + } + rule 20 { + action accept + inbound-interface { + name eth0 + } + log + protocol ipv6-icmp + } + } + } + name INP-ETH1 { + default-action drop + default-log + rule 10 { + action accept + protocol tcp_udp + } + } + } +} +``` + +### Update geoip database + +
+ +update geoip + +Command used to update GeoIP database and firewall sets. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/firewall/md-zone.md b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-zone.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6eb27b6c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/firewall/md-zone.md @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +lastproofread +2023-11-01 + +# Zone Based Firewall + +## Overview + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Starting from VyOS 1.4-rolling-202308040557, a new firewall +structure can be found on all vyos instalations. Zone based firewall was +removed in that version, but re introduced in VyOS 1.4 and 1.5. All +versions built after 2023-10-22 has this feature. +Documentation for most of the new firewall CLI can be +found in the [firewall](https://docs.vyos.io/en/latest/configuration/firewall/general.html) +chapter. The legacy firewall is still available for versions before +1.4-rolling-202308040557 and can be found in the +`legacy firewall configuration ` +chapter. + +
+ +In this section there's useful information of all firewall configuration that +is needed for zone-based firewall. +Configuration commands covered in this section: + +
+ +set firewall zone ... + +
+ +From main structure defined in +`Firewall Overview` +in this section you can find detailed information only for the next part +of the general structure: + +``` none +- set firewall + * zone + - custom_zone_name + + ... +``` + +In zone-based policy, interfaces are assigned to zones, and inspection policy +is applied to traffic moving between the zones and acted on according to +firewall rules. A zone is a group of interfaces that have similar functions or +features. It establishes the security borders of a network. A zone defines a +boundary where traffic is subjected to policy restrictions as it crosses to +another region of a network. + +Key Points: + +- A zone must be configured before an interface is assigned to it and an + interface can be assigned to only a single zone. +- All traffic to and from an interface within a zone is permitted. +- All traffic between zones is affected by existing policies +- Traffic cannot flow between zone member interface and any interface that is + not a zone member. +- You need 2 separate firewalls to define traffic: one for each direction. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In `T2199` the syntax of the zone configuration was changed. +The zone configuration moved from `zone-policy zone ` to `firewall zone `. + +
+ +## Configuration + +As an alternative to applying policy to an interface directly, a zone-based +firewall can be created to simplify configuration when multiple interfaces +belong to the same security zone. Instead of applying rule-sets to interfaces, +they are applied to source zone-destination zone pairs. + +A basic introduction to zone-based firewalls can be found [here](https://support.vyos.io/en/kb/articles/a-primer-to-zone-based-firewall), +and an example at `examples-zone-policy`. + +### Define a Zone + +To define a zone setup either one with interfaces or a local zone. + +
+ +set firewall zone \ interface \ + +Set interfaces to a zone. A zone can have multiple interfaces. +But an interface can only be a member in one zone. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall zone \ local-zone + +Define the zone as a local zone. A local zone has no interfaces and +will be applied to the router itself. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall zone \ default-action \[drop | reject\] + +Change the default-action with this setting. + +
+ +
+ +set firewall zone \ description + +Set a meaningful description. + +
+ +### Applying a Rule-Set to a Zone + +Before you are able to apply a rule-set to a zone you have to create the zones +first. + +It helps to think of the syntax as: (see below). The 'rule-set' should be +written from the perspective of: *Source Zone*-to-\>\*Destination Zone\* + +
+ +set firewall zone \ from \ +firewall name \ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall zone \ from \ firewall name +\ + +
+ +
+ +set firewall zone \ from \ firewall ipv6-name +\ + +You apply a rule-set always to a zone from an other zone, it is recommended +to create one rule-set for each zone pair. + +``` none +set firewall zone DMZ from LAN firewall name LANv4-to-DMZv4 +set firewall zone LAN from DMZ firewall name DMZv4-to-LANv4 +``` + +
+ +## Operation-mode + +
+ +show firewall zone-policy + +This will show you a basic summary of zones configuration. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show firewall zone-policy +Zone Interfaces From Zone Firewall IPv4 Firewall IPv6 +------ ------------ ----------- --------------- --------------- +LAN eth1 WAN WAN_to_LAN + eth2 +LOCAL LOCAL LAN LAN_to_LOCAL + WAN WAN_to_LOCAL WAN_to_LOCAL_v6 +WAN eth3 LAN LAN_to_WAN + eth0 LOCAL LOCAL_to_WAN +vyos@vyos:~$ +``` + +
+ +
+ +show firewall zone-policy zone \ + +This will show you a basic summary of a particular zone. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show firewall zone-policy zone WAN +Zone Interfaces From Zone Firewall IPv4 Firewall IPv6 +------ ------------ ----------- --------------- --------------- +WAN eth3 LAN LAN_to_WAN + eth0 LOCAL LOCAL_to_WAN +vyos@vyos:~$ show firewall zone-policy zone LOCAL +Zone Interfaces From Zone Firewall IPv4 Firewall IPv6 +------ ------------ ----------- --------------- --------------- +LOCAL LOCAL LAN LAN_to_LOCAL + WAN WAN_to_LOCAL WAN_to_LOCAL_v6 +vyos@vyos:~$ +``` + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/highavailability/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/highavailability/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d66603e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/highavailability/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,525 @@ +lastproofread +2021-06-30 + +# High availability + +VRRP (Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol) provides active/backup redundancy for +routers. Every VRRP router has a physical IP/IPv6 address, and a virtual +address. On startup, routers elect the master, and the router with the highest +priority becomes the master and assigns the virtual address to its interface. +All routers with lower priorities become backup routers. The master then starts +sending keepalive packets to notify other routers that it's available. If the +master fails and stops sending keepalive packets, the router with the next +highest priority becomes the new master and takes over the virtual address. + +VRRP keepalive packets use multicast, and VRRP setups are limited to a single +datalink layer segment. You can setup multiple VRRP groups +(also called virtual routers). Virtual routers are identified by a +VRID (Virtual Router IDentifier). If you setup multiple groups on the same +interface, their VRIDs must be unique if they use the same address family, +but it's possible (even if not recommended for readability reasons) to use +duplicate VRIDs on different interfaces. + +## Basic setup + +VRRP groups are created with the +`set high-availability vrrp group $GROUP_NAME` commands. The required +parameters are interface, vrid, and address. + +minimal config + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo vrid 10 +set high-availability vrrp group Foo interface eth0 +set high-availability vrrp group Foo address 192.0.2.1/24 +``` + +You can verify your VRRP group status with the operational mode +`run show vrrp` command: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# run show vrrp +Name Interface VRID State Last Transition +---------- ----------- ------ ------- ----------------- +Foo eth1 10 MASTER 2s +``` + +## IPv6 support + +The `address` parameter can be either an IPv4 or IPv6 address, but you can +not mix IPv4 and IPv6 in the same group, and will need to create groups with +different VRIDs specially for IPv4 and IPv6. +If you want to use IPv4 + IPv6 address you can use option `excluded-address` + +## Address + +The `address` can be configured either on the VRRP interface or on not VRRP +interface. + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo address 192.0.2.1/24 +set high-availability vrrp group Foo address 203.0.113.22/24 interface eth2 +set high-availability vrrp group Foo address 198.51.100.33/24 interface eth3 +``` + +## Disabling a VRRP group + +You can disable a VRRP group with `disable` option: + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo disable +``` + +A disabled group will be removed from the VRRP process and your router will not +participate in VRRP for that VRID. It will disappear from operational mode +commands output, rather than enter the backup state. + +## Exclude address + +Exclude IP addresses from `VRRP packets`. This option `excluded-address` is +used when you want to set IPv4 + IPv6 addresses on the same virtual interface +or when used more than 20 IP addresses. + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo excluded-address '203.0.113.254/24' +set high-availability vrrp group Foo excluded-address '2001:db8:aa::1/64' +set high-availability vrrp group Foo excluded-address '2001:db8:22::1/64' +``` + +## Setting VRRP group priority + +VRRP priority can be set with `priority` option: + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo priority 200 +``` + +The priority must be an integer number from 1 to 255. Higher priority value +increases router's precedence in the master elections. + +## Sync groups + +A sync group allows VRRP groups to transition together. + +``` none +edit high-availability vrrp +set sync-group MAIN member VLAN9 +set sync-group MAIN member VLAN20 +``` + +In the following example, when VLAN9 transitions, VLAN20 will also transition: + +``` none +vrrp { + group VLAN9 { + interface eth0.9 + address 10.9.1.1/24 + priority 200 + vrid 9 + } + group VLAN20 { + interface eth0.20 + priority 200 + address 10.20.20.1/24 + vrid 20 + } + sync-group MAIN { + member VLAN20 + member VLAN9 + } +} +``` + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +All items in a sync group should be similarly configured. +If one VRRP group is set to a different preemption delay or priority, +it would result in an endless transition loop. + +
+ +## Preemption + +VRRP can use two modes: preemptive and non-preemptive. In the preemptive mode, +if a router with a higher priority fails and then comes back, routers with lower +priority will give up their master status. In non-preemptive mode, the newly +elected master will keep the master status and the virtual address indefinitely. + +By default VRRP uses preemption. You can disable it with the "no-preempt" +option: + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo no-preempt +``` + +You can also configure the time interval for preemption with the "preempt-delay" +option. For example, to set the higher priority router to take over in 180 +seconds, use: + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo preempt-delay 180 +``` + +## Track + +Track option to track non VRRP interface states. VRRP changes status to +`FAULT` if one of the track interfaces in state `down`. + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo track interface eth0 +set high-availability vrrp group Foo track interface eth1 +``` + +Ignore VRRP main interface faults + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo track exclude-vrrp-interface +``` + +## Unicast VRRP + +By default VRRP uses multicast packets. If your network does not support +multicast for whatever reason, you can make VRRP use unicast communication +instead. + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo peer-address 192.0.2.10 +set high-availability vrrp group Foo hello-source-address 192.0.2.15 +``` + +## rfc3768-compatibility + +RFC 3768 defines a virtual MAC address to each VRRP virtual router. +This virtual router MAC address will be used as the source in all periodic VRRP +messages sent by the active node. When the rfc3768-compatibility option is set, +a new VRRP interface is created, to which the MAC address and the virtual IP +address is automatically assigned. + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo rfc3768-compatibility +``` + +Verification + +``` none +$show interfaces ethernet eth0v10 +eth0v10@eth0: mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue +state UP group default qlen 1000 +link/ether 00:00:5e:00:01:0a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff +inet 172.25.0.247/16 scope global eth0v10 +valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever +``` + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +RFC 3768 creates a virtual interface. If you want to apply +the destination NAT rule to the traffic sent to the virtual MAC, set +the created virtual interface as inbound-interface. + +
+ +## Global options + +On most scenarios, there's no need to change specific parameters, and using +default configuration is enough. But there are cases were extra configuration +is needed. + +
+ +set high-availability vrrp global-parameters startup_delay \<1-600\> + +This option specifies a delay in seconds before vrrp instances start up +after keepalived starts. + +
+ +## Gratuitous ARP + +These configuration is not mandatory and in most cases there's no +need to configure it. But if necessary, Gratuitous ARP can be configured in +`global-parameters` and/or in `group` section. + +
+ +set high-availability vrrp global-parameters garp interval +\<0.000-1000\> + +
+ +
+ +set high-availability vrrp group \ garp interval \<0.000-1000\> + +Set delay between gratuitous ARP messages sent on an interface. + +0 if not defined. + +
+ +
+ +set high-availability vrrp global-parameters garp master-delay \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set high-availability vrrp group \ garp master-delay \<1-255\> + +Set delay for second set of gratuitous ARPs after transition to MASTER. + +5 if not defined. + +
+ +
+ +set high-availability vrrp global-parameters garp master-refresh +\<1-600\> + +
+ +
+ +set high-availability vrrp group \ garp master-refresh +\<1-600\> + +Set minimum time interval for refreshing gratuitous ARPs while MASTER. + +0 if not defined, which means no refreshing. + +
+ +
+ +set high-availability vrrp global-parameters garp +master-refresh-repeat \<1-600\> + +
+ +
+ +set high-availability vrrp group \ garp +master-refresh-repeat \<1-600\> + +Set number of gratuitous ARP messages to send at a time while MASTER. + +1 if not defined. + +
+ +
+ +set high-availability vrrp global-parameters garp master-repeat +\<1-600\> + +
+ +
+ +set high-availability vrrp group \ garp master-repeat +\<1-600\> + +Set number of gratuitous ARP messages to send at a time after transition to +MASTER. + +5 if not defined. + +
+ +## Version + +
+ +set high-availability vrrp global-parameters version 2|3 + +Set the default VRRP version to use. This defaults to 2, but IPv6 instances +will always use version 3. + +
+ +## Scripting + +VRRP functionality can be extended with scripts. VyOS supports two kinds of +scripts: health check scripts and transition scripts. Health check scripts +execute custom checks in addition to the master router reachability. Transition +scripts are executed when VRRP state changes from master to backup or fault and +vice versa and can be used to enable or disable certain services, for example. + +### Health check scripts + +This setup will make the VRRP process execute the +`/config/scripts/vrrp-check.sh script` every 60 seconds, and transition the +group to the fault state if it fails (i.e. exits with non-zero status) three +times: + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo health-check script /config/scripts/vrrp-check.sh +set high-availability vrrp group Foo health-check interval 60 +set high-availability vrrp group Foo health-check failure-count 3 +``` + +When the vrrp group is a member of the sync group will use only +the sync group health check script. +This example shows how to configure it for the sync group: + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp sync-group Bar health-check script /config/scripts/vrrp-check.sh +set high-availability vrrp sync-group Bar health-check interval 60 +set high-availability vrrp sync-group Bar health-check failure-count 3 +``` + +### Transition scripts + +Transition scripts can help you implement various fixups, such as starting and +stopping services, or even modifying the VyOS config on VRRP transition. +This setup will make the VRRP process execute the +`/config/scripts/vrrp-fail.sh` with argument `Foo` when VRRP fails, +and the `/config/scripts/vrrp-master.sh` when the router becomes the master: + +``` none +set high-availability vrrp group Foo transition-script backup "/config/scripts/vrrp-fail.sh Foo" +set high-availability vrrp group Foo transition-script fault "/config/scripts/vrrp-fail.sh Foo" +set high-availability vrrp group Foo transition-script master "/config/scripts/vrrp-master.sh Foo" +``` + +To know more about scripting, check the `command-scripting` section. + +## Virtual-server + +Virtual Server allows to Load-balance traffic destination virtual-address:port +between several real servers. + +### Algorithm + +Load-balancing schedule algorithm: + +- round-robin +- weighted-round-robin +- least-connection +- weighted-least-connection +- source-hashing +- destination-hashing +- locality-based-least-connection + +``` none +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 algorithm 'least-connection' +``` + +### Forward method + +- NAT +- direct +- tunnel + +``` none +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 forward-method 'nat' +``` + +### Health-check + +Custom health-check script allows checking real-server availability + +``` none +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 real-server 192.0.2.11 health-check script +``` + +### Fwmark + +Firewall mark. It possible to loadbalancing traffic based on `fwmark` value + +``` none +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 fwmark '111' +``` + +### Real server + +Real server IP address and port + +``` none +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 real-server 192.0.2.11 port '80' +``` + +### Example + +Virtual-server can be configured with VRRP virtual address or without VRRP. + +In the next example all traffic destined to `203.0.113.1` and port `8280` +protocol TCP is balanced between 2 real servers `192.0.2.11` and +`192.0.2.12` to port `80` + +Real server is auto-excluded if port check with this server fail. + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address '203.0.113.11/24' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.0.2.1/24' +set high-availability vrrp group FOO interface 'eth0' +set high-availability vrrp group FOO no-preempt +set high-availability vrrp group FOO priority '150' +set high-availability vrrp group FOO address '203.0.113.1/24' +set high-availability vrrp group FOO vrid '10' + +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 algorithm 'source-hashing' +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 delay-loop '10' +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 forward-method 'nat' +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 persistence-timeout '180' +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 port '8280' +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 protocol 'tcp' +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 real-server 192.0.2.11 port '80' +set high-availability virtual-server 203.0.113.1 real-server 192.0.2.12 port '80' +``` + +A firewall mark `fwmark` allows using multiple ports for high-availability +virtual-server. +It uses fwmark value. + +In this example all traffic destined to ports "80, 2222, 8888" protocol TCP +marks to fwmark "111" and balanced between 2 real servers. +Port "0" is required if multiple ports are used. + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 'dhcp' +set interfaces ethernet eth0 description 'WAN' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.0.2.1/24' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 description 'LAN' + +set policy route PR interface 'eth0' +set policy route PR rule 10 destination port '80,2222,8888' +set policy route PR rule 10 protocol 'tcp' +set policy route PR rule 10 set mark '111' + +set high-availability virtual-server vyos fwmark '111' +set high-availability virtual-server vyos protocol 'tcp' +set high-availability virtual-server vyos real-server 192.0.2.11 health-check script '/config/scripts/check-real-server-first.sh' +set high-availability virtual-server vyos real-server 192.0.2.11 port '0' +set high-availability virtual-server vyos real-server 192.0.2.12 health-check script '/config/scripts/check-real-server-second.sh' +set high-availability virtual-server vyos real-server 192.0.2.12 port '0' + +set nat source rule 100 outbound-interface 'eth0' +set nat source rule 100 source address '192.0.2.0/24' +set nat source rule 100 translation address 'masquerade' +``` + +Op-mode check virtual-server status + +``` none +vyos@r14:~$ run show virtual-server +IP Virtual Server version 1.2.1 (size=4096) +Prot LocalAddress:Port Scheduler Flags + -> RemoteAddress:Port Forward Weight ActiveConn InActConn +FWM 111 lc persistent 300 + -> 192.0.2.11:0 Masq 1 0 0 + -> 192.0.2.12:0 Masq 1 1 0 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-bonding.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-bonding.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..837b61c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-bonding.md @@ -0,0 +1,731 @@ +lastproofread +2021-06-30 + +# Bond / Link Aggregation + +The bonding interface provides a method for aggregating multiple network +interfaces into a single logical "bonded" interface, or LAG, or ether-channel, +or port-channel. The behavior of the bonded interfaces depends upon the mode; +generally speaking, modes provide either hot standby or load balancing services. +Additionally, link integrity monitoring may be performed. + +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-common-with-dhcp.txt + +
+ +### Member Interfaces + +
+ +set interfaces bonding \ member interface \ + +Enslave \ interface to bond \. + +
+ +### Bond options + +
+ +set interfaces bonding \ mode \<802.3ad | active-backup | +broadcast | round-robin | transmit-load-balance | adaptive-load-balance | +xor-hash\> + +Specifies one of the bonding policies. The default is 802.3ad. Possible +values are: + +- `802.3ad` - IEEE 802.3ad Dynamic link aggregation. Creates aggregation + groups that share the same speed and duplex settings. Utilizes all slaves + in the active aggregator according to the 802.3ad specification. + + Slave selection for outgoing traffic is done according to the transmit + hash policy, which may be changed from the default simple XOR policy via + the `hash-policy` option, documented below. + +
+ +
+ + Note + +
+ + Not all transmit policies may be 802.3ad compliant, particularly + in regards to the packet misordering requirements of section 43.2.4 + of the 802.3ad standard. + +
+ +- `active-backup` - Active-backup policy: Only one slave in the bond is + active. A different slave becomes active if, and only if, the active slave + fails. The bond's MAC address is externally visible on only one port + (network adapter) to avoid confusing the switch. + + When a failover occurs in active-backup mode, bonding will issue one or + more gratuitous ARPs on the newly active slave. One gratuitous ARP is + issued for the bonding master interface and each VLAN interfaces + configured above it, provided that the interface has at least one IP + address configured. Gratuitous ARPs issued for VLAN interfaces are tagged + with the appropriate VLAN id. + + This mode provides fault tolerance. The `primary` option, + documented below, affects the behavior of this mode. + +- `broadcast` - Broadcast policy: transmits everything on all slave + interfaces. + + This mode provides fault tolerance. + +- `round-robin` - Round-robin policy: Transmit packets in sequential + order from the first available slave through the last. + + This mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance. + +- `transmit-load-balance` - Adaptive transmit load balancing: channel + bonding that does not require any special switch support. + + Incoming traffic is received by the current slave. If the receiving slave + fails, another slave takes over the MAC address of the failed receiving + slave. + +- `adaptive-load-balance` - Adaptive load balancing: includes + transmit-load-balance plus receive load balancing for IPV4 traffic, and + does not require any special switch support. The receive load balancing + is achieved by ARP negotiation. The bonding driver intercepts the ARP + Replies sent by the local system on their way out and overwrites the + source hardware address with the unique hardware address of one of the + slaves in the bond such that different peers use different hardware + addresses for the server. + + Receive traffic from connections created by the server is also balanced. + When the local system sends an ARP Request the bonding driver copies and + saves the peer's IP information from the ARP packet. When the ARP Reply + arrives from the peer, its hardware address is retrieved and the bonding + driver initiates an ARP reply to this peer assigning it to one of the + slaves in the bond. A problematic outcome of using ARP negotiation for + balancing is that each time that an ARP request is broadcast it uses the + hardware address of the bond. Hence, peers learn the hardware address + of the bond and the balancing of receive traffic collapses to the current + slave. This is handled by sending updates (ARP Replies) to all the peers + with their individually assigned hardware address such that the traffic + is redistributed. Receive traffic is also redistributed when a new slave + is added to the bond and when an inactive slave is re-activated. The + receive load is distributed sequentially (round robin) among the group + of highest speed slaves in the bond. + + When a link is reconnected or a new slave joins the bond the receive + traffic is redistributed among all active slaves in the bond by initiating + ARP Replies with the selected MAC address to each of the clients. The + updelay parameter (detailed below) must be set to a value equal or greater + than the switch's forwarding delay so that the ARP Replies sent to the + peers will not be blocked by the switch. + +- `xor-hash` - XOR policy: Transmit based on the selected transmit + hash policy. The default policy is a simple \[(source MAC address XOR'd + with destination MAC address XOR packet type ID) modulo slave count\]. + Alternate transmit policies may be selected via the `hash-policy` + option, described below. + + This mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bonding \ min-links \<0-16\> + +Specifies the minimum number of links that must be active before asserting +carrier. It is similar to the Cisco EtherChannel min-links feature. This +allows setting the minimum number of member ports that must be up (link-up +state) before marking the bond device as up (carrier on). This is useful for +situations where higher level services such as clustering want to ensure a +minimum number of low bandwidth links are active before switchover. + +This option only affects 802.3ad mode. + +The default value is 0. This will cause the carrier to be asserted +(for 802.3ad mode) whenever there is an active aggregator, +regardless of the number of available links in that aggregator. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Because an aggregator cannot be active without at least one +available link, setting this option to 0 or to 1 has the exact same +effect. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bonding \ lacp-rate \ + +Option specifying the rate in which we'll ask our link partner to transmit +LACPDU packets in 802.3ad mode. + +This option only affects 802.3ad mode. + +- slow: Request partner to transmit LACPDUs every 30 seconds +- fast: Request partner to transmit LACPDUs every 1 second + +The default value is slow. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bonding \ system-mac \ + +This option allow to specifies the 802.3ad system MAC address.You can set a +random mac-address that can be used for these LACPDU exchanges. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bonding \ hash-policy \ + +- **layer2** - Uses XOR of hardware MAC addresses and packet type ID field + to generate the hash. The formula is + + ``` none + hash = source MAC XOR destination MAC XOR packet type ID + slave number = hash modulo slave count + ``` + + This algorithm will place all traffic to a particular network peer on + the same slave. + + This algorithm is 802.3ad compliant. + +- **layer2+3** - This policy uses a combination of layer2 and layer3 + protocol information to generate the hash. Uses XOR of hardware MAC + addresses and IP addresses to generate the hash. The formula is: + + ``` none + hash = source MAC XOR destination MAC XOR packet type ID + hash = hash XOR source IP XOR destination IP + hash = hash XOR (hash RSHIFT 16) + hash = hash XOR (hash RSHIFT 8) + ``` + + And then hash is reduced modulo slave count. + + If the protocol is IPv6 then the source and destination addresses are + first hashed using ipv6_addr_hash. + + This algorithm will place all traffic to a particular network peer on the + same slave. For non-IP traffic, the formula is the same as for the layer2 + transmit hash policy. + + This policy is intended to provide a more balanced distribution of traffic + than layer2 alone, especially in environments where a layer3 gateway + device is required to reach most destinations. + + This algorithm is 802.3ad compliant. + +- **layer3+4** - This policy uses upper layer protocol information, when + available, to generate the hash. This allows for traffic to a particular + network peer to span multiple slaves, although a single connection will + not span multiple slaves. + + The formula for unfragmented TCP and UDP packets is + + ``` none + hash = source port, destination port (as in the header) + hash = hash XOR source IP XOR destination IP + hash = hash XOR (hash RSHIFT 16) + hash = hash XOR (hash RSHIFT 8) + ``` + + And then hash is reduced modulo slave count. + + If the protocol is IPv6 then the source and destination addresses are + first hashed using ipv6_addr_hash. + + For fragmented TCP or UDP packets and all other IPv4 and IPv6 protocol + traffic, the source and destination port information is omitted. For + non-IP traffic, the formula is the same as for the layer2 transmit hash + policy. + + This algorithm is not fully 802.3ad compliant. A single TCP or UDP + conversation containing both fragmented and unfragmented packets will see + packets striped across two interfaces. This may result in out of order + delivery. Most traffic types will not meet these criteria, as TCP rarely + fragments traffic, and most UDP traffic is not involved in extended + conversations. Other implementations of 802.3ad may or may not tolerate + this noncompliance. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bonding \ primary \ + +An \ specifying which slave is the primary device. The specified +device will always be the active slave while it is available. Only when the +primary is off-line will alternate devices be used. This is useful when one +slave is preferred over another, e.g., when one slave has higher throughput +than another. + +The primary option is only valid for active-backup, transmit-load-balance, +and adaptive-load-balance mode. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bonding \ arp-monitor interval \ + +Specifies the ARP link monitoring \ in seconds. + +The ARP monitor works by periodically checking the slave devices to determine +whether they have sent or received traffic recently (the precise criteria +depends upon the bonding mode, and the state of the slave). Regular traffic +is generated via ARP probes issued for the addresses specified by the +`arp-monitor target` option. + +If ARP monitoring is used in an etherchannel compatible mode (modes +round-robin and xor-hash), the switch should be configured in a mode that +evenly distributes packets across all links. If the switch is configured to +distribute the packets in an XOR fashion, all replies from the ARP targets +will be received on the same link which could cause the other team members +to fail. + +A value of 0 disables ARP monitoring. The default value is 0. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bonding \ arp-monitor target \ + +Specifies the IP addresses to use as ARP monitoring peers when +`arp-monitor interval` option is \> 0. These are the targets of the +ARP request sent to determine the health of the link to the targets. + +Multiple target IP addresses can be specified. At least one IP address must +be given for ARP monitoring to function. + +The maximum number of targets that can be specified is 16. The default value +is no IP address. + +
+ +### VLAN + +
+ +/\_include/interface-vlan-8021q.txt + +
+ +### Port Mirror (SPAN) + +
+ +../../\_include/interface-mirror.txt + +
+ +#### EVPN Multihoming + +All-Active Multihoming is used for redundancy and load sharing. Servers are +attached to two or more PEs and the links are bonded (link-aggregation). +This group of server links is referred to as an `ES (Ethernet Segment)`. + +An Ethernet Segment can be configured by specifying a system-MAC and a local +discriminator or a complete ESINAME against the bond interface on the PE. + +
+ +set interfaces bonding \ evpn es-id \<\<1-16777215|10-byte ID\> + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bonding \ evpn es-sys-mac \ + +The sys-mac and local discriminator are used for generating a 10-byte, Type-3 +Ethernet Segment ID. ESINAME is a 10-byte, Type-0 Ethernet Segment ID - +"00:AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF:GG:HH:II". + +Type-1 (EAD-per-ES and EAD-per-EVI) routes are used to advertise the locally +attached ESs and to learn off remote ESs in the network. Local Type-2/MAC-IP +routes are also advertised with a destination ESI allowing for MAC-IP syncing +between Ethernet Segment peers. Reference: RFC 7432, RFC 8365 + +EVPN-MH is intended as a replacement for MLAG or Anycast VTEPs. In multihoming +each PE has an unique VTEP address which requires the introduction of a new +dataplane construct, MAC-ECMP. Here a MAC/FDB entry can point to a list of +remote PEs/VTEPs. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bonding \ evpn es-df-pref \<1-65535\> + +Type-4 (ESR) routes are used for Designated Forwarder (DF) election. +DFs forward BUM traffic received via the overlay network. This +implementation uses a preference based DF election specified by +draft-ietf-bess-evpn-pref-df. + +The DF preference is configurable per-ES. + +BUM traffic is rxed via the overlay by all PEs attached to a server but +only the DF can forward the de-capsulated traffic to the access port. +To accommodate that non-DF filters are installed in the dataplane to drop +the traffic. + +Similarly traffic received from ES peers via the overlay cannot be forwarded +to the server. This is split-horizon-filtering with local bias. + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-evpn-uplink.txt + +
+ +## Example + +The following configuration on VyOS applies to all following 3rd party vendors. +It creates a bond with two links and VLAN 10, 100 on the bonded interfaces with +a per VIF IPv4 address. + +``` none +# Create bonding interface bond0 with 802.3ad LACP +set interfaces bonding bond0 hash-policy 'layer2' +set interfaces bonding bond0 mode '802.3ad' + +# Add the required vlans and IPv4 addresses on them +set interfaces bonding bond0 vif 10 address 192.168.0.1/24 +set interfaces bonding bond0 vif 100 address 10.10.10.1/24 + +# Add the member interfaces to the bonding interface +set interfaces bonding bond0 member interface eth1 +set interfaces bonding bond0 member interface eth2 +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you happen to run this in a virtual environment like by EVE-NG +you need to ensure your VyOS NIC is set to use the e1000 driver. Using the +default `virtio-net-pci` or the `vmxnet3` driver will not work. ICMP +messages will not be properly processed. They are visible on the virtual wire +but will not make it fully up the networking stack. + +You can check your NIC driver by issuing `show interfaces ethernet +eth0 physical | grep -i driver` + +
+ +### Cisco Catalyst + +Assign member interfaces to PortChannel + +``` none +interface GigabitEthernet1/0/23 + description VyOS eth1 + channel-group 1 mode active +! +interface GigabitEthernet1/0/24 + description VyOS eth2 + channel-group 1 mode active +! +``` + +A new interface becomes present `Port-channel1`, all configuration like +allowed VLAN interfaces, STP will happen here. + +``` none +interface Port-channel1 + description LACP Channel for VyOS + switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q + switchport trunk allowed vlan 10,100 + switchport mode trunk + spanning-tree portfast trunk +! +``` + +### Juniper EX Switch + +For a headstart you can use the below example on how to build a bond with two +interfaces from VyOS to a Juniper EX Switch system. + +``` none +# Create aggregated ethernet device with 802.3ad LACP and port speeds of 10gbit/s +set interfaces ae0 aggregated-ether-options link-speed 10g +set interfaces ae0 aggregated-ether-options lacp active + +# Create layer 2 on the aggregated ethernet device with trunking for our vlans +set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching port-mode trunk + +# Add the required vlans to the device +set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members 10 +set interfaces ae0 unit 0 family ethernet-switching vlan members 100 + +# Add the two interfaces to the aggregated ethernet device, in this setup both +# ports are on the same switch (switch 0, module 1, port 0 and 1) +set interfaces xe-0/1/0 ether-options 802.3ad ae0 +set interfaces xe-0/1/1 ether-options 802.3ad ae0 + +# But this can also be done with multiple switches in a stack, a virtual +# chassis on Juniper (switch 0 and switch 1, module 1, port 0 on both switches) +set interfaces xe-0/1/0 ether-options 802.3ad ae0 +set interfaces xe-1/1/0 ether-options 802.3ad ae0 +``` + +### Aruba/HP + +For a headstart you can use the below example on how to build a +bond,port-channel with two interfaces from VyOS to a Aruba/HP 2510G switch. + +``` none +# Create trunk with 2 member interfaces (interface 1 and 2) and LACP +trunk 1-2 Trk1 LACP + +# Add the required vlans to the trunk +vlan 10 tagged Trk1 +vlan 100 tagged Trk1 +``` + +### Arista EOS + +When utilizing VyOS in an environment with Arista gear you can use this blue +print as an initial setup to get an LACP bond / port-channel operational between +those two devices. + +Lets assume the following topology: + +
+VyOS Arista EOS setup +
+ +**R1** + +> ``` none +> interfaces { +> bonding bond10 { +> hash-policy layer3+4 +> member { +> interface eth1 +> interface eth2 +> } +> mode 802.3ad +> vif 100 { +> address 192.0.2.1/30 +> address 2001:db8::1/64 +> } +> } +> ``` + +**R2** + +> ``` none +> interfaces { +> bonding bond10 { +> hash-policy layer3+4 +> member { +> interface eth1 +> interface eth2 +> } +> mode 802.3ad +> vif 100 { +> address 192.0.2.2/30 +> address 2001:db8::2/64 +> } +> } +> ``` + +**SW1** + +> ``` none +> ! +> vlan 100 +> name FOO +> ! +> interface Port-Channel10 +> switchport trunk allowed vlan 100 +> switchport mode trunk +> spanning-tree portfast +> ! +> interface Port-Channel20 +> switchport mode trunk +> no spanning-tree portfast auto +> spanning-tree portfast network +> ! +> interface Ethernet1 +> channel-group 10 mode active +> ! +> interface Ethernet2 +> channel-group 10 mode active +> ! +> interface Ethernet3 +> channel-group 20 mode active +> ! +> interface Ethernet4 +> channel-group 20 mode active +> ! +> ``` + +**SW2** + +> ``` none +> ! +> vlan 100 +> name FOO +> ! +> interface Port-Channel10 +> switchport trunk allowed vlan 100 +> switchport mode trunk +> spanning-tree portfast +> ! +> interface Port-Channel20 +> switchport mode trunk +> no spanning-tree portfast auto +> spanning-tree portfast network +> ! +> interface Ethernet1 +> channel-group 10 mode active +> ! +> interface Ethernet2 +> channel-group 10 mode active +> ! +> interface Ethernet3 +> channel-group 20 mode active +> ! +> interface Ethernet4 +> channel-group 20 mode active +> ! +> ``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +When using EVE-NG to lab this environment ensure you are using e1000 +as the desired driver for your VyOS network interfaces. When using the +regular virtio network driver no LACP PDUs will be sent by VyOS thus the +port-channel will never become active! + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show interfaces bonding + +Show brief interface information. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces bonding +Codes: S - State, L - Link, u - Up, D - Down, A - Admin Down +Interface IP Address S/L Description +--------- ---------- --- ----------- +bond0 - u/u my-sw1 int 23 and 24 +bond0.10 192.168.0.1/24 u/u office-net +bond0.100 10.10.10.1/24 u/u management-net +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces bonding \ + +Show detailed information on given \ + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces bonding bond5 +bond5: mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state DOWN group default qlen 1000 + link/ether 00:50:56:bf:ef:aa brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + inet6 fe80::e862:26ff:fe72:2dac/64 scope link tentative + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 0 0 0 0 0 0 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 0 0 0 0 0 0 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces bonding \ detail + +Show detailed information about the underlaying physical links on given +bond \. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces bonding bond5 detail +Ethernet Channel Bonding Driver: v3.7.1 (April 27, 2011) + +Bonding Mode: IEEE 802.3ad Dynamic link aggregation +Transmit Hash Policy: layer2 (0) +MII Status: down +MII Polling Interval (ms): 100 +Up Delay (ms): 0 +Down Delay (ms): 0 + +802.3ad info +LACP rate: slow +Min links: 0 +Aggregator selection policy (ad_select): stable + +Slave Interface: eth1 +MII Status: down +Speed: Unknown +Duplex: Unknown +Link Failure Count: 0 +Permanent HW addr: 00:50:56:bf:ef:aa +Slave queue ID: 0 +Aggregator ID: 1 +Actor Churn State: churned +Partner Churn State: churned +Actor Churned Count: 1 +Partner Churned Count: 1 + +Slave Interface: eth2 +MII Status: down +Speed: Unknown +Duplex: Unknown +Link Failure Count: 0 +Permanent HW addr: 00:50:56:bf:19:26 +Slave queue ID: 0 +Aggregator ID: 2 +Actor Churn State: churned +Partner Churn State: churned +Actor Churned Count: 1 +Partner Churned Count: 1 +``` + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-bridge.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-bridge.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..732ea8e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-bridge.md @@ -0,0 +1,405 @@ +lastproofread +2021-06-30 + +# Bridge + +A Bridge is a way to connect two Ethernet segments together in a +protocol independent way. Packets are forwarded based on Ethernet +address, rather than IP address (like a router). Since forwarding is +done at Layer 2, all protocols can go transparently through a bridge. +The Linux bridge code implements a subset of the ANSI/IEEE 802.1d +standard. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Spanning Tree Protocol is not enabled by default in VyOS. +`stp` can be easily enabled if needed. + +
+ +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-common-with-dhcp.txt + +
+ +### Member Interfaces + +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ member interface \ + +Assign \ interface to bridge \. A completion +helper will help you with all allowed interfaces which can be +bridged. This includes `ethernet-interface`, +`bond-interface`, `l2tpv3-interface`, `openvpn`, +`vxlan-interface`, `wireless-interface`, +`tunnel-interface` and `geneve-interface`. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ member interface \ +priority \ + +Configure individual bridge port \. + +Each bridge has a relative priority and cost. Each interface is +associated with a port (number) in the STP code. Each has a priority +and a cost, that is used to decide which is the shortest path to +forward a packet. The lowest cost path is always used unless the +other path is down. If you have multiple bridges and interfaces then +you may need to adjust the priorities to achieve optimum +performance. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ member interface \ +cost \ + +Path \ value for Spanning Tree Protocol. Each interface in a +bridge could have a different speed and this value is used when +deciding which link to use. Faster interfaces should have lower +costs. + +
+ +### Bridge Options + +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ aging \ + +MAC address aging \\> in seconds (default: 300). + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ max-age \ + +Bridge maximum aging \ in seconds (default: 20). + +If an another bridge in the spanning tree does not send out a hello +packet for a long period of time, it is assumed to be dead. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ igmp querier + +Enable IGMP and MLD querier. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ igmp snooping + +Enable IGMP and MLD snooping. + +
+ +#### STP Parameter + +`STP (Spanning Tree Protocol)` is a network protocol that builds a +loop-free logical topology for Ethernet networks. The basic function of +STP is to prevent bridge loops and the broadcast radiation that results +from them. Spanning tree also allows a network design to include backup +links providing fault tolerance if an active link fails. + +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ stp + +Enable spanning tree protocol. STP is disabled by default. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ forwarding-delay \ + +Spanning Tree Protocol forwarding \ in seconds (default: 15). + +The forwarding delay time is the time spent in each of the listening and +learning states before the Forwarding state is entered. This delay is +so that when a new bridge comes onto a busy network it looks at some +traffic before participating. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ hello-time \ + +Spanning Tree Protocol hello advertisement \ in seconds +(default: 2). + +Periodically, a hello packet is sent out by the Root Bridge and the +Designated Bridges. Hello packets are used to communicate information +about the topology throughout the entire Bridged Local Area Network. + +
+ +### VLAN + +#### Enable VLAN-Aware Bridge + +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ enable-vlan + +To activate the VLAN aware bridge, you must activate this setting to use VLAN +settings for the bridge + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ protocol \<802.1ad|802.1q\> + +Define used ethertype of bridge interface. + +Ethertype `0x8100` is used for `802.1q` and ethertype `0x88a8` is used +for `802.1ad`. + +The default is `802.1q`. + +
+ +#### VLAN Options + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +It is not valid to use the vif 1 option for VLAN aware bridges +because VLAN aware bridges assume that all unlabeled packets belong to +the default VLAN 1 member and that the VLAN ID of the bridge's parent +interface is always 1 + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-vlan-8021q.txt + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ member interface \ +native-vlan \ + +Set the native VLAN ID flag of the interface. When a data packet without a +VLAN tag enters the port, the data packet will be forced to add a tag of a +specific vlan id. When the vlan id flag flows out, the tag of the vlan id +will be stripped + +Example: Set eth0 member port to be native VLAN 2 + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br1 member interface eth0 native-vlan 2 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces bridge \ member interface \ +allowed-vlan \ + +Allows specific VLAN IDs to pass through the bridge member interface. This +can either be an individual VLAN id or a range of VLAN ids delimited by a +hyphen. + +Example: Set eth0 member port to be allowed VLAN 4 + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br1 member interface eth0 allowed-vlan 4 +``` + +Example: Set eth0 member port to be allowed VLAN 6-8 + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br1 member interface eth0 allowed-vlan 6-8 +``` + +
+ +### Port Mirror (SPAN) + +
+ +../../\_include/interface-mirror.txt + +
+ +## Examples + +### Create a basic bridge + +Creating a bridge interface is very simple. In this example, we will +have: + +- A bridge named br100 +- Member interfaces eth1 and VLAN 10 on interface eth2 +- Enable STP +- Bridge answers on IP address 192.0.2.1/24 and 2001:db8::ffff/64 + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br100 address 192.0.2.1/24 +set interfaces bridge br100 address 2001:db8::ffff/64 +set interfaces bridge br100 member interface eth1 +set interfaces bridge br100 member interface eth2.10 +set interfaces bridge br100 stp +``` + +This results in the active configuration: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# show interfaces bridge br100 + address 192.0.2.1/24 + address 2001:db8::ffff/64 + member { + interface eth1 { + } + interface eth2.10 { + } + } + stp +``` + +### Using VLAN aware Bridge + +An example of creating a VLAN-aware bridge is as follows: + +- A bridge named br100 +- The member interface eth1 is a trunk that allows VLAN 10 to pass +- VLAN 10 on member interface eth2 (ACCESS mode) +- Enable STP +- Bridge answers on IP address 192.0.2.1/24 and 2001:db8::ffff/64 + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br100 enable-vlan +set interfaces bridge br100 member interface eth1 allowed-vlan 10 +set interfaces bridge br100 member interface eth2 native-vlan 10 +set interfaces bridge br100 vif 10 address 192.0.2.1/24 +set interfaces bridge br100 vif 10 address 2001:db8::ffff/64 +set interfaces bridge br100 stp +``` + +This results in the active configuration: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# show interfaces bridge br100 + enable-vlan + member { + interface eth1 { + allowed-vlan 10 + } + interface eth2 { + native-vlan 10 + } + } + stp + vif 10 { + address 192.0.2.1/24 + address 2001:db8::ffff/64 + } +``` + +### Using the operation mode command to view Bridge Information + +
+ +show bridge + +The show bridge operational command can be used to display +configured bridges: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show bridge +3: eth1: mtu 1500 master br0 state forwarding +priority 32 cost 100 +4: eth2: mtu 1500 master br0 state forwarding +priority 32 cost 100 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show bridge \ fdb + +Show bridge \ fdb displays the current forwarding table: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show bridge br0 fdb +50:00:00:08:00:01 dev eth1 vlan 20 master br0 permanent +50:00:00:08:00:01 dev eth1 vlan 10 master br0 permanent +50:00:00:08:00:01 dev eth1 master br0 permanent +33:33:00:00:00:01 dev eth1 self permanent +33:33:00:00:00:02 dev eth1 self permanent +01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev eth1 self permanent +50:00:00:08:00:02 dev eth2 vlan 20 master br0 permanent +50:00:00:08:00:02 dev eth2 vlan 10 master br0 permanent +50:00:00:08:00:02 dev eth2 master br0 permanent +33:33:00:00:00:01 dev eth2 self permanent +33:33:00:00:00:02 dev eth2 self permanent +01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev eth2 self permanent +33:33:00:00:00:01 dev br0 self permanent +33:33:00:00:00:02 dev br0 self permanent +33:33:ff:08:00:01 dev br0 self permanent +01:00:5e:00:00:6a dev br0 self permanent +33:33:00:00:00:6a dev br0 self permanent +01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev br0 self permanent +33:33:ff:00:00:00 dev br0 self permanent +``` + +
+ +
+ +show bridge \ mdb + +Show bridge \ mdb displays the current multicast group membership +table.The table is populated by IGMP and MLD snooping in the bridge driver +automatically. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show bridge br0 mdb +dev br0 port br0 grp ff02::1:ff00:0 temp vid 1 +dev br0 port br0 grp ff02::2 temp vid 1 +dev br0 port br0 grp ff02::1:ff08:1 temp vid 1 +dev br0 port br0 grp ff02::6a temp vid 1 +``` + +
+ +> Show bridge Media Access Control (MAC) address table +> +> ``` none +> vyos@vyos:~$ show bridge br100 macs +> port no mac addr is local? ageing timer +> 1 00:53:29:44:3b:19 yes 0.00 +> ``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-dummy.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-dummy.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec79579e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-dummy.md @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-20 + +# Dummy + +The dummy interface is really a little exotic, but rather useful nevertheless. +Dummy interfaces are much like the `loopback-interface` interface, except +you can have as many as you want. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Dummy interfaces can be used as interfaces that always stay up (in +the same fashion to loopbacks in Cisco IOS), or for testing purposes. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +On systems with multiple redundant uplinks and routes, +it's a good idea to use a dedicated address for management and dynamic routing protocols. +However, assigning that address to a physical link is risky: +if that link goes down, that address will become inaccessible. +A common solution is to assign the management address to a loopback or a dummy interface +and advertise that address via all physical links, so that it's reachable +through any of them. Since in Linux-based systems, there can be only one loopback interface, +it's better to use a dummy interface for that purpose, since they can be added, removed, +and taken up and down independently. + +
+ +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-address.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-description.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-disable.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-vrf.txt + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show interfaces dummy + +Show brief interface information. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces dummy +Codes: S - State, L - Link, u - Up, D - Down, A - Admin Down +Interface IP Address S/L Description +--------- ---------- --- ----------- +dum0 172.18.254.201/32 u/u +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces dummy \ + +Show detailed information on given \ + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces dummy dum0 +dum0: mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN group default qlen 1000 + link/ether 26:7c:8e:bc:fc:f5 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + inet 172.18.254.201/32 scope global dum0 + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + inet6 fe80::247c:8eff:febc:fcf5/64 scope link + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 0 0 0 0 0 0 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 1369707 4267 0 0 0 0 +``` + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-ethernet.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-ethernet.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b0ee7f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-ethernet.md @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-20 + +# Ethernet + +This will be the most widely used interface on a router carrying traffic to the +real world. + +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-common-with-dhcp.txt + +
+ +### Ethernet options + +
+ +set interfaces ethernet \ duplex \ + +Configure physical interface duplex setting. + +- auto - interface duplex setting is auto-negotiated +- full - always use full-duplex +- half - always use half-duplex + +VyOS default will be auto. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces ethernet \ speed \ + +Configure physical interface speed setting. + +- auto - interface speed is auto-negotiated +- 10 - 10 MBit/s +- 100 - 100 MBit/s +- 1000 - 1 GBit/s +- 2500 - 2.5 GBit/s +- 5000 - 5 GBit/s +- 10000 - 10 GBit/s +- 25000 - 25 GBit/s +- 40000 - 40 GBit/s +- 50000 - 50 GBit/s +- 100000 - 100 GBit/s + +VyOS default will be auto. + +
+ +
+ +set interface ethernet \ ring-buffer rx \ + +
+ +
+ +set interface ethernet \ ring-buffer tx \ + +Configures the ring buffer size of the interface. + +The supported values for a specific interface can be obtained +with: ethtool -g \ + +
+ +#### Offloading + +
+ +set interfaces ethernet \ offload \ + +Enable different types of hardware offloading on the given NIC. + +`LRO (Large Receive Offload)` is a technique designed to boost the +efficiency of how your computer's network interface card (NIC) processes +incoming network traffic. Typically, network data arrives in smaller chunks +called packets. Processing each packet individually consumes CPU (central +processing unit) resources. Lots of small packets can lead to a performance +bottleneck. Instead of handing the CPU each packet as it comes in, LRO +instructs the NIC to combine multiple incoming packets into a single, larger +packet. This larger packet is then passed to the CPU for processing. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Under some circumstances, LRO is known to modify the packet headers +of forwarded traffic, which breaks the end-to-end principle of computer +networking. LRO is also only able to offload TCP segments encapsulated in +IPv4 packets. Due to these limitations, it is recommended to use GRO +(Generic Receive Offload) where possible. More information on the +limitations of LRO can be found here: + +
+ +`GSO (Generic Segmentation Offload)` is a pure software offload that is +meant to deal with cases where device drivers cannot perform the offloads +described above. What occurs in GSO is that a given skbuff will have its data +broken out over multiple skbuffs that have been resized to match the MSS +provided via skb_shinfo()-\>gso_size. + +Before enabling any hardware segmentation offload a corresponding software +offload is required in GSO. Otherwise it becomes possible for a frame to be +re-routed between devices and end up being unable to be transmitted. + +`GRO (Generic receive offload)` is the complement to GSO. Ideally any +frame assembled by GRO should be segmented to create an identical sequence of +frames using GSO, and any sequence of frames segmented by GSO should be able +to be reassembled back to the original by GRO. The only exception to this is +IPv4 ID in the case that the DF bit is set for a given IP header. If the +value of the IPv4 ID is not sequentially incrementing it will be altered so +that it is when a frame assembled via GRO is segmented via GSO. + +`RPS (Receive Packet Steering)` is logically a software implementation +of `RSS (Receive Side Scaling)`. Being in software, it is necessarily +called later in the datapath. Whereas RSS selects the queue and hence CPU that +will run the hardware interrupt handler, RPS selects the CPU to perform +protocol processing above the interrupt handler. This is accomplished by +placing the packet on the desired CPU's backlog queue and waking up the CPU +for processing. RPS has some advantages over RSS: + +- it can be used with any NIC +- software filters can easily be added to hash over new protocols +- it does not increase hardware device interrupt rate, although it does + introduce inter-processor interrupts (IPIs) + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In order to use TSO/LRO with VMXNET3 adapters, the SG offloading +option must also be enabled. + +
+ +
+ +#### Authentication (EAPoL) + +
+ +/\_include/interface-eapol.txt + +
+ +#### EVPN Multihoming + +Uplink/Core tracking. + +
+ +/\_include/interface-evpn-uplink.txt + +
+ +### VLAN + +#### Regular VLANs (802.1q) + +
+ +/\_include/interface-vlan-8021q.txt + +
+ +#### QinQ (802.1ad) + +
+ +/\_include/interface-vlan-8021ad.txt + +
+ +### Port Mirror (SPAN) + +
+ +../../\_include/interface-mirror.txt + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show interfaces ethernet + +Show brief interface information. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces ethernet +Codes: S - State, L - Link, u - Up, D - Down, A - Admin Down +Interface IP Address S/L Description +--------- ---------- --- ----------- +eth0 172.18.201.10/24 u/u LAN +eth1 172.18.202.11/24 u/u WAN +eth2 - u/D +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces ethernet \ + +Show detailed information on given \ + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces ethernet eth0 +eth0: mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP group default qlen 1000 + link/ether 00:50:44:00:f5:c9 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + inet6 fe80::250:44ff:fe00:f5c9/64 scope link + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 56735451 179841 0 0 0 142380 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 5601460 62595 0 0 0 0 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces ethernet \ physical + +Show information about physical \ + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces ethernet eth0 physical +Settings for eth0: + Supported ports: [ TP ] + Supported link modes: 1000baseT/Full + 10000baseT/Full + Supported pause frame use: No + Supports auto-negotiation: No + Supported FEC modes: Not reported + Advertised link modes: Not reported + Advertised pause frame use: No + Advertised auto-negotiation: No + Advertised FEC modes: Not reported + Speed: 10000Mb/s + Duplex: Full + Port: Twisted Pair + PHYAD: 0 + Transceiver: internal + Auto-negotiation: off + MDI-X: Unknown + Supports Wake-on: uag + Wake-on: d + Link detected: yes +driver: vmxnet3 +version: 1.4.16.0-k-NAPI +firmware-version: +expansion-rom-version: +bus-info: 0000:0b:00.0 +supports-statistics: yes +supports-test: no +supports-eeprom-access: no +supports-register-dump: yes +supports-priv-flags: no +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces ethernet \ physical offload + +Show available offloading functions on given \ + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces ethernet eth0 physical offload +rx-checksumming on +tx-checksumming on +tx-checksum-ip-generic on +scatter-gather off +tx-scatter-gather off +tcp-segmentation-offload off +tx-tcp-segmentation off +tx-tcp-mangleid-segmentation off +tx-tcp6-segmentation off +udp-fragmentation-offload off +generic-segmentation-offload off +generic-receive-offload off +large-receive-offload off +rx-vlan-offload on +tx-vlan-offload on +ntuple-filters off +receive-hashing on +tx-gre-segmentation on +tx-gre-csum-segmentation on +tx-udp_tnl-segmentation on +tx-udp_tnl-csum-segmentation on +tx-gso-partial on +tx-nocache-copy off +rx-all off +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces ethernet \ transceiver + +Show transceiver information from plugin modules, e.g SFP+, QSFP + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces ethernet eth5 transceiver + Identifier : 0x03 (SFP) + Extended identifier : 0x04 (GBIC/SFP defined by 2-wire interface ID) + Connector : 0x07 (LC) + Transceiver codes : 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 + Transceiver type : Ethernet: 1000BASE-SX + Encoding : 0x01 (8B/10B) + BR, Nominal : 1300MBd + Rate identifier : 0x00 (unspecified) + Length (SMF,km) : 0km + Length (SMF) : 0m + Length (50um) : 550m + Length (62.5um) : 270m + Length (Copper) : 0m + Length (OM3) : 0m + Laser wavelength : 850nm + Vendor name : CISCO-FINISAR + Vendor OUI : 00:90:65 + Vendor PN : FTRJ-8519-7D-CS4 + Vendor rev : A + Option values : 0x00 0x1a + Option : RX_LOS implemented + Option : TX_FAULT implemented + Option : TX_DISABLE implemented + BR margin, max : 0% + BR margin, min : 0% + Vendor SN : FNS092xxxxx + Date code : 0506xx +``` + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-geneve.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-geneve.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8bb145df --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-geneve.md @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-20 + +# GENEVE + +`GENEVE (Generic Network Virtualization Encapsulation)` supports all of +the capabilities of `VXLAN (Virtual Extensible LAN)`, `NVGRE +(Network Virtualization using Generic Routing Encapsulation)`, and `STT +(Stateless Transport Tunneling)` and was designed to overcome their perceived +limitations. Many believe GENEVE could eventually replace these earlier formats +entirely. + +GENEVE is designed to support network virtualization use cases, where tunnels +are typically established to act as a backplane between the virtual switches +residing in hypervisors, physical switches, or middleboxes or other appliances. +An arbitrary IP network can be used as an underlay although Clos networks - A +technique for composing network fabrics larger than a single switch while +maintaining non-blocking bandwidth across connection points. ECMP is used to +divide traffic across the multiple links and switches that constitute the +fabric. Sometimes termed "leaf and spine" or "fat tree" topologies. + +Geneve Header: + +``` none ++-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ +|Ver| Opt Len |O|C| Rsvd. | Protocol Type | ++-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ +| Virtual Network Identifier (VNI) | Reserved | ++-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ +| Variable Length Options | ++-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ +``` + +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-address.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-description.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-disable.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-mac.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-mtu.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-ip.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-ipv6.txt + +
+ +### GENEVE options + +
+ +set interfaces geneve gnv0 remote \ + +Configure GENEVE tunnel far end/remote tunnel endpoint. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces geneve gnv0 vni \ + +`VNI (Virtual Network Identifier)` is an identifier for a unique +element of a virtual network. In many situations this may represent an L2 +segment, however, the control plane defines the forwarding semantics of +decapsulated packets. The VNI MAY be used as part of ECMP forwarding +decisions or MAY be used as a mechanism to distinguish between overlapping +address spaces contained in the encapsulated packet when load balancing +across CPUs. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d66b2d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +# Interfaces + +
+ +bonding +bridge +dummy +ethernet +geneve +l2tpv3 +loopback +macsec +openvpn +wireguard +pppoe +pseudo-ethernet +sstp-client +tunnel +virtual-ethernet +vti +vxlan +wireless +wwan + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-l2tpv3.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-l2tpv3.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84e190f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-l2tpv3.md @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-20 + +# L2TPv3 + +Layer 2 Tunnelling Protocol Version 3 is an IETF standard related to L2TP that +can be used as an alternative protocol to `mpls` for encapsulation of +multiprotocol Layer 2 communications traffic over IP networks. Like L2TP, +L2TPv3 provides a pseudo-wire service but is scaled to fit carrier requirements. + +L2TPv3 can be regarded as being to MPLS what IP is to ATM: a simplified version +of the same concept, with much of the same benefit achieved at a fraction of the +effort, at the cost of losing some technical features considered less important +in the market. + +In the case of L2TPv3, the features lost are teletraffic engineering features +considered important in MPLS. However, there is no reason these features could +not be re-engineered in or on top of L2TPv3 in later products. + +The protocol overhead of L2TPv3 is also significantly bigger than MPLS. + +L2TPv3 is described in `3931`. + +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-common-without-dhcp.txt + +
+ +### L2TPv3 options + +
+ +set interfaces l2tpv3 \ encapsulation \ + +Set the encapsulation type of the tunnel. Valid values for encapsulation are: +udp, ip. + +This defaults to UDP + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces l2tpv3 \ source-address \ + +Set the IP address of the local interface to be used for the tunnel. + +This address must be the address of a local interface. It may be specified as +an IPv4 address or an IPv6 address. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces l2tpv3 \ remote \ + +Set the IP address of the remote peer. It may be specified as +an IPv4 address or an IPv6 address. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces l2tpv3 \ session-id \ + +Set the session id, which is a 32-bit integer value. Uniquely identifies the +session being created. The value used must match the peer_session_id value +being used at the peer. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces l2tpv3 \ peer-session-id \ + +Set the peer-session-id, which is a 32-bit integer value assigned to the +session by the peer. The value used must match the session_id value being +used at the peer. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces l2tpv3 \ tunnel-id \ + +Set the tunnel id, which is a 32-bit integer value. Uniquely identifies the +tunnel into which the session will be created. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces l2tpv3 \ peer-tunnel-id \ + +Set the tunnel id, which is a 32-bit integer value. Uniquely identifies the +tunnel into which the session will be created. + +
+ +## Example + +### Over IP + +``` none +# show interfaces l2tpv3 +l2tpv3 l2tpeth10 { + address 192.168.37.1/27 + encapsulation ip + source-address 192.0.2.1 + peer-session-id 100 + peer-tunnel-id 200 + remote 203.0.113.24 + session-id 100 + tunnel-id 200 +} +``` + +The inverse configuration has to be applied to the remote side. + +### Over UDP + +UDP mode works better with NAT: + +- Set source-address to your local IP (LAN). +- Add a forwarding rule matching UDP port on your internet router. + +``` none +# show interfaces l2tpv3 +l2tpv3 l2tpeth10 { + address 192.168.37.1/27 + destination-port 9001 + encapsulation udp + source-address 192.0.2.1 + peer-session-id 100 + peer-tunnel-id 200 + remote 203.0.113.24 + session-id 100 + source-port 9000 + tunnel-id 200 +} +``` + +To create more than one tunnel, use distinct UDP ports. + +### Over IPSec, L2 VPN (bridge) + +This is the LAN extension use case. The eth0 port of the distant VPN peers +will be directly connected like if there was a switch between them. + +IPSec: + +``` none +set vpn ipsec authentication psk id '%any' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk secret +set vpn ipsec interface +set vpn ipsec esp-group test-ESP-1 lifetime '3600' +set vpn ipsec esp-group test-ESP-1 mode 'transport' +set vpn ipsec esp-group test-ESP-1 pfs 'enable' +set vpn ipsec esp-group test-ESP-1 proposal 1 encryption 'aes128' +set vpn ipsec esp-group test-ESP-1 proposal 1 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group test-IKE-1 key-exchange 'ikev1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group test-IKE-1 lifetime '3600' +set vpn ipsec ike-group test-IKE-1 proposal 1 dh-group '5' +set vpn ipsec ike-group test-IKE-1 proposal 1 encryption 'aes128' +set vpn ipsec ike-group test-IKE-1 proposal 1 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer authentication mode 'pre-shared-secret' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer connection-type 'initiate' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer ike-group 'test-IKE-1' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer ikev2-reauth 'inherit' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer local-address +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer tunnel 1 esp-group 'test-ESP-1' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer tunnel 1 protocol 'l2tp' +``` + +Bridge: + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br0 description 'L2 VPN Bridge' +# remote side in this example: +# set interfaces bridge br0 address '172.16.30.18/30' +set interfaces bridge br0 address '172.16.30.17/30' +set interfaces bridge br0 member interface eth0 +set interfaces ethernet eth0 description 'L2 VPN Physical port' +``` + +L2TPv3: + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br0 member interface 'l2tpeth0' +set interfaces l2tpv3 l2tpeth0 description 'L2 VPN Tunnel' +set interfaces l2tpv3 l2tpeth0 destination-port '5000' +set interfaces l2tpv3 l2tpeth0 encapsulation 'ip' +set interfaces l2tpv3 l2tpeth0 source-address +set interfaces l2tpv3 l2tpeth0 mtu '1500' +set interfaces l2tpv3 l2tpeth0 peer-session-id '110' +set interfaces l2tpv3 l2tpeth0 peer-tunnel-id '10' +set interfaces l2tpv3 l2tpeth0 remote +set interfaces l2tpv3 l2tpeth0 session-id '110' +set interfaces l2tpv3 l2tpeth0 source-port '5000' +set interfaces l2tpv3 l2tpeth0 tunnel-id '10' +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-loopback.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-loopback.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d8d6766 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-loopback.md @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-20 + +# Loopback + +The loopback networking interface is a virtual network device implemented +entirely in software. All traffic sent to it "loops back" and just targets +services on your local machine. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +There can only be one loopback `lo` interface on the system. If +you need multiple interfaces, please use the `dummy-interface` +interface type. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +A loopback interface is always up, thus it could be used for +management traffic or as source/destination for and `IGP (Interior +Gateway Protocol)` like `routing-bgp` so your internal BGP link is not +dependent on physical link states and multiple routes can be chosen to the +destination. A `dummy-interface` Interface should always be preferred +over a `loopback-interface` interface. + +
+ +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-address.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-description.txt + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show interfaces loopback + +Show brief interface information. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces loopback +Codes: S - State, L - Link, u - Up, D - Down, A - Admin Down +Interface IP Address S/L Description +--------- ---------- --- ----------- +lo 127.0.0.1/8 u/u + ::1/128 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces loopback lo + +Show detailed information on the given loopback interface lo. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces loopback lo +lo: mtu 65536 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN group default qlen 1000 + link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00 + inet 127.0.0.1/8 scope host lo + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + inet6 ::1/128 scope host + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 300 6 0 0 0 0 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 300 6 0 0 0 0 +``` + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-macsec.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-macsec.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17dfff1c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-macsec.md @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-20 + +# MACsec + +MACsec is an IEEE standard (IEEE 802.1AE) for MAC security, introduced in 2006. +It defines a way to establish a protocol independent connection between two +hosts with data confidentiality, authenticity and/or integrity, using +GCM-AES-128. MACsec operates on the Ethernet layer and as such is a layer 2 +protocol, which means it's designed to secure traffic within a layer 2 network, +including DHCP or ARP requests. It does not compete with other security +solutions such as IPsec (layer 3) or TLS (layer 4), as all those solutions are +used for their own specific use cases. + +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-common-with-dhcp.txt + +
+ +### MACsec options + +
+ +set interfaces macsec \ security cipher \ + +Select cipher suite used for cryptographic operations. This setting is +mandatory. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces macsec \ security encrypt + +MACsec only provides authentication by default, encryption is optional. This +command will enable encryption for all outgoing packets. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces macsec \ source-interface \ + +A physical interface is required to connect this MACsec instance to. Traffic +leaving this interface will now be authenticated/encrypted. + +
+ +#### Static Keys + +Static `SAK (Secure Authentication Key)` mode can be configured manually on each +device wishing to use MACsec. Keys must be set statically on all devices for traffic +to flow properly. Key rotation is dependent on the administrator updating all keys +manually across connected devices. Static SAK mode can not be used with MKA. + +
+ +set interfaces macsec \ security static key \ + +Set the device's transmit (TX) key. This key must be a hex string that is 16-bytes +(GCM-AES-128) or 32-bytes (GCM-AES-256). + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces macsec \ security static peer \ mac \ + +Set the peer's MAC address + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces macsec \ security static peer \ key \ + +Set the peer's key used to receive (RX) traffic + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces macsec \ security static peer \ disable + +Disable the peer configuration + +
+ +#### Key Management + +`MKA (MACsec Key Agreement protocol)` is used to synchronize keys between +individual peers. + +
+ +set interfaces macsec \ security mka cak \ + +IEEE 802.1X/MACsec pre-shared key mode. This allows configuring MACsec with +a pre-shared key using a `CAK (MACsec connectivity association key)` and +`CKN (MACsec connectivity association name)` pair. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces macsec \ security mka ckn \ + +`CKN (MACsec connectivity association name)` key + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces macsec \ security mka priority \ + +The peer with lower priority will become the key server and start +distributing SAKs. + +
+ +#### Replay protection + +
+ +set interfaces macsec \ security replay-window \ + +IEEE 802.1X/MACsec replay protection window. This determines a window in which +replay is tolerated, to allow receipt of frames that have been misordered by +the network. + +- `0`: No replay window, strict check +- `1-4294967295`: Number of packets that could be misordered + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +run generate macsec mka cak \ + +Generate `MKA (MACsec Key Agreement protocol)` CAK key 128 or 256 bits. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ generate macsec mka cak gcm-aes-128 +20693b6e08bfa482703a563898c9e3ad +``` + +
+ +
+ +run generate macsec mka ckn + +Generate `MKA (MACsec Key Agreement protocol)` CAK key. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ generate macsec mka ckn +88737efef314ee319b2cbf30210a5f164957d884672c143aefdc0f5f6bc49eb2 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces macsec + +List all MACsec interfaces. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces macsec +17: macsec1: protect on validate strict sc off sa off encrypt on send_sci on end_station off scb off replay off + cipher suite: GCM-AES-128, using ICV length 16 + TXSC: 005056bfefaa0001 on SA 0 +20: macsec0: protect on validate strict sc off sa off encrypt off send_sci on end_station off scb off replay off + cipher suite: GCM-AES-128, using ICV length 16 + TXSC: 005056bfefaa0001 on SA 0 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces macsec \ + +Show specific MACsec interface information + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces macsec macsec1 +17: macsec1: protect on validate strict sc off sa off encrypt on send_sci on end_station off scb off replay off + cipher suite: GCM-AES-128, using ICV length 16 + TXSC: 005056bfefaa0001 on SA 0 +``` + +
+ +## Examples + +- Two routers connected both via eth1 through an untrusted switch +- R1 has 192.0.2.1/24 & 2001:db8::1/64 +- R2 has 192.0.2.2/24 & 2001:db8::2/64 + +**R1** + +``` none +set interfaces macsec macsec1 address '192.0.2.1/24' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 address '2001:db8::1/64' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security cipher 'gcm-aes-128' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security encrypt +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security mka cak '232e44b7fda6f8e2d88a07bf78a7aff4' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security mka ckn '40916f4b23e3d548ad27eedd2d10c6f98c2d21684699647d63d41b500dfe8836' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 source-interface 'eth1' +``` + +**R2** + +``` none +set interfaces macsec macsec1 address '192.0.2.2/24' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 address '2001:db8::2/64' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security cipher 'gcm-aes-128' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security encrypt +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security mka cak '232e44b7fda6f8e2d88a07bf78a7aff4' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security mka ckn '40916f4b23e3d548ad27eedd2d10c6f98c2d21684699647d63d41b500dfe8836' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 source-interface 'eth1' +``` + +Pinging (IPv6) the other host and intercepting the traffic in `eth1` will +show you the content is encrypted. + +``` none +17:35:44.586668 00:50:56:bf:ef:aa > 00:50:56:b3:ad:d6, ethertype Unknown (0x88e5), length 150: + 0x0000: 2c00 0000 000a 0050 56bf efaa 0001 d9fb ,......PV....... + 0x0010: 920a 8b8d 68ed 9609 29dd e767 25a4 4466 ....h...)..g%.Df + 0x0020: 5293 487b 9990 8517 3b15 22c7 ea5c ac83 R.H{....;."..\.. + 0x0030: 4c6e 13cf 0743 f917 2c4e 694e 87d1 0f09 Ln...C..,NiN.... + 0x0040: 0f77 5d53 ed75 cfe1 54df 0e5a c766 93cb .w]S.u..T..Z.f.. + 0x0050: c4f2 6e23 f200 6dfe 3216 c858 dcaa a73b ..n#..m.2..X...; + 0x0060: 4dd1 9358 d9e4 ed0e 072f 1acc 31c4 f669 M..X...../..1..i + 0x0070: e93a 9f38 8a62 17c6 2857 6ac5 ec11 8b0e .:.8.b..(Wj..... + 0x0080: 6b30 92a5 7ccc 720b k0..|.r. +``` + +Disabling the encryption on the link by removing `security encrypt` will show +the unencrypted but authenticated content. + +``` none +17:37:00.746155 00:50:56:bf:ef:aa > 00:50:56:b3:ad:d6, ethertype Unknown (0x88e5), length 150: + 0x0000: 2000 0000 0009 0050 56bf efaa 0001 86dd .......PV....... + 0x0010: 6009 86f3 0040 3a40 2001 0db8 0000 0000 `....@:@........ + 0x0020: 0000 0000 0000 0001 2001 0db8 0000 0000 ................ + 0x0030: 0000 0000 0000 0002 8100 d977 0f30 0003 ...........w.0.. + 0x0040: 1ca0 c65e 0000 0000 8d93 0b00 0000 0000 ...^............ + 0x0050: 1011 1213 1415 1617 1819 1a1b 1c1d 1e1f ................ + 0x0060: 2021 2223 2425 2627 2829 2a2b 2c2d 2e2f .!"#$%&'()*+,-./ + 0x0070: 3031 3233 3435 3637 87d5 eed3 3a39 d52b 01234567....:9.+ + 0x0080: a282 c842 5254 ef28 ...BRT.( +``` + +**R1 Static Key** + +``` none +set interfaces macsec macsec1 address '192.0.2.1/24' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 address '2001:db8::1/64' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security cipher 'gcm-aes-128' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security encrypt +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security static key 'ddd6f4a7be4d8bbaf88b26f10e1c05f7' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security static peer R2 mac 00:11:22:33:44:02 +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security static peer R2 key 'eadcc0aa9cf203f3ce651b332bd6e6c7' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 source-interface 'eth1' +``` + +**R2 Static Key** + +``` none +set interfaces macsec macsec1 address '192.0.2.2/24' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 address '2001:db8::2/64' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security cipher 'gcm-aes-128' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security encrypt +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security static key 'eadcc0aa9cf203f3ce651b332bd6e6c7' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security static peer R2 mac 00:11:22:33:44:01 +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security static peer R2 key 'ddd6f4a7be4d8bbaf88b26f10e1c05f7' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 source-interface 'eth1' +``` + +## MACsec over wan + +MACsec is an interesting alternative to existing tunneling solutions that +protects layer 2 by performing integrity, origin authentication, and optionally +encryption. The typical use case is to use MACsec between hosts and access +switches, between two hosts, or between two switches. in this example below, +we use VXLAN and MACsec to secure the tunnel. + +**R1 MACsec01** + +``` none +set interfaces macsec macsec1 address '192.0.2.1/24' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 address '2001:db8::1/64' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security cipher 'gcm-aes-128' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security encrypt +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security static key 'ddd6f4a7be4d8bbaf88b26f10e1c05f7' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security static peer SEC02 key 'eadcc0aa9cf203f3ce651b332bd6e6c7' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security static peer SEC02 mac '00:11:22:33:44:02' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 source-interface 'vxlan1' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan1 mac '00:11:22:33:44:01' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan1 remote '10.1.3.3' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan1 source-address '172.16.100.1' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan1 vni '10' +set protocols static route 10.1.3.3/32 next-hop 172.16.100.2 +``` + +**R2 MACsec02** + +``` none +set interfaces macsec macsec1 address '192.0.2.2/24' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 address '2001:db8::2/64' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security cipher 'gcm-aes-128' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security encrypt +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security static key 'eadcc0aa9cf203f3ce651b332bd6e6c7' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security static peer SEC01 key 'ddd6f4a7be4d8bbaf88b26f10e1c05f7' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 security static peer SEC01 mac '00:11:22:33:44:01' +set interfaces macsec macsec1 source-interface 'vxlan1' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan1 mac '00:11:22:33:44:02' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan1 remote '10.1.2.2' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan1 source-address '172.16.100.2' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan1 vni '10' +set protocols static route 10.1.2.2/32 next-hop 172.16.100.1 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-openvpn.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-openvpn.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9df5971 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-openvpn.md @@ -0,0 +1,924 @@ +lastproofread +2021-07-05 + +# OpenVPN + +Traditionally hardware routers implement IPsec exclusively due to relative +ease of implementing it in hardware and insufficient CPU power for doing +encryption in software. Since VyOS is a software router, this is less of a +concern. OpenVPN has been widely used on UNIX platform for a long time and is +a popular option for remote access VPN, though it's also capable of +site-to-site connections. + +Advantages of OpenVPN are: + +- It uses a single TCP or UDP connection and does not rely on packet source + addresses, so it will work even through a double NAT: perfect for public + hotspots and such +- It's easy to setup and offers very flexible split tunneling +- There's a variety of client GUI frontends for any platform + +Disadvantages are: + +- It's slower than IPsec due to higher protocol overhead and the fact it runs + in user mode while IPsec, on Linux, is in kernel mode +- None of the operating systems have client software installed by default + +In the VyOS CLI, a key point often overlooked is that rather than being +configured using the set vpn stanza, OpenVPN is configured as a network +interface using set interfaces openvpn. + +## Site-to-Site + +
+ +
+ +OpenVPN is popular for client-server setups, but its site-to-site mode +remains a relatively obscure feature, and many router appliances +still don't support it. However, it's very useful for quickly setting up +tunnels between routers. + +As of VyOS 1.4, OpenVPN site-to-site mode can use either pre-shared keys or x.509 certificates. + +The pre-shared key mode is deprecated and will be removed from future OpenVPN versions, +so VyOS will have to remove support for that option as well. The reason is that using pre-shared keys +is significantly less secure than using TLS. + +We'll configure OpenVPN using self-signed certificates, and then discuss the legacy +pre-shared key mode. + +In both cases, we will use the following settings: + +- The public IP address of the local side of the VPN will be 198.51.100.10. +- The public IP address of the remote side of the VPN will be 203.0.113.11. +- The tunnel will use 10.255.1.1 for the local IP and 10.255.1.2 for the remote. +- The local site will have a subnet of 10.0.0.0/16. +- The remote site will have a subnet of 10.1.0.0/16. +- The official port for OpenVPN is 1194, which we reserve for client VPN; we + will use 1195 for site-to-site VPN. +- The `persistent-tunnel` directive will allow us to configure tunnel-related + attributes, such as firewall policy as we would on any normal network + interface. +- If known, the IP of the remote router can be configured using the + `remote-host` directive; if unknown, it can be omitted. We will assume a + dynamic IP for our remote router. + +### Setting up certificates + +Setting up a full-blown PKI with a CA certificate would arguably defeat the purpose +of site-to-site OpenVPN, since its main goal is supposed to be configuration simplicity, +compared to server setups that need to support multiple clients. + +However, since VyOS 1.4, it is possible to verify self-signed certificates using +certificate fingerprints. + +On both sides, you need to generate a self-signed certificate, preferrably using the "ec" (elliptic curve) type. +You can generate them by executing command `run generate pki certificate self-signed install ` in the configuration mode. +Once the command is complete, it will add the certificate to the configuration session, to the `pki` subtree. +You can then review the proposed changes and commit them. + +``` none +vyos@vyos# run generate pki certificate self-signed install openvpn-local +Enter private key type: [rsa, dsa, ec] (Default: rsa) ec +Enter private key bits: (Default: 256) +Enter country code: (Default: GB) +Enter state: (Default: Some-State) +Enter locality: (Default: Some-City) +Enter organization name: (Default: VyOS) +Enter common name: (Default: vyos.io) +Do you want to configure Subject Alternative Names? [y/N] +Enter how many days certificate will be valid: (Default: 365) +Enter certificate type: (client, server) (Default: server) +Note: If you plan to use the generated key on this router, do not encrypt the private key. +Do you want to encrypt the private key with a passphrase? [y/N] +2 value(s) installed. Use "compare" to see the pending changes, and "commit" to apply. +[edit] + +vyos@vyos# compare +[pki] ++ certificate openvpn-local { ++ certificate "MIICJTCCAcugAwIBAgIUMXLfRNJ5iOjk/ 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" ++ private { ++ key "MIGHAgEAMBMGByqGSM49AgEGCCqGSM49AwEHBG0wawIBAQQgtOeEb0dMb5P/2Exi09WWvk6Cvz0oOBoDuP68ZimS2LShRANCAASp7D0vE3SKSAWAzr/lw9Eq9Q89r247AJR6ec/GT26AIcVA1bsongV1YaWvRwzTPC/yi5pkzV/PcT/WU7JQIyMW" ++ } ++ } + +[edit] + +vyos@vyos# commit +``` + +You do **not** need to copy the certificate to the other router. Instead, you need to retrieve its SHA-256 fingerprint. +OpenVPN only supports SHA-256 fingerprints at the moment, so you need to use the following command: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# run show pki certificate openvpn-local fingerprint sha256 +5C:B8:09:64:8B:59:51:DC:F4:DF:2C:12:5C:B7:03:D1:68:94:D7:5B:62:C2:E1:83:79:F1:F0:68:B2:81:26:79 +``` + +Note: certificate names don't matter, we use 'openvpn-local' and 'openvpn-remote' but they can be arbitrary. + +Repeat the procedure on the other router. + +### Setting up OpenVPN + +Local Configuration: + +``` none +Configure the tunnel: + +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 mode site-to-site +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 protocol udp +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 persistent-tunnel +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 remote-host '203.0.113.11' # Public IP of the other side +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 local-port '1195' +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 remote-port '1195' +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 local-address '10.255.1.1' # Local IP of vtun interface +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 remote-address '10.255.1.2' # Remote IP of vtun interface +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 tls certificate 'openvpn-local' # The self-signed certificate +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 tls peer-fingerprint # The output of 'run show pki certificate fingerprint sha256 + on the remote rout +``` + +Remote Configuration: + +``` none +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 mode site-to-site +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 protocol udp +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 persistent-tunnel +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 remote-host '198.51.100.10' # Pub IP of other site +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 local-port '1195' +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 remote-port '1195' +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 local-address '10.255.1.2' # Local IP of vtun interface +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 remote-address '10.255.1.1' # Remote IP of vtun interface +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 tls certificate 'openvpn-remote' # The self-signed certificate +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 tls peer-fingerprint # The output of 'run show pki certificate fingerprint sha256 + on the local router +``` + +### Pre-shared keys + +Until VyOS 1.4, the only option for site-to-site OpenVPN without PKI was to use pre-shared keys. +That option is still available but it is deprecated and will be removed in the future. +However, if you need to set up a tunnel to an older VyOS version or a system with older OpenVPN, +you need to still need to know how to use it. + +First, you need to generate a key by running `run generate pki openvpn shared-secret install ` from configuration mode. +You can use any name, we will use `s2s`. + +``` none +vyos@local# run generate pki openvpn shared-secret install s2s +2 value(s) installed. Use "compare" to see the pending changes, and "commit" to apply. +[edit] +vyos@local# compare +[pki openvpn shared-secret] ++ s2s { ++ key "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" ++ version "1" ++ } + +[edit] + +vyos@local# commit +[edit] +``` + +Then you need to install the key on the remote router: + +``` none +vyos@remote# set pki openvpn shared-secret s2s key +``` + +Then you need to set the key in your OpenVPN interface settings: + +``` none +set interfaces openvpn vtun1 shared-secret-key s2s +``` + +### Firewall Exceptions + +For the OpenVPN traffic to pass through the WAN interface, you must create a +firewall exception. + +``` none +set firewall name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 10 action accept +set firewall name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 10 description 'Allow established/related' +set firewall name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 10 state established enable +set firewall name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 10 state related enable +set firewall name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 20 action accept +set firewall name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 20 description OpenVPN_IN +set firewall name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 20 destination port 1195 +set firewall name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 20 log enable +set firewall name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 20 protocol udp +set firewall name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 20 source +``` + +You should also ensure that the OUTISDE_LOCAL firewall group is applied to the +WAN interface and a direction (local). + +``` none +set firewall interface eth0 local name 'OUTSIDE-LOCAL' +``` + +Static Routing: + +Static routes can be configured referencing the tunnel interface; for example, +the local router will use a network of 10.0.0.0/16, while the remote has a +network of 10.1.0.0/16: + +Local Configuration: + +``` none +set protocols static route 10.1.0.0/16 interface vtun1 +``` + +Remote Configuration: + +``` none +set protocols static route 10.0.0.0/16 interface vtun1 +``` + +The configurations above will default to using 256-bit AES in GCM mode +for encryption (if both sides support NCP) and SHA-1 for HMAC authentication. +SHA-1 is considered weak, but other hashing algorithms are available, as are +encryption algorithms: + +For Encryption: + +This sets the cipher when NCP (Negotiable Crypto Parameters) is disabled or +OpenVPN version \< 2.4.0. + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set interfaces openvpn vtun1 encryption cipher +Possible completions: + des DES algorithm + 3des DES algorithm with triple encryption + bf128 Blowfish algorithm with 128-bit key + bf256 Blowfish algorithm with 256-bit key + aes128 AES algorithm with 128-bit key CBC + aes128gcm AES algorithm with 128-bit key GCM + aes192 AES algorithm with 192-bit key CBC + aes192gcm AES algorithm with 192-bit key GCM + aes256 AES algorithm with 256-bit key CBC + aes256gcm AES algorithm with 256-bit key GCM +``` + +This sets the accepted ciphers to use when version =\> 2.4.0 and NCP is +enabled (which is the default). Default NCP cipher for versions \>= 2.4.0 is +aes256gcm. The first cipher in this list is what server pushes to clients. + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set int open vtun0 encryption ncp-ciphers +Possible completions: + des DES algorithm + 3des DES algorithm with triple encryption + aes128 AES algorithm with 128-bit key CBC + aes128gcm AES algorithm with 128-bit key GCM + aes192 AES algorithm with 192-bit key CBC + aes192gcm AES algorithm with 192-bit key GCM + aes256 AES algorithm with 256-bit key CBC + aes256gcm AES algorithm with 256-bit key GCM +``` + +For Hashing: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set interfaces openvpn vtun1 hash +Possible completions: + md5 MD5 algorithm + sha1 SHA-1 algorithm + sha256 SHA-256 algorithm + sha512 SHA-512 algorithm +``` + +If you change the default encryption and hashing algorithms, be sure that the +local and remote ends have matching configurations, otherwise the tunnel will +not come up. + +Firewall policy can also be applied to the tunnel interface for local, in, +and out directions and functions identically to ethernet interfaces. + +If making use of multiple tunnels, OpenVPN must have a way to distinguish +between different tunnels aside from the pre-shared-key. This is either by +referencing IP address or port number. One option is to dedicate a public IP +to each tunnel. Another option is to dedicate a port number to each tunnel +(e.g. 1195,1196,1197...). + +OpenVPN status can be verified using the show openvpn operational commands. +See the built-in help for a complete list of options. + +## Server + +Multi-client server is the most popular OpenVPN mode on routers. It always uses +x.509 authentication and therefore requires a PKI setup. Refer this topic +`configuration/pki/index:pki` to generate a CA certificate, +a server certificate and key, a certificate revocation list, a Diffie-Hellman +key exchange parameters file. You do not need client certificates and keys for +the server setup. + +In this example we will use the most complicated case: a setup where each +client is a router that has its own subnet (think HQ and branch offices), since +simpler setups are subsets of it. + +Suppose you want to use 10.23.1.0/24 network for client tunnel endpoints and +all client subnets belong to 10.23.0.0/20. All clients need access to the +192.168.0.0/16 network. + +First we need to specify the basic settings. 1194/UDP is the default. The +`persistent-tunnel` option is recommended, it prevents the TUN/TAP device from +closing on connection resets or daemon reloads. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Using **openvpn-option -reneg-sec** can be tricky. This option is +used to renegotiate data channel after n seconds. When used at both server +and client, the lower value will trigger the renegotiation. If you set it to +0 on one side of the connection (to disable it), the chosen value on the +other side will determine when the renegotiation will occur. + +
+ +``` none +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 mode server +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 local-port 1194 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 persistent-tunnel +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 protocol udp +``` + +Then we need to generate, add and specify the names of the cryptographic materials. +Each of the install command should be applied to the configuration and commited +before using under the openvpn interface configuration. + +``` none +run generate pki ca install ca-1 # Follow the instructions to generate CA cert. +Configure mode commands to install: +set pki ca ca-1 certificate 'generated_cert_string' +set pki ca ca-1 private key 'generated_private_key' + +run generate pki certificate sign ca-1 install srv-1 # Follow the instructions to generate server cert. +Configure mode commands to install: +set pki certificate srv-1 certificate 'generated_server_cert' +set pki certificate srv-1 private key 'generated_private_key' + +run generate pki dh install dh-1 # Follow the instructions to generate set of + Diffie-Hellman parameters. +Generating parameters... +Configure mode commands to install DH parameters: +set pki dh dh-1 parameters 'generated_dh_params_set' + +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls ca-certificate ca-1 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls certificate srv-1 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls dh-params dh-1 +``` + +Now we need to specify the server network settings. In all cases we need to +specify the subnet for client tunnel endpoints. Since we want clients to access +a specific network behind our router, we will use a push-route option for +installing that route on clients. + +``` none +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server push-route 192.168.0.0/16 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server subnet 10.23.1.0/24 +``` + +Since it's a HQ and branch offices setup, we will want all clients to have +fixed addresses and we will route traffic to specific subnets through them. We +need configuration for each client to achieve this. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Clients are identified by the CN field of their x.509 certificates, +in this example the CN is `client0`: + +
+ +``` none +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server client client0 ip 10.23.1.10 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server client client0 subnet 10.23.2.0/25 +``` + +OpenVPN **will not** automatically create routes in the kernel for client +subnets when they connect and will only use client-subnet association +internally, so we need to create a route to the 10.23.0.0/20 network ourselves: + +``` none +set protocols static route 10.23.0.0/20 interface vtun10 +``` + +Additionally, each client needs a copy of ca cert and its own client key and +cert files. The files are plaintext so they may be copied either manually from the CLI. +Client key and cert files should be signed with the proper ca cert and generated on the +server side. + +HQ's router requires the following steps to generate crypto materials for the Branch 1: + +``` none +run generate pki certificate sign ca-1 install branch-1 # Follow the instructions to generate client + cert for Branch 1 +Configure mode commands to install: +``` + +Branch 1's router might have the following lines: + +``` none +set pki ca ca-1 certificate 'generated_cert_string' # CA cert generated on HQ router +set pki certificate branch-1 certificate 'generated_branch_cert' # Client cert generated and signed on HQ router +set pki certificate branch-1 private key 'generated_private_key' # Client cert key generated on HQ router + +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls ca-cert ca-1 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls certificate branch-1 +``` + +### Client Authentication + +#### LDAP + +Enterprise installations usually ship a kind of directory service which is used +to have a single password store for all employees. VyOS and OpenVPN support +using LDAP/AD as single user backend. + +Authentication is done by using the `openvpn-auth-ldap.so` plugin which is +shipped with every VyOS installation. A dedicated configuration file is +required. It is best practise to store it in `/config` to survive image +updates + +``` none +set interfaces openvpn vtun0 openvpn-option "--plugin /usr/lib/openvpn/openvpn-auth-ldap.so /config/auth/ldap-auth.config" +``` + +The required config file may look like this: + +``` none + +# LDAP server URL +URL ldap://ldap.example.com +# Bind DN (If your LDAP server doesn't support anonymous binds) +BindDN cn=LDAPUser,dc=example,dc=com +# Bind Password password +Password S3cr3t +# Network timeout (in seconds) +Timeout 15 + + + +# Base DN +BaseDN "ou=people,dc=example,dc=com" +# User Search Filter +SearchFilter "(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=shadowAccount))" +# Require Group Membership - allow all users +RequireGroup false + +``` + +##### Active Directory + +Despite the fact that AD is a superset of LDAP + +``` none + + # LDAP server URL + URL ldap://dc01.example.com + # Bind DN (If your LDAP server doesn’t support anonymous binds) + BindDN CN=LDAPUser,DC=example,DC=com + # Bind Password + Password mysecretpassword + # Network timeout (in seconds) + Timeout 15 + # Enable Start TLS + TLSEnable no + # Follow LDAP Referrals (anonymously) + FollowReferrals no + + + + # Base DN + BaseDN "DC=example,DC=com" + # User Search Filter, user must be a member of the VPN AD group + SearchFilter "(&(sAMAccountName=%u)(memberOf=CN=VPN,OU=Groups,DC=example,DC=com))" + # Require Group Membership + RequireGroup false # already handled by SearchFilter + + BaseDN "OU=Groups,DC=example,DC=com" + SearchFilter "(|(cn=VPN))" + MemberAttribute memberOf + + +``` + +If you only want to check if the user account is enabled and can authenticate +(against the primary group) the following snipped is sufficient: + +``` none + + URL ldap://dc01.example.com + BindDN CN=SA_OPENVPN,OU=ServiceAccounts,DC=example,DC=com + Password ThisIsTopSecret + Timeout 15 + TLSEnable no + FollowReferrals no + + + + BaseDN "DC=example,DC=com" + SearchFilter "sAMAccountName=%u" + RequireGroup false + +``` + +A complete LDAP auth OpenVPN configuration could look like the following +example: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# show interfaces openvpn + openvpn vtun0 { + mode server + openvpn-option "--tun-mtu 1500 --fragment 1300 --mssfix" + openvpn-option "--plugin /usr/lib/openvpn/openvpn-auth-ldap.so /config/auth/ldap-auth.config" + openvpn-option "--push redirect-gateway" + openvpn-option --duplicate-cn + openvpn-option "--verify-client-cert none" + openvpn-option --comp-lzo + openvpn-option --persist-key + openvpn-option --persist-tun + server { + domain-name example.com + max-connections 5 + name-server 203.0.113.0.10 + name-server 198.51.100.3 + subnet 172.18.100.128/29 + } + tls { + ca-certificate ca.crt + certificate server.crt + dh-params dh1024.pem + } + } +``` + +## Client + +VyOS can not only act as an OpenVPN site-to-site or server for multiple clients. +You can indeed also configure any VyOS OpenVPN interface as an OpenVPN client +connecting to a VyOS OpenVPN server or any other OpenVPN server. + +Given the following example we have one VyOS router acting as OpenVPN server +and another VyOS router acting as OpenVPN client. The server also pushes a +static client IP address to the OpenVPN client. Remember, clients are identified +using their CN attribute in the SSL certificate. + +### Configuration + +#### Server Side + +``` none +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 encryption cipher 'aes256' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 hash 'sha512' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 local-host '172.18.201.10' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 local-port '1194' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 mode 'server' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 persistent-tunnel +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 protocol 'udp' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server client client1 ip '10.10.0.10' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server domain-name 'vyos.net' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server max-connections '250' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server name-server '172.16.254.30' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server subnet '10.10.0.0/24' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server topology 'subnet' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls ca-cert ca-1 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls certificate srv-1 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls crypt-key srv-1 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls dh-params dh-1 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 use-lzo-compression +``` + +#### Client Side + +``` none +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 encryption cipher 'aes256' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 hash 'sha512' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 mode 'client' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 persistent-tunnel +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 protocol 'udp' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 remote-host '172.18.201.10' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 remote-port '1194' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls ca-cert ca-1 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls certificate client-1 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls crypt-key client-1 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 use-lzo-compression +``` + +### Options + +We do not have CLI nodes for every single OpenVPN option. If an option is +missing, a feature request should be opened at [Phabricator]() so all users can +benefit from it (see `issues_features`). + +If you are a hacker or want to try on your own we support passing raw OpenVPN +options to OpenVPN. + +
+ +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 openvpn-option 'persistent-key' + +
+ +Will add `persistent-key` at the end of the generated OpenVPN configuration. +Please use this only as last resort - things might break and OpenVPN won't start +if you pass invalid options/syntax. + +
+ +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 openvpn-option +'push \"keepalive 1 10\"' + +
+ +Will add `push "keepalive 1 10"` to the generated OpenVPN config file. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Sometimes option lines in the generated OpenVPN configuration require +quotes. This is done through a hack on our config generator. You can pass +quotes using the `"` statement. + +
+ +### Server bridge + +In Ethernet bridging configurations, OpenVPN's server mode can be set as a +'bridge' where the VPN tunnel encapsulates entire Ethernet frames +(up to 1514 bytes) instead of just IP packets (up to 1500 bytes). This setup +allows clients to transmit Layer 2 frames through the OpenVPN tunnel. Below, +we outline a basic configuration to achieve this: + +Server Side: + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br10 member interface eth1.10 +set interfaces bridge br10 member interface vtun10 +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 device-type 'tap' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 encryption data-ciphers 'aes192' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 hash 'sha256'' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 local-host '172.18.201.10' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 local-port '1194' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 mode 'server' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server bridge gateway '10.10.0.1' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server bridge start '10.10.0.100' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server bridge stop '10.10.0.200' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server bridge subnet-mask '255.255.255.0' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 server topology 'subnet' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls ca-certificate 'ca-1' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls certificate 'srv-1' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls dh-params 'srv-1' +``` + +Client Side : + +``` none +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 device-type 'tap' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 encryption data-ciphers 'aes192' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 hash 'sha256'' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 mode 'client' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 protocol 'udp' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 remote-host '172.18.201.10' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 remote-port '1194' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls ca-certificate 'ca-1' +set interfaces openvpn vtun10 tls certificate 'client-1' +``` + +## Multi-factor Authentication + +VyOS supports multi-factor authentication (MFA) or two-factor authentication +using Time-based One-Time Password (TOTP). Compatible with Google Authenticator +software token, other software tokens. + +### MFA TOTP options + +
+ +set interfaces openvpn \ server mfa totp challenge \ + +If set to enable, openvpn-otp will expect password as result of challenge/ +response protocol. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces openvpn \ server mfa totp digits \<1-65535\> + +Configure number of digits to use for totp hash (default: 6) + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces openvpn \ server mfa totp drift \<1-65535\> + +Configure time drift in seconds (default: 0) + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces openvpn \ server mfa totp slop \<1-65535\> + +Configure maximum allowed clock slop in seconds (default: 180) + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces openvpn \ server mfa totp step \<1-65535\> + +Configure step value for totp in seconds (default: 30) + +
+ +### Example + +``` none +set interfaces openvpn vtun20 encryption cipher 'aes256' +set interfaces openvpn vtun20 hash 'sha512' +set interfaces openvpn vtun20 mode 'server' +set interfaces openvpn vtun20 persistent-tunnel +set interfaces openvpn vtun20 server client user1 +set interfaces openvpn vtun20 server mfa totp challenge 'disable' +set interfaces openvpn vtun20 server subnet '10.10.2.0/24' +set interfaces openvpn vtun20 server topology 'subnet' +set interfaces openvpn vtun20 tls ca-certificate 'openvpn_vtun20' +set interfaces openvpn vtun20 tls certificate 'openvpn_vtun20' +set interfaces openvpn vtun20 tls dh-params 'dh-pem' +``` + +For every client in the openvpn server configuration a totp secret is created. +To display the authentication information, use the command: + +
+ +show interfaces openvpn \ user \ mfa \ + +
+ +An example: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ sh interfaces openvpn vtun20 user user1 mfa qrcode +█████████████████████████████████████ +█████████████████████████████████████ +████ ▄▄▄▄▄ █▀▄▀ ▀▀▄▀ ▀▀▄ █ ▄▄▄▄▄ ████ +████ █ █ █▀▀▄ █▀▀▀█▀██ █ █ █ ████ +████ █▄▄▄█ █▀█ ▄ █▀▀ █▄▄▄█ █▄▄▄█ ████ +████▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█▄█ █ █ ▀ █▄▀▄█▄▄▄▄▄▄▄████ +████▄▄ ▄ █▄▄ ▄▀▄█▄ ▄▀▄█ ▄▄▀ ▀▄█ ▀████ +████ ▀██▄▄▄█▄ ██ █▄▄▄▄ █▄▀█ █ █▀█████ +████ ▄█▀▀▄▄ ▄█▀ ▀▄ ▄▄▀▄█▀▀▀ ▄▄▀████ +████▄█ ▀▄▄▄▀ ▀ ▄█ ▄ █▄█▀ █▀ █▀█████ +████▀█▀ ▀ ▄█▀▄▀▀█▄██▄█▀▀ ▀ ▀ ▄█▀████ +████ ██▄▄▀▄▄█ ██ ▀█ ▄█ ▀▄█ █▀██▀████ +████▄███▄█▄█ ▀█▄ ██▄▄▄█▀ ▄▄▄ █ ▀ ████ +████ ▄▄▄▄▄ █▄█▀▄ ▀▄ ▀█▀ █▄█ ██▀█████ +████ █ █ █ ▄█▀█▀▀▄ ▄▀▀▄▄▄▄▄▄ ████ +████ █▄▄▄█ █ ▄ ▀ █▄▄▄██▄▀█▄▀▄█▄ █████ +████▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█▄██▄█▄▄▄▄▄█▄█▄█▄██▄██████ +█████████████████████████████████████ +█████████████████████████████████████ +``` + +Use the QR code to add the user account in Google authenticator application and +on client side, use the OTP number as password. + +## OpenVPN Data Channel Offload (DCO) + +OpenVPN Data Channel Offload (DCO) enables significant performance enhancement +in encrypted OpenVPN data processing. By minimizing context switching for each +packet, DCO effectively reduces overhead. This optimization is achieved by +keeping most data handling tasks within the kernel, avoiding frequent switches +between kernel and user space for encryption and packet handling. + +As a result, the processing of each packet becomes more efficient, potentially +leveraging hardware encryption offloading support available in the kernel. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +OpenVPN DCO is not full OpenVPN features supported , is currently +considered experimental. Furthermore, there are certain OpenVPN features and +use cases that remain incompatible with DCO. To get a comprehensive +understanding of the limitations associated with DCO, refer to the list of +known limitations in the documentation. + + + +
+ +### Enabling OpenVPN DCO + +DCO support is a per-tunnel option and it is not automatically enabled by +default for new or upgraded tunnels. Existing tunnels will continue to function +as they have in the past. + +DCO can be enabled for both new and existing tunnels,VyOS adds an option in each +tunnel configuration where we can enable this function .The current best +practice is to create a new tunnel with DCO to minimize the chance of problems +with existing clients. + +
+ +set interfaces openvpn \ offload dco + +Enable OpenVPN Data Channel Offload feature by loading the appropriate kernel +module. + +Disabled by default - no kernel module loaded. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Enable this feature causes an interface reset. + +
+ +
+ +### Troubleshooting + +VyOS provides some operational commands on OpenVPN. + +#### Check status + +The following commands let you check tunnel status. + +
+ +show openvpn client + +Use this command to check the tunnel status for OpenVPN client interfaces. + +
+ +
+ +show openvpn server + +Use this command to check the tunnel status for OpenVPN server interfaces. + +
+ +
+ +show openvpn site-to-site + +Use this command to check the tunnel status for OpenVPN site-to-site +interfaces. + +
+ +#### Reset OpenVPN + +The following commands let you reset OpenVPN. + +
+ +reset openvpn client \ + +Use this command to reset the specified OpenVPN client. + +
+ +
+ +reset openvpn interface \ + +Use this command to reset the OpenVPN process on a specific interface. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-pppoe.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-pppoe.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f228aab2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-pppoe.md @@ -0,0 +1,562 @@ +lastproofread +2022-07-27 + +# PPPoE + +`PPPoE (Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet)` is a network protocol +for encapsulating PPP frames inside Ethernet frames. It appeared in 1999, +in the context of the boom of DSL as the solution for tunneling packets +over the DSL connection to the `ISPs (Internet Service Providers)` +IP network, and from there to the rest of the Internet. A 2005 networking +book noted that "Most DSL providers use PPPoE, which provides authentication, +encryption, and compression." Typical use of PPPoE involves leveraging the +PPP facilities for authenticating the user with a username and password, +predominately via the PAP protocol and less often via CHAP. + +## Operating Modes + +VyOS supports setting up PPPoE in two different ways to a PPPoE internet +connection. This is because most ISPs provide a modem that is also a wireless +router. + +### Home Users + +In this method, the DSL Modem/Router connects to the ISP for you with your +credentials preprogrammed into the device. This gives you an `1918` +address, such as `192.168.1.0/24` by default. + +For a simple home network using just the ISP's equipment, this is usually +desirable. But if you want to run VyOS as your firewall and router, this +will result in having a double NAT and firewall setup. This results in a +few extra layers of complexity, particularly if you use some NAT or +tunnel features. + +### Business Users + +In order to have full control and make use of multiple static public IP +addresses, your VyOS will have to initiate the PPPoE connection and control +it. In order for this method to work, you will have to figure out how to make +your DSL Modem/Router switch into a Bridged Mode so it only acts as a DSL +Transceiver device to connect between the Ethernet link of your VyOS and the +phone cable. Once your DSL Transceiver is in Bridge Mode, you should get no +IP address from it. Please make sure you connect to the Ethernet Port 1 if +your DSL Transceiver has a switch, as some of them only work this way. + +Once you have an Ethernet device connected, i.e. eth0, then you can +configure it to open the PPPoE session for you and your DSL Transceiver +(Modem/Router) just acts to translate your messages in a way that +vDSL/aDSL understands. + +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-description.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-disable.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-mtu.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-vrf.txt + +
+ +### PPPoE options + +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ access-concentrator \ + +Use this command to restrict the PPPoE session on a given access +concentrator. Normally, a host sends a PPPoE initiation packet to start the +PPPoE discovery process, a number of access concentrators respond with offer +packets and the host selects one of the responding access concentrators to +serve this session. + +This command allows you to select a specific access concentrator when you +know the access concentrators \. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ authentication username \ + +Use this command to set the username for authenticating with a remote PPPoE +endpoint. Authentication is optional from the system's point of view but +most service providers require it. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ authentication password \ + +Use this command to set the password for authenticating with a remote PPPoE +endpoint. Authentication is optional from the system's point of view but +most service providers require it. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ connect-on-demand + +When set the interface is enabled for "dial-on-demand". + +Use this command to instruct the system to establish a PPPoE connection +automatically once traffic passes through the interface. A disabled on-demand +connection is established at boot time and remains up. If the link fails for +any reason, the link is brought back up immediately. + +Enabled on-demand PPPoE connections bring up the link only when traffic needs +to pass this link. If the link fails for any reason, the link is brought +back up automatically once traffic passes the interface again. If you +configure an on-demand PPPoE connection, you must also configure the idle +timeout period, after which an idle PPPoE link will be disconnected. A +non-zero idle timeout will never disconnect the link after it first came up. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ no-default-route + +Only request an address from the PPPoE server but do not install any default +route. + +Example: + +``` none +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 no-default-route +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +This command got added in VyOS 1.4 and inverts the logic from the old +`default-route` CLI option. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ default-route-distance \ + +Set the distance for the default gateway sent by the PPPoE server. + +Example: + +``` none +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 default-route-distance 220 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ mru \ + +Set the `MRU (Maximum Receive Unit)` to mru. PPPd will ask the peer to +send packets of no more than mru bytes. The value of mru must be between 128 +and 16384. + +A value of 296 works well on very slow links (40 bytes for TCP/IP header + 256 +bytes of data). + +The default is 1492. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +When using the IPv6 protocol, MRU must be at least 1280 bytes. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ idle-timeout \ + +Use this command to set the idle timeout interval to be used with on-demand +PPPoE sessions. When an on-demand connection is established, the link is +brought up only when traffic is sent and is disabled when the link is idle +for the interval specified. + +If this parameter is not set or 0, an on-demand link will not be taken down +when it is idle and after the initial establishment of the connection. It +will stay up forever. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ holdoff \ + +Use this command to set re-dial delay time to be used with persist PPPoE +sessions. When the PPPoE session is terminated by peer, and on-demand +option is not set, the router will attempt to re-establish the PPPoE link. + +If this parameter is not set, the default holdoff time is 30 seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ local-address \ + +Use this command to set the IP address of the local endpoint of a PPPoE +session. If it is not set it will be negotiated. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ no-peer-dns + +Use this command to not install advertised DNS nameservers into the local +system. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ remote-address \ + +Use this command to set the IP address of the remote endpoint of a PPPoE +session. If it is not set it will be negotiated. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ service-name \ + +Use this command to specify a service name by which the local PPPoE interface +can select access concentrators to connect with. It will connect to any +access concentrator if not set. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ source-interface \ + +Use this command to link the PPPoE connection to a physical interface. Each +PPPoE connection must be established over a physical interface. Interfaces +can be regular Ethernet interfaces, VIFs or bonding interfaces/VIFs. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ ip adjust-mss \ + +As Internet wide PMTU discovery rarely works, we sometimes need to clamp our +TCP MSS value to a specific value. This is a field in the TCP options part of +a SYN packet. By setting the MSS value, you are telling the remote side +unequivocally 'do not try to send me packets bigger than this value'. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +This command was introduced in VyOS 1.4 - it was previously called: +`set firewall options interface adjust-mss ` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +MSS value = MTU - 20 (IP header) - 20 (TCP header), resulting in +1452 bytes on a 1492 byte MTU. + +
+ +Instead of a numerical MSS value clamp-mss-to-pmtu can be used to +automatically set the proper value. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ ip disable-forwarding + +Configure interface-specific Host/Router behaviour. If set, the interface will +switch to host mode and IPv6 forwarding will be disabled on this interface. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ ip source-validation \ + +Enable policy for source validation by reversed path, as specified in +`3704`. Current recommended practice in `3704` is to enable strict +mode to prevent IP spoofing from DDos attacks. If using asymmetric routing +or other complicated routing, then loose mode is recommended. + +- strict: Each incoming packet is tested against the FIB and if the interface + is not the best reverse path the packet check will fail. By default failed + packets are discarded. +- loose: Each incoming packet's source address is also tested against the FIB + and if the source address is not reachable via any interface the packet + check will fail. +- disable: No source validation + +
+ +#### IPv6 + +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ ipv6 address autoconf + +Use this command to enable acquisition of IPv6 address using stateless +autoconfig (SLAAC). + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ ipv6 adjust-mss \ + +As Internet wide PMTU discovery rarely works, we sometimes need to clamp our +TCP MSS value to a specific value. This is a field in the TCP options part of +a SYN packet. By setting the MSS value, you are telling the remote side +unequivocally 'do not try to send me packets bigger than this value'. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +This command was introduced in VyOS 1.4 - it was previously called: +`set firewall options interface adjust-mss ` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +MSS value = MTU - 40 (IPv6 header) - 20 (TCP header), resulting in +1432 bytes on a 1492 byte MTU. + +
+ +Instead of a numerical MSS value clamp-mss-to-pmtu can be used to +automatically set the proper value. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces pppoe \ ipv6 disable-forwarding + +Configure interface-specific Host/Router behaviour. If set, the interface will +switch to host mode and IPv6 forwarding will be disabled on this interface. + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-dhcpv6-prefix-delegation.txt + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show interfaces pppoe \ + +Show detailed information on given \ + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces pppoe pppoe0 +pppoe0: mtu 1492 qdisc pfifo_fast state UNKNOWN group default qlen 3 + link/ppp + inet 192.0.2.1 peer 192.0.2.255/32 scope global pppoe0 + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 7002658233 5064967 0 0 0 0 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 533822843 1620173 0 0 0 0 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces pppoe \ queue + +Displays queue information for a PPPoE interface. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces pppoe pppoe0 queue +qdisc pfifo_fast 0: root refcnt 2 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + Sent 534625359 bytes 1626761 pkt (dropped 62, overlimits 0 requeues 0) + backlog 0b 0p requeues 0 +``` + +
+ +### Connect/Disconnect + +
+ +disconnect interface \ + +Test disconnecting given connection-oriented interface. \ can be +`pppoe0` as the example. + +
+ +
+ +connect interface \ + +Test connecting given connection-oriented interface. \ can be +`pppoe0` as the example. + +
+ +## Example + +Requirements: + +- Your ISPs modem is connected to port `eth0` of your VyOS box. +- No VLAN tagging required by your ISP. +- You need your PPPoE credentials from your DSL ISP in order to configure + this. The usual username is in the form of but may vary + depending on ISP. +- The largest MTU size you can use with DSL is 1492 due to PPPoE overhead. + If you are switching from a DHCP based ISP like cable then be aware that + things like VPN links may need to have their MTU sizes adjusted to work + within this limit. +- With the `name-server` option set to `none`, VyOS will ignore the + nameservers your ISP sends you and thus you can fully rely on the ones you + have configured statically. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Syntax has changed from VyOS 1.2 (crux) and it will be automatically +migrated during an upgrade. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +A default route is automatically installed once the interface is up. +To change this behavior use the `no-default-route` CLI option. + +
+ +``` none +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 authentication username 'userid' +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 authentication password 'secret' +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 source-interface 'eth0' +``` + +You should add a firewall to your configuration above as well by +assigning it to the pppoe0 itself as shown here: + +``` none +set firewall interface pppoe0 in name NET-IN +set firewall interface pppoe0 local name NET-LOCAL +set firewall interface pppoe0 out name NET-OUT +``` + +### VLAN Example + +Some recent ISPs require you to build the PPPoE connection through a VLAN +interface. One of those ISPs is e.g. Deutsche Telekom in Germany. VyOS +can easily create a PPPoE session through an encapsulated VLAN interface. +The following configuration will run your PPPoE connection through VLAN7 +which is the default VLAN for Deutsche Telekom: + +``` none +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 authentication username 'userid' +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 authentication password 'secret' +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 source-interface 'eth0.7' +``` + +#### IPv6 DHCPv6-PD Example + +The following configuration will setup a PPPoE session source from eth1 and +assign a /64 prefix out of a /56 delegation (requested from the ISP) to eth0. +The IPv6 address assigned to eth0 will be \::1/64. If you do not know +the prefix size delegated to you, start with sla-len 0. + +In addition we setup IPv6 `RA (Router Advertisements)` to make the +prefix known on the eth0 link. + +``` none +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 authentication username vyos +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 authentication password vyos +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 dhcpv6-options pd 0 interface eth0 address '1' +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 dhcpv6-options pd 0 interface eth0 sla-id '0' +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 dhcpv6-options pd 0 length '56' +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 ipv6 address autoconf +set interfaces pppoe pppoe0 source-interface eth1 + +set service router-advert interface eth0 prefix ::/64 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-pseudo-ethernet.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-pseudo-ethernet.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a58ccfc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-pseudo-ethernet.md @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-26 + +# MACVLAN - Pseudo Ethernet + +Pseudo-Ethernet or MACVLAN interfaces can be seen as subinterfaces to regular +ethernet interfaces. Each and every subinterface is created a different media +access control (MAC) address, for a single physical Ethernet port. Pseudo- +Ethernet interfaces have most of their application in virtualized environments, + +By using Pseudo-Ethernet interfaces there will be less system overhead compared +to running a traditional bridging approach. Pseudo-Ethernet interfaces can also +be used to workaround the general limit of 4096 virtual LANs (VLANs) per +physical Ethernet port, since that limit is with respect to a single MAC +address. + +Every Virtual Ethernet interfaces behaves like a real Ethernet interface. They +can have IPv4/IPv6 addresses configured, or can request addresses by DHCP/ +DHCPv6 and are associated/mapped with a real ethernet port. This also makes +Pseudo-Ethernet interfaces interesting for testing purposes. A Pseudo-Ethernet +device will inherit characteristics (speed, duplex, ...) from its physical +parent (the so called link) interface. + +Once created in the system, Pseudo-Ethernet interfaces can be referenced in +the exact same way as other Ethernet interfaces. Notes about using Pseudo- +Ethernet interfaces: + +- Pseudo-Ethernet interfaces can not be reached from your internal host. This + means that you can not try to ping a Pseudo-Ethernet interface from the host + system on which it is defined. The ping will be lost. +- Loopbacks occurs at the IP level the same way as for other interfaces, + ethernet frames are not forwarded between Pseudo-Ethernet interfaces. +- Pseudo-Ethernet interfaces may not work in environments which expect a + `NIC (Network Interface Card)` to only have a single address. This + applies to: + - VMware machines using default settings + - Network switches with security settings allowing only a single MAC address + - xDSL modems that try to learn the MAC address of the NIC + +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-common-with-dhcp.txt + +
+ +### Pseudo Ethernet/MACVLAN options + +
+ +set interfaces pseudo-ethernet \ source-interface \ + +Specifies the physical \ Ethernet interface associated with a Pseudo +Ethernet \. + +
+ +### VLAN + +
+ +/\_include/interface-vlan-8021q.txt + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-sstp-client.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-sstp-client.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d5c19d8f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-sstp-client.md @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +lastproofread +2022-12-11 + +# SSTP Client + +`SSTP (Secure Socket Tunneling Protocol)` is a form of `VTP (Virtual +Private Network)` tunnel that provides a mechanism to transport PPP traffic +through an SSL/TLS channel. SSL/TLS provides transport-level security with key +negotiation, encryption and traffic integrity checking. The use of SSL/TLS over +TCP port 443 (by default, port can be changed) allows SSTP to pass through +virtually all firewalls and proxy servers except for authenticated web proxies. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +VyOS also comes with a build in SSTP server, see `sstp`. + +
+ +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-description.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-disable.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-mtu.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-vrf.txt + +
+ +### SSTP Client Options + +
+ +set interfaces sstpc \ no-default-route + +Only request an address from the SSTP server but do not install any default +route. + +Example: + +``` none +set interfaces sstpc sstpc0 no-default-route +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +This command got added in VyOS 1.4 and inverts the logic from the old +`default-route` CLI option. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set interfaces sstpc \ default-route-distance \ + +Set the distance for the default gateway sent by the SSTP server. + +Example: + +``` none +set interfaces sstpc sstpc0 default-route-distance 220 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces sstpc \ no-peer-dns + +Use this command to not install advertised DNS nameservers into the local +system. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces sstpc \ server \ + +SSTP remote server to connect to. Can be either an IP address or FQDN. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces sstpc \ ip adjust-mss \ + +As Internet wide PMTU discovery rarely works, we sometimes need to clamp our +TCP MSS value to a specific value. This is a field in the TCP options part of +a SYN packet. By setting the MSS value, you are telling the remote side +unequivocally 'do not try to send me packets bigger than this value'. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +This command was introduced in VyOS 1.4 - it was previously called: +`set firewall options interface adjust-mss ` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +MSS value = MTU - 20 (IP header) - 20 (TCP header), resulting in +1452 bytes on a 1492 byte MTU. + +
+ +Instead of a numerical MSS value clamp-mss-to-pmtu can be used to +automatically set the proper value. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces sstpc \ ip disable-forwarding + +Configure interface-specific Host/Router behaviour. If set, the interface will +switch to host mode and IPv6 forwarding will be disabled on this interface. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces sstpc \ ip source-validation \ + +Enable policy for source validation by reversed path, as specified in +`3704`. Current recommended practice in `3704` is to enable strict +mode to prevent IP spoofing from DDos attacks. If using asymmetric routing +or other complicated routing, then loose mode is recommended. + +- strict: Each incoming packet is tested against the FIB and if the interface + is not the best reverse path the packet check will fail. By default failed + packets are discarded. +- loose: Each incoming packet's source address is also tested against the FIB + and if the source address is not reachable via any interface the packet + check will fail. +- disable: No source validation + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show interfaces sstpc \ + +Show detailed information on given \ + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces sstpc sstpc10 +sstpc10: mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UNKNOWN group default qlen 3 + link/ppp + inet 192.0.2.5 peer 192.0.2.254/32 scope global sstpc10 + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + inet6 fe80::fd53:c7ff:fe8b:144f/64 scope link + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 215 9 0 0 0 0 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 539 14 0 0 0 0 +``` + +
+ +### Connect/Disconnect + +
+ +disconnect interface \ + +Test disconnecting given connection-oriented interface. \ can be +`sstpc0` as the example. + +
+ +
+ +connect interface \ + +Test connecting given connection-oriented interface. \ can be +`sstpc0` as the example. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-tunnel.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-tunnel.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..53ba1a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-tunnel.md @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-26 + +# Tunnel + +This article touches on 'classic' IP tunneling protocols. + +GRE is often seen as a one size fits all solution when it comes to classic IP +tunneling protocols, and for a good reason. However, there are more specialized +options, and many of them are supported by VyOS. There are also rather obscure +GRE options that can be useful. + +All those protocols are grouped under `interfaces tunnel` in VyOS. Let's take +a closer look at the protocols and options currently supported by VyOS. + +## Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-address.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-common-without-mac.txt + +
+ +## IPIP + +This is one of the simplest types of tunnels, as defined by `2003`. +It takes an IPv4 packet and sends it as a payload of another IPv4 packet. For +this reason, there are no other configuration options for this kind of tunnel. + +An example: + +``` none +set interfaces tunnel tun0 encapsulation ipip +set interfaces tunnel tun0 source-address 192.0.2.10 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 remote 203.0.113.20 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 address 192.168.100.200/24 +``` + +## IP6IP6 + +This is the IPv6 counterpart of IPIP. I'm not aware of an RFC that defines this +encapsulation specifically, but it's a natural specific case of IPv6 +encapsulation mechanisms described in :rfc:2473\`. + +It's not likely that anyone will need it any time soon, but it does exist. + +An example: + +``` none +set interfaces tunnel tun0 encapsulation ip6ip6 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 source-address 2001:db8:aa::1 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 remote 2001:db8:aa::2 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 address 2001:db8:bb::1/64 +``` + +## IPIP6 + +In the future this is expected to be a very useful protocol (though there are +[other proposals](https://www.isc.org/othersoftware/)). + +As the name implies, it's IPv4 encapsulated in IPv6, as simple as that. + +An example: + +``` none +set interfaces tunnel tun0 encapsulation ipip6 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 source-address 2001:db8:aa::1 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 remote 2001:db8:aa::2 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 address 192.168.70.80/24 +``` + +## 6in4 (SIT) + +6in4 uses tunneling to encapsulate IPv6 traffic over IPv4 links as defined in +`4213`. The 6in4 traffic is sent over IPv4 inside IPv4 packets whose IP +headers have the IP protocol number set to 41. This protocol number is +specifically designated for IPv6 encapsulation, the IPv4 packet header is +immediately followed by the IPv6 packet being carried. The encapsulation +overhead is the size of the IPv4 header of 20 bytes, therefore with an MTU of +1500 bytes, IPv6 packets of 1480 bytes can be sent without fragmentation. This +tunneling technique is frequently used by IPv6 tunnel brokers like [Hurricane +Electric](https://tunnelbroker.net/). + +An example: + +``` none +set interfaces tunnel tun0 encapsulation sit +set interfaces tunnel tun0 source-address 192.0.2.10 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 remote 192.0.2.20 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 address 2001:db8:bb::1/64 +``` + +A full example of a Tunnelbroker.net config can be found at +`here `. + +## Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) + +A GRE tunnel operates at layer 3 of the OSI model and is represented by IP +protocol 47. The main benefit of a GRE tunnel is that you are able to carry +multiple protocols inside the same tunnel. GRE also supports multicast traffic +and supports routing protocols that leverage multicast to form neighbor +adjacencies. + +A VyOS GRE tunnel can carry both IPv4 and IPv6 traffic and can also be created +over either IPv4 (gre) or IPv6 (ip6gre). + +### Configuration + +A basic configuration requires a tunnel source (source-address), a tunnel +destination (remote), an encapsulation type (gre), and an address (ipv4/ipv6). +Below is a basic IPv4 only configuration example taken from a VyOS router and +a Cisco IOS router. The main difference between these two configurations is +that VyOS requires you explicitly configure the encapsulation type. The Cisco +router defaults to GRE IP otherwise it would have to be configured as well. + +**VyOS Router:** + +``` none +set interfaces tunnel tun100 address '10.0.0.1/30' +set interfaces tunnel tun100 encapsulation 'gre' +set interfaces tunnel tun100 source-address '198.51.100.2' +set interfaces tunnel tun100 remote '203.0.113.10' +``` + +**Cisco IOS Router:** + +``` none +interface Tunnel100 +ip address 10.0.0.2 255.255.255.252 +tunnel source 203.0.113.10 +tunnel destination 198.51.100.2 +``` + +Here is a second example of a dual-stack tunnel over IPv6 between a VyOS router +and a Linux host using systemd-networkd. + +**VyOS Router:** + +``` none +set interfaces tunnel tun101 address '2001:db8:feed:beef::1/126' +set interfaces tunnel tun101 address '192.168.5.1/30' +set interfaces tunnel tun101 encapsulation 'ip6gre' +set interfaces tunnel tun101 source-address '2001:db8:babe:face::3afe:3' +set interfaces tunnel tun101 remote '2001:db8:9bb:3ce::5' +``` + +**Linux systemd-networkd:** + +This requires two files, one to create the device (XXX.netdev) and one +to configure the network on the device (XXX.network) + +``` none +# cat /etc/systemd/network/gre-example.netdev +[NetDev] +Name=gre-example +Kind=ip6gre +MTUBytes=14180 + +[Tunnel] +Remote=2001:db8:babe:face::3afe:3 + + +# cat /etc/systemd/network/gre-example.network +[Match] +Name=gre-example + +[Network] +Address=2001:db8:feed:beef::2/126 + +[Address] +Address=192.168.5.2/30 +``` + +### Tunnel keys + +GRE is also the only classic protocol that allows creating multiple tunnels +with the same source and destination due to its support for tunnel keys. +Despite its name, this feature has nothing to do with security: it's simply +an identifier that allows routers to tell one tunnel from another. + +An example: + +``` none +set interfaces tunnel tun0 source-address 192.0.2.10 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 remote 192.0.2.20 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 address 10.40.50.60/24 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 parameters ip key 10 +``` + +``` none +set interfaces tunnel tun0 source-address 192.0.2.10 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 remote 192.0.2.20 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 address 172.16.17.18/24 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 parameters ip key 20 +``` + +### GRETAP + +While normal GRE is for layer 3, GRETAP is for layer 2. GRETAP can encapsulate +Ethernet frames, thus it can be bridged with other interfaces to create +datalink layer segments that span multiple remote sites. + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br0 member interface eth0 +set interfaces bridge br0 member interface tun0 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 encapsulation gretap +set interfaces tunnel tun0 source-address 198.51.100.2 +set interfaces tunnel tun0 remote 203.0.113.10 +``` + +### Troubleshooting + +GRE is a well defined standard that is common in most networks. While not +inherently difficult to configure there are a couple of things to keep in mind +to make sure the configuration performs as expected. A common cause for GRE +tunnels to fail to come up correctly include ACL or Firewall configurations +that are discarding IP protocol 47 or blocking your source/destination traffic. + +**1. Confirm IP connectivity between tunnel source-address and remote:** + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ ping 203.0.113.10 interface 198.51.100.2 count 4 +PING 203.0.113.10 (203.0.113.10) from 198.51.100.2 : 56(84) bytes of data. +64 bytes from 203.0.113.10: icmp_seq=1 ttl=254 time=0.807 ms +64 bytes from 203.0.113.10: icmp_seq=2 ttl=254 time=1.50 ms +64 bytes from 203.0.113.10: icmp_seq=3 ttl=254 time=0.624 ms +64 bytes from 203.0.113.10: icmp_seq=4 ttl=254 time=1.41 ms + +--- 203.0.113.10 ping statistics --- +4 packets transmitted, 4 received, 0% packet loss, time 3007ms +rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.624/1.087/1.509/0.381 ms +``` + +**2. Confirm the link type has been set to GRE:** + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces tunnel tun100 +tun100@NONE: mtu 1476 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN group default qlen 1000 + link/gre 198.51.100.2 peer 203.0.113.10 + inet 10.0.0.1/30 brd 10.0.0.3 scope global tun100 + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + inet6 fe80::5efe:c612:2/64 scope link + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 2183 27 0 0 0 0 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 836 9 0 0 0 0 +``` + +**3. Confirm IP connectivity across the tunnel:** + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ ping 10.0.0.2 interface 10.0.0.1 count 4 +PING 10.0.0.2 (10.0.0.2) from 10.0.0.1 : 56(84) bytes of data. +64 bytes from 10.0.0.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=255 time=1.05 ms +64 bytes from 10.0.0.2: icmp_seq=2 ttl=255 time=1.88 ms +64 bytes from 10.0.0.2: icmp_seq=3 ttl=255 time=1.98 ms +64 bytes from 10.0.0.2: icmp_seq=4 ttl=255 time=1.98 ms + +--- 10.0.0.2 ping statistics --- +4 packets transmitted, 4 received, 0% packet loss, time 3008ms +rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 1.055/1.729/1.989/0.395 ms +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +There is also a GRE over IPv6 encapsulation available, it is +called: `ip6gre`. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-virtual-ethernet.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-virtual-ethernet.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d3f4c63 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-virtual-ethernet.md @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +lastproofread +2022-11-25 + +# Virtual Ethernet + +The veth devices are virtual Ethernet devices. They can act as tunnels between +network namespaces to create a bridge to a physical network device in another +namespace or VRF, but can also be used as standalone network devices. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +veth interfaces need to be created in pairs - it's called the peer name + +
+ +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-address-with-dhcp.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-description.txt + +
+ +### VLAN + +#### Regular VLANs (802.1q) + +
+ +/\_include/interface-vlan-8021q.txt + +
+ +#### QinQ (802.1ad) + +
+ +/\_include/interface-vlan-8021ad.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-disable.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-vrf.txt + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show interfaces virtual-ethernet + +Show brief interface information. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces virtual-ethernet +Codes: S - State, L - Link, u - Up, D - Down, A - Admin Down +Interface IP Address S/L Description +--------- ---------- --- ----------- +veth10 100.64.0.0/31 u/u +veth11 100.64.0.1/31 u/u +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces virtual-ethernet \ + +Show detailed information on given \ + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces virtual-ethernet veth11 +10: veth11@veth10: mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue master red state UP group default qlen 1000 + link/ether b2:7b:df:47:e9:11 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + inet 100.64.0.1/31 scope global veth11 + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + inet6 fe80::b07b:dfff:fe47:e911/64 scope link + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 0 0 0 0 0 0 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 1369707 4267 0 0 0 0 +``` + +
+ +## Example + +Interconnect the global VRF with vrf "red" using the veth10 \<-\> veth 11 pair + +``` none +set interfaces virtual-ethernet veth10 address '100.64.0.0/31' +set interfaces virtual-ethernet veth10 peer-name 'veth11' +set interfaces virtual-ethernet veth11 address '100.64.0.1/31' +set interfaces virtual-ethernet veth11 peer-name 'veth10' +set interfaces virtual-ethernet veth11 vrf 'red' +set vrf name red table '1000' + +vyos@vyos:~$ ping 100.64.0.1 +PING 100.64.0.1 (100.64.0.1) 56(84) bytes of data. +64 bytes from 100.64.0.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.080 ms +64 bytes from 100.64.0.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.119 ms +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-vti.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-vti.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d924f65 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-vti.md @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# VTI - Virtual Tunnel Interface + +Set Virtual Tunnel Interface + +``` none +set interfaces vti vti0 address 192.168.2.249/30 +set interfaces vti vti0 address 2001:db8:2::249/64 +``` + +Results in: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# show interfaces vti +vti vti0 { + address 192.168.2.249/30 + address 2001:db8:2::249/64 + description "Description" +} +``` + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +When using site-to-site IPsec with VTI interfaces, +be sure to disable route autoinstall + +
+ +``` none +set vpn ipsec options disable-route-autoinstall +``` + +More details about the IPsec and VTI issue and option disable-route-autoinstall + + +The root cause of the problem is that for VTI tunnels to work, their traffic +selectors have to be set to 0.0.0.0/0 for traffic to match the tunnel, even +though actual routing decision is made according to netfilter marks. Unless +route insertion is disabled entirely, StrongSWAN thus mistakenly inserts a +default route through the VTI peer address, which makes all traffic routed +to nowhere. diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-vxlan.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-vxlan.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a991c08 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-vxlan.md @@ -0,0 +1,396 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-26 + +# VXLAN + +`VXLAN (Virtual Extensible LAN)` is a network virtualization technology +that attempts to address the scalability problems associated with large cloud +computing deployments. It uses a VLAN-like encapsulation technique to +encapsulate OSI layer 2 Ethernet frames within layer 4 UDP datagrams, using +4789 as the default IANA-assigned destination UDP port number. VXLAN +endpoints, which terminate VXLAN tunnels and may be either virtual or physical +switch ports, are known as `VTEPs (VXLAN tunnel endpoints)`. + +VXLAN is an evolution of efforts to standardize an overlay encapsulation +protocol. It increases the scalability up to 16 million logical networks and +allows for layer 2 adjacency across IP networks. Multicast or unicast with +head-end replication (HER) is used to flood broadcast, unknown unicast, +and multicast (BUM) traffic. + +The VXLAN specification was originally created by VMware, Arista Networks +and Cisco. Other backers of the VXLAN technology include Huawei, Broadcom, +Citrix, Pica8, Big Switch Networks, Cumulus Networks, Dell EMC, Ericsson, +Mellanox, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, Red Hat, Joyent, and Juniper Networks. + +VXLAN was officially documented by the IETF in `7348`. + +If configuring VXLAN in a VyOS virtual machine, ensure that MAC spoofing +(Hyper-V) or Forged Transmits (ESX) are permitted, otherwise forwarded frames +may be blocked by the hypervisor. + +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-common-without-dhcp.txt + +
+ +### VXLAN specific options + +
+ +set interfaces vxlan \ vni \ + +Each VXLAN segment is identified through a 24-bit segment ID, termed the +`VNI (VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment ID))`, This allows +up to 16M VXLAN segments to coexist within the same administrative domain. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces vxlan \ port \ + +Configure port number of remote VXLAN endpoint. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces vxlan \ source-address \ + +Source IP address used for VXLAN underlay. This is mandatory when using VXLAN +via L2VPN/EVPN. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces vxlan \ gpe + +Enables the Generic Protocol extension (VXLAN-GPE). Currently, this is only +supported together with the external keyword. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces vxlan \ parameters external + +Specifies whether an external control plane (e.g. BGP L2VPN/EVPN) or the +internal FDB should be used. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces vxlan \ parameters neighbor-suppress + +In order to minimize the flooding of ARP and ND messages in the VXLAN network, +EVPN includes provisions `7432#section-10` that allow participating VTEPs +to suppress such messages in case they know the MAC-IP binding and can reply +on behalf of the remote host. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces vxlan \ parameters nolearning + +Specifies if unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered +into the VXLAN device forwarding database. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces vxlan \ parameters vni-filter + +Specifies whether the VXLAN device is capable of vni filtering. + +Only works with a VXLAN device with external flag set. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The device can only receive packets with VNIs configured in +the VNI filtering table. + +
+ +
+ +#### Unicast + +
+ +set interfaces vxlan \ remote \ + +IPv4/IPv6 remote address of the VXLAN tunnel. Alternative to multicast, the +remote IPv4/IPv6 address can set directly. + +
+ +#### Multicast + +
+ +set interfaces vxlan \ source-interface \ + +Interface used for VXLAN underlay. This is mandatory when using VXLAN via +a multicast network. VXLAN traffic will always enter and exit this interface. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces vxlan \ group \ + +Multicast group address for VXLAN interface. VXLAN tunnels can be built +either via Multicast or via Unicast. + +Both IPv4 and IPv6 multicast is possible. + +
+ +## Multicast VXLAN + +Topology: PC4 - Leaf2 - Spine1 - Leaf3 - PC5 + +PC4 has IP 10.0.0.4/24 and PC5 has IP 10.0.0.5/24, so they believe they are in +the same broadcast domain. + +Let's assume PC4 on Leaf2 wants to ping PC5 on Leaf3. Instead of setting Leaf3 +as our remote end manually, Leaf2 encapsulates the packet into a UDP-packet and +sends it to its designated multicast-address via Spine1. When Spine1 receives +this packet it forwards it to all other leaves who has joined the same +multicast-group, in this case Leaf3. When Leaf3 receives the packet it forwards +it, while at the same time learning that PC4 is reachable behind Leaf2, because +the encapsulated packet had Leaf2's IP address set as source IP. + +PC5 receives the ping echo, responds with an echo reply that Leaf3 receives and +this time forwards to Leaf2's unicast address directly because it learned the +location of PC4 above. When Leaf2 receives the echo reply from PC5 it sees that +it came from Leaf3 and so remembers that PC5 is reachable via Leaf3. + +Thanks to this discovery, any subsequent traffic between PC4 and PC5 will not +be using the multicast-address between the leaves as they both know behind which +Leaf the PCs are connected. This saves traffic as less multicast packets sent +reduces the load on the network, which improves scalability when more leaves are +added. + +For optimal scalability, Multicast shouldn't be used at all, but instead use BGP +to signal all connected devices between leaves. Unfortunately, VyOS does not yet +support this. + +## Single VXLAN device (SVD) + +FRR supports a new way of configuring VLAN-to-VNI mappings for EVPN-VXLAN, when +working with the Linux kernel. In this new way, the mapping of a VLAN to a +`VNI (VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment ID))` is configured +against a container VXLAN interface which is referred to as a +`SVD (Single VXLAN device)`. + +Multiple VLAN to VNI mappings can be configured against the same SVD. This +allows for a significant scaling of the number of VNIs since a separate VXLAN +interface is no longer required for each VNI. + +
+ +set interfaces vxlan \ vlan-to-vni \ vni \ + +Maps the VNI to the specified VLAN id. The VLAN can then be consumed by +a bridge. + +Sample configuration of SVD with VLAN to VNI mappings is shown below. + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br0 member interface vxlan0 +set interfaces vxlan vxlan0 parameters external +set interfaces vxlan vxlan0 source-interface 'dum0' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan0 vlan-to-vni 10 vni '10010' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan0 vlan-to-vni 11 vni '10011' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan0 vlan-to-vni 30 vni '10030' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan0 vlan-to-vni 31 vni '10031' +``` + +
+ +### Example + +The setup is this: Leaf2 - Spine1 - Leaf3 + +Spine1 is a Cisco IOS router running version 15.4, Leaf2 and Leaf3 is each a +VyOS router running 1.2. + +This topology was built using GNS3. + +Topology: + +``` none +Spine1: +fa0/2 towards Leaf2, IP-address: 10.1.2.1/24 +fa0/3 towards Leaf3, IP-address: 10.1.3.1/24 + +Leaf2: +Eth0 towards Spine1, IP-address: 10.1.2.2/24 +Eth1 towards a vlan-aware switch + +Leaf3: +Eth0 towards Spine1, IP-address 10.1.3.3/24 +Eth1 towards a vlan-aware switch +``` + +**Spine1 Configuration:** + +``` none +conf t +ip multicast-routing +! +interface fastethernet0/2 + ip address 10.1.2.1 255.255.255.0 + ip pim sparse-dense-mode +! +interface fastethernet0/3 + ip address 10.1.3.1 255.255.255.0 + ip pim sparse-dense-mode +! +router ospf 1 + network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0 +``` + +Multicast-routing is required for the leaves to forward traffic between each +other in a more scalable way. This also requires PIM to be enabled towards the +leaves so that the Spine can learn what multicast groups each Leaf expects +traffic from. + +**Leaf2 configuration:** + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address '10.1.2.2/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '10.0.0.0/8' + +! Our first vxlan interface +set interfaces bridge br241 address '172.16.241.1/24' +set interfaces bridge br241 member interface 'eth1.241' +set interfaces bridge br241 member interface 'vxlan241' + +set interfaces vxlan vxlan241 group '239.0.0.241' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan241 source-interface 'eth0' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan241 vni '241' + +! Our seconds vxlan interface +set interfaces bridge br242 address '172.16.242.1/24' +set interfaces bridge br242 member interface 'eth1.242' +set interfaces bridge br242 member interface 'vxlan242' + +set interfaces vxlan vxlan242 group '239.0.0.242' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan242 source-interface 'eth0' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan242 vni '242' +``` + +**Leaf3 configuration:** + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address '10.1.3.3/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '10.0.0.0/8' + +! Our first vxlan interface +set interfaces bridge br241 address '172.16.241.1/24' +set interfaces bridge br241 member interface 'eth1.241' +set interfaces bridge br241 member interface 'vxlan241' + +set interfaces vxlan vxlan241 group '239.0.0.241' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan241 source-interface 'eth0' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan241 vni '241' + +! Our seconds vxlan interface +set interfaces bridge br242 address '172.16.242.1/24' +set interfaces bridge br242 member interface 'eth1.242' +set interfaces bridge br242 member interface 'vxlan242' + +set interfaces vxlan vxlan242 group '239.0.0.242' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan242 source-interface 'eth0' +set interfaces vxlan vxlan242 vni '242' +``` + +As you can see, Leaf2 and Leaf3 configuration is almost identical. There are +lots of commands above, I'll try to into more detail below, command +descriptions are placed under the command boxes: + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br241 address '172.16.241.1/24' +``` + +This commands creates a bridge that is used to bind traffic on eth1 vlan 241 +with the vxlan241-interface. The IP address is not required. It may however be +used as a default gateway for each Leaf which allows devices on the vlan to +reach other subnets. This requires that the subnets are redistributed by OSPF +so that the Spine will learn how to reach it. To do this you need to change the +OSPF network from '10.0.0.0/8' to '0.0.0.0/0' to allow 172.16/12-networks to be +advertised. + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br241 member interface 'eth1.241' +set interfaces bridge br241 member interface 'vxlan241' +``` + +Binds eth1.241 and vxlan241 to each other by making them both member +interfaces of the same bridge. + +``` none +set interfaces vxlan vxlan241 group '239.0.0.241' +``` + +The multicast-group used by all leaves for this vlan extension. Has to be the +same on all leaves that has this interface. + +``` none +set interfaces vxlan vxlan241 source-interface 'eth0' +``` + +Sets the interface to listen for multicast packets on. Could be a loopback, not +yet tested. + +``` none +set interfaces vxlan vxlan241 vni '241' +``` + +Sets the unique id for this vxlan-interface. Not sure how it correlates with +multicast-address. + +``` none +set interfaces vxlan vxlan241 port 12345 +``` + +The destination port used for creating a VXLAN interface defaults to +4789. Aconfiguration directive to support a user-specified destination port +to override that behavior is available using the above command. + +## Unicast VXLAN + +Alternative to multicast, the remote IPv4 address of the VXLAN tunnel can be +set directly. Let's change the Multicast example from above: + +``` none +# leaf2 and leaf3 +delete interfaces vxlan vxlan241 group '239.0.0.241' +delete interfaces vxlan vxlan241 source-interface 'eth0' + +# leaf2 +set interface vxlan vxlan241 remote 10.1.3.3 + +# leaf3 +set interface vxlan vxlan241 remote 10.1.2.2 +``` + +The default port udp is set to 4789. +It can be changed with `set interface vxlan port ` diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wireguard.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wireguard.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e2689f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wireguard.md @@ -0,0 +1,480 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-26 + +# WireGuard + +WireGuard is an extremely simple yet fast and modern VPN that utilizes +state-of-the-art cryptography. See for more +information. + +## Site to Site VPN + +This diagram corresponds with the example site to site configuration below. + +
+ +
+ +## Keypairs + +WireGuard requires the generation of a keypair, which includes a private key to +decrypt incoming traffic, and a public key for peer(s) to encrypt traffic. + +### Generate Keypair + +
+ +generate pki wireguard key-pair + +It generates the keypair, which includes the public and private parts. +The key is not stored on the system - only a keypair is generated. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ generate pki wireguard key-pair +Private key: iJJyEARGK52Ls1GYRCcFvPuTj7WyWYDo//BknoDU0XY= +Public key: EKY0dxRrSD98QHjfHOK13mZ5PJ7hnddRZt5woB3szyw= +``` + +
+ +
+ +generate pki wireguard key-pair install interface \ + +Generates a keypair, which includes the public and private parts, and build +a configuration command to install this key to `interface`. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ generate pki wireguard key-pair install interface wg10 +"generate" CLI command executed from operational level. +Generated private-key is not stored to CLI, use configure mode commands to install key: + +set interfaces wireguard wg10 private-key '4Krkv8h6NkAYMMaBWI957yYDJDMvj9URTHstdlOcDU0=' + +Corresponding public-key to use on peer system is: 'UxDsYT6EnpTIOKUzvMlw2p0sNOKQvFxEdSVrnNrX1Ro=' +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If this command is invoked from configure mode with the `run` +prefix the key is automatically installed to the appropriate interface: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# run generate pki wireguard key-pair install interface wg10 +"generate" CLI command executed from config session. +Generated private-key was imported to CLI! + +Use the following command to verify: show interfaces wireguard wg10 +Corresponding public-key to use on peer system is: '7d9KwabjLhHpJiEJeIGd0CBlao/eTwFOh6xyCovTfG8=' + +vyos@vyos# compare +[edit interfaces] ++wireguard wg10 { ++ private-key CJweb8FC6BU3Loj4PC2pn5V82cDjIPs7G1saW0ZfLWc= ++} +``` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wireguard \ public-key + +Retrieve public key portion from configured WIreGuard interface. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wireguard wg01 public-key +EKY0dxRrSD98QHjfHOK13mZ5PJ7hnddRZt5woB3szyw= +``` + +
+ +#### Optional + +
+ +generate pki wireguard preshared-key + +An additional layer of symmetric-key crypto can be used on top of the +asymmetric crypto. + +This is optional. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ generate pki wireguard preshared-key +Pre-shared key: OHH2EwZfMNK+1L6BXbYw3bKCtMrfjpR4mCAEeBlFnRs= +``` + +
+ +
+ +generate pki wireguard preshared-key install interface \ peer \ + +An additional layer of symmetric-key crypto can be used on top of the +asymmetric crypto. This command automatically creates for you the required +CLI command to install this PSK for a given peer. + +This is optional. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ generate pki wireguard preshared-key install interface wg10 peer foo +"generate" CLI command executed from operational level. +Generated preshared-key is not stored to CLI, use configure mode commands to install key: + +set interfaces wireguard wg10 peer foo preshared-key '32vQ1w1yFKTna8n7Gu7EimubSe2Y63m8bafz55EG3Ro=' + +Pre-shared key: +LuaZ8W6DjsDFJFX3jJzoNqrsXHhvq08JztM9z8LHCs= +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If this command is invoked from configure mode with the `run` +prefix the key is automatically installed to the appropriate interface: + +
+ +
+ +## Interface configuration + +The next step is to configure your local side as well as the policy based +trusted destination addresses. If you only initiate a connection, the listen +port and address/port is optional; however, if you act like a server and +endpoints initiate the connections to your system, you need to define a port +your clients can connect to, otherwise the port is randomly chosen and may +make connection difficult with firewall rules, since the port may be different +each time the system is rebooted. + +You will also need the public key of your peer as well as the network(s) you +want to tunnel (allowed-ips) to configure a WireGuard tunnel. The public key +below is always the public key from your peer, not your local one. + +**local side - commands** + +- WireGuard interface itself uses address 10.1.0.1/30 +- We only allow the 192.168.2.0/24 subnet to travel over the tunnel +- Our remote end of the tunnel for peer to-wg02 is reachable at 192.0.2.1 + port 51820 +- The remote peer to-wg02 uses XMrlPykaxhdAAiSjhtPlvi30NVkvLQliQuKP7AI7CyI= + as its public key portion +- We listen on port 51820 +- We route all traffic for the 192.168.2.0/24 network to interface wg01 + +``` none +set interfaces wireguard wg01 address '10.1.0.1/30' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 description 'VPN-to-wg02' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer to-wg02 allowed-ips '192.168.2.0/24' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer to-wg02 address '192.0.2.1' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer to-wg02 port '51820' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer to-wg02 public-key 'XMrlPykaxhdAAiSjhtPlvi30NVkvLQliQuKP7AI7CyI=' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 port '51820' + +set protocols static route 192.168.2.0/24 interface wg01 +``` + +The last step is to define an interface route for 192.168.2.0/24 to get through +the WireGuard interface wg01. Multiple IPs or networks can be defined and +routed. The last check is allowed-ips which either prevents or allows the +traffic. + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +You can not assign the same allowed-ips statement to multiple +WireGuard peers. This a design decision. For more information please +check the [WireGuard mailing list](https://lists.zx2c4.com/pipermail/wireguard/2018-December/003704.html). + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireguard \ private-key \ + +Associates the previously generated private key to a specific WireGuard +interface. The private key can be generate via the command + +`generate pki wireguard key-pair`. + +``` none +set interfaces wireguard wg01 private-key 'iJJyEARGK52Ls1GYRCcFvPuTj7WyWYDo//BknoDU0XY=' +``` + +The command `show interfaces wireguard wg01 public-key` will then show the +public key, which needs to be shared with the peer. + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-per-client-thread.txt + +
+ +**remote side - commands** + +``` none +set interfaces wireguard wg01 address '10.1.0.2/30' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 description 'VPN-to-wg01' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer to-wg01 allowed-ips '192.168.1.0/24' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer to-wg01 address '192.0.2.2' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer to-wg01 port '51820' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer to-wg01 public-key 'EKY0dxRrSD98QHjfHOK13mZ5PJ7hnddRZt5woB3szyw=' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 port '51820' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 private-key 'OLTQY3HuK5qWDgVs6fJR093SwPgOmCKkDI1+vJLGoFU=' + +set protocols static route 192.168.1.0/24 interface wg01 +``` + +## Firewall Exceptions + +For the WireGuard traffic to pass through the WAN interface, you must create a +firewall exception. + +``` none +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 10 action accept +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 10 description 'Allow established/related' +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 10 state established enable +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 10 state related enable +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 20 action accept +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 20 description WireGuard_IN +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 20 destination port 51820 +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 20 log enable +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE_LOCAL rule 20 protocol udp +``` + +You should also ensure that the OUTISDE_LOCAL firewall group is applied to the +WAN interface and in an input (local) direction. + +``` none +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 action jump +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 jump-target 'OUTSIDE_LOCAL' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 inbound-interface name 'eth0' +``` + +Assure that your firewall rules allow the traffic, in which case you have a +working VPN using WireGuard. + +``` none +wg01# ping 192.168.1.1 +PING 192.168.1.1 (192.168.1.1) 56(84) bytes of data. +64 bytes from 192.168.1.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.16 ms +64 bytes from 192.168.1.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.77 ms + +wg02# ping 192.168.2.1 +PING 192.168.2.1 (192.168.2.1) 56(84) bytes of data. +64 bytes from 192.168.2.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=4.40 ms +64 bytes from 192.168.2.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.02 ms +``` + +An additional layer of symmetric-key crypto can be used on top of the +asymmetric crypto. This is optional. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ generate pki wireguard preshared-key +Pre-shared key: rvVDOoc2IYEnV+k5p7TNAmHBMEGTHbPU8Qqg8c/sUqc= +``` + +Copy the key, as it is not stored on the local filesystem. Because it +is a symmetric key, only you and your peer should have knowledge of +its content. Make sure you distribute the key in a safe manner, + +``` none +wg01# set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer to-wg02 preshared-key 'rvVDOoc2IYEnV+k5p7TNAmHBMEGTHbPU8Qqg8c/sUqc=' +wg02# set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer to-wg01 preshared-key 'rvVDOoc2IYEnV+k5p7TNAmHBMEGTHbPU8Qqg8c/sUqc=' +``` + +## Remote Access "RoadWarrior" Example + +With WireGuard, a Road Warrior VPN config is similar to a site-to-site +VPN. It just lacks the `address` and `port` statements. + +In the following example, the IPs for the remote clients are defined in +the peers. This allows the peers to interact with one another. In +comparison to the site-to-site example the `persistent-keepalive` +flag is set to 15 seconds to assure the connection is kept alive. +This is mainly relevant if one of the peers is behind NAT and can't +be connected to if the connection is lost. To be effective this +value needs to be lower than the UDP timeout. + +``` none +wireguard wg01 { + address 10.172.24.1/24 + address 2001:db8:470:22::1/64 + description RoadWarrior + peer MacBook { + allowed-ips 10.172.24.30/32 + allowed-ips 2001:db8:470:22::30/128 + persistent-keepalive 15 + public-key F5MbW7ye7DsoxdOaixjdrudshjjxN5UdNV+pGFHqehc= + } + peer iPhone { + allowed-ips 10.172.24.20/32 + allowed-ips 2001:db8:470:22::20/128 + persistent-keepalive 15 + public-key BknHcLFo8nOo8Dwq2CjaC/TedchKQ0ebxC7GYn7Al00= + } + port 2224 + private-key OLTQY3HuK5qWDgVs6fJR093SwPgOmCKkDI1+vJLGoFU= +} +``` + +The following is the config for the iPhone peer above. It's important to +note that the `AllowedIPs` wildcard setting directs all IPv4 and IPv6 traffic +through the connection. + +``` none +[Interface] +PrivateKey = ARAKLSDJsadlkfjasdfiowqeruriowqeuasdf= +Address = 10.172.24.20/24, 2001:db8:470:22::20/64 +DNS = 10.0.0.53, 10.0.0.54 + +[Peer] +PublicKey = RIbtUTCfgzNjnLNPQ/ulkGnnB2vMWHm7l2H/xUfbyjc= +AllowedIPs = 0.0.0.0/0, ::/0 +Endpoint = 192.0.2.1:2224 +PersistentKeepalive = 25 +``` + +However, split-tunneling can be achieved by specifying the remote subnets. +This ensures that only traffic destined for the remote site is sent over the +tunnel. All other traffic is unaffected. + +``` none +[Interface] +PrivateKey = 8Iasdfweirousd1EVGUk5XsT+wYFZ9mhPnQhmjzaJE6Go= +Address = 10.172.24.30/24, 2001:db8:470:22::30/64 + +[Peer] +PublicKey = RIbtUTCfgzNjnLNPQ/ulkGnnB2vMWHm7l2H/xUfbyjc= +AllowedIPs = 10.172.24.30/24, 2001:db8:470:22::/64 +Endpoint = 192.0.2.1:2224 +PersistentKeepalive = 25 +``` + +## Operational Commands + +### Status + +
+ +show interfaces wireguard wg01 summary + +Show info about the Wireguard service. +It also shows the latest handshake. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wireguard wg01 summary +interface: wg01 + public key: + private key: (hidden) + listening port: 51820 + +peer: + endpoint: + allowed ips: 10.69.69.2/32 + latest handshake: 23 hours, 45 minutes, 26 seconds ago + transfer: 1.26 MiB received, 6.47 MiB sent +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wireguard + +Get a list of all wireguard interfaces + +``` none +Codes: S - State, L - Link, u - Up, D - Down, A - Admin Down +Interface IP Address S/L Description +--------- ---------- --- ----------- +wg01 10.0.0.1/24 u/u +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wireguard \ + +Show general information about specific WireGuard interface + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wireguard wg01 +interface: wg01 + address: 10.0.0.1/24 + public key: h1HkYlSuHdJN6Qv4Hz4bBzjGg5WUty+U1L7DJsZy1iE= + private key: (hidden) + listening port: 41751 + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 0 0 0 0 0 0 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 0 0 0 0 0 0 +``` + +
+ +## Remote Access "RoadWarrior" clients + +Some users tend to connect their mobile devices using WireGuard to their VyOS +router. To ease deployment one can generate a "per mobile" configuration from +the VyOS CLI. + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +From a security perspective, it is not recommended to let a third +party create and share the private key for a secured connection. +You should create the private portion on your own and only hand out the +public key. Please keep this in mind when using this convenience feature. + +
+ +
+ +generate wireguard client-config \ interface \ server +\ address \ + +Using this command, you will create a new client configuration which can +connect to `interface` on this router. The public key from the specified +interface is automatically extracted and embedded into the configuration. + +The command also generates a configuration snipped which can be copy/pasted +into the VyOS CLI if needed. The supplied `` on the CLI will become +the peer name in the snippet. + +In addition you will specifiy the IP address or FQDN for the client where it +will connect to. The address parameter can be used up to two times and is used +to assign the clients specific IPv4 (/32) or IPv6 (/128) address. + +
+WireGuard Client QR code +
+ +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wireless.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wireless.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a09b78b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wireless.md @@ -0,0 +1,823 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-26 + +# WLAN/WIFI - Wireless LAN + +`WLAN (Wireless LAN)` interface provide 802.11 (a/b/g/n/ac) wireless +support (commonly referred to as Wi-Fi) by means of compatible hardware. If your +hardware supports it, VyOS supports multiple logical wireless interfaces per +physical device. + +There are three modes of operation for a wireless interface: + +- `WAP (Wireless Access-Point)` provides network access to connecting + stations if the physical hardware supports acting as a WAP +- A station acts as a Wi-Fi client accessing the network through an available + WAP +- Monitor, the system passively monitors any kind of wireless traffic + +If the system detects an unconfigured wireless device, it will be automatically +added the configuration tree, specifying any detected settings (for example, +its MAC address) and configured to run in monitor mode. + +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-common-with-dhcp.txt + +
+ +### Wireless options + +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ channel \ + +Channel number (IEEE 802.11), for 2.4Ghz (802.11 b/g/n) channels range from +1-14. On 5Ghz (802.11 a/h/j/n/ac) channels available are 0, 34 to 173 + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ country-code \ + +Country code (ISO/IEC 3166-1). Used to set regulatory domain. Set as needed +to indicate country in which device is operating. This can limit available +channels and transmit power. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +This option is mandatory in Access-Point mode. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ disable-broadcast-ssid + +Send empty SSID in beacons and ignore probe request frames that do not specify +full SSID, i.e., require stations to know SSID. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ expunge-failing-stations + +Disassociate stations based on excessive transmission failures or other +indications of connection loss. + +This depends on the driver capabilities and may not be available with all +drivers. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ isolate-stations + +Client isolation can be used to prevent low-level bridging of frames between +associated stations in the BSS. + +By default, this bridging is allowed. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ max-stations + +Maximum number of stations allowed in station table. New stations will be +rejected after the station table is full. IEEE 802.11 has a limit of 2007 +different association IDs, so this number should not be larger than that. + +This defaults to 2007. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ mgmt-frame-protection + +Management Frame Protection (MFP) according to IEEE 802.11w + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ mode \ + +Operation mode of wireless radio. + +- `a` - 802.11a - 54 Mbits/sec +- `b` - 802.11b - 11 Mbits/sec +- `g` - 802.11g - 54 Mbits/sec (default) +- `n` - 802.11n - 600 Mbits/sec +- `ac` - 802.11ac - 1300 Mbits/sec + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ physical-device \ + +Wireless hardware device used as underlay radio. + +This defaults to phy0. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ reduce-transmit-power \ + +Add Power Constraint element to Beacon and Probe Response frames. + +This option adds Power Constraint element when applicable and Country element +is added. Power Constraint element is required by Transmit Power Control. + +Valid values are 0..255. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ ssid \ + +SSID to be used in IEEE 802.11 management frames + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ type +\ + +Wireless device type for this interface + +- `access-point` - Access-point forwards packets between other nodes +- `station` - Connects to another access point +- `monitor` - Passively monitor all packets on the frequency/channel + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-per-client-thread.txt + +
+ +#### PPDU + +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities require-ht + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities require-hvt + +
+ +##### HT (High Throughput) capabilities (802.11n) + +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht 40mhz-incapable + +Device is incapable of 40 MHz, do not advertise. This sets `[40-INTOLERANT]` + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht auto-powersave + +WMM-PS Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery \[U-APSD\] + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht +channel-set-width \ + +Supported channel width set. + +- `ht40-` - Both 20 MHz and 40 MHz with secondary channel below the primary + channel +- `ht40+` - Both 20 MHz and 40 MHz with secondary channel above the primary + channel + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +There are limits on which channels can be used with HT40- and HT40+. +Following table shows the channels that may be available for HT40- and HT40+ +use per IEEE 802.11n Annex J: + +Depending on the location, not all of these channels may be available for +use! + +``` none +freq HT40- HT40+ +2.4 GHz 5-13 1-7 (1-9 in Europe/Japan) +5 GHz 40,48,56,64 36,44,52,60 +``` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +40 MHz channels may switch their primary and secondary channels if +needed or creation of 40 MHz channel maybe rejected based on overlapping +BSSes. These changes are done automatically when hostapd is setting up the +40 MHz channel. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht +delayed-block-ack + +Enable HT-delayed Block Ack `[DELAYED-BA]` + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht dsss-cck-40 + +DSSS/CCK Mode in 40 MHz, this sets `[DSSS_CCK-40]` + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht greenfield + +This enables the greenfield option which sets the `[GF]` option + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht ldpc + +Enable LDPC coding capability + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht lsig-protection + +Enable L-SIG TXOP protection capability + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht max-amsdu +\<3839 | 7935\> + +Maximum A-MSDU length 3839 (default) or 7935 octets + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht +short-gi \<20 | 40\> + +Short GI capabilities for 20 and 40 MHz + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht +smps \ + +Spatial Multiplexing Power Save (SMPS) settings + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht stbc rx \ + +Enable receiving PPDU using STBC (Space Time Block Coding) + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities ht stbc tx + +Enable sending PPDU using STBC (Space Time Block Coding) + +
+ +##### VHT (Very High Throughput) capabilities (802.11ac) + +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht antenna-count + +Number of antennas on this card + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht +antenna-pattern-fixed + +Set if antenna pattern does not change during the lifetime of an association + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht beamform +\ + +Beamforming capabilities: + +- `single-user-beamformer` - Support for operation as single user beamformer +- `single-user-beamformee` - Support for operation as single user beamformee +- `multi-user-beamformer` - Support for operation as single user beamformer +- `multi-user-beamformee` - Support for operation as single user beamformer + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht +center-channel-freq \ \ + +VHT operating channel center frequency - center freq 1 +(for use with 80, 80+80 and 160 modes) + +VHT operating channel center frequency - center freq 2 +(for use with the 80+80 mode) + +\ must be from 34 - 173. For 80 MHz channels it should be channel + 6. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht +channel-set-width \<0 | 1 | 2 | 3\> + +- `0` - 20 or 40 MHz channel width (default) +- `1` - 80 MHz channel width +- `2` - 160 MHz channel width +- `3` - 80+80 MHz channel width + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht ldpc + +Enable LDPC (Low Density Parity Check) coding capability + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht link-adaptation + +VHT link adaptation capabilities + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht +max-mpdu \ + +Increase Maximum MPDU length to 7991 or 11454 octets (default 3895 octets) + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht +max-mpdu-exp \ + +Set the maximum length of A-MPDU pre-EOF padding that the station can receive + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht +short-gi \<80 | 160\> + +Short GI capabilities + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht stbc rx \ + +Enable receiving PPDU using STBC (Space Time Block Coding) + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht stbc tx + +Enable sending PPDU using STBC (Space Time Block Coding) + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht tx-powersave + +Enable VHT TXOP Power Save Mode + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces wireless \ capabilities vht vht-cf + +Station supports receiving VHT variant HT Control field + +
+ +### Wireless options (Station/Client) + +The example creates a wireless station (commonly referred to as Wi-Fi client) +that accesses the network through the WAP defined in the above example. The +default physical device (`phy0`) is used. + +``` none +set interfaces wireless wlan0 type station +set interfaces wireless wlan0 address dhcp +set interfaces wireless wlan0 country-code de +set interfaces wireless wlan0 ssid Test +set interfaces wireless wlan0 security wpa passphrase '12345678' +``` + +Resulting in + +``` none +interfaces { + [...] + wireless wlan0 { + address dhcp + country-code de + security { + wpa { + passphrase "12345678" + } + } + ssid TEST + type station + } +``` + +### Security + +`WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)` and WPA2 Enterprise in combination with +802.1x based authentication can be used to authenticate users or computers +in a domain. + +The wireless client (supplicant) authenticates against the RADIUS server +(authentication server) using an `EAP (Extensible Authentication +Protocol)` method configured on the RADIUS server. The WAP (also referred +to as authenticator) role is to send all authentication messages between the +supplicant and the configured authentication server, thus the RADIUS server +is responsible for authenticating the users. + +The WAP in this example has the following characteristics: + +- IP address `192.168.2.1/24` +- Network ID (SSID) `Enterprise-TEST` +- WPA passphrase `12345678` +- Use 802.11n protocol +- Wireless channel `1` +- RADIUS server at `192.168.3.10` with shared-secret `VyOSPassword` + +``` none +set interfaces wireless wlan0 address '192.168.2.1/24' +set interfaces wireless wlan0 country-code de +set interfaces wireless wlan0 type access-point +set interfaces wireless wlan0 channel 1 +set interfaces wireless wlan0 mode n +set interfaces wireless wlan0 ssid 'TEST' +set interfaces wireless wlan0 security wpa mode wpa2 +set interfaces wireless wlan0 security wpa cipher CCMP +set interfaces wireless wlan0 security wpa radius server 192.168.3.10 key 'VyOSPassword' +set interfaces wireless wlan0 security wpa radius server 192.168.3.10 port 1812 +``` + +Resulting in + +``` none +interfaces { + [...] + wireless wlan0 { + address 192.168.2.1/24 + country-code de + channel 1 + mode n + security { + wpa { + cipher CCMP + mode wpa2 + radius { + server 192.168.3.10 { + key 'VyOSPassword' + port 1812 + } + } + } + } + ssid "Enterprise-TEST" + type access-point + } +} +``` + +### VLAN + +#### Regular VLANs (802.1q) + +
+ +/\_include/interface-vlan-8021q.txt + +
+ +#### QinQ (802.1ad) + +
+ +/\_include/interface-vlan-8021ad.txt + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show interfaces wireless info + +
+ +Use this command to view operational status and wireless-specific information +about all wireless interfaces. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wireless info +Interface Type SSID Channel +wlan0 access-point VyOS-TEST-0 1 +``` + +
+ +show interfaces wireless detail + +
+ +Use this command to view operational status and details wireless-specific +information about all wireless interfaces. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wireless detail +wlan0: mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UP group default qlen 1000 + link/ether XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:c3 brd XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:ff + inet xxx.xxx.99.254/24 scope global wlan0 + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + inet6 fe80::xxxx:xxxx:fe54:2fc3/64 scope link + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 66072 282 0 0 0 0 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 83413 430 0 0 0 0 + +wlan1: mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UP group default qlen 1000 + link/ether XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:c3 brd XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:ff + inet xxx.xxx.100.254/24 scope global wlan0 + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + inet6 fe80::xxxx:xxxx:ffff:2ed3/64 scope link + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 166072 5282 0 0 0 0 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 183413 5430 0 0 0 0 +``` + +
+ +show interfaces wireless \ + +
+ +This command shows both status and statistics on the specified wireless +interface. The wireless interface identifier can range from wlan0 to wlan999. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wireless wlan0 +wlan0: mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UP group default qlen 1000 + link/ether XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:c3 brd XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:ff + inet xxx.xxx.99.254/24 scope global wlan0 + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + inet6 fe80::xxxx:xxxx:fe54:2fc3/64 scope link + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 66072 282 0 0 0 0 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 83413 430 0 0 0 0 +``` + +
+ +show interfaces wireless \ brief + +
+ +This command gives a brief status overview of a specified wireless interface. +The wireless interface identifier can range from wlan0 to wlan999. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wireless wlan0 brief +Codes: S - State, L - Link, u - Up, D - Down, A - Admin Down +Interface IP Address S/L Description +--------- ---------- --- ----------- +wlan0 192.168.2.254/24 u/u +``` + +
+ +show interfaces wireless \ queue + +
+ +Use this command to view wireless interface queue information. +The wireless interface identifier can range from wlan0 to wlan999. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wireless wlan0 queue +qdisc pfifo_fast 0: root bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + Sent 810323 bytes 6016 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0) + rate 0bit 0pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0 +``` + +
+ +show interfaces wireless \ scan + +
+ +This command is used to retrieve information about WAP within the range of your +wireless interface. This command is useful on wireless interfaces configured +in station mode. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Scanning is not supported on all wireless drivers and wireless +hardware. Refer to your driver and wireless hardware documentation for +further details. + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wireless wlan0 scan +Address SSID Channel Signal (dbm) +00:53:3b:88:6e:d8 WLAN-576405 1 -64.00 +00:53:3b:88:6e:da Telekom_FON 1 -64.00 +00:53:00:f2:c2:a4 BabyView_F2C2A4 6 -60.00 +00:53:3b:88:6e:d6 Telekom_FON 100 -72.00 +00:53:3b:88:6e:d4 WLAN-576405 100 -71.00 +00:53:44:a4:96:ec KabelBox-4DC8 56 -81.00 +00:53:d9:7a:67:c2 WLAN-741980 1 -75.00 +00:53:7c:99:ce:76 Vodafone Homespot 1 -86.00 +00:53:44:a4:97:21 KabelBox-4DC8 1 -78.00 +00:53:44:a4:97:21 Vodafone Hotspot 1 -79.00 +00:53:44:a4:97:21 Vodafone Homespot 1 -79.00 +00:53:86:40:30:da Telekom_FON 1 -86.00 +00:53:7c:99:ce:76 Vodafone Hotspot 1 -86.00 +00:53:44:46:d2:0b Vodafone Hotspot 1 -87.00 +``` + +## Examples + +The following example creates a WAP. When configuring multiple WAP interfaces, +you must specify unique IP addresses, channels, Network IDs commonly referred +to as `SSID (Service Set Identifier)`, and MAC addresses. + +The WAP in this example has the following characteristics: + +- IP address `192.168.2.1/24` +- Network ID (SSID) `TEST` +- WPA passphrase `12345678` +- Use 802.11n protocol +- Wireless channel `1` + +``` none +set interfaces wireless wlan0 address '192.168.2.1/24' +set interfaces wireless wlan0 type access-point +set interfaces wireless wlan0 channel 1 +set interfaces wireless wlan0 mode n +set interfaces wireless wlan0 ssid 'TEST' +set interfaces wireless wlan0 security wpa mode wpa2 +set interfaces wireless wlan0 security wpa cipher CCMP +set interfaces wireless wlan0 security wpa passphrase '12345678' +set interfaces wireless wlan0 country-code de +``` + +Resulting in + +``` none +interfaces { + [...] + wireless wlan0 { + address 192.168.2.1/24 + channel 1 + country-code de + mode n + security { + wpa { + cipher CCMP + mode wpa2 + passphrase "12345678" + } + } + ssid "TEST" + type access-point + } +} +system { + [...] + wifi-regulatory-domain DE +} +``` + +To get it to work as an access point with this configuration you will need +to set up a DHCP server to work with that network. You can - of course - also +bridge the Wireless interface with any configured bridge +(`bridge-interface`) on the system. + +### Intel AX200 + +The Intel AX200 card does not work out of the box in AP mode, see +. You can +still put this card into AP mode using the following configuration: + +``` none +set interfaces wireless wlan0 channel '1' +set interfaces wireless wlan0 country-code 'us' +set interfaces wireless wlan0 mode 'n' +set interfaces wireless wlan0 physical-device 'phy0' +set interfaces wireless wlan0 ssid 'VyOS' +set interfaces wireless wlan0 type 'access-point' +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wwan.md b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wwan.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2475e809 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/interfaces/md-wwan.md @@ -0,0 +1,390 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-27 + +# WWAN - Wireless Wide-Area-Network + +The Wireless Wide-Area-Network interface provides access (through a wireless +modem/wwan) to wireless networks provided by various cellular providers. + +VyOS uses the interfaces wwan subsystem for configuration. + +## Configuration + +### Common interface configuration + +
+ +/\_include/interface-address-with-dhcp.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-description.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-disable.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-disable-link-detect.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-mtu.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-ip.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-ipv6.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-vrf.txt + +
+ +**DHCP(v6)** + +
+ +/\_include/interface-dhcp-options.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-dhcpv6-options.txt + +
+ +
+ +/\_include/interface-dhcpv6-prefix-delegation.txt + +
+ +### WirelessModem (WWAN) options + +
+ +set interfaces wwan \ apn \ + +Every WWAN connection requires an `APN (Access Point Name)` which is +used by the client to dial into the ISPs network. This is a mandatory +parameter. Contact your Service Provider for correct APN. + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show interfaces wwan \ + +Show detailed information on given \ + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wwan wwan0 +wwan0: mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UNKNOWN group default qlen 1000 + link/ether 02:c2:f3:00:01:02 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + inet 10.155.144.12/30 brd 10.155.144.15 scope global dynamic wwan0 + valid_lft 7012sec preferred_lft 7012sec + inet6 fe80::c2:f3ff:fe00:0102/64 scope link + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + + RX: bytes packets errors dropped overrun mcast + 640 2 0 0 0 0 + TX: bytes packets errors dropped carrier collisions + 3229 16 0 0 0 0 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wwan \ summary + +Show detailed information summary on given \ + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wwan wwan0 summary + -------------------------------- + General | dbus path: /org/freedesktop/ModemManager1/Modem/0 + | device id: 79f4e9cc2e9fc8d4a3b8c8f6327c2e363170194d + -------------------------------- + Hardware | manufacturer: Sierra Wireless, Incorporated + | model: MC7710 + | revision: SWI9200X_03.05.29.03ap r6485 CNSHZ-ED-XP0031 2014/12/02 17:53:15 + | h/w revision: 1.0 + | supported: gsm-umts, lte + | current: gsm-umts, lte + | equipment id: 358xxxxxxxxxxxx + -------------------------------- + System | device: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:13.0/usb3/3-1/3-1.3 + | drivers: qcserial, qmi_wwan + | plugin: Generic + | primary port: cdc-wdm0 + | ports: ttyUSB0 (qcdm), ttyUSB2 (at), cdc-wdm0 (qmi), wwan0 (net) + -------------------------------- + Numbers | own: 4917xxxxxxxx + -------------------------------- + Status | lock: sim-pin2 + | unlock retries: sim-pin (3), sim-pin2 (3), sim-puk (10), sim-puk2 (10) + | state: connected + | power state: on + | access tech: lte + | signal quality: 63% (recent) + -------------------------------- + Modes | supported: allowed: 2g; preferred: none + | allowed: 3g; preferred: none + | allowed: 4g; preferred: none + | allowed: 2g, 3g; preferred: 3g + | allowed: 2g, 3g; preferred: 2g + | allowed: 2g, 4g; preferred: 4g + | allowed: 2g, 4g; preferred: 2g + | allowed: 3g, 4g; preferred: 3g + | allowed: 3g, 4g; preferred: 4g + | allowed: 2g, 3g, 4g; preferred: 4g + | allowed: 2g, 3g, 4g; preferred: 3g + | allowed: 2g, 3g, 4g; preferred: 2g + | current: allowed: 2g, 3g, 4g; preferred: 2g + -------------------------------- + Bands | supported: egsm, dcs, pcs, utran-1, utran-8, eutran-1, eutran-3, + | eutran-7, eutran-8, eutran-20 + | current: egsm, dcs, pcs, utran-1, utran-8, eutran-1, eutran-3, + | eutran-7, eutran-8, eutran-20 + -------------------------------- + IP | supported: ipv4, ipv6, ipv4v6 + -------------------------------- + 3GPP | imei: 358xxxxxxxxxxxx + | operator id: 26201 + | operator name: Telekom.de + | registration: home + -------------------------------- + 3GPP EPS | ue mode of operation: ps-1 + -------------------------------- + SIM | dbus path: /org/freedesktop/ModemManager1/SIM/0 + -------------------------------- + Bearer | dbus path: /org/freedesktop/ModemManager1/Bearer/0 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wwan \ capabilities + +Show WWAN module hardware capabilities. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wwan wwan0 capabilities +Max TX channel rate: '50000000' +Max RX channel rate: '100000000' +Data Service: 'simultaneous-cs-ps' +SIM: 'supported' +Networks: 'gsm, umts, lte' +Bands: 'gsm-dcs-1800, gsm-900-extended, gsm-900-primary, gsm-pcs-1900, wcdma-2100, wcdma-900' +LTE bands: '1, 3, 7, 8, 20' +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wwan \ firmware + +Show WWAN module firmware. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wwan wwan0 firmware +Model: MC7710 +Boot version: SWI9200X_03.05.29.03bt r6485 CNSHZ-ED-XP0031 2014/12/02 17:33:08 +AMSS version: SWI9200X_03.05.29.03ap r6485 CNSHZ-ED-XP0031 2014/12/02 17:53:15 +SKU ID: unknown +Package ID: unknown +Carrier ID: 0 +Config version: unknown +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wwan \ imei + +Show WWAN module IMEI. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wwan wwan0 imei +ESN: '0' +IMEI: '358xxxxxxxxxxxx' +MEID: 'unknown' +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wwan \ imsi + +Show WWAN module IMSI. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wwan wwan0 imsi +IMSI: '262xxxxxxxxxxxx' +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wwan \ model + +Show WWAN module model. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wwan wwan0 model +Model: 'MC7710' +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wwan \ msisdn + +Show WWAN module MSISDN. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wwan wwan0 msisdn +MSISDN: '4917xxxxxxxx' +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wwan \ revision + +Show WWAN module hardware revision. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wwan wwan0 revision +Revision: 'SWI9200X_03.05.29.03ap r6485 CNSHZ-ED-XP0031 2014/12/02 17:53:15' +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wwan \ signal + +Show WWAN module signal strength. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wwan wwan0 signal +LTE: +RSSI: '-74 dBm' +RSRQ: '-7 dB' +RSRP: '-100 dBm' +SNR: '13.0 dB' +Radio Interface: 'lte' +Active Band Class: 'eutran-3' +Active Channel: '1300' +``` + +
+ +
+ +show interfaces wwan \ sim + +Show WWAN module SIM card information. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show interfaces wwan wwan0 sim +Provisioning applications: +Primary GW: slot '1', application '1' +Primary 1X: session doesn't exist +Secondary GW: session doesn't exist +Secondary 1X: session doesn't exist +Slot [1]: +Card state: 'present' +UPIN state: 'not-initialized' +UPIN retries: '0' +UPUK retries: '0' +Application [1]: +Application type: 'usim (2)' +Application state: 'ready' +Application ID: +A0:00:00:00:87:10:02:FF:49:94:20:89:03:10:00:00 +Personalization state: 'ready' +UPIN replaces PIN1: 'no' +PIN1 state: 'disabled' +PIN1 retries: '3' +PUK1 retries: '10' +PIN2 state: 'enabled-not-verified' +PIN2 retries: '3' +PUK2 retries: '10' +``` + +
+ +## Example + +The following example is based on a Sierra Wireless MC7710 miniPCIe card (only +the form factor in reality it runs UBS) and Deutsche Telekom as ISP. The card +is assembled into a `pc-engines-apu4`. + +``` none +set interfaces wwan wwan0 apn 'internet.telekom' +set interfaces wwan wwan0 address 'dhcp' +``` + +## Supported Modules + +The following hardware modules have been tested successfully in an +`pc-engines-apu4` board: + +- Sierra Wireless AirPrime MC7304 miniPCIe card (LTE) +- Sierra Wireless AirPrime MC7430 miniPCIe card (LTE) +- Sierra Wireless AirPrime MC7455 miniPCIe card (LTE) +- Sierra Wireless AirPrime MC7710 miniPCIe card (LTE) +- Huawei ME909u-521 miniPCIe card (LTE) +- Huawei ME909s-120 miniPCIe card (LTE) +- HP LT4120 Snapdragon X5 LTE + +## Firmware Update + +All available WWAN cards have a build in, reprogrammable firmware. Most of the +vendors provide a regular update to the firmware used in the baseband chip. + +As VyOS makes use of the QMI interface to connect to the WWAN modem cards, also +the firmware can be reprogrammed. + +To update the firmware, VyOS also ships the qmi-firmware-update binary. To +upgrade the firmware of an e.g. Sierra Wireless MC7710 module to the firmware +provided in the file `9999999_9999999_9200_03.05.14.00_00_generic_000.000_001_SPKG_MC.cwe` +use the following command: + +``` bash +$ sudo qmi-firmware-update --update -d 1199:68a2 \ + 9999999_9999999_9200_03.05.14.00_00_generic_000.000_001_SPKG_MC.cwe +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5526c11d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# Load-balancing + +
+ +wan +reverse-proxy + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-reverse-proxy.md b/docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-reverse-proxy.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e4ebe77 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-reverse-proxy.md @@ -0,0 +1,552 @@ +# Reverse-proxy + +VyOS reverse-proxy is balancer and proxy server that provides +high-availability, load balancing and proxying for TCP (level 4) +and HTTP-based (level 7) applications. + +## Configuration + +Service configuration is responsible for binding to a specific port, +while the backend configuration determines the type of load balancing +to be applied and specifies the real servers to be utilized. + +### Service + +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service \ listen-address +\ + +Set service to bind on IP address, by default listen on any IPv4 and IPv6 + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service \ port +\ + +Create service \ to listen on \ + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service \ mode +\ + +Configure service \ mode TCP or HTTP + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service \ backend +\ + +Configure service \ to use the backend \ + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service \ ssl +certificate \ + +Set SSL certificate \ for service \ + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service \ +http-response-headers \ value \ + +Set custom HTTP headers to be included in all responses + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service \ logging facility +\ level \ + +Specify facility and level for logging. +For an explanation on `syslog_facilities` and `syslog_severity_level` +see tables in syslog configuration section. + +
+ +#### Rules + +Rules allow to control and route incoming traffic to specific backend based +on predefined conditions. Rules allow to define matching criteria and +perform action accordingly. + +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service \ rule \ +domain-name \ + +Match domain name + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service \ rule \ +ssl \ + +SSL match Server Name Indication (SNI) option: +- `req-ssl-sni` SSL Server Name Indication (SNI) request match + +- `ssl-fc-sni` SSL frontend connection Server Name Indication match + +- `ssl-fc-sni-end` SSL frontend match end of connection Server Name + + > Indication + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service \ rule \ +url-path \ \ + +Allows to define URL path matching rules for a specific service. + +With this command, you can specify how the URL path should be matched +against incoming requests. + +The available options for \ are: +- `begin` Matches the beginning of the URL path +- `end` Matches the end of the URL path. +- `exact` Requires an exactly match of the URL path + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service \ rule \ +set backend \ + +Assign a specific backend to a rule + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service \ rule \ +redirect-location \ + +Redirect URL to a new location + +
+ +### Backend + +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ balance +\ + +Load-balancing algorithms to be used for distributed requests among the +available servers + +Balance algorithms: +- `source-address` Distributes requests based on the source IP address + of the client +- `round-robin` Distributes requests in a circular manner, + sequentially sending each request to the next server in line +- `least-connection` Distributes requests to the server with the fewest + active connections + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ mode +\ + +Configure backend \ mode TCP or HTTP + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ server +\ address \ + +Set the address of the backend server to which the incoming traffic will +be forwarded + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ server +\ port \ + +Set the address of the backend port + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ server +\ check + +Active health check backend server + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ server +\ send-proxy + +Send a Proxy Protocol version 1 header (text format) + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ server +\ send-proxy-v2 + +Send a Proxy Protocol version 2 header (binary format) + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ ssl +ca-certificate \ + +Configure requests to the backend server to use SSL encryption and +authenticate backend against \ + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ ssl no-verify + +Configure requests to the backend server to use SSL encryption without +validating server certificate + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ +http-response-headers \ value \ + +Set custom HTTP headers to be included in all responses using the backend + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ logging facility +\ level \ + +Specify facility and level for logging. +For an explanation on `syslog_facilities` and `syslog_severity_level` +see tables in syslog configuration section. + +
+ +### Global + +Global parameters + +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy global-parameters max-connections +\ + +Limit maximum number of connections + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy global-parameters ssl-bind-ciphers +\ + +Limit allowed cipher algorithms used during SSL/TLS handshake + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy global-parameters tls-version-min +\ + +Specify the minimum required TLS version 1.2 or 1.3 + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy global-parameters logging +facility \ level \ + +Specify facility and level for logging. +For an explanation on `syslog_facilities` and `syslog_severity_level` +see tables in syslog configuration section. + +
+ +## Health checks + +### HTTP checks + +For web application providing information about their state HTTP health +checks can be used to determine their availability. + +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ http-check + +Enables HTTP health checks using OPTION HTTP requests against '/' and +expecting a successful response code in the 200-399 range. + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ http-check +method \ + +Sets the HTTP method to be used, can be either: option, get, post, put + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ http-check +uri \ + +Sets the endpoint to be used for health checks + +
+ +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ http-check +expect \ + +Sets the expected result condition for considering a server healthy. + +Some possible examples are: +- `status 200` Expecting a 200 response code +- `status 200-399` Expecting a non-failure response code +- `string success` Expecting the string success in the response body + +
+ +### TCP checks + +Health checks can also be configured for TCP mode backends. You can configure +protocol aware checks for a range of Layer 7 protocols: + +
+ +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend \ health-check \ + +Available health check protocols: +- `ldap` LDAP protocol check. +- `redis` Redis protocol check. +- `mysql` MySQL protocol check. +- `pgsql` PostgreSQL protocol check. +- `smtp` SMTP protocol check. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you specify a server to be checked but do not configure a +protocol, a basic TCP health check will be attempted. A server shall be +deemed online if it responses to a connection attempt with a valid +`SYN/ACK` packet. + +
+ +## Redirect HTTP to HTTPS + +Configure the load-balancing reverse-proxy service for HTTP. + +This configuration listen on port 80 and redirect incoming +requests to HTTPS: + +``` none +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service http port '80' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service http redirect-http-to-https +``` + +The name of the service can be different, in this example it is only for +convenience. + +## Examples + +### Level 4 balancing + +This configuration enables the TCP reverse proxy for the "my-tcp-api" service. +Incoming TCP connections on port 8888 will be load balanced across the backend +servers (srv01 and srv02) using the round-robin load-balancing algorithm. + +``` none +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service my-tcp-api backend 'bk-01' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service my-tcp-api mode 'tcp' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service my-tcp-api port '8888' + +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 balance 'round-robin' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 mode 'tcp' + +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 server srv01 address '192.0.2.11' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 server srv01 port '8881' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 server srv02 address '192.0.2.12' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 server srv02 port '8882' +``` + +### Balancing based on domain name + +The following configuration demonstrates how to use VyOS +to achieve load balancing based on the domain name. + +The HTTP service listen on TCP port 80. + +Rule 10 matches requests with the domain name `node1.example.com` forwards +to the backend `bk-api-01` + +Rule 20 matches requests with the domain name `node2.example.com` forwards +to the backend `bk-api-02` + +``` none +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service http description 'bind app listen on 443 port' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service http mode 'tcp' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service http port '80' + +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service http rule 10 domain-name 'node1.example.com' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service http rule 10 set backend 'bk-api-01' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service http rule 20 domain-name 'node2.example.com' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service http rule 20 set backend 'bk-api-02' + +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-api-01 description 'My API-1' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-api-01 mode 'tcp' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-api-01 server api01 address '127.0.0.1' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-api-01 server api01 port '4431' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-api-02 description 'My API-2' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-api-02 mode 'tcp' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-api-02 server api01 address '127.0.0.2' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-api-02 server api01 port '4432' +``` + +### Terminate SSL + +The following configuration terminates SSL on the router. + +The `http` service is listens on port 80 and force redirects from HTTP to +HTTPS. + +The `https` service listens on port 443 with backend `bk-default` to +handle HTTPS traffic. It uses certificate named `cert` for SSL termination. +HSTS header is set with a 1-year expiry, to tell browsers to always use SSL for site. + +Rule 10 matches requests with the exact URL path `/.well-known/xxx` +and redirects to location `/certs/`. + +Rule 20 matches requests with URL paths ending in `/mail` or exact +path `/email/bar` redirect to location `/postfix/`. + +Additional global parameters are set, including the maximum number +connection limit of 4000 and a minimum TLS version of 1.3. + +``` none +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service http description 'Force redirect to HTTPS' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service http port '80' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service http redirect-http-to-https + +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https backend 'bk-default' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https description 'listen on 443 port' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https mode 'http' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https port '443' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https ssl certificate 'cert' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https http-response-headers Strict-Transport-Security value 'max-age=31536000' + +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https rule 10 url-path exact '/.well-known/xxx' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https rule 10 set redirect-location '/certs/' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https rule 20 url-path end '/mail' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https rule 20 url-path exact '/email/bar' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https rule 20 set redirect-location '/postfix/' + +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-default description 'Default backend' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-default mode 'http' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-default server sr01 address '192.0.2.23' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-default server sr01 port '80' + +set load-balancing reverse-proxy global-parameters max-connections '4000' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy global-parameters tls-version-min '1.3' +``` + +### SSL Bridging + +The following configuration terminates incoming HTTPS traffic on the router, +then re-encrypts the traffic and sends to the backend server via HTTPS. +This is useful if encryption is required for both legs, but you do not want to +install publicly trusted certificates on each backend server. + +Backend service certificates are checked against the certificate authority +specified in the configuration, which could be an internal CA. + +The `https` service listens on port 443 with backend `bk-bridge-ssl` to +handle HTTPS traffic. It uses certificate named `cert` for SSL termination. + +The `bk-bridge-ssl` backend connects to sr01 server on port 443 via HTTPS +and checks backend server has a valid certificate trusted by CA `cacert` + +``` none +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https backend 'bk-bridge-ssl' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https description 'listen on 443 port' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https mode 'http' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https port '443' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service https ssl certificate 'cert' + +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-bridge-ssl description 'SSL backend' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-bridge-ssl mode 'http' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-bridge-ssl ssl ca-certificate 'cacert' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-bridge-ssl server sr01 address '192.0.2.23' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-bridge-ssl server sr01 port '443' +``` + +### Balancing with HTTP health checks + +This configuration enables HTTP health checks on backend servers. + +``` none +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service my-tcp-api backend 'bk-01' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service my-tcp-api mode 'tcp' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy service my-tcp-api port '8888' + +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 balance 'round-robin' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 mode 'tcp' + +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 http-check method 'get' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 http-check uri '/health' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 http-check expect 'status 200' + +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 server srv01 address '192.0.2.11' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 server srv01 port '8881' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 server srv01 check +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 server srv02 address '192.0.2.12' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 server srv02 port '8882' +set load-balancing reverse-proxy backend bk-01 server srv02 check +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-wan.md b/docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-wan.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f82c7e4b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/loadbalancing/md-wan.md @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-27 + +# WAN load balancing + +Outbound traffic can be balanced between two or more outbound interfaces. +If a path fails, traffic is balanced across the remaining healthy paths, +a recovered path is automatically added back to the routing table and used by +the load balancer. The load balancer automatically adds routes for each path to +the routing table and balances traffic across the configured interfaces, +determined by interface health and weight. + +In a minimal configuration, the following must be provided: + +> - an interface with a nexthop +> - one rule with a LAN (inbound-interface) and the WAN (interface). + +Let's assume we have two DHCP WAN interfaces and one LAN (eth2): + +``` none +set load-balancing wan interface-health eth0 nexthop 'dhcp' +set load-balancing wan interface-health eth1 nexthop 'dhcp' +set load-balancing wan rule 1 inbound-interface 'eth2' +set load-balancing wan rule 1 interface eth0 +set load-balancing wan rule 1 interface eth1 +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +WAN Load Balacing should not be used when dynamic routing protocol is +used/needed. This feature creates customized routing tables and firewall +rules, that makes it incompatible to use with routing protocols. + +
+ +## Balancing Rules + +Interfaces, their weight and the type of traffic to be balanced are defined in +numbered balancing rule sets. The rule sets are executed in numerical order +against outgoing packets. In case of a match the packet is sent through an +interface specified in the matching rule. If a packet doesn't match any rule +it is sent by using the system routing table. Rule numbers can't be changed. + +Create a load balancing rule, it can be a number between 1 and 9999: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set load-balancing wan rule 1 +Possible completions: +description Description for this rule +> destination Destination +exclude Exclude packets matching this rule from wan load balance +failover Enable failover for packets matching this rule from wan load balance +inbound-interface Inbound interface name (e.g., "eth0") [REQUIRED] ++> interface Interface name [REQUIRED] +> limit Enable packet limit for this rule +per-packet-balancing Option to match traffic per-packet instead of the default, per-flow +protocol Protocol to match +> source Source information +``` + +### Interface weight + +Let's expand the example from above and add weight to the interfaces. +The bandwidth from eth0 is larger than eth1. Per default, outbound traffic is +distributed randomly across available interfaces. Weights can be assigned to +interfaces to influence the balancing. + +``` none +set load-balancing wan rule 1 interface eth0 weight 2 +set load-balancing wan rule 1 interface eth1 weight 1 +``` + +66% of traffic is routed to eth0, eth1 gets 33% of traffic. + +### Rate limit + +A packet rate limit can be set for a rule to apply the rule to traffic above or +below a specified threshold. To configure the rate limiting use: + +``` none +set load-balancing wan rule limit +``` + +- `burst`: Number of packets allowed to overshoot the limit within `period`. + Default 5. +- `period`: Time window for rate calculation. Possible values: + `second` (one second), `minute` (one minute), `hour` (one hour). + Default is `second`. +- `rate`: Number of packets. Default 5. +- `threshold`: `below` or `above` the specified rate limit. + +### Flow and packet-based balancing + +Outgoing traffic is balanced in a flow-based manner. +A connection tracking table is used to track flows by their source address, +destination address and port. Each flow is assigned to an interface according +to the defined balancing rules and subsequent packets are sent through the +same interface. This has the advantage that packets always arrive in order if +links with different speeds are in use. + +Packet-based balancing can lead to a better balance across interfaces when out +of order packets are no issue. Per-packet-based balancing can be set for a +balancing rule with: + +``` none +set load-balancing wan rule per-packet-balancing +``` + +### Exclude traffic + +To exclude traffic from load balancing, traffic matching an exclude rule is not +balanced but routed through the system routing table instead: + +``` none +set load-balancing wan rule exclude +``` + +## Health checks + +The health of interfaces and paths assigned to the load balancer is +periodically checked by sending ICMP packets (ping) to remote destinations, +a TTL test or the execution of a user defined script. If an interface fails the +health check it is removed from the load balancer's pool of interfaces. +To enable health checking for an interface: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set load-balancing wan interface-health +Possible completions: +failure-count Failure count +nexthop Outbound interface nexthop address. Can be 'dhcp or ip address' [REQUIRED] +success-count Success count ++> test Rule number +``` + +Specify nexthop on the path to the destination, `ipv4-address` can be set to +`dhcp` + +``` none +set load-balancing wan interface-health nexthop +``` + +Set the number of health check failures before an interface is marked as +unavailable, range for number is 1 to 10, default 1. Or set the number of +successful health checks before an interface is added back to the interface +pool, range for number is 1 to 10, default 1. + +``` none +set load-balancing wan interface-health failure-count +set load-balancing wan interface-health success-count +``` + +Each health check is configured in its own test, tests are numbered and +processed in numeric order. For multi target health checking multiple tests +can be defined: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set load-balancing wan interface-health eth1 test 0 +Possible completions: +resp-time Ping response time (seconds) +target Health target address +test-script Path to user defined script +ttl-limit Ttl limit (hop count) +type WLB test type +``` + +- `resp-time`: the maximum response time for ping in seconds. + Range 1...30, default 5 +- `target`: the target to be sent ICMP packets to, address can be an IPv4 + address or hostname +- `test-script`: A user defined script must return 0 to be considered + successful and non-zero to fail. Scripts are located in /config/scripts, + for different locations the full path needs to be provided +- `ttl-limit`: For the UDP TTL limit test the hop count limit must be + specified. The limit must be shorter than the path length, an ICMP time + expired message is needed to be returned for a successful test. default 1 +- `type`: Specify the type of test. type can be ping, ttl or a user defined + script + +## Source NAT rules + +Per default, interfaces used in a load balancing pool replace the source IP +of each outgoing packet with its own address to ensure that replies arrive on +the same interface. This works through automatically generated source NAT (SNAT) +rules, these rules are only applied to balanced traffic. In cases where this +behaviour is not desired, the automatic generation of SNAT rules can be +disabled: + +``` none +set load-balancing wan disable-source-nat +``` + +## Sticky Connections + +Inbound connections to a WAN interface can be improperly handled when the reply +is sent back to the client. + +image + +Upon reception of an incoming packet, when a response is sent, it might be +desired to ensure that it leaves from the same interface as the inbound one. +This can be achieved by enabling sticky connections in the load balancing: + +``` none +set load-balancing wan sticky-connections inbound +``` + +## Failover + +In failover mode, one interface is set to be the primary interface and other +interfaces are secondary or spare. Instead of balancing traffic across all +healthy interfaces, only the primary interface is used and in case of failure, +a secondary interface selected from the pool of available interfaces takes over. +The primary interface is selected based on its weight and health, others become +secondary interfaces. Secondary interfaces to take over a failed primary +interface are chosen from the load balancer's interface pool, depending +on their weight and health. Interface roles can also be selected based on rule +order by including interfaces in balancing rules and ordering those rules +accordingly. To put the load balancer in failover mode, create a failover rule: + +``` none +set load-balancing wan rule failover +``` + +Because existing sessions do not automatically fail over to a new path, +the session table can be flushed on each connection state change: + +``` none +set load-balancing wan flush-connections +``` + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +Flushing the session table will cause other connections to fall back from +flow-based to packet-based balancing until each flow is reestablished. + +
+ +## Script execution + +A script can be run when an interface state change occurs. Scripts are run +from /config/scripts, for a different location specify the full path: + +``` none +set load-balancing wan hook script-name +``` + +Two environment variables are available: + +- `WLB_INTERFACE_NAME=[interfacename]`: Interface to be monitored +- `WLB_INTERFACE_STATE=[ACTIVE|FAILED]`: Interface state + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +Blocking call with no timeout. System will become unresponsive if script +does not return! + +
+ +## Handling and monitoring + +Show WAN load balancer information including test types and targets. +A character at the start of each line depicts the state of the test + +- `+` successful +- `-` failed +- a blank indicates that no test has been carried out + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show wan-load-balance +Interface: eth0 +Status: failed +Last Status Change: Tue Jun 11 20:12:19 2019 +-Test: ping Target: + Last Interface Success: 55s + Last Interface Failure: 0s + # Interface Failure(s): 5 + +Interface: eth1 +Status: active +Last Status Change: Tue Jun 11 20:06:42 2019 ++Test: ping Target: + Last Interface Success: 0s + Last Interface Failure: 6m26s + # Interface Failure(s): 0 +``` + +Show connection data of load balanced traffic: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show wan-load-balance connection +conntrack v1.4.2 (conntrack-tools): 3 flow entries have been shown. +Type State Src Dst Packets Bytes +tcp TIME_WAIT 10.1.1.13:38040 203.0.113.2:80 203.0.113.2 192.168.188.71 +udp 10.1.1.13:41891 198.51.100.3:53 198.51.100.3 192.168.188.71 +udp 10.1.1.13:55437 198.51.100.3:53 198.51.100.3 192.168.188.71 +``` + +### Restart + +``` none +restart wan-load-balance +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8371199f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# Configuration Guide + +The following structure respresent the cli structure. + +
+ +container/index +firewall/index +highavailability/index +interfaces/index +loadbalancing/index +nat/index +policy/index +pki/index +protocols/index +service/index +system/index +trafficpolicy/index +vpn/index +vrf/index + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/nat/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/nat/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef73db30 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/nat/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# NAT + +
+ +nat44 +nat64 +nat66 + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/nat/md-nat44.md b/docs/configuration/nat/md-nat44.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..627f84c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/nat/md-nat44.md @@ -0,0 +1,844 @@ +# NAT44 + +`NAT (Network Address Translation)` is a common method of +remapping one IP address space into another by modifying network address +information in the IP header of packets while they are in transit across +a traffic routing device. The technique was originally used as a +shortcut to avoid the need to readdress every host when a network was +moved. It has become a popular and essential tool in conserving global +address space in the face of IPv4 address exhaustion. One +Internet-routable IP address of a NAT gateway can be used for an entire +private network. + +IP masquerading is a technique that hides an entire IP address space, +usually consisting of private IP addresses, behind a single IP address +in another, usually public address space. The hidden addresses are +changed into a single (public) IP address as the source address of the +outgoing IP packets so they appear as originating not from the hidden +host but from the routing device itself. Because of the popularity of +this technique to conserve IPv4 address space, the term NAT has become +virtually synonymous with IP masquerading. + +As network address translation modifies the IP address information in +packets, NAT implementations may vary in their specific behavior in +various addressing cases and their effect on network traffic. The +specifics of NAT behavior are not commonly documented by vendors of +equipment containing NAT implementations. + +The computers on an internal network can use any of the addresses set +aside by the `IANA (Internet Assigned Numbers Authority)` for +private addressing (see `1918`). These reserved IP addresses are +not in use on the Internet, so an external machine will not directly +route to them. The following addresses are reserved for private use: + +- 10.0.0.0 to 10.255.255.255 (CIDR: 10.0.0.0/8) +- 172.16.0.0 to 172.31.255.255 (CIDR: 172.16.0.0/12) +- 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.255 (CIDR: 192.168.0.0/16) + +If an ISP deploys a `CGN (Carrier-grade NAT)`, and uses +`1918` address space to number customer gateways, the risk of +address collision, and therefore routing failures, arises when the +customer network already uses an `1918` address space. + +This prompted some ISPs to develop a policy within the `ARIN +(American Registry for Internet Numbers)` to allocate new private +address space for CGNs, but ARIN deferred to the IETF before +implementing the policy indicating that the matter was not a typical +allocation issue but a reservation of addresses for technical purposes +(per `2860`). + +IETF published `6598`, detailing a shared address space for use in +ISP CGN deployments that can handle the same network prefixes occurring +both on inbound and outbound interfaces. ARIN returned address space to +the `IANA (Internet Assigned Numbers Authority)` for this +allocation. + +The allocated address block is 100.64.0.0/10. + +Devices evaluating whether an IPv4 address is public must be updated to +recognize the new address space. Allocating more private IPv4 address +space for NAT devices might prolong the transition to IPv6. + +## Overview + +### Different NAT Types + +#### SNAT + +`SNAT (Source Network Address Translation)` is the most common +form of `NAT (Network Address Translation)` and is typically +referred to simply as NAT. To be more correct, what most people refer +to as `NAT (Network Address Translation)` is actually the process +of `PAT (Port Address Translation)`, or NAT overload. SNAT is +typically used by internal users/private hosts to access the Internet +- the source address is translated and thus kept private. + +#### DNAT + +`DNAT (Destination Network Address Translation)` changes the +destination address of packets passing through the router, while +`source-nat` changes the source address of packets. DNAT is +typically used when an external (public) host needs to initiate a +session with an internal (private) host. A customer needs to access a +private service behind the routers public IP. A connection is +established with the routers public IP address on a well known port and +thus all traffic for this port is rewritten to address the internal +(private) host. + +#### Bidirectional NAT + +This is a common scenario where both `source-nat` and +`destination-nat` are configured at the same time. It's commonly +used when internal (private) hosts need to establish a connection with +external resources and external systems need to access internal +(private) resources. + +### NAT, Routing, Firewall Interaction + +There is a very nice picture/explanation in the Vyatta documentation +which should be rewritten here. + +### NAT Ruleset + +`NAT (Network Address Translation)` is configured entirely on a +series of so called rules. Rules are numbered and evaluated by the +underlying OS in numerical order! The rule numbers can be changes by +utilizing the `rename` and `copy` commands. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Changes to the NAT system only affect newly established +connections. Already established connections are not affected. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +When designing your NAT ruleset leave some space between +consecutive rules for later extension. Your ruleset could start with +numbers 10, 20, 30. You thus can later extend the ruleset and place +new rules between existing ones. + +
+ +Rules will be created for both `source-nat` and +`destination-nat`. + +For `bidirectional-nat` a rule for both `source-nat` and +`destination-nat` needs to be created. + +### Traffic Filters + +Traffic Filters are used to control which packets will have the defined +NAT rules applied. Five different filters can be applied within a NAT +rule. + +- **outbound-interface** - applicable only to `source-nat`. It + configures the interface which is used for the outside traffic that + this translation rule applies to. Interface groups, inverted + selection and wildcard, are also supported. + + Examples: + + ``` none + set nat source rule 20 outbound-interface name eth0 + set nat source rule 30 outbound-interface name bond1* + set nat source rule 20 outbound-interface name !vtun2 + set nat source rule 20 outbound-interface group GROUP1 + set nat source rule 20 outbound-interface group !GROUP2 + ``` + +- **inbound-interface** - applicable only to `destination-nat`. It + configures the interface which is used for the inside traffic the + translation rule applies to. Interface groups, inverted + selection and wildcard, are also supported. + + Example: + + ``` none + set nat destination rule 20 inbound-interface name eth0 + set nat destination rule 30 inbound-interface name bond1* + set nat destination rule 20 inbound-interface name !vtun2 + set nat destination rule 20 inbound-interface group GROUP1 + set nat destination rule 20 inbound-interface group !GROUP2 + ``` + +- **protocol** - specify which types of protocols this translation rule + applies to. Only packets matching the specified protocol are NATed. + By default this applies to all protocols. + + Example: + + - Set SNAT rule 20 to only NAT TCP and UDP packets + - Set DNAT rule 20 to only NAT UDP packets + + ``` none + set nat source rule 20 protocol tcp_udp + set nat destination rule 20 protocol udp + ``` + +- **source** - specifies which packets the NAT translation rule applies + to based on the packets source IP address and/or source port. Only + matching packets are considered for NAT. + + Example: + + - Set SNAT rule 20 to only NAT packets arriving from the 192.0.2.0/24 + network + - Set SNAT rule 30 to only NAT packets arriving from the 203.0.113.0/24 + network with a source port of 80 and 443 + + ``` none + set nat source rule 20 source address 192.0.2.0/24 + set nat source rule 30 source address 203.0.113.0/24 + set nat source rule 30 source port 80,443 + ``` + +- **destination** - specify which packets the translation will be + applied to, only based on the destination address and/or port number + configured. + +
+ +
+ + Note + +
+ + If no destination is specified the rule will match on any + destination address and port. + +
+ + Example: + + - Configure SNAT rule (40) to only NAT packets with a destination + address of 192.0.2.1. + + ``` none + set nat source rule 40 destination address 192.0.2.1 + ``` + +### Address Conversion + +Every NAT rule has a translation command defined. The address defined +for the translation is the address used when the address information in +a packet is replaced. + +#### Source Address + +For `source-nat` rules the packets source address will be replaced +with the address specified in the translation command. A port +translation can also be specified and is part of the translation +address. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The translation address must be set to one of the available +addresses on the configured outbound-interface or it must be set to +masquerade which will use the primary IP address of the +outbound-interface as its translation address. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +When using NAT for a large number of host systems it +recommended that a minimum of 1 IP address is used to NAT every 256 +private host systems. This is due to the limit of 65,000 port numbers +available for unique translations and a reserving an average of +200-300 sessions per host system. + +
+ +Example: + +- Define a discrete source IP address of 100.64.0.1 for SNAT rule 20 +- Use address masquerade (the interfaces primary address) on rule 30 +- For a large amount of private machines behind the NAT your address + pool might to be bigger. Use any address in the range 100.64.0.10 - + 100.64.0.20 on SNAT rule 40 when doing the translation + +``` none +set nat source rule 20 translation address 100.64.0.1 +set nat source rule 30 translation address 'masquerade' +set nat source rule 40 translation address 100.64.0.10-100.64.0.20 +``` + +#### Destination Address + +For `destination-nat` rules the packets destination address will be +replaced by the specified address in the translation address command. + +Example: + +- DNAT rule 10 replaces the destination address of an inbound packet + with 192.0.2.10 + +``` none +set nat destination rule 10 translation address 192.0.2.10 +``` + +Also, in `destination-nat`, redirection to localhost is supported. +The redirect statement is a special form of dnat which always translates +the destination address to the local host’s one. + +Example of redirection: + +``` none +set nat destination rule 10 translation redirect port 22 +``` + +### NAT Load Balance + +Advanced configuration can be used in order to apply source or destination NAT, +and within a single rule, be able to define multiple translated addresses, +so NAT balances the translations among them. + +NAT Load Balance uses an algorithm that generates a hash and based on it, then +it applies corresponding translation. This hash can be generated randomly, or +can use data from the ip header: source-address, destination-address, +source-port and/or destination-port. By default, it will generate the hash +randomly. + +When defining the translated address, called `backends`, a `weight` must +be configured. This lets the user define load balance distribution according +to their needs. Them sum of all the weights defined for the backends should +be equal to 100. In oder words, the weight defined for the backend is the +percentage of the connections that will receive such backend. + +
+ +set nat \[source | destination\] rule \ load-balance hash +\[source-address | destination-address | source-port | destination-port +| random\] + +
+ +
+ +set nat \[source | destination\] rule \ load-balance backend +\ weight \<1-100\> + +
+ +## Configuration Examples + +To setup SNAT, we need to know: + +- The internal IP addresses we want to translate +- The outgoing interface to perform the translation on +- The external IP address to translate to + +In the example used for the Quick Start configuration above, we +demonstrate the following configuration: + +``` none +set nat source rule 100 outbound-interface name 'eth0' +set nat source rule 100 source address '192.168.0.0/24' +set nat source rule 100 translation address 'masquerade' +``` + +Which generates the following configuration: + +``` none +rule 100 { + outbound-interface { + name eth0 + } + source { + address 192.168.0.0/24 + } + translation { + address masquerade + } +} +``` + +In this example, we use **masquerade** as the translation address +instead of an IP address. The **masquerade** target is effectively an +alias to say "use whatever IP address is on the outgoing interface", +rather than a statically configured IP address. This is useful if you +use DHCP for your outgoing interface and do not know what the external +address will be. + +When using NAT for a large number of host systems it recommended that a +minimum of 1 IP address is used to NAT every 256 host systems. This is +due to the limit of 65,000 port numbers available for unique +translations and a reserving an average of 200-300 sessions per host +system. + +Example: For an ~8,000 host network a source NAT pool of 32 IP addresses +is recommended. + +A pool of addresses can be defined by using a hyphen between two IP +addresses: + +``` none +set nat source rule 100 translation address '203.0.113.32-203.0.113.63' +``` + +### Avoiding "leaky" NAT + +Linux netfilter will not NAT traffic marked as INVALID. This often +confuses people into thinking that Linux (or specifically VyOS) has a +broken NAT implementation because non-NATed traffic is seen leaving an +external interface. This is actually working as intended, and a packet +capture of the "leaky" traffic should reveal that the traffic is either +an additional TCP "RST", "FIN,ACK", or "RST,ACK" sent by client systems +after Linux netfilter considers the connection closed. The most common +is the additional TCP RST some host implementations send after +terminating a connection (which is implementation-specific). + +In other words, connection tracking has already observed the connection +be closed and has transition the flow to INVALID to prevent attacks from +attempting to reuse the connection. + +You can avoid the "leaky" behavior by using a firewall policy that drops +"invalid" state packets. + +Having control over the matching of INVALID state traffic, e.g. the +ability to selectively log, is an important troubleshooting tool for +observing broken protocol behavior. For this reason, VyOS does not +globally drop invalid state traffic, instead allowing the operator to +make the determination on how the traffic is handled. + +### Hairpin NAT/NAT Reflection + +A typical problem with using NAT and hosting public servers is the +ability for internal systems to reach an internal server using it's +external IP address. The solution to this is usually the use of +split-DNS to correctly point host systems to the internal address when +requests are made internally. Because many smaller networks lack DNS +infrastructure, a work-around is commonly deployed to facilitate the +traffic by NATing the request from internal hosts to the source address +of the internal interface on the firewall. + +This technique is commonly referred to as NAT Reflection or Hairpin NAT. + +Example: + +- Redirect Microsoft RDP traffic from the outside (WAN, external) world + via `destination-nat` in rule 100 to the internal, private host + 192.0.2.40. +- Redirect Microsoft RDP traffic from the internal (LAN, private) + network via `destination-nat` in rule 110 to the internal, + private host 192.0.2.40. We also need a `source-nat` rule 110 for + the reverse path of the traffic. The internal network 192.0.2.0/24 is + reachable via interface eth0.10. + +``` none +set nat destination rule 100 description 'Regular destination NAT from external' +set nat destination rule 100 destination port '3389' +set nat destination rule 100 inbound-interface name 'pppoe0' +set nat destination rule 100 protocol 'tcp' +set nat destination rule 100 translation address '192.0.2.40' + +set nat destination rule 110 description 'NAT Reflection: INSIDE' +set nat destination rule 110 destination port '3389' +set nat destination rule 110 inbound-interface name 'eth0.10' +set nat destination rule 110 protocol 'tcp' +set nat destination rule 110 translation address '192.0.2.40' + +set nat source rule 110 description 'NAT Reflection: INSIDE' +set nat source rule 110 destination address '192.0.2.0/24' +set nat source rule 110 outbound-interface name 'eth0.10' +set nat source rule 110 protocol 'tcp' +set nat source rule 110 source address '192.0.2.0/24' +set nat source rule 110 translation address 'masquerade' +``` + +Which results in a configuration of: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# show nat + destination { + rule 100 { + description "Regular destination NAT from external" + destination { + port 3389 + } + inbound-interface { + name pppoe0 + } + protocol tcp + translation { + address 192.0.2.40 + } + } + rule 110 { + description "NAT Reflection: INSIDE" + destination { + port 3389 + } + inbound-interface { + name eth0.10 + } + protocol tcp + translation { + address 192.0.2.40 + } + } + } + source { + rule 110 { + description "NAT Reflection: INSIDE" + destination { + address 192.0.2.0/24 + } + outbound-interface { + name eth0.10 + } + protocol tcp + source { + address 192.0.2.0/24 + } + translation { + address masquerade + } + } + } +``` + +### Destination NAT + +DNAT is typically referred to as a **Port Forward**. When using VyOS as +a NAT router and firewall, a common configuration task is to redirect +incoming traffic to a system behind the firewall. + +In this example, we will be using the example Quick Start configuration +above as a starting point. + +To setup a destination NAT rule we need to gather: + +- The interface traffic will be coming in on; +- The protocol and port we wish to forward; +- The IP address of the internal system we wish to forward traffic to. + +In our example, we will be forwarding web server traffic to an internal +web server on 192.168.0.100. HTTP traffic makes use of the TCP protocol +on port 80. For other common port numbers, see: + + +Our configuration commands would be: + +``` none +set nat destination rule 10 description 'Port Forward: HTTP to 192.168.0.100' +set nat destination rule 10 destination port '80' +set nat destination rule 10 inbound-interface name 'eth0' +set nat destination rule 10 protocol 'tcp' +set nat destination rule 10 translation address '192.168.0.100' +``` + +Which would generate the following NAT destination configuration: + +``` none +nat { + destination { + rule 10 { + description "Port Forward: HTTP to 192.168.0.100" + destination { + port 80 + } + inbound-interface { + name eth0 + } + protocol tcp + translation { + address 192.168.0.100 + } + } + } +} +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If forwarding traffic to a different port than it is arriving +on, you may also configure the translation port using +set nat destination rule \[n\] translation port. + +
+ +This establishes our Port Forward rule, but if we created a firewall +policy it will likely block the traffic. + +It is important to note that when creating firewall rules that the DNAT +translation occurs **before** traffic traverses the firewall. In other +words, the destination address has already been translated to +192.168.0.100. + +So in our firewall policy, we want to allow traffic coming in on the +outside interface, destined for TCP port 80 and the IP address of +192.168.0.100. + +``` none +set firewall name OUTSIDE-IN rule 20 action 'accept' +set firewall name OUTSIDE-IN rule 20 destination address '192.168.0.100' +set firewall name OUTSIDE-IN rule 20 destination port '80' +set firewall name OUTSIDE-IN rule 20 protocol 'tcp' +set firewall name OUTSIDE-IN rule 20 state new 'enable' +``` + +This would generate the following configuration: + +``` none +rule 20 { + action accept + destination { + address 192.168.0.100 + port 80 + } + protocol tcp + state { + new enable + } +} +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you have configured the INSIDE-OUT policy, you will need to add +additional rules to permit inbound NAT traffic. + +
+ +### 1-to-1 NAT + +Another term often used for DNAT is **1-to-1 NAT**. For a 1-to-1 NAT +configuration, both DNAT and SNAT are used to NAT all traffic from an +external IP address to an internal IP address and vice-versa. + +Typically, a 1-to-1 NAT rule omits the destination port (all ports) and +replaces the protocol with either **all** or **ip**. + +Then a corresponding SNAT rule is created to NAT outgoing traffic for +the internal IP to a reserved external IP. This dedicates an external IP +address to an internal IP address and is useful for protocols which +don't have the notion of ports, such as GRE. + +Here's an extract of a simple 1-to-1 NAT configuration with one internal +and one external interface: + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address '192.168.1.1/24' +set interfaces ethernet eth0 description 'Inside interface' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.0.2.30/24' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 description 'Outside interface' +set nat destination rule 2000 description '1-to-1 NAT example' +set nat destination rule 2000 destination address '192.0.2.30' +set nat destination rule 2000 inbound-interface name 'eth1' +set nat destination rule 2000 translation address '192.168.1.10' +set nat source rule 2000 description '1-to-1 NAT example' +set nat source rule 2000 outbound-interface name 'eth1' +set nat source rule 2000 source address '192.168.1.10' +set nat source rule 2000 translation address '192.0.2.30' +``` + +Firewall rules are written as normal, using the internal IP address as +the source of outbound rules and the destination of inbound rules. + +### NAT before VPN + +Some application service providers (ASPs) operate a VPN gateway to +provide access to their internal resources, and require that a +connecting organisation translate all traffic to the service provider +network to a source address provided by the ASP. + +### Load Balance + +Here we provide two examples on how to apply NAT Load Balance. + +First scenario: apply destination NAT for all HTTP traffic comming through +interface eth0, and user 4 backends. First backend should received 30% of +the request, second backend should get 20%, third 15% and the fourth 35% +We will use source and destination address for hash generation. + +``` none +set nat destination rule 10 inbound-interface name eth0 +set nat destination rule 10 protocol tcp +set nat destination rule 10 destination port 80 +set nat destination rule 10 load-balance hash source-address +set nat destination rule 10 load-balance hash destination-address +set nat destination rule 10 load-balance backend 198.51.100.101 weight 30 +set nat destination rule 10 load-balance backend 198.51.100.102 weight 20 +set nat destination rule 10 load-balance backend 198.51.100.103 weight 15 +set nat destination rule 10 load-balance backend 198.51.100.104 weight 35 +``` + +Second scenario: apply source NAT for all outgoing connections from +LAN 10.0.0.0/8, using 3 public addresses and equal distribution. +We will generate the hash randomly. + +``` none +set nat source rule 10 outbound-interface name eth0 +set nat source rule 10 source address 10.0.0.0/8 +set nat source rule 10 load-balance hash random +set nat source rule 10 load-balance backend 192.0.2.251 weight 33 +set nat source rule 10 load-balance backend 192.0.2.252 weight 33 +set nat source rule 10 load-balance backend 192.0.2.253 weight 34 +``` + +#### Example Network + +Here's one example of a network environment for an ASP. +The ASP requests that all connections from this company should come from +172.29.41.89 - an address that is assigned by the ASP and not in use at +the customer site. + +
+NAT before VPN Topology + +
+ +#### Configuration + +The required configuration can be broken down into 4 major pieces: + +- A dummy interface for the provider-assigned IP; +- NAT (specifically, Source NAT); +- IPSec IKE and ESP Groups; +- IPSec VPN tunnels. + +##### Dummy interface + +The dummy interface allows us to have an equivalent of the Cisco IOS +Loopback interface - a router-internal interface we can use for IP +addresses the router must know about, but which are not actually +assigned to a real network. + +We only need a single step for this interface: + +``` none +set interfaces dummy dum0 address '172.29.41.89/32' +``` + +##### NAT Configuration + +``` none +set nat source rule 110 description 'Internal to ASP' +set nat source rule 110 destination address '172.27.1.0/24' +set nat source rule 110 source address '192.168.43.0/24' +set nat source rule 110 translation address '172.29.41.89' +set nat source rule 120 description 'Internal to ASP' +set nat source rule 120 destination address '10.125.0.0/16' +set nat source rule 120 source address '192.168.43.0/24' +set nat source rule 120 translation address '172.29.41.89' +``` + +##### IPSec IKE and ESP + +The ASP has documented their IPSec requirements: + +- IKE Phase: + - aes256 Encryption + - sha256 Hashes +- ESP Phase: + - aes256 Encryption + - sha256 Hashes + - DH Group 14 + +Additionally, we want to use VPNs only on our eth1 interface (the +external interface in the image above) + +``` none +set vpn ipsec ike-group my-ike key-exchange 'ikev1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group my-ike lifetime '7800' +set vpn ipsec ike-group my-ike proposal 1 dh-group '14' +set vpn ipsec ike-group my-ike proposal 1 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group my-ike proposal 1 hash 'sha256' + +set vpn ipsec esp-group my-esp lifetime '3600' +set vpn ipsec esp-group my-esp mode 'tunnel' +set vpn ipsec esp-group my-esp pfs 'disable' +set vpn ipsec esp-group my-esp proposal 1 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec esp-group my-esp proposal 1 hash 'sha256' + +set vpn ipsec interface 'eth1' +``` + +##### IPSec VPN Tunnels + +We'll use the IKE and ESP groups created above for this VPN. Because we +need access to 2 different subnets on the far side, we will need two +different tunnels. If you changed the names of the ESP group and IKE +group in the previous step, make sure you use the correct names here +too. + +``` none +set vpn ipsec authentication psk vyos id '203.0.113.46' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk vyos id '198.51.100.243' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk vyos secret 'MYSECRETPASSWORD' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch authentication local-id '203.0.113.46' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch authentication mode 'pre-shared-secret' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch authentication remote-id '198.51.100.243' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch connection-type 'initiate' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch default-esp-group 'my-esp' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch ike-group 'my-ike' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch ikev2-reauth 'inherit' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch local-address '203.0.113.46' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch remote-address '198.51.100.243' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch tunnel 0 local prefix '172.29.41.89/32' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch tunnel 0 remote prefix '172.27.1.0/24' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch tunnel 1 local prefix '172.29.41.89/32' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer branch tunnel 1 remote prefix '10.125.0.0/16' +``` + +##### Testing and Validation + +If you've completed all the above steps you no doubt want to see if it's +all working. + +Start by checking for IPSec SAs (Security Associations) with: + +``` none +$ show vpn ipsec sa + +Peer ID / IP Local ID / IP +------------ ------------- +198.51.100.243 203.0.113.46 + + Tunnel State Bytes Out/In Encrypt Hash NAT-T A-Time L-Time Proto + ------ ----- ------------- ------- ---- ----- ------ ------ ----- + 0 up 0.0/0.0 aes256 sha256 no 1647 3600 all + 1 up 0.0/0.0 aes256 sha256 no 865 3600 all +``` + +That looks good - we defined 2 tunnels and they're both up and running. diff --git a/docs/configuration/nat/md-nat64.md b/docs/configuration/nat/md-nat64.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3cc9b34d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/nat/md-nat64.md @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +# NAT64 + +`NAT64 (IPv6-to-IPv4 Prefix Translation)` is a critical component in +modern networking, facilitating communication between IPv6 and IPv4 networks. +This documentation outlines the setup, configuration, and usage of the NAT64 +feature in your project. Whether you are transitioning to IPv6 or need to +seamlessly connect IPv4 and IPv6 devices. +NAT64 is a stateful translation mechanism that translates IPv6 addresses to +IPv4 addresses and IPv4 addresses to IPv6 addresses. NAT64 is used to enable +IPv6-only clients to contact IPv4 servers using unicast UDP, TCP, or ICMP. + +## Overview + +### Different NAT Types + +#### SNAT64 + +`SNAT64 (IPv6-to-IPv4 Source Address Translation)` is a stateful +translation mechanism that translates IPv6 addresses to IPv4 addresses. + +`64:ff9b::/96` is the well-known prefix for IPv4-embedded IPv6 addresses. +The prefix is used to represent IPv4 addresses in an IPv6 address format. +The IPv4 address is encoded in the low-order 32 bits of the IPv6 address. +The high-order 32 bits are set to the well-known prefix 64:ff9b::/96. + +## Configuration Examples + +The following examples show how to configure NAT64 on a VyOS router. +The 192.0.2.10 address is used as the IPv4 address for the translation pool. + +NAT64 server configuration: + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address '192.0.2.1/24' +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address '192.0.2.10/24' +set interfaces ethernet eth0 description 'WAN' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '2001:db8::1/64' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 description 'LAN' + +set service dns forwarding allow-from '2001:db8::/64' +set service dns forwarding dns64-prefix '64:ff9b::/96' +set service dns forwarding listen-address '2001:db8::1' + +set nat64 source rule 100 source prefix '64:ff9b::/96' +set nat64 source rule 100 translation pool 10 address '192.0.2.10' +set nat64 source rule 100 translation pool 10 port '1-65535' +``` + +NAT64 client configuration: + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '2001:db8::2/64' +set protocols static route6 64:ff9b::/96 next-hop 2001:db8::1 +set system name-server '2001:db8::1' +``` + +Test from the IPv6 only client: + +``` none +vyos@r1:~$ ping 64:ff9b::192.0.2.1 count 2 +PING 64:ff9b::192.0.2.1(64:ff9b::c000:201) 56 data bytes +64 bytes from 64:ff9b::c000:201: icmp_seq=1 ttl=63 time=0.351 ms +64 bytes from 64:ff9b::c000:201: icmp_seq=2 ttl=63 time=0.373 ms + +--- 64:ff9b::192.0.2.1 ping statistics --- +2 packets transmitted, 2 received, 0% packet loss, time 1023ms +rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.351/0.362/0.373/0.011 ms +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/nat/md-nat66.md b/docs/configuration/nat/md-nat66.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..619bbd49 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/nat/md-nat66.md @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +# NAT66(NPTv6) + +`NPTv6 (IPv6-to-IPv6 Network Prefix Translation)` is an address +translation technology based on IPv6 networks, used to convert an IPv6 +address prefix in an IPv6 message into another IPv6 address prefix. +We call this address translation method NAT66. Devices that support the NAT66 +function are called NAT66 devices, which can provide NAT66 source +and destination address translation functions. + +## Overview + +### Different NAT Types + +#### SNAT66 + +`SNPTv6 (Source IPv6-to-IPv6 Network Prefix Translation)` The conversion +function is mainly used in the following scenarios: + +- A single internal network and external network. Use the NAT66 device to + connect a single internal network and public network, and the hosts in + the internal network use IPv6 address prefixes that only support + routing within the local range. When a host in the internal network + accesses the external network, the source IPv6 address prefix in + the message will be converted into a global unicast IPv6 address + prefix by the NAT66 device. +- Redundancy and load sharing. There are multiple NAT66 devices at the edge + of an IPv6 network to another IPv6 network. The path through the NAT66 + device to another IPv6 network forms an equivalent route, and traffic + can be load-shared on these NAT66 devices. In this case, you + can configure the same source address translation rules on these + NAT66 devices, so that any NAT66 device can handle IPv6 traffic between + different sites. +- Multi-homed. In a multi-homed network environment, the NAT66 device + connects to an internal network and simultaneously connects to + different external networks. Address translation can be configured + on each external network side interface of the NAT66 device to + convert the same internal network address into different external + network addresses, and realize the mapping of the same internal + address to multiple external addresses. + +#### DNAT66 + +The `DNPTv6 (Destination IPv6-to-IPv6 Network Prefix Translation)` +destination address translation function is used in scenarios where the +server in the internal network provides services to the external network, +such as providing Web services or FTP services to the external network. +By configuring the mapping relationship between the internal server +address and the external network address on the external network +side interface of the NAT66 device, external network users can +access the internal network server through the designated +external network address. + +### Prefix Conversion + +#### Source Prefix + +Every SNAT66 rule has a translation command defined. The prefix defined +for the translation is the prefix used when the address information in +a packet is replaced.、 + +The `source-nat66` rule replaces the source address of the packet +and calculates the converted address using the prefix specified in the rule. + +Example: + +- Convert the address prefix of a single fc01::/64 network to fc00::/64 +- Output from eth0 network interface + +``` none +set nat66 source rule 1 outbound-interface 'eth0' +set nat66 source rule 1 source prefix 'fc01::/64' +set nat66 source rule 1 translation address 'fc00::/64' +``` + +#### Destination Prefix + +For the `destination-nat66` rule, the destination address of +the packet isreplaced by the address calculated from the specified +address or prefix in the translation address command + +Example: + +- Convert the address prefix of a single fc00::/64 network + to fc01::/64 +- Input from eth0 network interface + +``` none +set nat66 destination rule 1 inbound-interface 'eth0' +set nat66 destination rule 1 destination address 'fc00::/64' +set nat66 destination rule 1 translation address 'fc01::/64' +``` + +## Configuration Examples + +Use the following topology to build a nat66 based isolated +network between internal and external networks (dynamic prefix is +not supported): + +
+VyOS NAT66 Simple Configure +
+ +R1: + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth0 ipv6 address autoconf +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address 'fc01::1/64' +set nat66 destination rule 1 destination address 'fc00:470:f1cd:101::/64' +set nat66 destination rule 1 inbound-interface 'eth0' +set nat66 destination rule 1 translation address 'fc01::/64' +set nat66 source rule 1 outbound-interface 'eth0' +set nat66 source rule 1 source prefix 'fc01::/64' +set nat66 source rule 1 translation address 'fc00:470:f1cd:101::/64' +``` + +R2: + +``` none +set interfaces bridge br1 address 'fc01::2/64' +set interfaces bridge br1 member interface eth0 +set interfaces bridge br1 member interface eth1 +set protocols static route6 ::/0 next-hop fc01::1 +set service router-advert interface br1 prefix ::/0 +``` + +Use the following topology to translate internal user local addresses (`fc::/7`) +to DHCPv6-PD provided prefixes from an ISP connected to a VyOS HA pair. + +
+VyOS NAT66 DHCPv6 using a dummy interface +
+ +Configure both routers (a and b) for DHCPv6-PD via dummy interface: + +``` none +set interfaces dummy dum1 description 'DHCPv6-PD NPT dummy' +set interfaces bonding bond0 vif 20 dhcpv6-options pd 0 interface dum1 address '0' +set interfaces bonding bond0 vif 20 dhcpv6-options pd 1 interface dum1 address '0' +set interfaces bonding bond0 vif 20 dhcpv6-options pd 2 interface dum1 address '0' +set interfaces bonding bond0 vif 20 dhcpv6-options pd 3 interface dum1 address '0' +set interfaces bonding bond0 vif 20 dhcpv6-options rapid-commit +commit +``` + +Get the DHCPv6-PD prefixes from both routers: + +``` none +trae@cr01a-vyos# run show interfaces dummy dum1 br +Codes: S - State, L - Link, u - Up, D - Down, A - Admin Down +Interface IP Address S/L Description +--------- ---------- --- ----------- +dum1 2001:db8:123:b008::/64 u/u DHCPv6-PD NPT dummy + 2001:db8:123:b00a::/64 + 2001:db8:123:b00b::/64 + 2001:db8:123:b009::/64 + +trae@cr01b-vyos# run show int dummy dum1 brief +Codes: S - State, L - Link, u - Up, D - Down, A - Admin Down +Interface IP Address S/L Description +--------- ---------- --- ----------- +dum1 2001:db8:123:b00d::/64 u/u DHCPv6-PD NPT dummy + 2001:db8:123:b00c::/64 + 2001:db8:123:b00e::/64 + 2001:db8:123:b00f::/64 +``` + +Configure the A-side router for NPTv6 using the prefixes above: + +``` none +set nat66 source rule 10 description 'NPT to VLAN 10' +set nat66 source rule 10 outbound-interface name 'bond0.20' +set nat66 source rule 10 source prefix 'fd52:d62e:8011:a::/64' +set nat66 source rule 10 translation address '2001:db8:123:b008::/64' +set nat66 source rule 20 description 'NPT to VLAN 70' +set nat66 source rule 20 outbound-interface name 'bond0.20' +set nat66 source rule 20 source prefix 'fd52:d62e:8011:46::/64' +set nat66 source rule 20 translation address '2001:db8:123:b009::/64' +set nat66 source rule 30 description 'NPT to VLAN 200' +set nat66 source rule 30 outbound-interface name 'bond0.20' +set nat66 source rule 30 source prefix 'fd52:d62e:8011:c8::/64' +set nat66 source rule 30 translation address '2001:db8:123:b00a::/64' +set nat66 source rule 40 description 'NPT to VLAN 240' +set nat66 source rule 40 outbound-interface name 'bond0.20' +set nat66 source rule 40 source prefix 'fd52:d62e:8011:f0::/64' +set nat66 source rule 40 translation address '2001:db8:123:b00b::/64' +commit +``` + +Configure the B-side router for NPTv6 using the prefixes above: + +``` none +set nat66 source rule 10 description 'NPT to VLAN 10' +set nat66 source rule 10 outbound-interface name 'bond0.20' +set nat66 source rule 10 source prefix 'fd52:d62e:8011:a::/64' +set nat66 source rule 10 translation address '2001:db8:123:b00c::/64' +set nat66 source rule 20 description 'NPT to VLAN 70' +set nat66 source rule 20 outbound-interface name 'bond0.20' +set nat66 source rule 20 source prefix 'fd52:d62e:8011:46::/64' +set nat66 source rule 20 translation address '2001:db8:123:b00d::/64' +set nat66 source rule 30 description 'NPT to VLAN 200' +set nat66 source rule 30 outbound-interface name 'bond0.20' +set nat66 source rule 30 source prefix 'fd52:d62e:8011:c8::/64' +set nat66 source rule 30 translation address '2001:db8:123:b00e::/64' +set nat66 source rule 40 description 'NPT to VLAN 240' +set nat66 source rule 40 outbound-interface name 'bond0.20' +set nat66 source rule 40 source prefix 'fd52:d62e:8011:f0::/64' +set nat66 source rule 40 translation address '2001:db8:123:b00f::/64' +commit +``` + +Verify that connections are hitting the rule on both sides: + +``` none +trae@cr01a-vyos# run show nat66 source statistics +Rule Packets Bytes Interface +------ --------- ------- ----------- +10 1 104 bond0.20 +20 1 104 bond0.20 +30 8093 669445 bond0.20 +40 2446 216912 bond0.20 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/pki/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/pki/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..15efb7a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/pki/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,662 @@ +lastproofread +2024-01-05 + +# PKI + +VyOS 1.4 changed the way in how encrytion keys or certificates are stored on the +system. In the pre VyOS 1.4 era, certificates got stored under /config and every +service referenced a file. That made copying a running configuration from system +A to system B a bit harder, as you had to copy the files and their permissions +by hand. + +`T3642` describes a new CLI subsystem that serves as a "certstore" to +all services requiring any kind of encryption key(s). In short, public and +private certificates are now stored in PKCS#8 format in the regular VyOS CLI. +Keys can now be added, edited, and deleted using the regular set/edit/delete +CLI commands. + +VyOS not only can now manage certificates issued by 3rd party Certificate +Authorities, it can also act as a CA on its own. You can create your own root +CA and sign keys with it by making use of some simple op-mode commands. + +Don't be afraid that you need to re-do your configuration. Key transformation is +handled, as always, by our migration scripts, so this will be a smooth transition +for you! + +## Key Generation + +### Certificate Authority (CA) + +VyOS now also has the ability to create CAs, keys, Diffie-Hellman and other +keypairs from an easy to access operational level command. + +
+ +generate pki ca + +Create a new `CA (Certificate Authority)` and output the CAs public and +private key on the console. + +
+ +
+ +generate pki ca install \ + +Create a new `CA (Certificate Authority)` and output the CAs public and +private key on the console. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In addition to the command above, the output is in a format which can +be used to directly import the key into the VyOS CLI by simply copy-pasting +the output from op-mode into configuration mode. + +`name` is used for the VyOS CLI command to identify this key. This +key `name` is then used in the CLI configuration to reference the key +instance. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +generate pki ca sign \ + +Create a new subordinate `CA (Certificate Authority)` and sign it using +the private key referenced by ca-name. + +
+ +
+ +generate pki ca sign \ install \ + +Create a new subordinate `CA (Certificate Authority)` and sign it using +the private key referenced by name. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In addition to the command above, the output is in a format which can +be used to directly import the key into the VyOS CLI by simply copy-pasting +the output from op-mode into configuration mode. + +`name` is used for the VyOS CLI command to identify this key. This +key `name` is then used in the CLI configuration to reference the key +instance. + +
+ +
+ +### Certificates + +
+ +generate pki certificate + +Create a new public/private keypair and output the certificate on the console. + +
+ +
+ +generate pki certificate install \ + +Create a new public/private keypair and output the certificate on the console. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In addition to the command above, the output is in a format which can +be used to directly import the key into the VyOS CLI by simply copy-pasting +the output from op-mode into configuration mode. + +`name` is used for the VyOS CLI command to identify this key. This +key `name` is then used in the CLI configuration to reference the key +instance. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +generate pki certificate self-signed + +Create a new self-signed certificate. The public/private is then shown on the +console. + +
+ +
+ +generate pki certificate self-signed install \ + +Create a new self-signed certificate. The public/private is then shown on the +console. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In addition to the command above, the output is in a format which can +be used to directly import the key into the VyOS CLI by simply copy-pasting +the output from op-mode into configuration mode. + +`name` is used for the VyOS CLI command to identify this key. This +key `name` is then used in the CLI configuration to reference the key +instance. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +generate pki certificate sign \ + +Create a new public/private keypair which is signed by the CA referenced by +ca-name. The signed certificate is then output to the console. + +
+ +
+ +generate pki certificate sign \ install \ + +Create a new public/private keypair which is signed by the CA referenced by +ca-name. The signed certificate is then output to the console. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In addition to the command above, the output is in a format which can +be used to directly import the key into the VyOS CLI by simply copy-pasting +the output from op-mode into configuration mode. + +`name` is used for the VyOS CLI command to identify this key. This +key `name` is then used in the CLI configuration to reference the key +instance. + +
+ +
+ +### Diffie-Hellman parameters + +
+ +generate pki dh + +Generate a new set of `DH (Diffie-Hellman)` parameters. The key size +is requested by the CLI and defaults to 2048 bit. + +The generated parameters are then output to the console. + +
+ +
+ +generate pki dh install \ + +Generate a new set of `DH (Diffie-Hellman)` parameters. The key size +is requested by the CLI and defaults to 2048 bit. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In addition to the command above, the output is in a format which can +be used to directly import the key into the VyOS CLI by simply copy-pasting +the output from op-mode into configuration mode. + +`name` is used for the VyOS CLI command to identify this key. This +key `name` is then used in the CLI configuration to reference the key +instance. + +
+ +
+ +### OpenVPN + +
+ +generate pki openvpn shared-secret + +Genearate a new OpenVPN shared secret. The generated secred is the output to +the console. + +
+ +
+ +generate pki openvpn shared-secret install \ + +Genearate a new OpenVPN shared secret. The generated secred is the output to +the console. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In addition to the command above, the output is in a format which can +be used to directly import the key into the VyOS CLI by simply copy-pasting +the output from op-mode into configuration mode. + +`name` is used for the VyOS CLI command to identify this key. This +key `name` is then used in the CLI configuration to reference the key +instance. + +
+ +
+ +### WireGuard + +
+ +generate pki wireguard key-pair + +Generate a new WireGuard public/private key portion and output the result to +the console. + +
+ +
+ +generate pki wireguard key-pair install \ + +Generate a new WireGuard public/private key portion and output the result to +the console. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In addition to the command above, the output is in a format which can +be used to directly import the key into the VyOS CLI by simply copy-pasting +the output from op-mode into configuration mode. + +`interface` is used for the VyOS CLI command to identify the WireGuard +interface where this private key is to be used. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +generate pki wireguard pre-shared-key + +Generate a WireGuard pre-shared secret used for peers to communicate. + +
+ +
+ +generate pki wireguard pre-shared-key install \ + +Generate a WireGuard pre-shared secret used for peers to communicate. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In addition to the command above, the output is in a format which can +be used to directly import the key into the VyOS CLI by simply copy-pasting +the output from op-mode into configuration mode. + +`peer` is used for the VyOS CLI command to identify the WireGuard peer where +this secred is to be used. + +
+ +
+ +## Key usage (CLI) + +### CA (Certificate Authority) + +
+ +set pki ca \ certificate + +Add the public CA certificate for the CA named name to the VyOS CLI. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +When loading the certificate you need to manually strip the +`-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----` and `-----END CERTIFICATE-----` tags. +Also, the certificate/key needs to be presented in a single line without +line breaks (`\n`), this can be done using the following shell command: + +`$ tail -n +2 ca.pem | head -n -1 | tr -d '\n'` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set pki ca \ crl + +Certificate revocation list in PEM format. + +
+ +
+ +set pki ca \ description + +A human readable description what this CA is about. + +
+ +
+ +set pki ca \ private key + +Add the CAs private key to the VyOS CLI. This should never leave the system, +and is only required if you use VyOS as your certificate generator as +mentioned above. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +When loading the certificate you need to manually strip the +`-----BEGIN KEY-----` and `-----END KEY-----` tags. Also, the +certificate/key needs to be presented in a single line without line +breaks (`\n`), this can be done using the following shell command: + +`$ tail -n +2 ca.key | head -n -1 | tr -d '\n'` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set pki ca \ private password-protected + +Mark the CAs private key as password protected. User is asked for the password +when the key is referenced. + +
+ +### Server Certificate + +After we have imported the CA certificate(s) we can now import and add +certificates used by services on this router. + +
+ +set pki certificate \ certificate + +Add public key portion for the certificate named name to the VyOS CLI. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +When loading the certificate you need to manually strip the +`-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----` and `-----END CERTIFICATE-----` tags. +Also, the certificate/key needs to be presented in a single line without +line breaks (`\n`), this can be done using the following shell command: + +`$ tail -n +2 cert.pem | head -n -1 | tr -d '\n'` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set pki certificate \ description + +A human readable description what this certificate is about. + +
+ +
+ +set pki certificate \ private key + +Add the private key portion of this certificate to the CLI. This should never +leave the system as it is used to decrypt the data. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +When loading the certificate you need to manually strip the +`-----BEGIN KEY-----` and `-----END KEY-----` tags. Also, the +certificate/key needs to be presented in a single line without line +breaks (`\n`), this can be done using the following shell command: + +`$ tail -n +2 cert.key | head -n -1 | tr -d '\n'` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set pki certificate \ private password-protected + +Mark the private key as password protected. User is asked for the password +when the key is referenced. + +
+ +
+ +set pki certificate \ revoke + +If CA is present, this certificate will be included in generated CRLs + +
+ +#### ACME + +The VyOS PKI subsystem can also be used to automatically retrieve Certificates +using the `ACME (Automatic Certificate Management Environment)` protocol. +VyOS 1.4.1 does not store the intermediate certificates from ACME. Which makes +this functionality limited. See `T7299`. + +
+ +set pki certificate \ acme domain-name \ + +Domain names to apply, multiple domain-names can be specified. + +This is a mandatory option + +
+ +
+ +set pki certificate \ acme email \ + +Email used for registration and recovery contact. + +This is a mandatory option + +
+ +
+ +set pki certificate \ acme listen-address \ + +The address the server listens to during http-01 challenge + +
+ +
+ +set pki certificate \ acme rsa-key-size \<2048 | 3072 | 4096\> + +Size of the RSA key. + +This options defaults to 2048 + +
+ +
+ +set pki certificate \ acme url \ + +ACME Directory Resource URI. + +This defaults to + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +During initial deployment we recommend using the staging API +of LetsEncrypt to prevent and blacklisting of your system. The API +endpoint is + +
+ +
+ +## Operation + +VyOS operational mode commands are not only available for generating keys but +also to display them. + +
+ +show pki ca + +Show a list of installed `CA (Certificate Authority)` certificates. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show pki ca +Certificate Authorities: +Name Subject Issuer CN Issued Expiry Private Key Parent +-------------- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------- ------------- -------------- +DST_Root_CA_X3 CN=ISRG Root X1,O=Internet Security Research Group,C=US CN=DST Root CA X3 2021-01-20 19:14:03 2024-09-30 18:14:03 No N/A +R3 CN=R3,O=Let's Encrypt,C=US CN=ISRG Root X1 2020-09-04 00:00:00 2025-09-15 16:00:00 No DST_Root_CA_X3 +vyos_rw CN=VyOS RW CA,O=VyOS,L=Some-City,ST=Some-State,C=GB CN=VyOS RW CA 2021-07-05 13:46:03 2026-07-04 13:46:03 Yes N/A +``` + +
+ +
+ +show pki ca \ + +Show only information for specified Certificate Authority. + +
+ +
+ +show pki certificate + +Show a list of installed certificates + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show pki certificate +Certificates: +Name Type Subject CN Issuer CN Issued Expiry Revoked Private Key CA Present +--------- ------ --------------------- ------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- ------------- ------------- +ac2 Server CN=ac2.vyos.net CN=R3 2021-07-05 07:29:59 2021-10-03 07:29:58 No Yes Yes (R3) +rw_server Server CN=VyOS RW CN=VyOS RW CA 2021-07-05 13:48:02 2022-07-05 13:48:02 No Yes Yes (vyos_rw) +``` + +
+ +
+ +show pki certificate \ + +Show only information for specified certificate. + +
+ +
+ +show pki crl + +Show a list of installed `CRLs (Certificate Revocation List)`. + +
+ +
+ +renew certbot + +Manually trigger certificate renewal. This will be done twice a day. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/policy/md-access-list.md b/docs/configuration/policy/md-access-list.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a1468b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/policy/md-access-list.md @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +# Access List Policy + +Filtering is used for both input and output of the routing information. Once +filtering is defined, it can be applied in any direction. VyOS makes filtering +possible using acls and prefix lists. + +Basic filtering can be done using access-list and access-list6. + +## Configuration + +### Access Lists + +
+ +set policy access-list \ + +This command creates the new access list policy, where \ must be +a number from 1 to 2699. + +
+ +
+ +set policy access-list \ description \ + +Set description for the access list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy access-list \ rule \<1-65535\> action +\ + +This command creates a new rule in the access list and defines an action. + +
+ +
+ +set policy access-list \ rule \<1-65535\> +\ \ + +This command defines matching parameters for access list rule. Matching +criteria could be applied to destination or source parameters: + +- any: any IP address to match. +- host: single host IP address to match. +- inverse-match: network/netmask to match (requires network be defined). +- network: network/netmask to match (requires inverse-match be defined). + +
+ +### IPv6 Access List + +Basic filtering could also be applied to IPv6 traffic. + +
+ +set policy access-list6 \ + +This command creates the new IPv6 access list, identified by \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy access-list6 \ description \ + +Set description for the IPv6 access list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy access-list6 \ rule \<1-65535\> action \ + +This command creates a new rule in the IPv6 access list and defines an +action. + +
+ +
+ +set policy access-list6 \ rule \<1-65535\> source +\ + +This command defines matching parameters for IPv6 access list rule. Matching +criteria could be applied to source parameters: + +- any: any IPv6 address to match. +- exact-match: exact match of the network prefixes. +- network: network/netmask to match (requires inverse-match be defined) BUG, + NO invert-match option in access-list6 + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/policy/md-as-path-list.md b/docs/configuration/policy/md-as-path-list.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5fdebe29 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/policy/md-as-path-list.md @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +# BGP - AS Path Policy + +VyOS provides policies commands exclusively for BGP traffic filtering and +manipulation: **as-path-list** is one of them. + +## Configuration + +### policy as-path-list + +
+ +set policy as-path-list \ + +Create as-path-policy identified by name \. + +
+ +
+ +set policy as-path-list \ description \ + +Set description for as-path-list policy. + +
+ +
+ +set policy as-path-list \ rule \<1-65535\> action \ + +Set action to take on entries matching this rule. + +
+ +
+ +set policy as-path-list \ rule \<1-65535\> description \ + +Set description for rule. + +
+ +
+ +set policy as-path-list \ rule \<1-65535\> regex \ + +Regular expression to match against an AS path. For example "64501 64502". + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/policy/md-community-list.md b/docs/configuration/policy/md-community-list.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..943d59ca --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/policy/md-community-list.md @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# BGP - Community List + +VyOS provides policies commands exclusively for BGP traffic filtering and +manipulation: **community-list** is one of them. + +## Configuration + +### policy community-list + +
+ +set policy community-list \ + +Creat community-list policy identified by name \. + +
+ +
+ +set policy community-list \ description \ + +Set description for community-list policy. + +
+ +
+ +set policy community-list \ rule \<1-65535\> action +\ + +Set action to take on entries matching this rule. + +
+ +
+ +set policy community-list \ rule \<1-65535\> description \ + +Set description for rule. + +
+ +
+ +set policy community-list \ rule \<1-65535\> regex +\ + +Regular expression to match against a community-list. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/policy/md-examples.md b/docs/configuration/policy/md-examples.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b2717cb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/policy/md-examples.md @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +# BGP Example + +**Policy definition:** + +``` none +# Create policy +set policy route-map setmet rule 2 action 'permit' +set policy route-map setmet rule 2 set as-path prepend '2 2 2' + +# Apply policy to BGP +set protocols bgp system-as 1 +set protocols bgp neighbor 203.0.113.2 address-family ipv4-unicast route-map import 'setmet' +set protocols bgp neighbor 203.0.113.2 address-family ipv4-unicast soft-reconfiguration 'inbound' +``` + +Using 'soft-reconfiguration' we get the policy update without bouncing the +neighbor. + +**Routes learned before routing policy applied:** + +``` none +vyos@vos1:~$ show ip bgp +BGP table version is 0, local router ID is 192.168.56.101 +Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal, + r RIB-failure, S Stale, R Removed +Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete + + Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path +*> 198.51.100.3/32 203.0.113.2 1 0 2 i < Path + +Total number of prefixes 1 +``` + +**Routes learned after routing policy applied:** + +``` none +vyos@vos1:~$ show ip bgp +BGP table version is 0, local router ID is 192.168.56.101 +Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal, + r RIB-failure, S Stale, R Removed +Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete + + Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path +*> 198.51.100.3/32 203.0.113.2 1 0 2 2 2 2 i + +Total number of prefixes 1 +vyos@vos1:~$ +``` + +You now see the longer AS path. + +# Transparent Proxy + +The following example will show how VyOS can be used to redirect web +traffic to an external transparent proxy: + +``` none +set policy route FILTER-WEB rule 1000 destination port 80 +set policy route FILTER-WEB rule 1000 protocol tcp +set policy route FILTER-WEB rule 1000 set table 100 +``` + +This creates a route policy called FILTER-WEB with one rule to set the +routing table for matching traffic (TCP port 80) to table ID 100 +instead of the default routing table. + +To create routing table 100 and add a new default gateway to be used by +traffic matching our route policy: + +``` none +set protocols static table 100 route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 10.255.0.2 +``` + +This can be confirmed using the `show ip route table 100` operational +command. + +Finally, to apply the policy route to ingress traffic on our LAN +interface, we use: + +``` none +set policy route FILTER-WEB interface eth1 +``` + +# Multiple Uplinks + +VyOS Policy-Based Routing (PBR) works by matching source IP address +ranges and forwarding the traffic using different routing tables. + +Routing tables that will be used in this example are: + +- `table 10` Routing table used for VLAN 10 (192.168.188.0/24) +- `table 11` Routing table used for VLAN 11 (192.168.189.0/24) +- `main` Routing table used by VyOS and other interfaces not + participating in PBR + +
+PBR multiple uplinks +
Policy-Based Routing with multiple ISP uplinks +(source ./draw.io/pbr_example_1.drawio)
+
+ +Add default routes for routing `table 10` and `table 11` + +``` none +set protocols static table 10 route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 192.0.2.1 +set protocols static table 11 route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 192.0.2.2 +``` + +Add policy route matching VLAN source addresses + +``` none +set policy route PBR rule 20 set table '10' +set policy route PBR rule 20 description 'Route VLAN10 traffic to table 10' +set policy route PBR rule 20 source address '192.168.188.0/24' + +set policy route PBR rule 30 set table '11' +set policy route PBR rule 30 description 'Route VLAN11 traffic to table 11' +set policy route PBR rule 30 source address '192.168.189.0/24' +``` + +Apply routing policy to **inbound** direction of out VLAN interfaces + +``` none +set policy route 'PBR' interface eth0.10 +set policy route 'PBR' interface eth0.11 +``` + +**OPTIONAL:** Exclude Inter-VLAN traffic (between VLAN10 and VLAN11) +from PBR + +``` none +set firewall group network-group VLANS-GR description 'VLANs networks' +set firewall group network-group VLANS-GR network '192.168.188.0/24' +set firewall group network-group VLANS-GR network '192.168.189.0/24' + +set policy route PBR rule 10 description 'VLAN10 <-> VLAN11 shortcut' +set policy route PBR rule 10 destination group network-group 'VLANS-GR' +set policy route PBR rule 10 set table 'main' +``` + +These commands allow the VLAN10 and VLAN11 hosts to communicate with +each other using the main routing table. + +## Local route + +The following example allows VyOS to use `PBR (Policy-Based Routing)` +for traffic, which originated from the router itself. That solution for multiple +ISP's and VyOS router will respond from the same interface that the packet was +received. Also, it used, if we want that one VPN tunnel to be through one +provider, and the second through another. + +- `203.0.113.254` IP addreess on VyOS eth1 from ISP1 +- `192.168.2.254` IP addreess on VyOS eth2 from ISP2 +- `table 10` Routing table used for ISP1 +- `table 11` Routing table used for ISP2 + +``` none +set policy local-route rule 101 set table '10' +set policy local-route rule 101 source address '203.0.113.254' +set policy local-route rule 102 set table '11' +set policy local-route rule 102 source address '192.0.2.254' +set protocols static table 10 route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop '203.0.113.1' +set protocols static table 11 route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop '192.0.2.2' +``` + +Add multiple source IP in one rule with same priority + +``` none +set policy local-route rule 101 set table '10' +set policy local-route rule 101 source address '203.0.113.254' +set policy local-route rule 101 source address '203.0.113.253' +set policy local-route rule 101 source address '198.51.100.0/24' +``` + +# Clamp MSS for a specific IP + +This example shows how to target an MSS clamp (in our example to 1360 bytes) +to a specific destination IP. + +``` none +set policy route IP-MSS-CLAMP rule 10 description 'Clamp TCP session MSS to 1360 for 198.51.100.30' +set policy route IP-MSS-CLAMP rule 10 destination address '198.51.100.30/32' +set policy route IP-MSS-CLAMP rule 10 protocol 'tcp' +set policy route IP-MSS-CLAMP rule 10 set tcp-mss '1360' +set policy route IP-MSS-CLAMP rule 10 tcp flags 'SYN' +``` + +To apply this policy to the correct interface, configure it on the +interface the inbound local host will send through to reach our +destined target host (in our example eth1). + +``` none +set policy route IP-MSS-CLAMP interface eth1 +``` + +You can view that the policy is being correctly (or incorrectly) utilised +with the following command: + +``` none +show policy route statistics +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/policy/md-extcommunity-list.md b/docs/configuration/policy/md-extcommunity-list.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d05315dd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/policy/md-extcommunity-list.md @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +# BGP - Extended Community List + +VyOS provides policies commands exclusively for BGP traffic filtering and +manipulation: **extcommunity-list** is one of them. + +## Configuration + +### policy extcommunity-list + +
+ +set policy extcommunity-list \ + +Creat extcommunity-list policy identified by name \. + +
+ +
+ +set policy extcommunity-list \ description \ + +Set description for extcommunity-list policy. + +
+ +
+ +set policy extcommunity-list \ rule \<1-65535\> action +\ + +Set action to take on entries matching this rule. + +
+ +
+ +set policy extcommunity-list \ rule \<1-65535\> description +\ + +Set description for rule. + +
+ +
+ +set policy extcommunity-list \ rule \<1-65535\> regex \ + +Regular expression to match against an extended community list, where text +could be: + +- \: Extended community list regular expression. +- \: Route Target regular expression. +- \: Site of Origin regular expression. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/policy/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/policy/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91e20aa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/policy/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +:lastproofread:2021-07-12 + +# Policy + +Policies are used for filtering and traffic management. With policies, network +administrators could filter and treat traffic +according to their needs. + +There could be a wide range of routing policies. Some examples are listed +below: + +- Filter traffic based on source/destination address. +- Set some metric to routes learned from a particular neighbor. +- Set some attributes (like AS PATH or Community value) to advertised routes + to neighbors. +- Prefer a specific routing protocol routes over another routing protocol + running on the same router. + +Policies, in VyOS, are implemented using FRR filtering and route maps. Detailed +information of FRR could be found in + +## Policy Sections + +
+ +access-list +prefix-list +route +route-map +local-route +as-path-list +community-list +extcommunity-list +large-community-list + +
+ +## Examples + +Examples of policies usage: + +
+ +examples + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/policy/md-large-community-list.md b/docs/configuration/policy/md-large-community-list.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..00888140 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/policy/md-large-community-list.md @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# BGP - Large Community List + +VyOS provides policies commands exclusively for BGP traffic filtering and +manipulation: **large-community-list** is one of them. + +## Configuration + +### policy large-community-list + +
+ +set policy large-community-list \ + +Create large-community-list policy identified by name \. + +
+ +
+ +set policy large-community-list \ description \ + +Set description for large-community-list policy. + +
+ +
+ +set policy large-community-list \ rule \<1-65535\> action +\ + +Set action to take on entries matching this rule. + +
+ +
+ +set policy large-community-list \ rule \<1-65535\> description +\ + +Set description for rule. + +
+ +
+ +set policy large-community-list \ rule \<1-65535\> regex +\ + +Regular expression to match against a large community list. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/policy/md-local-route.md b/docs/configuration/policy/md-local-route.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17afb7f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/policy/md-local-route.md @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +# Local Route Policy + +Policies for local traffic are defined in this section. + +## Configuration + +### Local Route IPv4 + +
+ +set policy local-route rule \<1-32765\> set table \<1-200|main\> + +Set routing table to forward packet to. + +
+ +
+ +set policy local-route rule \<1-32765\> source \ + +Set source address or prefix to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy local-route rule \<1-32765\> destination \ + +Set destination address or prefix to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy local-route rule \<1-32765\> inbound-interface \ + +Set inbound interface to match. + +
+ +### Local Route IPv6 + +
+ +set policy local-route6 rule \<1-32765\> set table \<1-200|main\> + +Set routing table to forward packet to. + +
+ +
+ +set policy local-route6 rule \<1-32765\> source \ + +Set source address or prefix to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy local-route6 rule \<1-32765\> destination \ + +Set destination address or prefix to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy local-route6 rule \<1-32765\> inbound-interface \ + +Set inbound interface to match. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/policy/md-prefix-list.md b/docs/configuration/policy/md-prefix-list.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0490249 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/policy/md-prefix-list.md @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +# Prefix List Policy + +Prefix lists provides the most powerful prefix based filtering mechanism. In +addition to access-list functionality, ip prefix-list has prefix length range +specification. + +If no ip prefix list is specified, it acts as permit. If ip prefix list is +defined, and no match is found, default deny is applied. + +Prefix filtering can be done using prefix-list and prefix-list6. + +## Configuration + +### Prefix Lists + +
+ +set policy prefix-list \ + +This command creates the new prefix-list policy, identified by \. + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list \ description \ + +Set description for the prefix-list policy. + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list \ rule \<1-65535\> action \ + +This command creates a new rule in the prefix-list and defines an action. + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list \ rule \<1-65535\> description \ + +Set description for rule in the prefix-list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list \ rule \<1-65535\> prefix \ + +Prefix to match against. + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list \ rule \<1-65535\> ge \<0-32\> + +Netmask greater than length. + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list \ rule \<1-65535\> le \<0-32\> + +Netmask less than length + +
+ +Example: Prefix Lists +============ + +This example creates an IPv4 prefix-list named PL4-EXAMPLE-NAME, defines 3 +rules each with 1 prefix, and matches le (less than/equal to) /32. + +
+ +set policy prefix-list PL4-EXAMPLE-NAME rule 10 action 'permit' + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list PL4-EXAMPLE-NAME rule 10 le '32' + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list PL4-EXAMPLE-NAME rule 10 prefix '192.0.2.0/24' + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list PL4-EXAMPLE-NAME rule 20 action 'permit' + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list PL4-EXAMPLE-NAME rule 20 le '32' + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list PL4-EXAMPLE-NAME rule 20 prefix '198.51.100.0/24' + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list PL4-EXAMPLE-NAME rule 30 action 'permit' + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list PL4-EXAMPLE-NAME rule 30 le '32' + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list PL4-EXAMPLE-NAME rule 30 prefix '203.0.113.0/24' + +
+ +### IPv6 Prefix Lists + +
+ +set policy prefix-list6 \ + +This command creates the new IPv6 prefix-list policy, identified by \. + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list6 \ description \ + +Set description for the IPv6 prefix-list policy. + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list6 \ rule \<1-65535\> action \ + +This command creates a new rule in the IPv6 prefix-list and defines an +action. + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list6 \ rule \<1-65535\> description \ + +Set description for rule in IPv6 prefix-list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list6 \ rule \<1-65535\> prefix +\ + +IPv6 prefix. + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list6 \ rule \<1-65535\> ge \<0-128\> + +Netmask greater than length. + +
+ +
+ +set policy prefix-list6 \ rule \<1-65535\> le \<0-128\> + +Netmask less than length + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/policy/md-route-map.md b/docs/configuration/policy/md-route-map.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c356e5d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/policy/md-route-map.md @@ -0,0 +1,651 @@ +# Route Map Policy + +Route map is a powerfull command, that gives network administrators a very +useful and flexible tool for traffic manipulation. + +## Configuration + +### Route Map + +
+ +set policy route-map \ + +This command creates a new route-map policy, identified by \. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ description \ + +Set description for the route-map policy. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> action \ + +Set action for the route-map policy. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> call \ + +Call another route-map policy on match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> continue \<1-65535\> + +Jump to a different rule in this route-map on a match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> description \ + +Set description for the rule in the route-map policy. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match as-path \ + +BGP as-path list to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match community +community-list \ + +BGP community-list to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match community +exact-match + +Set BGP community-list to exactly match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match extcommunity +\ + +BGP extended community to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match interface \ + +First hop interface of a route to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ip address +access-list \<1-2699\> + +IP address of route to match, based on access-list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ip address +prefix-list \ + +IP address of route to match, based on prefix-list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ip address +prefix-len \<0-32\> + +IP address of route to match, based on specified prefix-length. +Note that this can be used for kernel routes only. +Do not apply to the routes of dynamic routing protocols (e.g. BGP, +RIP, OSFP), as this can lead to unexpected results.. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ip nexthop +access-list \<1-2699\> + +IP next-hop of route to match, based on access-list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ip nexthop +address \ + +IP next-hop of route to match, based on ip address. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ip nexthop +prefix-len \<0-32\> + +IP next-hop of route to match, based on prefix length. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ip nexthop +prefix-list \ + +IP next-hop of route to match, based on prefix-list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ip nexthop +type \ + +IP next-hop of route to match, based on type. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ip route-source +access-list \<1-2699\> + +IP route source of route to match, based on access-list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ip route-source +prefix-list \ + +IP route source of route to match, based on prefix-list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ipv6 address +access-list \ + +IPv6 address of route to match, based on IPv6 access-list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ipv6 address +prefix-list \ + +IPv6 address of route to match, based on IPv6 prefix-list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ipv6 address +prefix-len \<0-128\> + +IPv6 address of route to match, based on specified prefix-length. +Note that this can be used for kernel routes only. +Do not apply to the routes of dynamic routing protocols (e.g. BGP, +RIP, OSFP), as this can lead to unexpected results.. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match ipv6 nexthop +\ + +Nexthop IPv6 address to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match large-community +large-community-list \ + +Match BGP large communities. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match local-preference +\<0-4294967295\> + +Match local preference. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match metric \<1-65535\> + +Match route metric. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match origin +\ + +Boarder Gateway Protocol (BGP) origin code to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match peer \ + +Peer IP address to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match protocol \ + +Source protocol to match. +- `babel` - Babel routing protocol (Babel) +- `bgp` - Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) +- `connected` - Connected routes (directly attached subnet or host) +- `isis` - Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) +- `kernel` - Kernel routes +- `ospf` - Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2) +- `ospfv3` - Open Shortest Path First (IPv6) (OSPFv3) +- `rip` - Routing Information Protocol (RIP) +- `ripng` - Routing Information Protocol next-generation (IPv6) (RIPng) +- `static` - Statically configured routes +- `table` - Non-main Kernel Routing Table +- `vnc` - Virtual Network Control (VNC) + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match rpki +\ + +Match RPKI validation result. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match source-vrf \ + +Source VRF to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> match tag \<1-65535\> + +Route tag to match. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> on-match goto \<1-65535\> + +Exit policy on match: go to rule \<1-65535\> + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> on-match next + +Exit policy on match: go to next sequence number. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set aggregator \ +\<1-4294967295|](##SUBST##|ip> +<1-4294967295|)x.x.x.x\> + +BGP aggregator attribute: AS number or IP address of an aggregation. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set as-path exclude +\<1-4294967295 | all\> + +Drop AS-NUMBER from the BGP AS path. + +If `all` is specified, remove all AS numbers from the AS_PATH of the BGP +path's NLRI. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set as-path prepend +\<1-4294967295\> + +Prepend the given string of AS numbers to the AS_PATH of the BGP path's NLRI. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set as-path +prepend-last-as \ + +Prepend the existing last AS number (the leftmost ASN) to the AS_PATH. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set atomic-aggregate + +BGP atomic aggregate attribute. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set community +\ \ + +Add or replace BGP community attribute in format `<0-65535:0-65535>` +or from well-known community list + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set community none + +Delete all BGP communities + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set community delete +\ + +Delete BGP communities matching the community-list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set large-community +\ \ + +Add or replace BGP large-community attribute in format +`<0-4294967295:0-4294967295:0-4294967295>` + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set large-community none + +Delete all BGP large-communities + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set large-community delete +\ + +Delete BGP communities matching the large-community-list. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set extcommunity bandwidth +\<1-25600[|cumulative|](##SUBST##|cumulative|)num-multipaths\> + +Set extcommunity bandwidth + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set extcommunity bandwidth-non-transitive + +The link bandwidth extended community is encoded as non-transitive + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set extcommunity rt +\ + +Set route target value in format `<0-65535:0-4294967295>` or ``. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set extcommunity soo +\ + +Set site of origin value in format `<0-65535:0-4294967295>` or ``. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set extcommunity none + +Clear all BGP extcommunities. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set distance \<0-255\> + +Locally significant administrative distance. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set ip-next-hop +\ + +Nexthop IP address. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set ip-next-hop +unchanged + +Set the next-hop as unchanged. Pass through the route-map without +changing its value + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set ip-next-hop +peer-address + +Set the BGP nexthop address to the address of the peer. For an incoming +route-map this means the ip address of our peer is used. For an +outgoing route-map this means the ip address of our self is used to +establish the peering with our neighbor. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set ipv6-next-hop +\ \ + +Nexthop IPv6 address. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set ipv6-next-hop +peer-address + +Set the BGP nexthop address to the address of the peer. For an incoming +route-map this means the ip address of our peer is used. For an +outgoing route-map this means the ip address of our self is used to +establish the peering with our neighbor. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set ipv6-next-hop +prefer-global + +For Incoming and Import Route-maps if we receive a v6 global and v6 LL +address for the route, then prefer to use the global address as the +nexthop. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set local-preference +\<0-4294967295\> + +Set BGP local preference attribute. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set metric +\<+/-metric[|0-4294967295|](##SUBST##|0-4294967295|)rtt[|+rtt|](##SUBST##|+rtt|)-rtt\> + +Set the route metric. When used with BGP, set the BGP attribute MED +to a specific value. Use `+/-` to add or subtract the specified value +to/from the existing/MED. Use `rtt` to set the MED to the round trip +time or `+rtt/-rtt` to add/subtract the round trip time to/from the MED. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set metric-type +\ + +Set OSPF external metric-type. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set origin +\ + +Set BGP origin code. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set originator-id +\ + +Set BGP originator ID attribute. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set src +\ + +Set source IP/IPv6 address for route. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set table \<1-200\> + +Set prefixes to table. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set tag \<1-65535\> + +Set tag value for routing protocol. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route-map \ rule \<1-65535\> set weight +\<0-4294967295\> + +Set BGP weight attribute + +
+ +### List of well-known communities + +> - `local-as` - Well-known communities value NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED 0xFFFFFF03 +> - `no-advertise` - Well-known communities value NO_ADVERTISE 0xFFFFFF02 +> - `no-export` - Well-known communities value NO_EXPORT 0xFFFFFF01 +> - `internet` - Well-known communities value 0 +> - `graceful-shutdown` - Well-known communities value GRACEFUL_SHUTDOWN 0xFFFF0000 +> - `accept-own` - Well-known communities value ACCEPT_OWN 0xFFFF0001 +> - `route-filter-translated-v4` - Well-known communities value ROUTE_FILTER_TRANSLATED_v4 0xFFFF0002 +> - `route-filter-v4` - Well-known communities value ROUTE_FILTER_v4 0xFFFF0003 +> - `route-filter-translated-v6` - Well-known communities value ROUTE_FILTER_TRANSLATED_v6 0xFFFF0004 +> - `route-filter-v6` - Well-known communities value ROUTE_FILTER_v6 0xFFFF0005 +> - `llgr-stale` - Well-known communities value LLGR_STALE 0xFFFF0006 +> - `no-llgr` - Well-known communities value NO_LLGR 0xFFFF0007 +> - `accept-own-nexthop` - Well-known communities value accept-own-nexthop 0xFFFF0008 +> - `blackhole` - Well-known communities value BLACKHOLE 0xFFFF029A +> - `no-peer` - Well-known communities value NOPEER 0xFFFFFF04 diff --git a/docs/configuration/policy/md-route.md b/docs/configuration/policy/md-route.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..efd0eedf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/policy/md-route.md @@ -0,0 +1,647 @@ +# Route and Route6 Policy + +IPv4 route and IPv6 route policies are defined in this section. These route +policies can then be associated to interfaces. + +## Rule-Sets + +A rule-set is a named collection of rules that can be applied to an interface. +Each rule is numbered, has an action to apply if the rule is matched, and the +ability to specify the criteria to match. Data packets go through the rules +from 1 - 999999, at the first match the action of the rule will be executed. + +
+ +set policy route \ description \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ description \ + +Provide a rule-set description. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ default-log + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ default-log + +Option to log packets hitting default-action. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ description \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ description \ + +Provide a description for each rule. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ log \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ log \ + +Option to enable or disable log matching rule. + +
+ +### Matching criteria + +There are a lot of matching criteria options available, both for +`policy route` and `policy route6`. These options are listed +in this section. + +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ connection-mark \<1-2147483647\> + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ connection-mark \<1-2147483647\> + +Set match criteria based on connection mark. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ source address +\ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ destination address +\ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ source address +\ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ destination address +\ + +Set match criteria based on source or destination ipv4|ipv6 address, where +\ could be: + +
+ +For ipv4: +- \: IP address to match. +- \: Subnet to match. +- \-\: IP range to match. +- !\: Match everything except the specified address. +- !\: Match everything except the specified subnet. +- !\-\: Match everything except the specified range. + +And for ipv6: +- \: IPv6 address to match. +- \: IPv6 prefix to match. +- \-\: IPv6 range to match. +- !\: Match everything except the specified address. +- !\: Match everything except the specified prefix. +- !\-\: Match everything except the + specified range. + +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ source group +\ \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ destination group +\ \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ source group +\ \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ destination group +\ \ + +Set match criteria based on source or destination groups, where \ +would be the group name/identifier. Prepend character '!' for inverted +matching criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ destination port \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ destination port \ + +Set match criteria based on destination port, where \ could +be: + +- \: Named port (any name in /etc/services, e.g., http). +- \<1-65535\>: Numbered port. +- \-\: Numbered port range (e.g., 1001-1005). + +Multiple destination ports can be specified as a comma-separated list. The +whole list can also be "negated" using '!'. For example: +'!22,telnet,http,123,1001-1005' + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ disable + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ disable + +Option to disable rule. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ dscp \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ dscp \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ dscp-exclude \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ dscp-exclude \ + +Match based on dscp value criteria. Multiple values from 0 to 63 +and ranges are supported. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ fragment +\ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ fragment +\ + +Set IP fragment match, where: + +- match-frag: Second and further fragments of fragmented packets. +- match-non-frag: Head fragments or unfragmented packets. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ icmp \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ icmpv6 \ + +Match based on icmp|icmpv6 code and type. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ icmp type-name \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ icmpv6 type-name \ + +Match based on icmp|icmpv6 type-name criteria. Use tab for information +about what type-name criteria are supported. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ ipsec +\ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ ipsec +\ + +Set IPSec inbound match criterias, where: + +- match-ipsec: match inbound IPsec packets. +- match-none: match inbound non-IPsec packets. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ limit burst \<0-4294967295\> + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ limit burst \<0-4294967295\> + +Set maximum number of packets to alow in excess of rate. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ limit rate \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ limit rate \ + +Set maximum average matching rate. Format for rate: integer/time_unit, where +time_unit could be any one of second, minute, hour or day.For example +1/second implies rule to be matched at an average of once per second. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ protocol +\ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ protocol +\ + +Match a protocol criteria. A protocol number or a name which is defined in: +`/etc/protocols`. Special names are `all` for all protocols and +`tcp_udp` for tcp and udp based packets. The `!` negates the selected +protocol. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ packet-length \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ packet-length \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ packet-length-exclude \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ packet-length-exclude \ + +Match based on packet length criteria. Multiple values from 1 to 65535 +and ranges are supported. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ packet-type \[broadcast | host +| multicast | other\] + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ packet-type \[broadcast | host +| multicast | other\] + +Match based on packet type criteria. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ recent count \<1-255\> + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ recent time \<1-4294967295\> + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ recent time \<1-4294967295\> + +Set parameters for matching recently seen sources. This match could be used +by seeting count (source address seen more than \<1-255\> times) and/or time +(source address seen in the last \<0-4294967295\> seconds). + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ state +\ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ state +\ + +Set match criteria based on session state. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ tcp flags \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ tcp flags \ + +Set match criteria based on tcp flags. Allowed values for TCP flags: SYN ACK +FIN RST URG PSH ALL. When specifying more than one flag, flags should be +comma-separated. For example : value of 'SYN,!ACK,!FIN,!RST' will only match +packets with the SYN flag set, and the ACK, FIN and RST flags unset. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ time monthdays \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ time monthdays \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ time startdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ time startdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ time starttime \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ time starttime \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ time stopdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ time stopdate \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ time stoptime \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ time stoptime \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ time weekdays \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ time weekdays \ + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ time utc + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ time utc + +Time to match the defined rule. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route rule \ ttl \ \<0-255\> + +Match time to live parameter, where 'eq' stands for 'equal'; 'gt' stands for +'greater than', and 'lt' stands for 'less than'. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 rule \ hop-limit \ \<0-255\> + +Match hop-limit parameter, where 'eq' stands for 'equal'; 'gt' stands for +'greater than', and 'lt' stands for 'less than'. + +
+ +### Actions + +When mathcing all patterns defined in a rule, then different actions can +be made. This includes droping the packet, modifying certain data, or +setting a different routing table. + +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ action drop + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ action drop + +Set rule action to drop. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ set connection-mark +\<1-2147483647\> + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ set connection-mark +\<1-2147483647\> + +Set a specific connection mark. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ set dscp \<0-63\> + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ set dscp \<0-63\> + +Set packet modifications: Packet Differentiated Services Codepoint (DSCP) + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ set mark \<1-2147483647\> + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ set mark \<1-2147483647\> + +Set a specific packet mark. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ set table \
+ +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ set table \
+ +Set the routing table to forward packet with. + +
+ +
+ +set policy route \ rule \ set tcp-mss \<500-1460\> + +
+ +
+ +set policy route6 \ rule \ set tcp-mss \<500-1460\> + +Set packet modifications: Explicitly set TCP Maximum segment size value. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-babel.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-babel.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8bca4a71 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-babel.md @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +# Babel + +Babel is a modern routing protocol designed to be robust and efficient +both in ordinary wired networks and in wireless mesh networks. +By default, it uses hop-count on wired networks and a variant of ETX +on wireless links, It can be configured to take radio diversity into account +and to automatically compute a link's latency and include it in the metric. +It is defined in `8966`. + +Babel a dual stack protocol. +A single Babel instance is able to perform routing for both IPv4 and IPv6. + +## General Configuration + +VyOS does not have a special command to start the Babel process. +The Babel process starts when the first Babel enabled interface is configured. + +
+ +set protocols babel interface \ + +This command specifies a Babel enabled interface by interface name. Both +the sending and receiving of Babel packets will be enabled on the interface +specified in this command. + +
+ +## Optional Configuration + +
+ +set protocols babel parameters diversity + +This command enables routing using radio frequency diversity. +This is highly recommended in networks with many wireless nodes. + +>
+> +>
+> +> Note +> +>
+> +> If you enable this, you will probably want to +> set diversity-factor and channel below. +> +>
+ +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel parameters diversity-factor \<1-256\> + +This command sets the multiplicative factor used for diversity routing, +in units of 1/256; lower values cause diversity to play a more important role +in route selection. +The default it 256, which means that diversity plays no role in route +selection; you will probably want to set that to 128 or less on nodes +with multiple independent radios. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel parameters resend-delay \ + +This command specifies the time in milliseconds after which an 'important' +request or update will be resent. The default is 2000 ms. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel parameters smoothing-half-life \ + +This command specifies the time constant, in seconds, of the smoothing +algorithm used for implementing hysteresis. +Larger values reduce route oscillation at the cost of very slightly increasing +convergence time. The value 0 disables hysteresis, and is suitable for wired +networks. The default is 4 s. + +
+ +## Interfaces Configuration + +
+ +set protocols babel interface \ type \ + +This command sets the interface type: + +**auto** – automatically determines the interface type. +**wired** – enables optimisations for wired interfaces. +**wireless** – disables a number of optimisations that are only correct +on wired interfaces. Specifying wireless is always correct, +but may cause slower convergence and extra routing traffic. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel interface \ split-horizon \ + +This command specifies whether to perform split-horizon on the interface. +Specifying no babel split-horizon is always correct, while babel split-horizon +is an optimisation that should only be used on symmetric +and transitive (wired) networks. + +**default** – enable split-horizon on wired interfaces, and disable +split-horizon on wireless interfaces. +**enable** – enable split-horizon on this interfaces. +**disable** – disable split-horizon on this interfaces. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel interface \ hello-interval \ + +This command specifies the time in milliseconds between two scheduled hellos. +On wired links, Babel notices a link failure within two hello intervals; +on wireless links, the link quality value is reestimated at every hello +interval. +The default is 4000 ms. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel interface \ update-interval \ + +This command specifies the time in milliseconds between two scheduled updates. +Since Babel makes extensive use of triggered updates, +this can be set to fairly high values on links with little packet loss. +The default is 20000 ms. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel interface \ rxcost \<1-65534\> + +This command specifies the base receive cost for this interface. +For wireless interfaces, it specifies the multiplier used for computing +the ETX reception cost (default 256); +for wired interfaces, it specifies the cost that will be advertised to +neighbours. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel interface \ rtt-decay \<1-256\> + +This command specifies the decay factor for the exponential moving average +of RTT samples, in units of 1/256. +Higher values discard old samples faster. The default is 42. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel interface \ rtt-min \ + +This command specifies the minimum RTT, in milliseconds, +starting from which we increase the cost to a neighbour. +The additional cost is linear in (rtt - rtt-min). The default is 10 ms. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel interface \ rtt-max \ + +This command specifies the maximum RTT, in milliseconds, above which +we don't increase the cost to a neighbour. The default is 120 ms. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel interface \ max-rtt-penalty \ + +This command specifies the maximum cost added to a neighbour because of RTT, +i.e. when the RTT is higher or equal than rtt-max. +The default is 150. +Setting it to 0 effectively disables the use of a RTT-based cost. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel interface \ enable-timestamps + +This command enables sending timestamps with each Hello and IHU message +in order to compute RTT values. +It is recommended to enable timestamps on tunnel interfaces. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel interface \ channel \<1-254[|interfering|](##SUBST##|interfering|)noninterfering\> + +This command set the channel number that diversity routing uses for this +interface (see diversity option above). + +**1-254** – interfaces with a channel number interfere with +interfering interfaces and interfaces with the same channel number. +**interfering** – interfering interfaces are assumed to interfere with all other channels except +noninterfering channels. +**noninterfering** – noninterfering interfaces are assumed to only interfere +with themselves. + +
+ +## Redistribution Configuration + +
+ +set protocols babel redistribute \ \ + +This command redistributes routing information from the given route source +to the Babel process. + +IPv4 route source: bgp, connected, eigrp, isis, kernel, nhrp, ospf, rip, static. + +IPv6 route source: bgp, connected, eigrp, isis, kernel, nhrp, ospfv3, ripng, static. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel distribute-list \ access-list \ access-list \ + +This command can be used to filter the Babel routes using access lists. +`in` and `out` this is the direction in which the access +lists are applied. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel distribute-list \ interface \ access-list \ interface access-list \ + +This command allows you apply access lists to a chosen interface to +filter the Babel routes. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel distribute-list \ prefix-list \ prefix-list \ + +This command can be used to filter the Babel routes using prefix lists. +`in` and `out` this is the direction in which the prefix +lists are applied. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols babel distribute-list \ interface \ prefix-list \ interface prefix-list \ + +This command allows you apply prefix lists to a chosen interface to +filter the Babel routes. + +
+ +## Configuration Example + +Simple Babel configuration using 2 nodes and redistributing connected interfaces. + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address 10.1.1.1/32 +set interfaces loopback lo address fd12:3456:dead:beef::1/128 +set protocols babel interface eth0 type wired +set protocols babel redistribute ipv4 connected +set protocols babel redistribute ipv6 connected +``` + +**Node 2:** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address 10.2.2.2/32 +set interfaces loopback lo address fd12:3456:beef:dead::2/128 +set protocols babel interface eth0 type wired +set protocols babel redistribute ipv4 connected +set protocols babel redistribute ipv6 connected +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-bfd.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-bfd.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58582008 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-bfd.md @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +lastproofread +2023-01-27 + +# BFD + +`BFD (Bidirectional Forwarding Detection)` is described and extended by +the following RFCs: `5880`, `5881` and `5883`. + +In the age of very fast networks, a second of unreachability may equal millions of lost packets. +The idea behind BFD is to detect very quickly when a peer is down and take action extremely fast. + +BFD sends lots of small UDP packets very quickly to ensures that the peer is still alive. + +This allows avoiding the timers defined in BGP and OSPF protocol to expires. + +## Configure BFD + +
+ +set protocols bfd peer \ + +Set BFD peer IPv4 address or IPv6 address + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bfd peer \ echo-mode + +Enables the echo transmission mode + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bfd peer \ multihop + +Allow this BFD peer to not be directly connected + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bfd peer \ source +\[address \ | interface \\] + +Bind listener to specific interface/address, mandatory for IPv6 + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bfd peer \ interval echo-interval \<10-60000\> + +The minimal echo receive transmission interval that this system is +capable of handling + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bfd peer \ interval multiplier \<2-255\> + +Remote transmission interval will be multiplied by this value + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bfd peer \ interval +\[receive | transmit\] \<10-60000\> + +Interval in milliseconds + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bfd peer \ shutdown + +Disable a BFD peer + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bfd peer \ minimum-ttl \<1-254\> + +For multi hop sessions only. Configure the minimum expected TTL for an +incoming BFD control packet. + +This feature serves the purpose of thightening the packet validation +requirements to avoid receiving BFD control packets from other sessions. + +
+ +### Enable BFD in BGP + +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ bfd + +Enable BFD on a single BGP neighbor + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp peer-group \ bfd + +Enable BFD on a BGP peer group + +
+ +### Enable BFD in OSPF + +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ bfd + +Enable BFD for OSPF on an interface + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 interface \ bfd + +Enable BFD for OSPFv3 on an interface + +
+ +### Enable BFD in ISIS + +
+ +set protocols isis \ interface \ bfd + +Enable BFD for ISIS on an interface + +
+ +## Operational Commands + +
+ +show bfd peers + +Show all BFD peers + +``` none +BFD Peers: + peer 198.51.100.33 vrf default interface eth4.100 + ID: 4182341893 + Remote ID: 12678929647 + Status: up + Uptime: 1 month(s), 16 hour(s), 29 minute(s), 38 second(s) + Diagnostics: ok + Remote diagnostics: ok + Local timers: + Receive interval: 300ms + Transmission interval: 300ms + Echo transmission interval: 50ms + Remote timers: + Receive interval: 300ms + Transmission interval: 300ms + Echo transmission interval: 0ms + + peer 198.51.100.55 vrf default interface eth4.101 + ID: 4618932327 + Remote ID: 3312345688 + Status: up + Uptime: 20 hour(s), 16 minute(s), 19 second(s) + Diagnostics: ok + Remote diagnostics: ok + Local timers: + Receive interval: 300ms + Transmission interval: 300ms + Echo transmission interval: 50ms + Remote timers: + Receive interval: 300ms + Transmission interval: 300ms + Echo transmission interval: 0ms +``` + +
+ +## BFD Static Route Monitoring + +A monitored static route conditions the installation to the RIB on the BFD +session running state: when BFD session is up the route is installed to RIB, +but when the BFD session is down it is removed from the RIB. + +### Configuration + +
+ +set protocols static route \ next-hop \ +bfd profile \ + +Configure a static route for \ using gateway \ +and use the gateway address as BFD peer destination address. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route \ next-hop \ +bfd multi-hop source \ profile \ + +Configure a static route for \ using gateway \ +, use source address to indentify the peer when is multi-hop session +and the gateway address as BFD peer destination address. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route6 \ next-hop \ +bfd profile \ + +Configure a static route for \ using gateway \ +and use the gateway address as BFD peer destination address. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route6 \ next-hop \ +bfd multi-hop source \ profile \ + +Configure a static route for \ using gateway \ +, use source address to indentify the peer when is multi-hop session +and the gateway address as BFD peer destination address. + +
+ +## Operational Commands + +
+ +show bfd static routes + +Showing BFD monitored static routes + +``` none +Showing BFD monitored static routes: + + Next hops: + VRF default IPv4 Unicast: + 10.10.13.3/32 peer 192.168.2.3 (status: installed) + 172.16.10.3/32 peer 192.168.10.1 (status: uninstalled) + + VRF default IPv4 Multicast: + + VRF default IPv6 Unicast: +``` + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-bgp.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-bgp.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5a91b3f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-bgp.md @@ -0,0 +1,1683 @@ +# BGP + +`BGP (Border Gateway Protocol)` is one of the Exterior Gateway Protocols +and the de facto standard interdomain routing protocol. The latest BGP version +is 4. BGP-4 is described in `1771` and updated by `4271`. `2858` +adds multiprotocol support to BGP. + +VyOS makes use of `FRR (Free Range Routing)` and we would like to thank +them for their effort! + +## Basic Concepts + +### Autonomous Systems + +From `1930`: + +> An AS is a connected group of one or more IP prefixes run by one or more +> network operators which has a SINGLE and CLEARLY DEFINED routing policy. + +Each `AS (Autonomous System)` has an identifying number associated with it +called an `ASN (Autonomous System Number)`. This is a two octet value +ranging in value from 1 to 65535. The AS numbers 64512 through 65535 are defined +as private AS numbers. Private AS numbers must not be advertised on the global +Internet. The 2-byte AS number range has been exhausted. 4-byte AS numbers are +specified in `6793`, and provide a pool of 4294967296 AS numbers. + +The `ASN (Autonomous System Number)` is one of the essential elements of +BGP. BGP is a distance vector routing protocol, and the AS-Path framework +provides distance vector metric and loop detection to BGP. + +
+ +set protocols bgp system-as \ + +Set local `ASN (Autonomous System Number)` that this router represents. +This is a a mandatory option! + +
+ +### Address Families + +Multiprotocol extensions enable BGP to carry routing information for multiple +network layer protocols. BGP supports an Address Family Identifier (AFI) for +IPv4 and IPv6. + +### Route Selection + +The route selection process used by FRR's BGP implementation uses the following +decision criterion, starting at the top of the list and going towards the +bottom until one of the factors can be used. + +1. **Weight check** + + Prefer higher local weight routes to lower routes. + +2. **Local preference check** + + Prefer higher local preference routes to lower. + +3. **Local route check** + + Prefer local routes (statics, aggregates, redistributed) to received routes. + +4. **AS path length check** + + Prefer shortest hop-count AS_PATHs. + +5. **Origin check** + + Prefer the lowest origin type route. That is, prefer IGP origin routes to + EGP, to Incomplete routes. + +6. **MED check** + + Where routes with a MED were received from the same AS, prefer the route + with the lowest MED. + +7. **External check** + + Prefer the route received from an external, eBGP peer over routes received + from other types of peers. + +8. **IGP cost check** + + Prefer the route with the lower IGP cost. + +9. **Multi-path check** + + If multi-pathing is enabled, then check whether the routes not yet + distinguished in preference may be considered equal. If + `bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax` is set, all such routes are + considered equal, otherwise routes received via iBGP with identical AS_PATHs + or routes received from eBGP neighbours in the same AS are considered equal. + +10. **Already-selected external check** + + Where both routes were received from eBGP peers, then prefer the route + which is already selected. Note that this check is not applied if + `bgp bestpath compare-routerid` is configured. This check can + prevent some cases of oscillation. + +11. **Router-ID check** + + Prefer the route with the lowest router-ID. If the route has an + ORIGINATOR_ID attribute, through iBGP reflection, then that router ID is + used, otherwise the router-ID of the peer the route was received from is + used. + +12. **Cluster-List length check** + + The route with the shortest cluster-list length is used. The cluster-list + reflects the iBGP reflection path the route has taken. + +13. **Peer address** + + Prefer the route received from the peer with the higher transport layer + address, as a last-resort tie-breaker. + +### Capability Negotiation + +When adding IPv6 routing information exchange feature to BGP. There were some +proposals. `IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force)` +`IDR (Inter Domain Routing)` adopted a proposal called Multiprotocol +Extension for BGP. The specification is described in `2283`. The protocol +does not define new protocols. It defines new attributes to existing BGP. When +it is used exchanging IPv6 routing information it is called BGP-4+. When it is +used for exchanging multicast routing information it is called MBGP. + +*bgpd* supports Multiprotocol Extension for BGP. So if a remote peer supports +the protocol, *bgpd* can exchange IPv6 and/or multicast routing information. + +Traditional BGP did not have the feature to detect a remote peer's +capabilities, e.g. whether it can handle prefix types other than IPv4 unicast +routes. This was a big problem using Multiprotocol Extension for BGP in an +operational network. `2842` adopted a feature called Capability +Negotiation. *bgpd* use this Capability Negotiation to detect the remote peer's +capabilities. If a peer is only configured as an IPv4 unicast neighbor, *bgpd* +does not send these Capability Negotiation packets (at least not unless other +optional BGP features require capability negotiation). + +By default, FRR will bring up peering with minimal common capability for the +both sides. For example, if the local router has unicast and multicast +capabilities and the remote router only has unicast capability the local router +will establish the connection with unicast only capability. When there are no +common capabilities, FRR sends Unsupported Capability error and then resets the +connection. + +## Configuration + +### BGP Router Configuration + +First of all you must configure BGP router with the `ASN (Autonomous +System Number)`. The AS number is an identifier for the autonomous system. +The BGP protocol uses the AS number for detecting whether the BGP connection +is internal or external. VyOS does not have a special command to start the BGP +process. The BGP process starts when the first neighbor is configured. + +
+ +set protocols bgp system-as \ + +Set local autonomous system number that this router represents. This is a +mandatory option! + +
+ +#### Peers Configuration + +##### Defining Peers + +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ remote-as +\ + +This command creates a new neighbor whose remote-as is \. The neighbor +address can be an IPv4 address or an IPv6 address or an interface to use +for the connection. The command is applicable for peer and peer group. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ remote-as +internal + +Create a peer as you would when you specify an ASN, except that if the +peers ASN is different than mine as specified under the `protocols +bgp ` command the connection will be denied. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ remote-as +external + +Create a peer as you would when you specify an ASN, except that if the +peers ASN is the same as mine as specified under the `protocols +bgp ` command the connection will be denied. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ local-role +\ \[strict\] + +BGP roles are defined in RFC `9234` and provide an easy way to +add route leak prevention, detection and mitigation. The local Role +value is negotiated with the new BGP Role capability which has a +built-in check of the corresponding value. In case of a mismatch the +new OPEN Roles Mismatch Notification \<2, 11\> would be sent. +The correct Role pairs are: + +Provider - Customer + +Peer - Peer + +RS-Server - RS-Client + +If `strict` is set the BGP session won’t become established +until the BGP neighbor sets local Role on its side. This +configuration parameter is defined in RFC `9234` and is used to +enforce the corresponding configuration at your counter-parts side. + +Routes that are sent from provider, rs-server, or the peer local-role +(or if received by customer, rs-client, or the peer local-role) will +be marked with a new Only to Customer (OTC) attribute. + +Routes with this attribute can only be sent to your neighbor if your +local-role is provider or rs-server. Routes with this attribute can +be received only if your local-role is customer or rs-client. + +In case of peer-peer relationship routes can be received only if OTC +value is equal to your neighbor AS number. + +All these rules with OTC will help to detect and mitigate route leaks +and happen automatically if local-role is set. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ shutdown + +This command disable the peer or peer group. To reenable the peer use +the delete form of this command. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ description +\ + +Set description of the peer or peer group. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ update-source +\ update-source + + +Specify the IPv4 source address to use for the BGP session to this neighbor, +may be specified as either an IPv4 address directly or as an interface name. + +
+ +##### Capability Negotiation + +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ capability +dynamic + +This command would allow the dynamic update of capabilities over an +established BGP session. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ capability +extended-nexthop + +Allow bgp to negotiate the extended-nexthop capability with it’s peer. +If you are peering over a IPv6 Link-Local address then this capability +is turned on automatically. If you are peering over a IPv6 Global Address +then turning on this command will allow BGP to install IPv4 routes with +IPv6 nexthops if you do not have IPv4 configured on interfaces. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ +disable-capability-negotiation + +Suppress sending Capability Negotiation as OPEN message optional +parameter to the peer. This command only affects the peer is +configured other than IPv4 unicast configuration. + +When remote peer does not have capability negotiation feature, +remote peer will not send any capabilities at all. In that case, +bgp configures the peer with configured capabilities. + +You may prefer locally configured capabilities more than the negotiated +capabilities even though remote peer sends capabilities. If the peer is +configured by `override-capability`, VyOS ignores received +capabilities then override negotiated capabilities with configured values. + +Additionally you should keep in mind that this feature fundamentally +disables the ability to use widely deployed BGP features. BGP unnumbered, +hostname support, AS4, Addpath, Route Refresh, ORF, Dynamic Capabilities, +and graceful restart. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ +override-capability + +This command allow override the result of Capability Negotiation with +local configuration. Ignore remote peer’s capability value. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ +strict-capability-match + +This command forces strictly compare remote capabilities and local +capabilities. If capabilities are different, send Unsupported Capability +error then reset connection. + +You may want to disable sending Capability Negotiation OPEN message +optional parameter to the peer when remote peer does not implement +Capability Negotiation. Please use `disable-capability-negotiation` +command to disable the feature. + +
+ +##### Peer Parameters + +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + allowas-in number \ + +This command accept incoming routes with AS path containing AS +number with the same value as the current system AS. This is +used when you want to use the same AS number in your sites, +but you can’t connect them directly. + +The number parameter (1-10) configures the amount of accepted +occurences of the system AS number in AS path. + +This command is only allowed for eBGP peers. It is not applicable +for peer groups. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + as-override + +This command override AS number of the originating router with +the local AS number. + +Usually this configuration is used in PEs (Provider Edge) to +replace the incoming customer AS number so the connected CE ( +Customer Edge) can use the same AS number as the other customer +sites. This allows customers of the provider network to use the +same AS number across their sites. + +This command is only allowed for eBGP peers. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + attribute-unchanged \ + +This command specifies attributes to be left unchanged for +advertisements sent to a peer or peer group. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + maximum-prefix \ + +This command specifies a maximum number of prefixes we can receive +from a given peer. If this number is exceeded, the BGP session +will be destroyed. The number range is 1 to 4294967295. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + nexthop-self + +This command forces the BGP speaker to report itself as the +next hop for an advertised route it advertised to a neighbor. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + remove-private-as + +This command removes the private ASN of routes that are advertised +to the configured peer. It removes only private ASNs on routes +advertised to EBGP peers. + +If the AS-Path for the route has only private ASNs, the private +ASNs are removed. + +If the AS-Path for the route has a private ASN between public +ASNs, it is assumed that this is a design choice, and the +private ASN is not removed. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + soft-reconfiguration inbound + +Changes in BGP policies require the BGP session to be cleared. Clearing has a +large negative impact on network operations. Soft reconfiguration enables you +to generate inbound updates from a neighbor, change and activate BGP policies +without clearing the BGP session. + +This command specifies that route updates received from this neighbor will be +stored unmodified, regardless of the inbound policy. When inbound soft +reconfiguration is enabled, the stored updates are processed by the new +policy configuration to create new inbound updates. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Storage of route updates uses memory. If you enable soft +reconfiguration inbound for multiple neighbors, the amount of memory used +can become significant. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + weight \ + +This command specifies a default weight value for the neighbor’s +routes. The number range is 1 to 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ +advertisement-interval \ + +This command specifies the minimum route advertisement interval for +the peer. The interval value is 0 to 600 seconds, with the default +advertisement interval being 0. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ +disable-connected-check + +This command allows peerings between directly connected eBGP peers +using loopback addresses without adjusting the default TTL of 1. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ +disable-send-community \ +disable-send-community + +This command specifies that the community attribute should not be sent +in route updates to a peer. By default community attribute is sent. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ ebgp-multihop +\ + +This command allows sessions to be established with eBGP neighbors +when they are multiple hops away. When the neighbor is not directly +connected and this knob is not enabled, the session will not establish. +The number of hops range is 1 to 255. This command is mutually +exclusive with `ttl-security hops`. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ local-as \ +\[no-prepend\] \[replace-as\] + +Specify an alternate AS for this BGP process when interacting with +the specified peer or peer group. With no modifiers, the specified +local-as is prepended to the received AS_PATH when receiving routing +updates from the peer, and prepended to the outgoing AS_PATH (after +the process local AS) when transmitting local routes to the peer. + +If the `no-prepend` attribute is specified, then the supplied +local-as is not prepended to the received AS_PATH. + +If the `replace-as` attribute is specified, then only the supplied +local-as is prepended to the AS_PATH when transmitting local-route +updates to this peer. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +This command is only allowed for eBGP peers. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ passive + +Configures the BGP speaker so that it only accepts inbound connections +from, but does not initiate outbound connections to the peer or peer group. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ password +\ + +This command specifies a MD5 password to be used with the tcp socket that +is being used to connect to the remote peer. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ ttl-security +hops \ + +This command enforces Generalized TTL Security Mechanism (GTSM), +as specified in `5082`. With this command, only neighbors +that are specified number of hops away will be allowed to +become neighbors. The number of hops range is 1 to 254. This +command is mutually exclusive with `ebgp-multihop`. + +
+ +##### Peer Groups + +Peer groups are used to help improve scaling by generating the same update +information to all members of a peer group. Note that this means that the +routes generated by a member of a peer group will be sent back to that +originating peer with the originator identifier attribute set to indicated +the originating peer. All peers not associated with a specific peer group +are treated as belonging to a default peer group, and will share updates. + +
+ +set protocols bgp peer-group \ + +This command defines a new peer group. You can specify to the group the same +parameters that you can specify for specific neighbors. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you apply a parameter to an individual neighbor IP address, you +override the action defined for a peer group that includes that IP +address. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ peer-group +\ + +This command bind specific peer to peer group with a given name. + +
+ +#### Network Advertisement Configuration + +
+ +set protocols bgp address-family \ +network \ + +This command is used for advertising IPv4 or IPv6 networks. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +By default, the BGP prefix is advertised even if it's not present +in the routing table. This behaviour differs from the implementation of +some vendors. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters network-import-check + +This configuration modifies the behavior of the network statement. If you +have this configured the underlying network must exist in the routing table. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + default-originate \[route-map \\] + +By default, VyOS does not advertise a default route (0.0.0.0/0) even if it is +in routing table. When you want to announce default routes to the peer, use +this command. Using optional argument `route-map` you can inject the +default route to given neighbor only if the conditions in the route map are +met. + +
+ +#### Route Aggregation Configuration + +
+ +set protocols bgp address-family \ +aggregate-address \ + +This command specifies an aggregate address. The router will also +announce longer-prefixes inside of the aggregate address. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp address-family \ +aggregate-address \ as-set + +This command specifies an aggregate address with a mathematical set of +autonomous systems. This command summarizes the AS_PATH attributes of +all the individual routes. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp address-family \ +aggregate-address \ summary-only + +This command specifies an aggregate address and provides that +longer-prefixes inside of the aggregate address are suppressed +before sending BGP updates out to peers. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + unsuppress-map \ + +This command applies route-map to selectively unsuppress prefixes +suppressed by summarisation. + +
+ +#### Redistribution Configuration + +
+ +set protocols bgp address-family \ +redistribute \ + +This command redistributes routing information from the given route source +to the BGP process. There are six modes available for route source: +connected, kernel, ospf, rip, static, table. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp address-family \ +redistribute \ metric \ + +This command specifies metric (MED) for redistributed routes. The +metric range is 0 to 4294967295. There are six modes available for +route source: connected, kernel, ospf, rip, static, table. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp address-family \ +redistribute \ route-map \ + +This command allows to use route map to filter redistributed routes. +There are six modes available for route source: connected, kernel, +ospf, rip, static, table. + +
+ +#### General Configuration + +##### Common parameters + +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters allow-martian-nexthop + +When a peer receives a martian nexthop as part of the NLRI for a route +permit the nexthop to be used as such, instead of rejecting and resetting +the connection. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters router-id \ + +This command specifies the router-ID. If router ID is not specified it will +use the highest interface IP address. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp address-family \ +maximum-paths \ +maximum-paths \ + +This command defines the maximum number of parallel routes that +the BGP can support. In order for BGP to use the second path, the +following attributes have to match: Weight, Local Preference, AS +Path (both AS number and AS path length), Origin code, MED, IGP +metric. Also, the next hop address for each path must be different. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters no-hard-administrative-reset + +Do not send Hard Reset CEASE Notification for "Administrative Reset" +events. When set and Graceful Restart Notification capability is exchanged +between the peers, Graceful Restart procedures apply, and routes will be retained. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters log-neighbor-changes + +This command enable logging neighbor up/down changes and reset reason. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters no-client-to-client-reflection + +This command disables route reflection between route reflector clients. +By default, the clients of a route reflector are not required to be +fully meshed and the routes from a client are reflected to other clients. +However, if the clients are fully meshed, route reflection is not required. +In this case, use the `no-client-to-client-reflection` command +to disable client-to-client reflection. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters no-fast-external-failover + +Disable immediate session reset if peer's connected link goes down. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters no-ipv6-auto-ra + +By default, FRR sends router advertisement packets when Extended Next Hop is +on or when a connection is established directly using the device name (Unnumbered BGP). +Setting this option prevents FRR from sending router advertisement packets, but could break Unnumbered BGP. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp listen range \ peer-group \ + +This command is useful if one desires to loosen the requirement for BGP +to have strictly defined neighbors. Specifically what is allowed is for +the local router to listen to a range of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses defined +by a prefix and to accept BGP open messages. When a TCP connection +(and subsequently a BGP open message) from within this range tries to +connect the local router then the local router will respond and connect +with the parameters that are defined within the peer group. One must define +a peer-group for each range that is listed. If no peer-group is defined +then an error will keep you from committing the configuration. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp listen limit \ + +This command goes hand in hand with the listen range command to limit the +amount of BGP neighbors that are allowed to connect to the local router. +The limit range is 1 to 5000. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters ebgp-requires-policy + +This command changes the eBGP behavior of FRR. By default FRR enables +`8212` functionality which affects how eBGP routes are advertised, +namely no routes are advertised across eBGP sessions without some +sort of egress route-map/policy in place. In VyOS however we have this +RFC functionality disabled by default so that we can preserve backwards +compatibility with older versions of VyOS. With this option one can +enable `8212` functionality to operate. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters labeled-unicast \ + +By default, locally advertised prefixes use the implicit-null label to +encode in the outgoing NLRI. + +The following command uses the explicit-null label value for all the +BGP instances. + +
+ +##### Administrative Distance + +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters distance global +\ \ + +This command change distance value of BGP. The arguments are the distance +values for external routes, internal routes and local routes respectively. +The distance range is 1 to 255. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters distance prefix \ +distance \ + +This command sets the administrative distance for a particular route. The +distance range is 1 to 255. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Routes with a distance of 255 are effectively disabled and not +installed into the kernel. + +
+ +
+ +##### Timers + +
+ +set protocols bgp timers holdtime \ + +This command specifies hold-time in seconds. The timer range is +4 to 65535. The default value is 180 second. If you set value to 0 +VyOS will not hold routes. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp timers keepalive \ + +This command specifies keep-alive time in seconds. The timer +can range from 4 to 65535. The default value is 60 second. + +
+ +##### Route Dampening + +When a route fails, a routing update is sent to withdraw the route from the +network's routing tables. When the route is re-enabled, the change in +availability is also advertised. A route that continually fails and returns +requires a great deal of network traffic to update the network about the +route's status. + +Route dampening wich described in `2439` enables you to identify routes +that repeatedly fail and return. If route dampening is enabled, an unstable +route accumulates penalties each time the route fails and returns. If the +accumulated penalties exceed a threshold, the route is no longer advertised. +This is route suppression. Routes that have been suppressed are re-entered +into the routing table only when the amount of their penalty falls below a +threshold. + +A penalty of 1000 is assessed each time the route fails. When the penalties +reach a predefined threshold (suppress-value), the router stops advertising +the route. + +Once a route is assessed a penalty, the penalty is decreased by half each time +a predefined amount of time elapses (half-life-time). When the accumulated +penalties fall below a predefined threshold (reuse-value), the route is +unsuppressed and added back into the BGP routing table. + +No route is suppressed indefinitely. Maximum-suppress-time defines the maximum +time a route can be suppressed before it is re-advertised. + +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters dampening +half-life \ + +This command defines the amount of time in minutes after +which a penalty is reduced by half. The timer range is +10 to 45 minutes. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters dampening +re-use \ + +This command defines the accumulated penalty amount at which the +route is re-advertised. The penalty range is 1 to 20000. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters dampening +start-suppress-time \ + +This command defines the accumulated penalty amount at which the +route is suppressed. The penalty range is 1 to 20000. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters dampening +max-suppress-time \ + +This command defines the maximum time in minutes that a route is +suppressed. The timer range is 1 to 255 minutes. + +
+ +#### Route Selection Configuration + +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters always-compare-med + +This command provides to compare the MED on routes, even when they were +received from different neighbouring ASes. Setting this option makes the +order of preference of routes more defined, and should eliminate MED +induced oscillations. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters bestpath as-path confed + +This command specifies that the length of confederation path sets and +sequences should be taken into account during the BGP best path +decision process. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters bestpath as-path multipath-relax + +This command specifies that BGP decision process should consider paths +of equal AS_PATH length candidates for multipath computation. Without +the knob, the entire AS_PATH must match for multipath computation. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters bestpath as-path ignore + +Ignore AS_PATH length when selecting a route + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters bestpath compare-routerid + +Ensure that when comparing routes where both are equal on most metrics, +including local-pref, AS_PATH length, IGP cost, MED, that the tie is +broken based on router-ID. + +If this option is enabled, then the already-selected check, where +already selected eBGP routes are preferred, is skipped. + +If a route has an ORIGINATOR_ID attribute because it has been reflected, +that ORIGINATOR_ID will be used. Otherwise, the router-ID of the peer +the route was received from will be used. + +The advantage of this is that the route-selection (at this point) will +be more deterministic. The disadvantage is that a few or even one lowest-ID +router may attract all traffic to otherwise-equal paths because of this +check. It may increase the possibility of MED or IGP oscillation, unless +other measures were taken to avoid these. The exact behaviour will be +sensitive to the iBGP and reflection topology. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters bestpath med confed + +This command specifies that BGP considers the MED when comparing routes +originated from different sub-ASs within the confederation to which this +BGP speaker belongs. The default state, where the MED attribute is not +considered. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters bestpath med missing-as-worst + +This command specifies that a route with a MED is always considered to be +better than a route without a MED by causing the missing MED attribute to +have a value of infinity. The default state, where the missing MED +attribute is considered to have a value of zero. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters default local-pref +\ + +This command specifies the default local preference value. The local +preference range is 0 to 4294967295. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters deterministic-med + +This command provides to compare different MED values that advertised by +neighbours in the same AS for routes selection. When this command is +enabled, routes from the same autonomous system are grouped together, and +the best entries of each group are compared. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp address-family ipv4-unicast network +\ backdoor + +This command allows the router to prefer route to specified prefix learned +via IGP through backdoor link instead of a route to the same prefix learned +via EBGP. + +
+ +#### Route Filtering Configuration + +In order to control and modify routing information that is exchanged between +peers you can use route-map, filter-list, prefix-list, distribute-list. + +For inbound updates the order of preference is: + +> - route-map +> - filter-list +> - prefix-list, distribute-list + +For outbound updates the order of preference is: + +> - prefix-list, distribute-list +> - filter-list +> - route-map +> +>
+> +>
+> +> Note +> +>
+> +> The attributes `prefix-list` and `distribute-list` +> are mutually exclusive, and only one command (distribute-list or +> prefix-list) can be applied to each inbound or outbound direction for a +> particular neighbor. +> +>
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + distribute-list \ \ + +This command applies the access list filters named in \ to the +specified BGP neighbor to restrict the routing information that BGP learns +and/or advertises. The arguments `export` and `import` +specify the direction in which the access list are applied. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + prefix-list \ \ + +This command applies the prfefix list filters named in \ to the +specified BGP neighbor to restrict the routing information that BGP learns +and/or advertises. The arguments `export` and `import` +specify the direction in which the prefix list are applied. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + route-map \ \ + +This command applies the route map named in \ to the specified BGP +neighbor to control and modify routing information that is exchanged +between peers. The arguments `export` and `import` +specify the direction in which the route map are applied. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + filter-list \ \ + +This command applies the AS path access list filters named in \ to the +specified BGP neighbor to restrict the routing information that BGP learns +and/or advertises. The arguments `export` and `import` +specify the direction in which the AS path access list are applied. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ address-family + capability orf \ + +This command enables the ORF capability (described in `5291`) on the +local router, and enables ORF capability advertisement to the specified BGP +peer. The `receive` keyword configures a router to advertise ORF +receive capabilities. The `send` keyword configures a router to +advertise ORF send capabilities. To advertise a filter from a sender, you +must create an IP prefix list for the specified BGP peer applied in inbound +derection. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ solo + +This command prevents from sending back prefixes learned from the neighbor. + +
+ +#### BGP Scaling Configuration + +BGP routers connected inside the same AS through BGP belong to an internal BGP +session, or IBGP. In order to prevent routing table loops, IBGP speaker does +not advertise IBGP-learned routes to other IBGP speaker (Split Horizon +mechanism). As such, IBGP requires a full mesh of all peers. For large +networks, this quickly becomes unscalable. + +There are two ways that help us to mitigate the BGPs full-mesh requirement in +a network: + +> - Using BGP route-reflectors +> - Using BGP confederation + +##### Route Reflector Configuration + +Introducing route reflectors removes the need for the full-mesh. When you +configure a route reflector you have to tell the router whether the other IBGP +router is a client or non-client. A client is an IBGP router that the route +reflector will “reflect” routes to, the non-client is just a regular IBGP +neighbor. Route reflectors mechanism is described in `4456` and updated +by `7606`. + +
+ +set protocols bgp neighbor \ address-family +\ route-reflector-client + +This command specifies the given neighbor as route reflector client. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters cluster-id \ + +This command specifies cluster ID which identifies a collection of route +reflectors and their clients, and is used by route reflectors to avoid +looping. By default cluster ID is set to the BGP router id value, but can be +set to an arbitrary 32-bit value. + +
+ +##### Confederation Configuration + +A BGP confederation divides our AS into sub-ASes to reduce the number of +required IBGP peerings. Within a sub-AS we still require full-mesh IBGP but +between these sub-ASes we use something that looks like EBGP but behaves like +IBGP (called confederation BGP). Confederation mechanism is described in +`5065` + +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters confederation identifier +\ + +This command specifies a BGP confederation identifier. \ is the number +of the autonomous system that internally includes multiple sub-autonomous +systems (a confederation). + +
+ +
+ +set protocols bgp parameters confederation peers \ + +This command sets other confederations \ as members of autonomous +system specified by `confederation identifier `. + +
+ +## Operational Mode Commands + +### Show + +
+ +show bgp \ + +This command displays all entries in BGP routing table. + +
+ +``` none +BGP table version is 10, local router ID is 10.0.35.3, vrf id 0 +Default local pref 100, local AS 65000 +Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, = multipath, + i internal, r RIB-failure, S Stale, R Removed +Nexthop codes: @NNN nexthop's vrf id, < announce-nh-self +Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete + + Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path +*> 198.51.100.0/24 10.0.34.4 0 0 65004 i +*> 203.0.113.0/24 10.0.35.5 0 0 65005 i + +Displayed 2 routes and 2 total paths +``` + +
+ +show bgp \ \ + +This command displays information about the particular entry in the BGP +routing table. + +
+ +``` none +BGP routing table entry for 198.51.100.0/24 +Paths: (1 available, best #1, table default) + Advertised to non peer-group peers: + 10.0.13.1 10.0.23.2 10.0.34.4 10.0.35.5 + 65004 + 10.0.34.4 from 10.0.34.4 (10.0.34.4) + Origin IGP, metric 0, valid, external, best (First path received) + Last update: Wed Jan 6 12:18:53 2021 +``` + +
+ +show bgp cidr-only + +This command displays routes with classless interdomain routing (CIDR). + +
+ +
+ +show bgp \ community \ + +This command displays routes that belong to specified BGP communities. +Valid value is a community number in the range from 1 to 4294967200, +or AA:NN (autonomous system-community number/2-byte number), no-export, +local-as, or no-advertise. + +
+ +
+ +show bgp \ community-list \ + +This command displays routes that are permitted by the BGP +community list. + +
+ +
+ +show bgp \ dampening dampened-paths + +This command displays BGP dampened routes. + +
+ +
+ +show bgp \ dampening flap-statistics + +This command displays information about flapping BGP routes. + +
+ +
+ +show bgp \ filter-list \ + +This command displays BGP routes allowed by the specified AS Path +access list. + +
+ +
+ +show bgp \ neighbors \ advertised-routes + +This command displays BGP routes advertised to a neighbor. + +
+ +
+ +show bgp \ neighbors \ received-routes + +This command displays BGP routes originating from the specified BGP +neighbor before inbound policy is applied. To use this command inbound +soft reconfiguration must be enabled. + +
+ +
+ +show bgp \ neighbors \ routes + +This command displays BGP received-routes that are accepted after filtering. + +
+ +
+ +show bgp \ neighbors \ dampened-routes + +This command displays dampened routes received from BGP neighbor. + +
+ +
+ +show bgp \ regexp \ + +This command displays information about BGP routes whose AS path +matches the specified regular expression. + +
+ +
+ +show bgp \ summary + +This command displays the status of all BGP connections. + +
+ +``` none +IPv4 Unicast Summary: +BGP router identifier 10.0.35.3, local AS number 65000 vrf-id 0 +BGP table version 11 +RIB entries 5, using 920 bytes of memory +Peers 4, using 82 KiB of memory + +Neighbor V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/PfxRcd +10.0.13.1 4 65000 148 159 0 0 0 02:16:01 0 +10.0.23.2 4 65000 136 143 0 0 0 02:13:21 0 +10.0.34.4 4 65004 161 163 0 0 0 02:16:01 1 +10.0.35.5 4 65005 162 166 0 0 0 02:16:01 1 + +Total number of neighbors 4 +``` + +### Reset + +
+ +reset bgp \ \ \[soft \[in|](##SUBST##|ipv6>
[soft [in|)out\]\] + +This command resets BGP connections to the specified neighbor IP address. +With argument `soft` this command initiates a soft reset. If +you do not specify the `in` or `out` options, both +inbound and outbound soft reconfiguration are triggered. + +
+ +
+ +reset ip bgp all + +This command resets all BGP connections of given router. + +
+ +
+ +reset bgp \ external + +This command resets all external BGP peers of given router. + +
+ +
+ +reset bgp \ peer-group \ \[soft \[in|](##SUBST##|ipv6> peer-group [soft [in|)out\]\] + +This command resets BGP connections to the specified peer group. +With argument `soft` this command initiates a soft reset. If +you do not specify the `in` or `out` options, both +inbound and outbound soft reconfiguration are triggered. + +
+ +## Examples + +### IPv4 peering + +A simple eBGP configuration: + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set protocols bgp system-as 65534 +set protocols bgp neighbor 192.168.0.2 ebgp-multihop '2' +set protocols bgp neighbor 192.168.0.2 remote-as '65535' +set protocols bgp neighbor 192.168.0.2 update-source '192.168.0.1' +set protocols bgp neighbor 192.168.0.2 address-family ipv4-unicast +set protocols bgp address-family ipv4-unicast network '172.16.0.0/16' +set protocols bgp parameters router-id '192.168.0.1' +``` + +**Node 2:** + +``` none +set protocols bgp system-as 65535 +set protocols bgp neighbor 192.168.0.1 ebgp-multihop '2' +set protocols bgp neighbor 192.168.0.1 remote-as '65534' +set protocols bgp neighbor 192.168.0.1 update-source '192.168.0.2' +set protocols bgp neighbor 192.168.0.2 address-family ipv4-unicast +set protocols bgp address-family ipv4-unicast network '172.17.0.0/16' +set protocols bgp parameters router-id '192.168.0.2' +``` + +Don't forget, the CIDR declared in the network statement MUST **exist in your +routing table (dynamic or static), the best way to make sure that is true is +creating a static route:** + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set protocols static route 172.16.0.0/16 blackhole distance '254' +``` + +**Node 2:** + +``` none +set protocols static route 172.17.0.0/16 blackhole distance '254' +``` + +### IPv6 peering + +A simple BGP configuration via IPv6. + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set protocols bgp system-as 65534 +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::2 ebgp-multihop '2' +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::2 remote-as '65535' +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::2 update-source '2001:db8::1' +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::2 address-family ipv6-unicast +set protocols bgp address-family ipv6-unicast network '2001:db8:1::/48' +set protocols bgp parameters router-id '10.1.1.1' +``` + +**Node 2:** + +``` none +set protocols bgp system-as 65535 +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::1 ebgp-multihop '2' +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::1 remote-as '65534' +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::1 update-source '2001:db8::2' +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::1 address-family ipv6-unicast +set protocols bgp address-family ipv6-unicast network '2001:db8:2::/48' +set protocols bgp parameters router-id '10.1.1.2' +``` + +Don't forget, the CIDR declared in the network statement **MUST exist in your +routing table (dynamic or static), the best way to make sure that is true is +creating a static route:** + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set protocols static route6 2001:db8:1::/48 blackhole distance '254' +``` + +**Node 2:** + +``` none +set protocols static route6 2001:db8:2::/48 blackhole distance '254' +``` + +### Route Filtering + +Route filter can be applied using a route-map: + +**Node1:** + +``` none +set policy prefix-list AS65535-IN rule 10 action 'permit' +set policy prefix-list AS65535-IN rule 10 prefix '172.16.0.0/16' +set policy prefix-list AS65535-OUT rule 10 action 'deny' +set policy prefix-list AS65535-OUT rule 10 prefix '172.16.0.0/16' +set policy prefix-list6 AS65535-IN rule 10 action 'permit' +set policy prefix-list6 AS65535-IN rule 10 prefix '2001:db8:2::/48' +set policy prefix-list6 AS65535-OUT rule 10 action 'deny' +set policy prefix-list6 AS65535-OUT rule 10 prefix '2001:db8:2::/48' + +set policy route-map AS65535-IN rule 10 action 'permit' +set policy route-map AS65535-IN rule 10 match ip address prefix-list 'AS65535-IN' +set policy route-map AS65535-IN rule 10 match ipv6 address prefix-list 'AS65535-IN' +set policy route-map AS65535-IN rule 20 action 'deny' +set policy route-map AS65535-OUT rule 10 action 'deny' +set policy route-map AS65535-OUT rule 10 match ip address prefix-list 'AS65535-OUT' +set policy route-map AS65535-OUT rule 10 match ipv6 address prefix-list 'AS65535-OUT' +set policy route-map AS65535-OUT rule 20 action 'permit' + +set protocols bgp system-as 65534 +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::2 address-family ipv4-unicast route-map export 'AS65535-OUT' +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::2 address-family ipv4-unicast route-map import 'AS65535-IN' +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::2 address-family ipv6-unicast route-map export 'AS65535-OUT' +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::2 address-family ipv6-unicast route-map import 'AS65535-IN' +``` + +**Node2:** + +``` none +set policy prefix-list AS65534-IN rule 10 action 'permit' +set policy prefix-list AS65534-IN rule 10 prefix '172.17.0.0/16' +set policy prefix-list AS65534-OUT rule 10 action 'deny' +set policy prefix-list AS65534-OUT rule 10 prefix '172.17.0.0/16' +set policy prefix-list6 AS65534-IN rule 10 action 'permit' +set policy prefix-list6 AS65534-IN rule 10 prefix '2001:db8:1::/48' +set policy prefix-list6 AS65534-OUT rule 10 action 'deny' +set policy prefix-list6 AS65534-OUT rule 10 prefix '2001:db8:1::/48' + +set policy route-map AS65534-IN rule 10 action 'permit' +set policy route-map AS65534-IN rule 10 match ip address prefix-list 'AS65534-IN' +set policy route-map AS65534-IN rule 10 match ipv6 address prefix-list 'AS65534-IN' +set policy route-map AS65534-IN rule 20 action 'deny' +set policy route-map AS65534-OUT rule 10 action 'deny' +set policy route-map AS65534-OUT rule 10 match ip address prefix-list 'AS65534-OUT' +set policy route-map AS65534-OUT rule 10 match ipv6 address prefix-list 'AS65534-OUT' +set policy route-map AS65534-OUT rule 20 action 'permit' + +set protocols bgp system-as 65535 +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::1 address-family ipv4-unicast route-map export 'AS65534-OUT' +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::1 address-family ipv4-unicast route-map import 'AS65534-IN' +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::1 address-family ipv6-unicast route-map export 'AS65534-OUT' +set protocols bgp neighbor 2001:db8::1 address-family ipv6-unicast route-map import 'AS65534-IN' +``` + +We could expand on this and also deny link local and multicast in the rule 20 +action deny. diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-failover.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-failover.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..06ce402d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-failover.md @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +# Failover + +Failover routes are manually configured routes, but they only install +to the routing table if the health-check target is alive. +If the target is not alive the route is removed from the routing table +until the target becomes available. + +## Failover Routes + +
+ +set protocols failover route \ next-hop \ check +target \ + +Configure next-hop \ and \ for an IPv4 static +route. Specify the target +IPv4 address for health checking. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols failover route \ next-hop \ check +timeout \ + +Timeout in seconds between health target checks. + +Range is 1 to 300, default is 10. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols failover route \ next-hop \ check +type \ + +Defines protocols for checking ARP, ICMP, TCP + +Default is `icmp`. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols failover route \ next-hop \ check +policy \ + +Policy for checking targets + +
+ +- `all-available` all checking target addresses must be available to pass + this check + +- `any-available` any of the checking target addresses must be available + to pass this check + + > Default is `any-available`. + +
+ +set protocols failover route \ next-hop \ +interface \ + +Next-hop interface for the route + +
+ +
+ +set protocols failover route \ next-hop \ +metric \ + +Route metric + +Default 1. + +
+ +## Example + +**One gateway:** + +``` none +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 192.0.2.1 check target '192.0.2.1' +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 192.0.2.1 check timeout '5' +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 192.0.2.1 check type 'icmp' +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 192.0.2.1 interface 'eth0' +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 192.0.2.1 metric '10' +``` + +Show the route + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ip route 203.0.113.1 + Routing entry for 203.0.113.1/32 + Known via "kernel", distance 0, metric 10, best + Last update 00:00:39 ago + * 192.0.2.1, via eth0 +``` + +**Two gateways and different metrics:** + +``` none +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 192.0.2.1 check target '192.0.2.1' +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 192.0.2.1 check timeout '5' +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 192.0.2.1 check type 'icmp' +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 192.0.2.1 interface 'eth0' +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 192.0.2.1 metric '10' + +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 198.51.100.1 check target '198.51.100.99' +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 198.51.100.1 check timeout '5' +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 198.51.100.1 check type 'icmp' +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 198.51.100.1 interface 'eth2' +set protocols failover route 203.0.113.1/32 next-hop 198.51.100.1 metric '20' +``` + +Show the route + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ip route 203.0.113.1 +Routing entry for 203.0.113.1/32 + Known via "kernel", distance 0, metric 10, best + Last update 00:08:06 ago + * 192.0.2.1, via eth0 + +Routing entry for 203.0.113.1/32 + Known via "kernel", distance 0, metric 20 + Last update 00:08:14 ago + * 198.51.100.1, via eth2 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-igmp-proxy.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-igmp-proxy.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f35f1747 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-igmp-proxy.md @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +lastproofread +2023-11-13 + +# IGMP Proxy + +`IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol)` proxy sends IGMP host messages +on behalf of a connected client. The configuration must define one, and only one +upstream interface, and one or more downstream interfaces. + +## Configuration + +
+ +set protocols igmp-proxy interface \ role +\ + +- **upstream:** The upstream network interface is the outgoing interface + which is responsible for communicating to available multicast data sources. + There can only be one upstream interface. +- **downstream:** Downstream network interfaces are the distribution + interfaces to the destination networks, where multicast clients can join + groups and receive multicast data. One or more downstream interfaces must + be configured. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols igmp-proxy interface \ alt-subnet \ + +Defines alternate sources for multicasting and IGMP data. The network address +must be on the following format 'a.b.c.d/n'. By default, the router will +accept data from sources on the same network as configured on an interface. +If the multicast source lies on a remote network, one must define from where +traffic should be accepted. + +This is especially useful for the upstream interface, since the source for +multicast traffic is often from a remote location. + +This option can be supplied multiple times. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols igmp-proxy disable-quickleave + +Disables quickleave mode. In this mode the daemon will not send a Leave IGMP +message upstream as soon as it receives a Leave message for any downstream +interface. The daemon will not ask for Membership reports on the downstream +interfaces, and if a report is received the group is not joined again the +upstream. + +If it's vital that the daemon should act exactly like a real multicast client +on the upstream interface, this function should be enabled. + +Enabling this function increases the risk of bandwidth saturation. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols igmp-proxy disable + +Disable this service. + +
+ +### Example + +Interface eth1 LAN is behind NAT. In order to subscribe 10.0.0.0/23 subnet +multicast which is in eth0 WAN we need to configure igmp-proxy. + +``` none +set protocols igmp-proxy interface eth0 role upstream +set protocols igmp-proxy interface eth0 alt-subnet 10.0.0.0/23 +set protocols igmp-proxy interface eth1 role downstream +``` + +## Operation + +
+ +restart igmp-proxy + +Restart the IGMP proxy process. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60e20bc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +# Protocols + +
+ +babel +bfd +bgp +failover +igmp-proxy +isis +mpls +segment-routing +ospf +pim +pim6 +rip +rpki +static + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-isis.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-isis.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8081860a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-isis.md @@ -0,0 +1,662 @@ +# IS-IS + +`IS-IS (Intermediate System to Intermediate System)` is a link-state +interior gateway protocol (IGP) which is described in ISO10589, +`1195`, `5308`. IS-IS runs the Dijkstra shortest-path first (SPF) +algorithm to create a database of the network’s topology, and +from that database to determine the best (that is, lowest cost) path to a +destination. The intermediate systems (the name for routers) exchange topology +information with their directly conencted neighbors. IS-IS runs directly on +the data link layer (Layer 2). IS-IS addresses are called +`NETs (Network Entity Titles)` and can be 8 to 20 bytes long, but are +generally 10 bytes long. The tree database that is created with IS-IS is +similar to the one that is created with OSPF in that the paths chosen should +be similar. Comparisons to OSPF are inevitable and often are reasonable ones +to make in regards to the way a network will respond with either IGP. + +## General + +### Configuration + +#### Mandatory Settings + +For IS-IS top operate correctly, one must do the equivalent of a Router ID in +CLNS. This Router ID is called the `NET (Network Entity Title)`. This +must be unique for each and every router that is operating in IS-IS. It also +must not be duplicated otherwise the same issues that occur within OSPF will +occur within IS-IS when it comes to said duplication. + +
+ +set protocols isis net \ + +This commad sets network entity title (NET) provided in ISO format. + +Here is an example `NET (Network Entity Title)` value: + +``` none +49.0001.1921.6800.1002.00 +``` + +The CLNS address consists of the following parts: + +- `AFI (Address family authority identifier)` - `49` The AFI value + 49 is what IS-IS uses for private addressing. +- Area identifier: `0001` IS-IS area number (numberical area `1`) +- System identifier: `1921.6800.1002` - for system idetifiers we recommend + to use IP address or MAC address of the router itself. The way to construct + this is to keep all of the zeroes of the router IP address, and then change + the periods from being every three numbers to every four numbers. The + address that is listed here is `192.168.1.2`, which if expanded will turn + into `192.168.001.002`. Then all one has to do is move the dots to have + four numbers instead of three. This gives us `1921.6800.1002`. +- `NET (Network Entity Title)` selector: `00` Must always be 00. This + setting indicates "this system" or "local system." + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ + +This command enables IS-IS on this interface, and allows for +adjacency to occur. Note that the name of IS-IS instance must be +the same as the one used to configure the IS-IS process. + +
+ +#### IS-IS Global Configuration + +
+ +set protocols isis dynamic-hostname + +This command enables support for dynamic hostname TLV. Dynamic hostname +mapping determined as described in `2763`, Dynamic Hostname +Exchange Mechanism for IS-IS. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis level \ + +This command defines the IS-IS router behavior: + +- **level-1** - Act as a station (Level 1) router only. +- **level-1-2** - Act as a station (Level 1) router and area (Level 2) router. +- **level-2-only** - Act as an area (Level 2) router only. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis lsp-mtu \ + +This command configures the maximum size of generated +`LSPs (Link State PDUs)`, in bytes. The size range is 128 to 4352. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis metric-style \ + +This command sets old-style (ISO 10589) or new style packet formats: + +- **narrow** - Use old style of TLVs with narrow metric. +- **transition** - Send and accept both styles of TLVs during transition. +- **wide** - Use new style of TLVs to carry wider metric. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis purge-originator + +This command enables `6232` purge originator identification. Enable +purge originator identification (POI) by adding the type, length and value +(TLV) with the Intermediate System (IS) identification to the LSPs that do +not contain POI information. If an IS generates a purge, VyOS adds this TLV +with the system ID of the IS to the purge. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis set-attached-bit + +This command sets ATT bit to 1 in Level1 LSPs. It is described in `3787`. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis set-overload-bit + +This command sets overload bit to avoid any transit traffic through this +router. It is described in `3787`. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis name default-information originate \ +level-1 + +This command will generate a default-route in L1 database. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis name default-information originate \ +level-2 + +This command will generate a default-route in L2 database. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis ldp-sync + +This command will enable IGP-LDP synchronization globally for ISIS. This +requires for LDP to be functional. This is described in `5443`. By +default all interfaces operational in IS-IS are enabled for synchronization. +Loopbacks are exempt. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis ldp-sync holddown \ + +This command will change the hold down value globally for IGP-LDP +synchronization during convergence/interface flap events. + +
+ +#### Interface Configuration + +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ circuit-type +\ + +This command specifies circuit type for interface: + +- **level-1** - Level-1 only adjacencies are formed. +- **level-1-2** - Level-1-2 adjacencies are formed +- **level-2-only** - Level-2 only adjacencies are formed + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ hello-interval +\ + +This command sets hello interval in seconds on a given interface. +The range is 1 to 600. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ hello-multiplier +\ + +This command sets multiplier for hello holding time on a given +interface. The range is 2 to 100. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ hello-padding + +This command configures padding on hello packets to accommodate asymmetrical +maximum transfer units (MTUs) from different hosts as described in +`3719`. This helps to prevent a premature adjacency Up state when one +routing devices MTU does not meet the requirements to establish the adjacency. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ metric \ + +This command set default metric for circuit. + +The metric range is 1 to 16777215 (Max value depend if metric support narrow +or wide value). + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ network +point-to-point + +This command specifies network type to Point-to-Point. The default +network type is broadcast. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ passive + +This command configures the passive mode for this interface. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ password +plaintext-password \ + +This command configures the authentication password for the interface. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ priority \ + +This command sets priority for the interface for +`DIS (Designated Intermediate System)` election. The priority +range is 0 to 127. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ psnp-interval +\ + +This command sets PSNP interval in seconds. The interval range is 0 +to 127. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ +no-three-way-handshake + +This command disables Three-Way Handshake for P2P adjacencies which +described in `5303`. Three-Way Handshake is enabled by default. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ ldp-sync disable + +This command disables IGP-LDP sync for this specific interface. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis interface \ ldp-sync holddown +\ + +This command will change the hold down value for IGP-LDP synchronization +during convergence/interface flap events, but for this interface only. + +
+ +#### Route Redistribution + +
+ +set protocols isis redistribute ipv4 \ level-1 + +This command redistributes routing information from the given route source +into the ISIS database as Level-1. There are six modes available for route +source: bgp, connected, kernel, ospf, rip, static. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis redistribute ipv4 \ level-2 + +This command redistributes routing information from the given route source +into the ISIS database as Level-2. There are six modes available for route +source: bgp, connected, kernel, ospf, rip, static. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis redistribute ipv4 \ +\ metric \ + +This command specifies metric for redistributed routes from the given route +source. There are six modes available for route source: bgp, connected, +kernel, ospf, rip, static. The metric range is 1 to 16777215. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis redistribute ipv4 \ +\ route-map \ + +This command allows to use route map to filter redistributed routes from +the given route source. There are six modes available for route source: +bgp, connected, kernel, ospf, rip, static. + +
+ +#### Timers + +
+ +set protocols isis lsp-gen-interval \ + +This command sets minimum interval in seconds between regenerating same +LSP. The interval range is 1 to 120. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis lsp-refresh-interval \ + +This command sets LSP refresh interval in seconds. IS-IS generates LSPs +when the state of a link changes. However, to ensure that routing +databases on all routers remain converged, LSPs in stable networks are +generated on a regular basis even though there has been no change to +the state of the links. The interval range is 1 to 65235. The default +value is 900 seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis max-lsp-lifetime \ + +This command sets LSP maximum LSP lifetime in seconds. The interval range +is 350 to 65535. LSPs remain in a database for 1200 seconds by default. +If they are not refreshed by that time, they are deleted. You can change +the LSP refresh interval or the LSP lifetime. The LSP refresh interval +should be less than the LSP lifetime or else LSPs will time out before +they are refreshed. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis spf-interval \ + +This command sets minimum interval between consecutive SPF calculations in +seconds.The interval range is 1 to 120. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis spf-delay-ietf holddown \ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis spf-delay-ietf init-delay +\ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis spf-delay-ietf long-delay +\ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis spf-delay-ietf short-delay +\ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis spf-delay-ietf time-to-learn +\ + +This commands specifies the Finite State Machine (FSM) intended to +control the timing of the execution of SPF calculations in response +to IGP events. The process described in `8405`. + +
+ +## Examples + +### Enable IS-IS + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address '192.168.255.255/32' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.0.2.1/24' + +set protocols isis interface eth1 +set protocols isis interface lo +set protocols isis net '49.0001.1921.6825.5255.00' +``` + +**Node 2:** + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.0.2.2/24' + +set interfaces loopback lo address '192.168.255.254/32' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.0.2.2/24' + +set protocols isis interface eth1 +set protocols isis interface lo +set protocols isis net '49.0001.1921.6825.5254.00' +``` + +This gives us the following neighborships, Level 1 and Level 2: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show isis neighbor +Area VyOS: + System Id Interface L State Holdtime SNPA + vyos eth1 1 Up 28 0c87.6c09.0001 + vyos eth1 2 Up 28 0c87.6c09.0001 + +Node-2@vyos:~$ show isis neighbor +Area VyOS: + System Id Interface L State Holdtime SNPA + vyos eth1 1 Up 29 0c33.0280.0001 + vyos eth1 2 Up 28 0c33.0280.0001 +``` + +Here's the IP routes that are populated. Just the loopback: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show ip route isis +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure + +I 192.0.2.0/24 [115/20] via 192.0.2.2, eth1 inactive, weight 1, 00:02:22 +I>* 192.168.255.254/32 [115/20] via 192.0.2.2, eth1, weight 1, 00:02:22 + +Node-2@vyos:~$ show ip route isis +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure + +I 192.0.2.0/24 [115/20] via 192.0.2.1, eth1 inactive, weight 1, 00:02:21 +I>* 192.168.255.255/32 [115/20] via 192.0.2.1, eth1, weight 1, 00:02:21 +``` + +### Enable IS-IS and redistribute routes not natively in IS-IS + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set interfaces dummy dum0 address '203.0.113.1/24' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.0.2.1/24' + +set policy prefix-list EXPORT-ISIS rule 10 action 'permit' +set policy prefix-list EXPORT-ISIS rule 10 prefix '203.0.113.0/24' +set policy route-map EXPORT-ISIS rule 10 action 'permit' +set policy route-map EXPORT-ISIS rule 10 match ip address prefix-list 'EXPORT-ISIS' + +set protocols isis interface eth1 +set protocols isis net '49.0001.1921.6800.1002.00' +set protocols isis redistribute ipv4 connected level-2 route-map 'EXPORT-ISIS' +``` + +**Node 2:** + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.0.2.2/24' + +set protocols isis interface eth1 +set protocols isis net '49.0001.1921.6800.2002.00' +``` + +Routes on Node 2: + +``` none +Node-2@r2:~$ show ip route isis +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, D - SHARP, + F - PBR, f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued route, r - rejected route + +I 203.0.113.0/24 [115/10] via 192.0.2.1, eth1, 00:03:42 +``` + +### Enable IS-IS and IGP-LDP synchronization + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address 192.168.255.255/32 +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 192.0.2.1/24 + +set protocols isis interface eth0 +set protocols isis interface lo passive +set protocols isis ldp-sync +set protocols isis net 49.0001.1921.6825.5255.00 + +set protocols mpls interface eth0 +set protocols mpls ldp discovery transport-ipv4-address 192.168.255.255 +set protocols mpls ldp interface lo +set protocols mpls ldp interface eth0 +set protocols mpls ldp parameters transport-prefer-ipv4 +set protocols mpls ldp router-id 192.168.255.255 +``` + +This gives us IGP-LDP synchronization for all non-loopback interfaces with +a holddown timer of zero seconds: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show isis mpls ldp-sync +eth0 + LDP-IGP Synchronization enabled: yes + holddown timer in seconds: 0 + State: Sync achieved +``` + +### Enable IS-IS with Segment Routing (Experimental) + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address '192.168.255.255/32' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.0.2.1/24' + +set protocols isis interface eth1 +set protocols isis interface lo +set protocols isis net '49.0001.1921.6825.5255.00' +set protocols isis segment-routing global-block high-label-value '599' +set protocols isis segment-routing global-block low-label-value '550' +set protocols isis segment-routing prefix 192.168.255.255/32 index value '1' +set protocols isis segment-routing prefix 192.168.255.255/32 index explicit-null +set protocols mpls interface 'eth1' +``` + +**Node 2:** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address '192.168.255.254/32' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.0.2.2/24' + +set protocols isis interface eth1 +set protocols isis interface lo +set protocols isis net '49.0001.1921.6825.5254.00' +set protocols isis segment-routing global-block high-label-value '599' +set protocols isis segment-routing global-block low-label-value '550' +set protocols isis segment-routing prefix 192.168.255.254/32 index value '2' +set protocols isis segment-routing prefix 192.168.255.254/32 index explicit-null +set protocols mpls interface 'eth1' +``` + +This gives us MPLS segment routing enabled and labels for far end loopbacks: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show mpls table + Inbound Label Type Nexthop Outbound Label + ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + 552 SR (IS-IS) 192.0.2.2 IPv4 Explicit Null <-- Node-2 loopback learned on Node-1 + 15000 SR (IS-IS) 192.0.2.2 implicit-null + 15001 SR (IS-IS) fe80::e87:6cff:fe09:1 implicit-null + 15002 SR (IS-IS) 192.0.2.2 implicit-null + 15003 SR (IS-IS) fe80::e87:6cff:fe09:1 implicit-null + +Node-2@vyos:~$ show mpls table + Inbound Label Type Nexthop Outbound Label + --------------------------------------------------------------------- + 551 SR (IS-IS) 192.0.2.1 IPv4 Explicit Null <-- Node-1 loopback learned on Node-2 + 15000 SR (IS-IS) 192.0.2.1 implicit-null + 15001 SR (IS-IS) fe80::e33:2ff:fe80:1 implicit-null + 15002 SR (IS-IS) 192.0.2.1 implicit-null + 15003 SR (IS-IS) fe80::e33:2ff:fe80:1 implicit-null +``` + +Here is the routing tables showing the MPLS segment routing label operations: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show ip route isis +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure + +I 192.0.2.0/24 [115/20] via 192.0.2.2, eth1 inactive, weight 1, 00:07:48 +I>* 192.168.255.254/32 [115/20] via 192.0.2.2, eth1, label IPv4 Explicit Null, weight 1, 00:03:39 + +Node-2@vyos:~$ show ip route isis +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure + +I 192.0.2.0/24 [115/20] via 192.0.2.1, eth1 inactive, weight 1, 00:07:46 +I>* 192.168.255.255/32 [115/20] via 192.0.2.1, eth1, label IPv4 Explicit Null, weight 1, 00:03:43 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-mpls.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-mpls.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b729d8c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-mpls.md @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +# MPLS + +`MPLS (Multi-Protocol Label Switching)` is a packet forwarding paradigm +which differs from regular IP forwarding. Instead of IP addresses being used to +make the decision on finding the exit interface, a router will instead use an +exact match on a 32 bit/4 byte header called the MPLS label. This label is +inserted between the ethernet (layer 2) header and the IP (layer 3) header. +One can statically or dynamically assign label allocations, but we will focus +on dynamic allocation of labels using some sort of label distribution protocol +(such as the aptly named Label Distribution Protocol / LDP, Resource Reservation +Protocol / RSVP, or Segment Routing through OSPF/ISIS). These protocols allow +for the creation of a unidirectional/unicast path called a labeled switched +path (initialized as LSP) throughout the network that operates very much like +a tunnel through the network. An easy way of thinking about how an MPLS LSP +actually forwards traffic throughout a network is to think of a GRE tunnel. +They are not the same in how they operate, but they are the same in how they +handle the tunneled packet. It would be good to think of MPLS as a tunneling +technology that can be used to transport many different types of packets, to +aid in traffic engineering by allowing one to specify paths throughout the +network (using RSVP or SR), and to generally allow for easier intra/inter +network transport of data packets. + +For more information on how MPLS label switching works, please go visit +[Wikipedia (MPLS)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multiprotocol_Label_Switching). + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +MPLS support in VyOS is not finished yet, and therefore its +functionality is limited. Currently there is no support for MPLS enabled VPN +services such as L2VPNs and mVPNs. RSVP support is also not present as the +underlying routing stack (FRR) does not implement it. Currently VyOS +implements LDP as described in RFC 5036; other LDP standard are the +following ones: RFC 6720, RFC 6667, RFC 5919, RFC 5561, RFC 7552, RFC 4447. +Because MPLS is already available (FRR also supports RFC 3031). + +
+ +## Label Distribution Protocol + +The `MPLS (Multi-Protocol Label Switching)` architecture does not assume +a single protocol to create MPLS paths. VyOS supports the Label Distribution +Protocol (LDP) as implemented by FRR, based on `5036`. + +`LDP (Label Distribution Protocol)` is a TCP based MPLS signaling protocol +that distributes labels creating MPLS label switched paths in a dynamic manner. +LDP is not a routing protocol, as it relies on other routing protocols for +forwarding decisions. LDP cannot bootstrap itself, and therefore relies on said +routing protocols for communication with other routers that use LDP. + +In order to allow for LDP on the local router to exchange label advertisements +with other routers, a TCP session will be established between automatically +discovered and statically assigned routers. LDP will try to establish a TCP +session to the **transport address** of other routers. Therefore for LDP to +function properly please make sure the transport address is shown in the +routing table and reachable to traffic at all times. + +It is highly recommended to use the same address for both the LDP router-id and +the discovery transport address, but for VyOS MPLS LDP to work both parameters +must be explicitly set in the configuration. + +Another thing to keep in mind with LDP is that much like BGP, it is a protocol +that runs on top of TCP. It however does not have an ability to do something +like a refresh capability like BGPs route refresh capability. Therefore one +might have to reset the neighbor for a capability change or a configuration +change to work. + +## Configuration Options + +
+ +set protocols mpls interface \ + +Use this command to enable MPLS processing on the interface you define. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp interface \ + +Use this command to enable LDP on the interface you define. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp router-id \ + +Use this command to configure the IP address used as the LDP router-id of the +local device. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp discovery transport-ipv4-address \ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp discovery transport-ipv6-address \ + +Use this command to set the IPv4 or IPv6 transport-address used by LDP. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp neighbor \ password \ + +Use this command to configure authentication for LDP peers. Set the +IP address of the LDP peer and a password that should be shared in +order to become neighbors. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp neighbor \ session-holdtime \ + +Use this command to configure a specific session hold time for LDP peers. +Set the IP address of the LDP peer and a session hold time that should be +configured for it. You may have to reset the neighbor for this to work. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp neighbor \ ttl-security +\ + +Use this command to enable, disable, or specify hop count for TTL security +for LDP peers. By default the value is set to 255 (or max TTL). + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp discovery hello-ipv4-interval \ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp discovery hello-ipv4-holdtime \ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp discovery hello-ipv6-interval \ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp discovery hello-ipv6-holdtime \ + +Use these commands if you would like to set the discovery hello and hold time +parameters. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp discovery session-ipv4-holdtime \ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp discovery session-ipv6-holdtime \ + +Use this command if you would like to set the TCP session hold time intervals. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp import ipv4 import-filter filter-access-list +\ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp import ipv6 import-filter filter-access-list6 +\ + +Use these commands to control the importing of forwarding equivalence classes +(FECs) for LDP from neighbors. This would be useful for example on only +accepting the labeled routes that are needed and not ones that are not +needed, such as accepting loopback interfaces and rejecting all others. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp export ipv4 export-filter filter-access-list +\ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp export ipv6 export-filter filter-access-list6 +\ + +Use these commands to control the exporting of forwarding equivalence classes +(FECs) for LDP to neighbors. This would be useful for example on only +announcing the labeled routes that are needed and not ones that are not +needed, such as announcing loopback interfaces and no others. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp export ipv4 explicit-null + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp export ipv6 explicit-null + +Use this command if you would like for the router to advertise FECs with a +label of 0 for explicit null operations. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp allocation ipv4 access-list +\ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp allocation ipv6 access-list6 +\ + +Use this command if you would like to control the local FEC allocations for +LDP. A good example would be for your local router to not allocate a label for +everything. Just a label for what it's useful. A good example would be just a +loopback label. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp parameters cisco-interop-tlv + +Use this command to use a Cisco non-compliant format to send and interpret +the Dual-Stack capability TLV for IPv6 LDP communications. This is related to +`7552`. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp parameters ordered-control + +Use this command to use ordered label distribution control mode. FRR +by default uses independent label distribution control mode for label +distribution. This is related to `5036`. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp parameters transport-prefer-ipv4 + +Use this command to prefer IPv4 for TCP peer transport connection for LDP +when both an IPv4 and IPv6 LDP address are configured on the same interface. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp targeted-neighbor ipv4 enable + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp targeted-neighbor ipv6 enable + +Use this command to enable targeted LDP sessions to the local router. The +router will then respond to any sessions that are trying to connect to it that +are not a link local type of TCP connection. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp targeted-neighbor ipv4 address \ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp targeted-neighbor ipv6 address \ + +Use this command to enable the local router to try and connect with a targeted +LDP session to another router. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp targeted-neighbor ipv4 hello-holdtime +\ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp targeted-neighbor ipv4 hello-interval +\ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp targeted-neighbor ipv6 hello-holdtime +\ + +
+ +
+ +set protocols mpls ldp targeted-neighbor ipv6 hello-interval +\ + +Use these commands if you would like to set the discovery hello and hold time +parameters for the targeted LDP neighbors. + +
+ +### Sample configuration to setup LDP on VyOS + +``` none +set protocols ospf area 0 network '192.168.255.252/32' <--- Routing for loopback +set protocols ospf area 0 network '192.168.0.5/32' <--- Routing for an interface connecting to the network +set protocols ospf parameters router-id '192.168.255.252' <--- Router ID setting for OSPF +set protocols mpls interface 'eth1' <--- Enable MPLS for an interface connecting to network +set protocols mpls ldp discovery transport-ipv4-address '192.168.255.252' <--- Transport address for LDP for TCP sessions to connect to +set protocols mpls ldp interface 'eth1' <--- Enable LDP for an interface connecting to network +set protocols mpls ldp interface 'lo' <--- Enable LDP on loopback for future services connectivity +set protocols mpls ldp router-id '192.168.255.252' <--- Router ID setting for LDP +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.168.0.5/31' <--- Interface IP for connecting to network +set interfaces loopback lo address '192.168.255.252/32' <--- Interface loopback IP for router ID and other uses +``` + +## Operational Mode Commands + +When LDP is working, you will be able to see label information in the outcome +of `show ip route`. Besides that information, there are also specific *show* +commands for LDP: + +### Show + +
+ +show mpls ldp binding + +Use this command to see the Label Information Base. + +
+ +
+ +show mpls ldp discovery + +Use this command to see discovery hello information + +
+ +
+ +show mpls ldp interface + +Use this command to see LDP interface information + +
+ +
+ +show mpls ldp neighbor + +Use this command to see LDP neighbor information + +
+ +
+ +show mpls ldp neighbor detail + +Use this command to see detailed LDP neighbor information + +
+ +### Reset + +
+ +reset mpls ldp neighbor \ + +Use this command to reset an LDP neighbor/TCP session that is established + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-ospf.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-ospf.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a70bd840 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-ospf.md @@ -0,0 +1,1772 @@ +# OSPF + +`OSPF (Open Shortest Path First)` is a routing protocol for Internet +Protocol (IP) networks. It uses a link state routing (LSR) algorithm and falls +into the group of interior gateway protocols (IGPs), operating within a single +autonomous system (AS). It is defined as OSPF Version 2 in `2328` (1998) +for IPv4. Updates for IPv6 are specified as OSPF Version 3 in `5340` +(2008). OSPF supports the `CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing)` +addressing model. + +OSPF is a widely used IGP in large enterprise networks. + +## OSPFv2 (IPv4) + +### Configuration + +#### General + +VyOS does not have a special command to start the OSPF process. The OSPF process +starts when the first ospf enabled interface is configured. + +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ network \ + +This command specifies the OSPF enabled interface(s). If the interface has +an address from defined range then the command enables OSPF on this +interface so router can provide network information to the other ospf +routers via this interface. + +This command is also used to enable the OSPF process. The area number can be +specified in decimal notation in the range from 0 to 4294967295. Or it +can be specified in dotted decimal notation similar to ip address. + +Prefix length in interface must be equal or bigger (i.e. smaller network) +than prefix length in network statement. For example statement above doesn't +enable ospf on interface with address 192.168.1.1/23, but it does on +interface with address 192.168.1.129/25. + +In some cases it may be more convenient to enable OSPF on a per +interface/subnet +basis `set protocols ospf interface area ` + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf auto-cost reference-bandwidth \ + +This command sets the reference bandwidth for cost calculations, where +bandwidth can be in range from 1 to 4294967, specified in Mbits/s. The +default is 100Mbit/s (i.e. a link of bandwidth 100Mbit/s or higher will +have a cost of 1. Cost of lower bandwidth links will be scaled with +reference to this cost). + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf parameters router-id \ + +This command sets the router-ID of the OSPF process. The router-ID may be an +IP address of the router, but need not be – it can be any arbitrary 32bit +number. However it MUST be unique within the entire OSPF domain to the OSPF +speaker – bad things will happen if multiple OSPF speakers are configured +with the same router-ID! + +
+ +#### Optional + +
+ +set protocols ospf default-information originate \[always\] +\[metric \\] \[metric-type \<1|2\>\] \[route-map \\] + +Originate an AS-External (type-5) LSA describing a default route into all +external-routing capable areas, of the specified metric and metric type. +If the `always` keyword is given then the default is always +advertised, even when there is no default present in the routing table. +The argument `route-map` specifies to advertise the default route +if the route map is satisfied. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf distance global \ + +This command change distance value of OSPF globally. +The distance range is 1 to 255. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf distance ospf \ +\ + +This command change distance value of OSPF. The arguments are the distance +values for external routes, inter-area routes and intra-area routes +respectively. The distance range is 1 to 255. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Routes with a distance of 255 are effectively disabled and not +installed into the kernel. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf log-adjacency-changes \[detail\] + +This command allows to log changes in adjacency. With the optional +`detail` argument, all changes in adjacency status are shown. +Without `detail`, only changes to full or regressions are shown. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf max-metric router-lsa +\|](##SUBST##|on-shutdown |)on-startup \\> + +This enables `3137` support, where the OSPF process describes its +transit links in its router-LSA as having infinite distance so that other +routers will avoid calculating transit paths through the router while +still being able to reach networks through the router. + +This support may be enabled administratively (and indefinitely) with the +`administrative` command. It may also be enabled conditionally. +Conditional enabling of max-metric router-lsas can be for a period of +seconds after startup with the `on-startup ` command +and/or for a period of seconds prior to shutdown with the +`on-shutdown ` command. The time range is 5 to 86400. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf parameters abr-type +\ + +This command selects ABR model. OSPF router supports four ABR models: + +**cisco** – a router will be considered as ABR if it has several configured +links to the networks in different areas one of which is a backbone area. +Moreover, the link to the backbone area should be active (working). +**ibm** – identical to "cisco" model but in this case a backbone area link +may not be active. +**standard** – router has several active links to different areas. +**shortcut** – identical to "standard" but in this model a router is +allowed to use a connected areas topology without involving a backbone +area for inter-area connections. + +Detailed information about "cisco" and "ibm" models differences can be +found in `3509`. A "shortcut" model allows ABR to create routes +between areas based on the topology of the areas connected to this router +but not using a backbone area in case if non-backbone route will be +cheaper. For more information about "shortcut" model, +see ospf-shortcut-abr-02.txt + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf parameters rfc1583-compatibility + +`2328`, the successor to `1583`, suggests according to section +G.2 (changes) in section 16.4.1 a change to the path preference algorithm +that prevents possible routing loops that were possible in the old version +of OSPFv2. More specifically it demands that inter-area paths and +intra-area backbone path are now of equal preference but still both +preferred to external paths. + +This command should NOT be set normally. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ passive \[disable\] + +This command specifies interface as passive. Passive interface advertises +its address, but does not run the OSPF protocol (adjacencies are not formed +and hello packets are not generated). + +The optional disable option allows to exclude interface from passive state. +This command is used if the command `passive-interface default` was +configured. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf passive-interface default + +This command specifies all interfaces as passive by default. Because this +command changes the configuration logic to a default passive; therefore, +interfaces where router adjacencies are expected need to be configured +by setting the `passive disable` flag for the specific interface. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf maximum-paths \<1-64\> + +Use this command to control the maximum number of equal cost paths to reach +a specific destination. The upper limit may differ if you change the value +of MULTIPATH_NUM during compilation. The default is MULTIPATH_NUM (64). + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf refresh timers \ + +The router automatically updates link-state information with its neighbors. +Only an obsolete information is updated which age has exceeded a specific +threshold. This parameter changes a threshold value, which by default is +1800 seconds (half an hour). The value is applied to the whole OSPF router. +The timer range is 10 to 1800. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf timers throttle spf +\ \ + +This command sets the initial delay, the initial-holdtime and the +maximum-holdtime between when SPF is calculated and the event which +triggered the calculation. The times are specified in milliseconds and must +be in the range of 0 to 600000 milliseconds. `delay` sets the +initial SPF schedule delay in milliseconds. The default value is 200 ms. +`initial-holdtime` sets the minimum hold time between two +consecutive SPF calculations. The default value is 1000 ms. +`max-holdtime` sets the maximum wait time between two +consecutive SPF calculations. The default value is 10000 ms. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf ldp-sync + +This command will enable IGP-LDP synchronization globally for OSPF. This +requires for LDP to be functional. This is described in `5443`. By +default all interfaces operational in OSPF are enabled for synchronization. +Loopbacks are exempt. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf ldp-sync holddown \ + +This command will change the hold down value globally for IGP-LDP +synchronization during convergence/interface flap events. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf capability opaque + +ospfd supports Opaque LSA `2370` as partial support for MPLS Traffic +Engineering LSAs. The opaque-lsa capability must be enabled in the +configuration. + +An alternate command could be "mpls-te on" (Traffic Engineering) + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +FRR offers only partial support for some of the routing +protocol extensions that are used with MPLS-TE; it does not +support a complete RSVP-TE solution. + +
+ +
+ +#### Area Configuration + +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ area-type stub + +This command specifies the area to be a Stub Area. That is, an area where +no router originates routes external to OSPF and hence an area where all +external routes are via the ABR(s). Hence, ABRs for such an area do not +need to pass AS-External LSAs (type-5) or ASBR-Summary LSAs (type-4) into +the area. They need only pass Network-Summary (type-3) LSAs into such an +area, along with a default-route summary. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ area-type stub no-summary + +This command specifies the area to be a Totally Stub Area. In addition to +stub area limitations this area type prevents an ABR from injecting +Network-Summary (type-3) LSAs into the specified stub area. Only default +summary route is allowed. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ area-type stub default-cost +\ + +This command sets the cost of default-summary LSAs announced to stubby +areas. The cost range is 0 to 16777215. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ area-type nssa + +This command specifies the area to be a Not So Stubby Area. External +routing information is imported into an NSSA in Type-7 LSAs. Type-7 LSAs +are similar to Type-5 AS-external LSAs, except that they can only be +flooded into the NSSA. In order to further propagate the NSSA external +information, the Type-7 LSA must be translated to a Type-5 AS-external-LSA +by the NSSA ABR. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ area-type nssa no-summary + +This command specifies the area to be a NSSA Totally Stub Area. ABRs for +such an area do not need to pass Network-Summary (type-3) LSAs (except the +default summary route), ASBR-Summary LSAs (type-4) and AS-External LSAs +(type-5) into the area. But Type-7 LSAs that convert to Type-5 at the NSSA +ABR are allowed. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ area-type nssa default-cost +\ + +This command sets the default cost of LSAs announced to NSSA areas. +The cost range is 0 to 16777215. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ area-type nssa translate +\ + +Specifies whether this NSSA border router will unconditionally translate +Type-7 LSAs into Type-5 LSAs. When role is Always, Type-7 LSAs are +translated into Type-5 LSAs regardless of the translator state of other +NSSA border routers. When role is Candidate, this router participates in +the translator election to determine if it will perform the translations +duties. When role is Never, this router will never translate Type-7 LSAs +into Type-5 LSAs. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ authentication plaintext-password + +This command specifies that simple password authentication should be used +for the given area. The password must also be configured on a per-interface +basis. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ authentication md5 + +This command specify that OSPF packets must be authenticated with MD5 HMACs +within the given area. Keying material must also be configured on a +per-interface basis. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ range \ \[cost \\] + +This command summarizes intra area paths from specified area into one +summary-LSA (Type-3) announced to other areas. This command can be used +only in ABR and ONLY router-LSAs (Type-1) and network-LSAs (Type-2) +(i.e. LSAs with scope area) can be summarized. AS-external-LSAs (Type-5) +can’t be summarized - their scope is AS. The optional argument +`cost` specifies the aggregated link metric. The metric range is 0 +to 16777215. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ range \ not-advertise + +This command instead of summarizing intra area paths filter them - i.e. +intra area paths from this range are not advertised into other areas. +This command makes sense in ABR only. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ export-list \ + +Filter Type-3 summary-LSAs announced to other areas originated from +intra- area paths from specified area. +This command makes sense in ABR only. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ import-list \ + +Same as export-list, but it applies to paths announced into specified +area as Type-3 summary-LSAs. +This command makes sense in ABR only. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ range \ substitute +\ + +One Type-3 summary-LSA with routing info \ is announced into +backbone area if defined area contains at least one intra-area network +(i.e. described with router-LSA or network-LSA) from range \. +This command makes sense in ABR only. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ shortcut \ + +This parameter allows to "shortcut" routes (non-backbone) for inter-area +routes. There are three modes available for routes shortcutting: + +**default** – this area will be used for shortcutting only if ABR does not +have a link to the backbone area or this link was lost. +**enable** – the area will be used for shortcutting every time the route +that goes through it is cheaper. +**disable** – this area is never used by ABR for routes shortcutting. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf area \ virtual-link \ + +Provides a backbone area coherence by virtual link establishment. + +In general, OSPF protocol requires a backbone area (area 0) to be coherent +and fully connected. I.e. any backbone area router must have a route to any +other backbone area router. Moreover, every ABR must have a link to +backbone area. However, it is not always possible to have a physical link +to a backbone area. In this case between two ABR (one of them has a link to +the backbone area) in the area (not stub area) a virtual link is organized. + +\ – area identifier through which a virtual link goes. +\ – ABR router-id with which a virtual link is established. Virtual +link must be configured on both routers. + +Formally, a virtual link looks like a point-to-point network connecting two +ABR from one area one of which physically connected to a backbone area. +This pseudo-network is considered to belong to a backbone area. + +
+ +#### Interface Configuration + +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ area \ + +Enable ospf on an interface and set associated area. + +If you have a lot of interfaces, and/or a lot of subnets, then enabling +OSPF via this command may result in a slight performance improvement. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ authentication +plaintext-password \ + +This command sets OSPF authentication key to a simple password. After +setting, all OSPF packets are authenticated. Key has length up to 8 chars. + +Simple text password authentication is insecure and deprecated in favour of +MD5 HMAC authentication. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ authentication md5 +key-id \ md5-key \ + +This command specifys that MD5 HMAC authentication must be used on this +interface. It sets OSPF authentication key to a cryptographic password. +Key-id identifies secret key used to create the message digest. This ID +is part of the protocol and must be consistent across routers on a link. +The key can be long up to 16 chars (larger strings will be truncated), +and is associated with the given key-id. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ bandwidth \ + +This command sets the interface bandwidth for cost calculations, where +bandwidth can be in range from 1 to 100000, specified in Mbits/s. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ cost \ + +This command sets link cost for the specified interface. The cost value is +set to router-LSA’s metric field and used for SPF calculation. The cost +range is 1 to 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ dead-interval \ + +Set number of seconds for router Dead Interval timer value used for Wait +Timer and Inactivity Timer. This value must be the same for all routers +attached to a common network. The default value is 40 seconds. The +interval range is 1 to 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ hello-multiplier \ + +The hello-multiplier specifies how many Hellos to send per second, from 1 +(every second) to 10 (every 100ms). Thus one can have 1s convergence time +for OSPF. If this form is specified, then the hello-interval advertised in +Hello packets is set to 0 and the hello-interval on received Hello packets +is not checked, thus the hello-multiplier need NOT be the same across +multiple routers on a common link. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ hello-interval \ + +Set number of seconds for Hello Interval timer value. Setting this value, +Hello packet will be sent every timer value seconds on the specified +interface. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a +common network. The default value is 10 seconds. The interval range is 1 +to 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ bfd + +This command enables `BFD (Bidirectional Forwarding Detection)` on +this OSPF link interface. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ mtu-ignore + +This command disables check of the MTU value in the OSPF DBD packets. Thus, +use of this command allows the OSPF adjacency to reach the FULL state even +though there is an interface MTU mismatch between two OSPF routers. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ network \ + +This command allows to specify the distribution type for the network +connected to this interface: + +**broadcast** – broadcast IP addresses distribution. +**non-broadcast** – address distribution in NBMA networks topology. +**point-to-multipoint** – address distribution in point-to-multipoint +networks. +**point-to-point** – address distribution in point-to-point networks. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ priority \ + +This command sets Router Priority integer value. The router with the +highest priority will be more eligible to become Designated Router. +Setting the value to 0, makes the router ineligible to become +Designated Router. The default value is 1. The interval range is 0 to 255. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ retransmit-interval +\ + +This command sets number of seconds for RxmtInterval timer value. This +value is used when retransmitting Database Description and Link State +Request packets if acknowledge was not received. The default value is 5 +seconds. The interval range is 3 to 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ transmit-delay \ + +This command sets number of seconds for InfTransDelay value. It allows to +set and adjust for each interface the delay interval before starting the +synchronizing process of the router's database with all neighbors. The +default value is 1 seconds. The interval range is 3 to 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ ldp-sync disable + +This command disables IGP-LDP sync for this specific interface. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf interface \ ldp-sync holddown +\ + +This command will change the hold down value for IGP-LDP synchronization +during convergence/interface flap events, but for this interface only. + +
+ +#### External Route Summarisation + +This feature summarises originated external LSAs (Type-5 and Type-7). Summary +Route will be originated on-behalf of all matched external LSAs. + +
+ +set protocols ospf aggregation timer \ + +Configure aggregation delay timer interval. + +Summarisation starts only after this delay timer expiry. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf summary-address x.x.x.x/y \[tag (1-4294967295)\] + +This command enable/disables summarisation for the configured address range. + +Tag is the optional parameter. If tag configured Summary route will be +originated with the configured tag. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf summary-address x.x.x.x/y no-advertise + +This command to ensure not advertise the summary lsa for the matched +external LSAs. + +
+ +#### Graceful Restart + +
+ +set protocols ospf graceful-restart \[grace-period (1-1800)\] + +Configure Graceful Restart `3623` restarting support. When enabled, +the default grace period is 120 seconds. + +To perform a graceful shutdown, the FRR `graceful-restart prepare ip ospf` EXEC-level command needs to be issued before restarting the +ospfd daemon. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf graceful-restart helper enable \[router-id A.B.C.D\] + +Configure Graceful Restart `3623` helper support. By default, helper support +is disabled for all neighbours. This config enables/disables helper support +on this router for all neighbours. + +To enable/disable helper support for a specific neighbour, the router-id +(A.B.C.D) has to be specified. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf graceful-restart helper no-strict-lsa-checking + +By default strict-lsa-checking is configured then the helper will abort +the Graceful Restart when a LSA change occurs which affects the restarting +router. + +This command disables it. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf graceful-restart helper supported-grace-time + +Supports as HELPER for configured grace period. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf graceful-restart helper planned-only + +It helps to support as HELPER only for planned restarts. + +By default, it supports both planned and unplanned outages. + +
+ +#### Manual Neighbor Configuration + +OSPF routing devices normally discover their neighbors dynamically by +listening to the broadcast or multicast hello packets on the network. +Because an NBMA network does not support broadcast (or multicast), the +device cannot discover its neighbors dynamically, so you must configure all +the neighbors statically. + +
+ +set protocols ospf neighbor \ + +This command specifies the IP address of the neighboring device. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf neighbor \ poll-interval \ + +This command specifies the length of time, in seconds, before the routing +device sends hello packets out of the interface before it establishes +adjacency with a neighbor. The range is 1 to 65535 seconds. The default +value is 60 seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf neighbor \ priority \ + +This command specifies the router priority value of the nonbroadcast +neighbor associated with the IP address specified. The default is 0. +This keyword does not apply to point-to-multipoint interfaces. + +
+ +#### Redistribution Configuration + +
+ +set protocols ospf redistribute \ + +This command redistributes routing information from the given route source +to the OSPF process. There are five modes available for route source: bgp, +connected, kernel, rip, static. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf default-metric \ + +This command specifies the default metric value of redistributed routes. +The metric range is 0 to 16777214. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf redistribute \ metric \ + +This command specifies metric for redistributed routes from the given +route source. There are five modes available for route source: bgp, +connected, kernel, rip, static. The metric range is 1 to 16777214. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf redistribute \ metric-type \<1|2\> + +This command specifies metric type for redistributed routes. Difference +between two metric types that metric type 1 is a metric which is +"commensurable" with inner OSPF links. When calculating a metric to the +external destination, the full path metric is calculated as a metric sum +path of a router which had advertised this link plus the link metric. +Thus, a route with the least summary metric will be selected. If external +link is advertised with metric type 2 the path is selected which lies +through the router which advertised this link with the least metric +despite of the fact that internal path to this router is longer (with more +cost). However, if two routers advertised an external link and with metric +type 2 the preference is given to the path which lies through the router +with a shorter internal path. If two different routers advertised two +links to the same external destimation but with different metric type, +metric type 1 is preferred. If type of a metric left undefined the router +will consider these external links to have a default metric type 2. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf redistribute \ route-map \ + +This command allows to use route map to filter redistributed routes from +the given route source. There are five modes available for route source: +bgp, connected, kernel, rip, static. + +
+ +#### Operational Mode Commands + +
+ +show ip ospf neighbor + +This command displays the neighbors status. + +
+ +``` none +Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Address Interface RXmtL RqstL DBsmL +10.0.13.1 1 Full/DR 38.365s 10.0.13.1 eth0:10.0.13.3 0 0 0 +10.0.23.2 1 Full/Backup 39.175s 10.0.23.2 eth1:10.0.23.3 0 0 0 +``` + +
+ +show ip ospf neighbor detail + +This command displays the neighbors information in a detailed form, not +just a summary table. + +
+ +``` none +Neighbor 10.0.13.1, interface address 10.0.13.1 + In the area 0.0.0.0 via interface eth0 + Neighbor priority is 1, State is Full, 5 state changes + Most recent state change statistics: + Progressive change 11m55s ago + DR is 10.0.13.1, BDR is 10.0.13.3 + Options 2 *|-|-|-|-|-|E|- + Dead timer due in 34.854s + Database Summary List 0 + Link State Request List 0 + Link State Retransmission List 0 + Thread Inactivity Timer on + Thread Database Description Retransmision off + Thread Link State Request Retransmission on + Thread Link State Update Retransmission on + +Neighbor 10.0.23.2, interface address 10.0.23.2 + In the area 0.0.0.1 via interface eth1 + Neighbor priority is 1, State is Full, 4 state changes + Most recent state change statistics: + Progressive change 41.193s ago + DR is 10.0.23.3, BDR is 10.0.23.2 + Options 2 *|-|-|-|-|-|E|- + Dead timer due in 35.661s + Database Summary List 0 + Link State Request List 0 + Link State Retransmission List 0 + Thread Inactivity Timer on + Thread Database Description Retransmision off + Thread Link State Request Retransmission on + Thread Link State Update Retransmission on +``` + +
+ +show ip ospf neighbor \ + +This command displays the neighbors information in a detailed form for a +neighbor whose IP address is specified. + +
+ +
+ +show ip ospf neighbor \ + +This command displays the neighbors status for a neighbor on the specified +interface. + +
+ +
+ +show ip ospf interface \[\\] + +This command displays state and configuration of OSPF the specified +interface, or all interfaces if no interface is given. + +
+ +``` none +eth0 is up + ifindex 2, MTU 1500 bytes, BW 4294967295 Mbit + Internet Address 10.0.13.3/24, Broadcast 10.0.13.255, Area 0.0.0.0 + MTU mismatch detection: enabled + Router ID 10.0.23.3, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 + Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State Backup, Priority 1 + Backup Designated Router (ID) 10.0.23.3, Interface Address 10.0.13.3 + Multicast group memberships: OSPFAllRouters OSPFDesignatedRouters + Timer intervals configured, Hello 10s, Dead 40s, Wait 40s, Retransmit 5 + Hello due in 4.470s + Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 +eth1 is up + ifindex 3, MTU 1500 bytes, BW 4294967295 Mbit + Internet Address 10.0.23.3/24, Broadcast 10.0.23.255, Area 0.0.0.1 + MTU mismatch detection: enabled + Router ID 10.0.23.3, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 + Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1 + Backup Designated Router (ID) 10.0.23.2, Interface Address 10.0.23.2 + Saved Network-LSA sequence number 0x80000002 + Multicast group memberships: OSPFAllRouters OSPFDesignatedRouters + Timer intervals configured, Hello 10s, Dead 40s, Wait 40s, Retransmit 5 + Hello due in 4.563s + Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 +``` + +
+ +show ip ospf route \[detail\] + +This command displays the OSPF routing table, as determined by the most +recent SPF calculation. With the optional `detail` argument, +each route item's advertiser router and network attribute will be shown. + +
+ +``` none +============ OSPF network routing table ============ +N IA 10.0.12.0/24 [3] area: 0.0.0.0 + via 10.0.13.3, eth0 +N 10.0.13.0/24 [1] area: 0.0.0.0 + directly attached to eth0 +N IA 10.0.23.0/24 [2] area: 0.0.0.0 + via 10.0.13.3, eth0 +N 10.0.34.0/24 [2] area: 0.0.0.0 + via 10.0.13.3, eth0 + +============ OSPF router routing table ============= +R 10.0.23.3 [1] area: 0.0.0.0, ABR + via 10.0.13.3, eth0 +R 10.0.34.4 [2] area: 0.0.0.0, ASBR + via 10.0.13.3, eth0 + +============ OSPF external routing table =========== +N E2 172.16.0.0/24 [2/20] tag: 0 + via 10.0.13.3, eth0 +``` + +The table consists of following data: + +**OSPF network routing table** – includes a list of acquired routes for all +accessible networks (or aggregated area ranges) of OSPF system. "IA" flag +means that route destination is in the area to which the router is not +connected, i.e. it’s an inter-area path. In square brackets a summary metric +for all links through which a path lies to this network is specified. "via" +prefix defines a router-gateway, i.e. the first router on the way to the +destination (next hop). +**OSPF router routing table** – includes a list of acquired routes to all +accessible ABRs and ASBRs. +**OSPF external routing table** – includes a list of acquired routes that are +external to the OSPF process. "E" flag points to the external link metric type +(E1 – metric type 1, E2 – metric type 2). External link metric is printed in +the "\/\" format. + +
+ +show ip ospf border-routers + +This command displays a table of paths to area boundary and autonomous +system boundary routers. + +
+ +
+ +show ip ospf database + +This command displays a summary table with a database contents (LSA). + +
+ +``` none +OSPF Router with ID (10.0.13.1) + + Router Link States (Area 0.0.0.0) + +Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# CkSum Link count +10.0.13.1 10.0.13.1 984 0x80000005 0xd915 1 +10.0.23.3 10.0.23.3 1186 0x80000008 0xfe62 2 +10.0.34.4 10.0.34.4 1063 0x80000004 0x4e3f 1 + + Net Link States (Area 0.0.0.0) + +Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# CkSum +10.0.13.1 10.0.13.1 994 0x80000003 0x30bb +10.0.34.4 10.0.34.4 1188 0x80000001 0x9411 + + Summary Link States (Area 0.0.0.0) + +Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# CkSum Route +10.0.12.0 10.0.23.3 1608 0x80000001 0x6ab6 10.0.12.0/24 +10.0.23.0 10.0.23.3 981 0x80000003 0xe232 10.0.23.0/24 + + AS External Link States + +Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# CkSum Route +172.16.0.0 10.0.34.4 1063 0x80000001 0xc40d E2 172.16.0.0/24 [0x0] +``` + +
+ +show ip ospf database \ \[A.B.C.D\] +\[adv-router \|self-originate\] + +This command displays a database contents for a specific link advertisement +type. + +The type can be the following: +asbr-summary, external, network, nssa-external, opaque-area, opaque-as, +opaque-link, router, summary. + +\[A.B.C.D\] – link-state-id. With this specified the command displays portion +of the network environment that is being described by the advertisement. +The value entered depends on the advertisement’s LS type. It must be +entered in the form of an IP address. + +`adv-router ` – router id, which link advertisements need +to be reviewed. + +`self-originate` displays only self-originated LSAs from the local +router. + +
+ +``` none +OSPF Router with ID (10.0.13.1) + + Router Link States (Area 0.0.0.0) + +LS age: 1213 +Options: 0x2 : *|-|-|-|-|-|E|- +LS Flags: 0x3 +Flags: 0x0 +LS Type: router-LSA +Link State ID: 10.0.13.1 +Advertising Router: 10.0.13.1 +LS Seq Number: 80000009 +Checksum: 0xd119 +Length: 36 + +Number of Links: 1 + +Link connected to: a Transit Network +(Link ID) Designated Router address: 10.0.13.1 +(Link Data) Router Interface address: 10.0.13.1 +Number of TOS metrics: 0 +TOS 0 Metric: 1 +``` + +
+ +show ip ospf database max-age + +This command displays LSAs in MaxAge list. + +
+ +#### Examples + +##### Enable OSPF + +**Node 1** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address 10.1.1.1/32 +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 192.168.0.1/24 +set protocols ospf area 0 network 192.168.0.0/24 +set protocols ospf area 0 network 10.1.1.1/32 +set protocols ospf parameters router-id 10.1.1.1 +``` + +**Node 2** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address 10.1.1.2/32 +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 192.168.0.2/24 +set protocols ospf area 0 network 192.168.0.0/24 +set protocols ospf area 0 network 10.1.1.2/32 +set protocols ospf parameters router-id 10.1.1.2 +``` + +Here's the neighbors up: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show ip ospf neighbor + +Neighbor ID Pri State Up Time Dead Time Address Interface RXmtL RqstL DBsmL +10.1.1.2 1 Full/DR 3m43s 36.094s 192.168.0.2 eth0:192.168.0.1 0 0 0 + + + +Node-2@vyos:~$ show ip ospf neighbor + +Neighbor ID Pri State Up Time Dead Time Address Interface RXmtL RqstL DBsmL +10.1.1.1 1 Full/Backup 3m47s 31.736s 192.168.0.1 eth0:192.168.0.2 0 0 0 +``` + +Here's the routes: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show ip route ospf +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure + +O 10.1.1.1/32 [110/0] is directly connected, lo, weight 1, 00:00:14 +O>* 10.1.1.2/32 [110/1] via 192.168.0.2, eth0, weight 1, 00:00:07 +O 192.168.0.0/24 [110/1] is directly connected, eth0, weight 1, 00:03:32 + +Node-2@vyos:~$ show ip route ospf +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure + +O>* 10.1.1.1/32 [110/1] via 192.168.0.1, eth0, weight 1, 00:00:11 +O 10.1.1.2/32 [110/0] is directly connected, lo, weight 1, 00:00:04 +O 192.168.0.0/24 [110/1] is directly connected, eth0, weight 1, 00:03:18 +``` + +##### Enable OSPF with route redistribution of the loopback and default originate: + +**Node 1** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address 10.1.1.1/32 +set protocols ospf area 0 network 192.168.0.0/24 +set protocols ospf default-information originate always +set protocols ospf default-information originate metric 10 +set protocols ospf default-information originate metric-type 2 +set protocols ospf log-adjacency-changes +set protocols ospf parameters router-id 10.1.1.1 +set protocols ospf redistribute connected metric-type 2 +set protocols ospf redistribute connected route-map CONNECT + +set policy route-map CONNECT rule 10 action permit +set policy route-map CONNECT rule 10 match interface lo +``` + +**Node 2** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address 10.2.2.2/32 +set protocols ospf area 0 network 192.168.0.0/24 +set protocols ospf log-adjacency-changes +set protocols ospf parameters router-id 10.2.2.2 +set protocols ospf redistribute connected metric-type 2 +set protocols ospf redistribute connected route-map CONNECT + +set policy route-map CONNECT rule 10 action permit +set policy route-map CONNECT rule 10 match interface lo +``` + +##### Enable OSPF and IGP-LDP synchronization: + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address 10.1.1.1/32 +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 192.168.0.1/24 + +set protocols ospf area 0 network '192.168.0.0/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '10.1.1.1/32' +set protocols ospf parameters router-id '10.1.1.1' +set protocols ospf ldp-sync + +set protocols mpls interface eth0 +set protocols mpls ldp discovery transport-ipv4-address 10.1.1.1 +set protocols mpls ldp interface lo +set protocols mpls ldp interface eth0 +set protocols mpls ldp parameters transport-prefer-ipv4 +set protocols mpls ldp router-id 10.1.1.1 +``` + +This gives us IGP-LDP synchronization for all non-loopback interfaces with +a holddown timer of zero seconds: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show ip ospf mpls ldp-sync + eth0 + LDP-IGP Synchronization enabled: yes + Holddown timer in seconds: 0 + State: Sync achieved +``` + +##### Enable OSPF with Segment Routing (Experimental): + +**Node 1** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address 10.1.1.1/32 +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 192.168.0.1/24 + +set protocols ospf area 0 network '192.168.0.0/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '10.1.1.1/32' +set protocols ospf parameters opaque-lsa +set protocols ospf parameters router-id '10.1.1.1' +set protocols ospf segment-routing global-block high-label-value '1100' +set protocols ospf segment-routing global-block low-label-value '1000' +set protocols ospf segment-routing prefix 10.1.1.1/32 index explicit-null +set protocols ospf segment-routing prefix 10.1.1.1/32 index value '1' +``` + +**Node 2** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address 10.1.1.2/32 +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 192.168.0.2/24 + +set protocols ospf area 0 network '192.168.0.0/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '10.1.1.2/32' +set protocols ospf parameters opaque-lsa +set protocols ospf parameters router-id '10.1.1.2' +set protocols ospf segment-routing global-block high-label-value '1100' +set protocols ospf segment-routing global-block low-label-value '1000' +set protocols ospf segment-routing prefix 10.1.1.2/32 index explicit-null +set protocols ospf segment-routing prefix 10.1.1.2/32 index value '2' +``` + +This gives us MPLS segment routing enabled and labels for far end loopbacks: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show mpls table + Inbound Label Type Nexthop Outbound Label + ----------------------------------------------------------- + 1002 SR (OSPF) 192.168.0.2 IPv4 Explicit Null <-- Node-2 loopback learned on Node-1 + 15000 SR (OSPF) 192.168.0.2 implicit-null + 15001 SR (OSPF) 192.168.0.2 implicit-null + +Node-2@vyos:~$ show mpls table + Inbound Label Type Nexthop Outbound Label + ----------------------------------------------------------- + 1001 SR (OSPF) 192.168.0.1 IPv4 Explicit Null <-- Node-1 loopback learned on Node-2 + 15000 SR (OSPF) 192.168.0.1 implicit-null + 15001 SR (OSPF) 192.168.0.1 implicit-null +``` + +Here is the routing tables showing the MPLS segment routing label operations: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show ip route ospf +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure + +O 10.1.1.1/32 [110/0] is directly connected, lo, weight 1, 00:03:43 +O>* 10.1.1.2/32 [110/1] via 192.168.0.2, eth0, label IPv4 Explicit Null, weight 1, 00:03:32 +O 192.168.0.0/24 [110/1] is directly connected, eth0, weight 1, 00:03:43 + +Node-2@vyos:~$ show ip route ospf +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure + +O>* 10.1.1.1/32 [110/1] via 192.168.0.1, eth0, label IPv4 Explicit Null, weight 1, 00:03:36 +O 10.1.1.2/32 [110/0] is directly connected, lo, weight 1, 00:03:51 +O 192.168.0.0/24 [110/1] is directly connected, eth0, weight 1, 00:03:51 +``` + +## OSPFv3 (IPv6) + +### Configuration + +#### General + +VyOS does not have a special command to start the OSPFv3 process. The OSPFv3 +process starts when the first ospf enabled interface is configured. + +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 interface \ area \ + +This command specifies the OSPFv3 enabled interface. This command is also +used to enable the OSPF process. The area number can be specified in +decimal notation in the range from 0 to 4294967295. Or it can be specified +in dotted decimal notation similar to ip address. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 parameters router-id \ + +This command sets the router-ID of the OSPFv3 process. The router-ID may be +an IP address of the router, but need not be – it can be any arbitrary +32bit number. However it MUST be unique within the entire OSPFv3 domain to +the OSPFv3 speaker – bad things will happen if multiple OSPFv3 speakers are +configured with the same router-ID! + +
+ +#### Optional + +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 distance global \ + +This command change distance value of OSPFv3 globally. +The distance range is 1 to 255. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 distance ospfv3 +\ \ + +This command change distance value of OSPFv3. The arguments are the +distance values for external routes, inter-area routes and intra-area +routes respectively. The distance range is 1 to 255. + +
+ +#### Area Configuration + +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 area \ range \ + +This command summarizes intra area paths from specified area into one +Type-3 Inter-Area Prefix LSA announced to other areas. This command can be +used only in ABR. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 area \ range \ not-advertise + +This command instead of summarizing intra area paths filter them - i.e. +intra area paths from this range are not advertised into other areas. This +command makes sense in ABR only. + +
+ +#### Interface Configuration + +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 interface \ ipv6 cost \ + +This command sets link cost for the specified interface. The cost value is +set to router-LSA’s metric field and used for SPF calculation. The cost +range is 1 to 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 interface \ dead-interval \ + +Set number of seconds for router Dead Interval timer value used for Wait +Timer and Inactivity Timer. This value must be the same for all routers +attached to a common network. The default value is 40 seconds. The +interval range is 1 to 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 interface \ hello-interval +\ + +Set number of seconds for Hello Interval timer value. Setting this value, +Hello packet will be sent every timer value seconds on the specified +interface. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a +common network. The default value is 10 seconds. The interval range is 1 +to 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 interface \ mtu-ignore + +This command disables check of the MTU value in the OSPF DBD packets. +Thus, use of this command allows the OSPF adjacency to reach the FULL +state even though there is an interface MTU mismatch between two OSPF +routers. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 interface \ network \ + +This command allows to specify the distribution type for the network +connected to this interface: + +**broadcast** – broadcast IP addresses distribution. +**point-to-point** – address distribution in point-to-point networks. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 interface \ priority \ + +This command sets Router Priority integer value. The router with the +highest priority will be more eligible to become Designated Router. +Setting the value to 0, makes the router ineligible to become Designated +Router. The default value is 1. The interval range is 0 to 255. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 interface \ passive + +This command specifies interface as passive. Passive interface advertises +its address, but does not run the OSPF protocol (adjacencies are not formed +and hello packets are not generated). + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 interface \ retransmit-interval +\ + +This command sets number of seconds for RxmtInterval timer value. This +value is used when retransmitting Database Description and Link State +Request packets if acknowledge was not received. The default value is 5 +seconds. The interval range is 3 to 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 interface \ transmit-delay +\ + +This command sets number of seconds for InfTransDelay value. It allows to +set and adjust for each interface the delay interval before starting the +synchronizing process of the router's database with all neighbors. The +default value is 1 seconds. The interval range is 3 to 65535. + +
+ +#### Graceful Restart + +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 graceful-restart \[grace-period (1-1800)\] + +Configure Graceful Restart `3623` restarting support. When enabled, +the default grace period is 120 seconds. + +To perform a graceful shutdown, the FRR `graceful-restart prepare ip ospf` EXEC-level command needs to be issued before restarting the +ospfd daemon. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 graceful-restart helper enable \[router-id A.B.C.D\] + +Configure Graceful Restart `3623` helper support. By default, helper support +is disabled for all neighbours. This config enables/disables helper support +on this router for all neighbours. + +To enable/disable helper support for a specific neighbour, the router-id +(A.B.C.D) has to be specified. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 graceful-restart helper lsa-check-disable + +By default strict-lsa-checking is configured then the helper will abort +the Graceful Restart when a LSA change occurs which affects the restarting +router. + +This command disables it. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 graceful-restart helper supported-grace-time + +Supports as HELPER for configured grace period. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 graceful-restart helper planned-only + +It helps to support as HELPER only for planned restarts. + +By default, it supports both planned and unplanned outages. + +
+ +#### Redistribution Configuration + +
+ +set protocols ospfv3 redistribute \ + +This command redistributes routing information from the given route source +to the OSPFv3 process. There are five modes available for route source: +bgp, connected, kernel, ripng, static. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf redistribute \ route-map \ + +This command allows to use route map to filter redistributed routes from +given route source. There are five modes available for route source: bgp, +connected, kernel, ripng, static. + +
+ +#### Operational Mode Commands + +
+ +show ipv6 ospfv3 neighbor + +This command displays the neighbors status. + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 ospfv3 neighbor detail + +This command displays the neighbors information in a detailed form, not +just a summary table. + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 ospfv3 neighbor drchoice + +This command displays the neighbor DR choice information. + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 ospfv3 interface \[prefix\]|\[\ \[prefix\]\] + +This command displays state and configuration of OSPF the specified +interface, or all interfaces if no interface is given. Whith the argument +`prefix` this command shows connected prefixes to advertise. + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 ospfv3 route + +This command displays the OSPF routing table, as determined by the most +recent SPF calculation. + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 ospfv3 border-routers + +This command displays a table of paths to area boundary and autonomous +system boundary routers. + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 ospfv3 database + +This command displays a summary table with a database contents (LSA). + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 ospfv3 database \ \[A.B.C.D\] +\[adv-router \|self-originate\] + +This command displays a database contents for a specific link +advertisement type. + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 ospfv3 redistribute + +This command displays external information redistributed into OSPFv3 + +
+ +#### Configuration Example + +A typical configuration using 2 nodes. + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set protocols ospfv3 interface eth1 area 0.0.0.0 +set protocols ospfv3 area 0.0.0.0 range 2001:db8:1::/64 +set protocols ospfv3 parameters router-id 192.168.1.1 +set protocols ospfv3 redistribute connected +``` + +**Node 2:** + +``` none +set protocols ospfv3 interface eth1 area 0.0.0.0 +set protocols ospfv3 area 0.0.0.0 range 2001:db8:2::/64 +set protocols ospfv3 parameters router-id 192.168.2.1 +set protocols ospfv3 redistribute connected +``` + +**To see the redistributed routes:** + +``` none +show ipv6 ospfv3 redistribute +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +You cannot easily redistribute IPv6 routes via OSPFv3 on a +WireGuard interface link. This requires you to configure link-local +addresses manually on the WireGuard interfaces, see `T1483`. + +
+ +Example configuration for WireGuard interfaces: + +**Node 1** + +``` none +set interfaces wireguard wg01 address 'fe80::216:3eff:fe51:fd8c/64' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 address '192.168.0.1/24' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer ospf02 allowed-ips '::/0' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer ospf02 allowed-ips '0.0.0.0/0' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer ospf02 endpoint '10.1.1.101:12345' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer ospf02 pubkey 'ie3...=' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 port '12345' +set protocols ospfv3 parameters router-id 192.168.1.1 +set protocols ospfv3 interface 'wg01' area 0.0.0.0 +set protocols ospfv3 interface 'lo' area 0.0.0.0 +``` + +**Node 2** + +``` none +set interfaces wireguard wg01 address 'fe80::216:3eff:fe0a:7ada/64' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 address '192.168.0.2/24' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer ospf01 allowed-ips '::/0' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer ospf01 allowed-ips '0.0.0.0/0' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer ospf01 endpoint '10.1.1.100:12345' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 peer ospf01 pubkey 'NHI...=' +set interfaces wireguard wg01 port '12345' +set protocols ospfv3 parameters router-id 192.168.1.2 +set protocols ospfv3 interface 'wg01' area 0.0.0.0 +set protocols ospfv3 interface 'lo' area 0.0.0.0 +``` + +**Status** + +``` none +vyos@ospf01:~$ sh ipv6 ospfv3 neighbor +Neighbor ID Pri DeadTime State/IfState Duration I/F[State] +192.168.0.2 1 00:00:37 Full/PointToPoint 00:18:03 wg01[PointToPoint] + +vyos@ospf02# run sh ipv6 ospfv3 neighbor +Neighbor ID Pri DeadTime State/IfState Duration I/F[State] +192.168.0.1 1 00:00:39 Full/PointToPoint 00:19:44 wg01[PointToPoint] +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-pim.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-pim.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f31de95 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-pim.md @@ -0,0 +1,345 @@ +lastproofread +2023-11-13 + +# PIM – Protocol Independent Multicast + +VyOS supports `PIM-SM (PIM Sparse Mode)` as well as +`IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol)` v2 and v3 + +`PIM (Protocol Independent Multicast)` must be configured in every +interface of every participating router. Every router must also have the +location of the Rendevouz Point manually configured. Then, unidirectional +shared trees rooted at the Rendevouz Point will automatically be built +for multicast distribution. + +Traffic from multicast sources will go to the Rendezvous Point, and +receivers will pull it from a shared tree using `IGMP (Internet +Group Management Protocol)`. + +Multicast receivers will talk IGMP to their local router, so, besides +having PIM configured in every router, IGMP must also be configured in +any router where there could be a multicast receiver locally connected. + +VyOS supports both IGMP version 2 and version 3 (which allows +source-specific multicast). + +## PIM-SM - PIM Sparse Mode + +
+ +set protocols pim ecmp + +If PIM has the a choice of ECMP nexthops for a particular +`RPF (Reverse Path Forwarding)`, PIM will cause S,G flows to be +spread out amongst the nexthops. If this command is not specified then +the first nexthop found will be used. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim ecmp rebalance + +If PIM is using ECMP and an interface goes down, cause PIM to rebalance all +S,G flows across the remaining nexthops. If this command is not configured +PIM only modifies those S,G flows that were using the interface that went +down. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim join-prune-interval \ + +Modify the join/prune interval that PIM uses to the new value. Time is +specified in seconds. + +The default time is 60 seconds. + +If you enter a value smaller than 60 seconds be aware that this can and +will affect convergence at scale. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim keep-alive-timer \ + +Modify the time out value for a S,G flow from 1-65535 seconds. If choosing +a value below 31 seconds be aware that some hardware platforms cannot see +data flowing in better than 30 second chunks. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim packets \ + +When processing packets from a neighbor process the number of packets +incoming at one time before moving on to the next task. + +The default value is 3 packets. + +This command is only useful at scale when you can possibly have a large +number of PIM control packets flowing. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim register-accept-list \ + +When PIM receives a register packet the source of the packet will be compared +to the prefix-list specified, and if a permit is received normal processing +continues. If a deny is returned for the source address of the register packet +a register stop message is sent to the source. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim register-suppress-time \ + +Modify the time that pim will register suppress a FHR will send register +notifications to the kernel. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim rp \ group \ + +In order to use PIM, it is necessary to configure a `RP (Rendezvous Point)` +for join messages to be sent to. Currently the only methodology to do this is +via static rendezvous point commands. + +All routers in the PIM network must agree on these values. + +The first ip address is the RP's address and the second value is the matching +prefix of group ranges covered. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim rp keep-alive-timer \ + +Modify the time out value for a S,G flow from 1-65535 seconds at +`RP (Rendezvous Point)`. The normal keepalive period for the KAT(S,G) +defaults to 210 seconds. However, at the `RP (Rendezvous Point)`, the +keepalive period must be at least the Register_Suppression_Time, or the RP +may time out the (S,G) state before the next Null-Register arrives. +Thus, the KAT(S,G) is set to max(Keepalive_Period, RP_Keepalive_Period) +when a Register-Stop is sent. + +If choosing a value below 31 seconds be aware that some hardware platforms +cannot see data flowing in better than 30 second chunks. + +See `7761#section-4.1` for details. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim no-v6-secondary + +When sending PIM hello packets tell PIM to not send any v6 secondary +addresses on the interface. This information is used to allow PIM to use v6 +nexthops in it's decision for `RPF (Reverse Path Forwarding)` lookup +if this option is not set (default). + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim spt-switchover infinity-and-beyond \[prefix-list \\] + +On the last hop router if it is desired to not switch over to the SPT tree +configure this command. + +Optional parameter prefix-list can be use to control which groups to switch or +not switch. If a group is PERMIT as per the prefix-list, then the SPT switchover +does not happen for it and if it is DENY, then the SPT switchover happens. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim ssm prefix-list \ + +Specify a range of group addresses via a prefix-list that forces PIM to never +do `SSM (Source-Specific Multicast)` over. + +
+ +### Interface specific commands + +
+ +set protocols pim interface \ bfd \[profile \\] + +Automatically create BFD session for each RIP peer discovered in this +interface. When the BFD session monitor signalize that the link is down +the RIP peer is removed and all the learned routes associated with that +peer are removed. + +If optional profile parameter is used, select a BFD profile for the BFD +sessions created via this interface. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim interface \ dr-priority \ + +Set the `DR (Designated Router)` Priority for the interface. +This command is useful to allow the user to influence what node becomes +the DR for a LAN segment. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim interface \ hello \ + +Set the PIM hello and hold interval for a interface. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim interface \ no-bsm + +Tell PIM that we would not like to use this interface to process +bootstrap messages. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim interface \ no-unicast-bsm + +Tell PIM that we would not like to use this interface to process +unicast bootstrap messages. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim interface \ passive + +Disable sending and receiving PIM control packets on the interface. + +
+ +set protocols pim interface \ source-address \ + +
+ +If you have multiple addresses configured on a particular interface and would +like PIM to use a specific source address associated with that interface. + +
+ +## IGMP - Internet Group Management Protocol) + +
+ +set protocols pim igmp watermark-warning \ + +Configure watermark warning generation for an IGMP group limit. Generates +warning once the configured group limit is reached while adding new groups. + +
+ +### Interface specific commands + +
+ +set protocols pim interface \ igmp +join \ source-address \ + +Use this command to allow the selected interface to join a multicast +group defining the multicast address you want to join and the source +IP address too. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim interface \ igmp +query-interval \ + +Use this command to configure in the selected interface the IGMP +host query interval (1-1800) in seconds that PIM will use. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim interface \ igmp +query-max-response-time \ + +Use this command to configure in the selected interface the IGMP +query response timeout value (10-250) in deciseconds. If a report is +not returned in the specified time, it will be assumed the (S,G) or +(\*,G) state `7761#section-4.1` has timed out. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim interface \ igmp version \ + +Use this command to define in the selected interface whether you +choose IGMP version 2 or 3. + +The default value is 3. + +
+ +#### Example + +In the following example we can see a basic multicast setup: + +Network Topology Diagram + +**Router 1** + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth2 address '172.16.0.2/24' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '100.64.0.1/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '172.16.0.0/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '100.64.0.0/24' +set protocols igmp interface eth1 +set protocols pim interface eth1 +set protocols pim interface eth2 +set protocols pim rp address 172.16.255.1 group '224.0.0.0/4' +``` + +**Router 3** + +``` none +set interfaces dummy dum0 address '172.16.255.1/24' +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address '172.16.0.1/24' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '172.16.1.1/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '172.16.0.0/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '172.16.255.0/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '172.16.1.0/24' +set protocols pim interface dum0 +set protocols pim interface eth0 +set protocols pim interface eth1 +set protocols pim rp address 172.16.255.1 group '224.0.0.0/4' +``` + +**Router 2** + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '10.0.0.1/24' +set interfaces ethernet eth2 address '172.16.1.2/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '10.0.0.0/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '172.16.1.0/24' +set protocols pim interface eth1 +set protocols pim interface eth2 +set protocols pim rp address 172.16.255.1 group '224.0.0.0/4' +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-pim6.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-pim6.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b3c00fc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-pim6.md @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# PIM6 - Protocol Independent Multicast for IPv6 + +VyOS facilitates IPv6 Multicast by supporting **PIMv6** and **MLD**. + +PIMv6 (Protocol Independent Multicast for IPv6) must be configured in every +interface of every participating router. Every router must also have the +location of the Rendevouz Point manually configured. +Then, unidirectional shared trees rooted at the Rendevouz Point will +automatically be built for multicast distribution. + +Traffic from multicast sources will go to the Rendezvous Point, and receivers +will pull it from a shared tree using MLD (Multicast Listener Discovery). + +Multicast receivers will talk MLD to their local router, so, besides having +PIMv6 configured in every router, MLD must also be configured in any router +where there could be a multicast receiver locally connected. + +VyOS supports both MLD version 1 and version 2 +(which allows source-specific multicast). + +## Basic commands + +These are the commands for a basic setup. + +
+ +set protocols pim6 interface \ + +Use this command to enable PIMv6 in the selected interface so that it +can communicate with PIMv6 neighbors. This command also enables MLD reports +and query on the interface unless `mld disable` is configured. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim6 interface \ mld disable + +Disable MLD reports and query on the interface. + +
+ +## Tuning commands + +You can also tune multicast with the following commands. + +
+ +set protocols pim6 interface \ mld interval \ + +Use this command to configure in the selected interface the MLD +host query interval (1-65535) in seconds that PIM will use. +The default value is 125 seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim6 interface \ mld join \ + +Use this command to allow the selected interface to join a multicast group. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim6 interface \ mld join \ source \ + +Use this command to allow the selected interface to join a source-specific multicast +group. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim6 interface \ mld last-member-query-count \ + +Set the MLD last member query count. The default value is 2. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim6 interface \ mld last-member-query-interval \ + +Set the MLD last member query interval in milliseconds (100-6553500). The default value is 1000 milliseconds. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim6 interface \ mld max-response-time \ + +Set the MLD query response timeout in milliseconds (100-6553500). The default value is 10000 milliseconds. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols pim6 interface \ mld version \ + +Set the MLD version used on this interface. The default value is 2. + +
+ +### Configuration Example + +To enable MLD reports and query on interfaces eth0 and \`eth1\`: + +``` none +set protocols pim6 interface eth0 +set protocols pim6 interface eth1 +``` + +The following configuration explicitly joins multicast group ff15::1234 on interface eth1 +and source-specific multicast group ff15::5678 with source address 2001:db8::1 on interface +\`eth1\`: + +``` none +set protocols pim6 interface eth0 mld join ff15::1234 +set protocols pim6 interface eth1 mld join ff15::5678 source 2001:db8::1 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-rip.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-rip.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1bd580ab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-rip.md @@ -0,0 +1,361 @@ +lastproofread +2021-10-04 + +# RIP + +`RIP (Routing Information Protocol)` is a widely deployed interior gateway +protocol. RIP was developed in the 1970s at Xerox Labs as part of the XNS +routing protocol. RIP is a distance-vector protocol and is based on the +Bellman-Ford algorithms. As a distance-vector protocol, RIP router send updates +to its neighbors periodically, thus allowing the convergence to a known +topology. In each update, the distance to any given network will be broadcast +to its neighboring router. + +Supported versions of RIP are: + +> - RIPv1 as described in `1058` +> - RIPv2 as described in `2453` + +## General Configuration + +
+ +set protocols rip network \ + +This command enables RIP and sets the RIP enable interface by NETWORK. +The interfaces which have addresses matching with NETWORK are enabled. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip interface \ + +This command specifies a RIP enabled interface by interface name. Both +the sending and receiving of RIP packets will be enabled on the port +specified in this command. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip neighbor \ + +This command specifies a RIP neighbor. When a neighbor doesn’t understand +multicast, this command is used to specify neighbors. In some cases, not +all routers will be able to understand multicasting, where packets are +sent to a network or a group of addresses. In a situation where a neighbor +cannot process multicast packets, it is necessary to establish a direct +link between routers. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip passive-interface interface \ + +This command sets the specified interface to passive mode. On passive mode +interface, all receiving packets are processed as normal and VyOS does not +send either multicast or unicast RIP packets except to RIP neighbors +specified with neighbor command. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip passive-interface interface default + +This command specifies all interfaces to passive mode. + +
+ +## Optional Configuration + +
+ +set protocols rip default-distance \ + +This command change the distance value of RIP. The distance range is 1 to 255. + +>
+> +>
+> +> Note +> +>
+> +> Routes with a distance of 255 are effectively disabled and not +> installed into the kernel. +> +>
+ +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip network-distance \ distance \ + +This command sets default RIP distance to a specified value when the routes +source IP address matches the specified prefix. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip network-distance \ access-list \ + +This command can be used with previous command to sets default RIP distance +to specified value when the route source IP address matches the specified +prefix and the specified access-list. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip default-information originate + +This command generate a default route into the RIP. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip distribute-list access-list \ \ + +This command can be used to filter the RIP path using access lists. +`in` and `out` this is the direction in which the access +lists are applied. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip distribute-list interface \ access-list \ \ + +This command allows you apply access lists to a chosen interface to +filter the RIP path. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip distribute-list prefix-list \ \ + +This command can be used to filter the RIP path using prefix lists. +`in` and `out` this is the direction in which the prefix +lists are applied. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip distribute-list interface \ prefix-list \ \ + +This command allows you apply prefix lists to a chosen interface to +filter the RIP path. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip route \ + +This command is specific to FRR and VyOS. The route command makes a static +route only inside RIP. This command should be used only by advanced users +who are particularly knowledgeable about the RIP protocol. In most cases, +we recommend creating a static route in VyOS and redistributing it in RIP +using `redistribute static`. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip timers update \ + +This command specifies the update timer. Every update timer seconds, the +RIP process is awakened to send an unsolicited response message containing +the complete routing table to all neighboring RIP routers. The time range +is 5 to 2147483647. The default value is 30 seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip timers timeout \ + +This command specifies the timeout timer. Upon expiration of the timeout, +the route is no longer valid; however, it is retained in the routing table +for a short time so that neighbors can be notified that the route has been +dropped. The time range is 5 to 2147483647. The default value is 180 +seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip timers garbage-collection \ + +This command specifies the garbage-collection timer. Upon expiration of +the garbage-collection timer, the route is finally removed from the +routing table. The time range is 5 to 2147483647. The default value is 120 +seconds. + +
+ +## Redistribution Configuration + +
+ +set protocols rip redistribute \ + +This command redistributes routing information from the given route source +into the RIP tables. There are five modes available for route source: bgp, +connected, kernel, ospf, static. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip redistribute \ metric \ + +This command specifies metric for redistributed routes from the given route +source. There are five modes available for route source: bgp, connected, +kernel, ospf, static. The metric range is 1 to 16. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip redistribute \ route-map \ + +This command allows to use route map to filter redistributed routes from +the given route source. There are five modes available for route source: +bgp, connected, kernel, ospf, static. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rip default-metric \ + +This command modifies the default metric (hop count) value for redistributed +routes. The metric range is 1 to 16. The default value is 1. This command +does not affect connected route even if it is redistributed by +`redistribute connected`. To modify connected routes metric +value, please use `redistribute connected metric`. + +
+ +## Interfaces Configuration + +
+ +set interfaces \ \ ip rip authentication plaintext-password \ + +This command sets the interface with RIP simple password authentication. +This command also sets authentication string. The string must be shorter +than 16 characters. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces \ \ ip rip authentication md5 \ password \ + +This command sets the interface with RIP MD5 authentication. This command +also sets MD5 Key. The key must be shorter than 16 characters. + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces \ \ ip rip split-horizon disable + +This command disables split-horizon on the interface. By default, VyOS does +not advertise RIP routes out the interface over which they were learned +(split horizon).3 + +
+ +
+ +set interfaces \ \ ip rip split-horizon poison-reverse + +This command enables poison-reverse on the interface. If both poison reverse +and split horizon are enabled, then VyOS advertises the learned routes +as unreachable over the interface on which the route was learned. + +
+ +## Operational Mode Commands + +
+ +show ip rip + +This command displays RIP routes. + +
+ +``` none +Codes: R - RIP, C - connected, S - Static, O - OSPF, B - BGP +Sub-codes: + (n) - normal, (s) - static, (d) - default, (r) - redistribute, + (i) - interface + + Network Next Hop Metric From Tag Time +C(i) 10.0.12.0/24 0.0.0.0 1 self 0 +C(i) 10.0.13.0/24 0.0.0.0 1 self 0 +R(n) 10.0.23.0/24 10.0.12.2 2 10.0.12.2 0 02:53 +``` + +
+ +show ip rip status + +The command displays current RIP status. It includes RIP timer, filtering, +version, RIP enabled interface and RIP peer information. + +
+ +``` none +Routing Protocol is "rip" + Sending updates every 30 seconds with +/-50%, next due in 11 seconds + Timeout after 180 seconds, garbage collect after 120 seconds + Outgoing update filter list for all interface is not set + Incoming update filter list for all interface is not set + Default redistribution metric is 1 + Redistributing: + Default version control: send version 2, receive any version + Interface Send Recv Key-chain + eth0 2 1 2 + eth2 2 1 2 + Routing for Networks: + 10.0.12.0/24 + eth0 + Routing Information Sources: + Gateway BadPackets BadRoutes Distance Last Update + 10.0.12.2 0 0 120 00:00:11 + Distance: (default is 120) +``` + +## Configuration Example + +Simple RIP configuration using 2 nodes and redistributing connected interfaces. + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback address 10.1.1.1/32 +set protocols rip network 192.168.0.0/24 +set protocols rip redistribute connected +``` + +**Node 2:** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback address 10.2.2.2/32 +set protocols rip network 192.168.0.0/24 +set protocols rip redistribute connected +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-rpki.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-rpki.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f41e4d59 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-rpki.md @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +# RPKI + +> There are two types of Network Admins who deal with BGP, those who have +> created an international incident and/or outage, and those who are lying +> +> -- [tweet by EvilMog](https://twitter.com/Evil_Mog/status/1230924170508169216), 2020-02-21 + +`RPKI (Resource Public Key Infrastructure)` is a framework designed to +secure the Internet routing infrastructure. It associates BGP route +announcements with the correct originating `ASN (Autonomus System +Number)` which BGP routers can then use to check each route against the +corresponding `ROA (Route Origin Authorisation)` for validity. RPKI is +described in `6480`. + +A BGP-speaking router like VyOS can retrieve ROA information from RPKI +"Relying Party software" (often just called an "RPKI server" or "RPKI +validator") by using `RTR (RPKI to Router)` protocol. There are several +open source implementations to choose from, such as NLNetLabs' [Routinator](https://www.nlnetlabs.nl/projects/rpki/routinator/) +(written in Rust), OpenBSD's [rpki-client](https://www.rpki-client.org/) (written in C), and [StayRTR](https://github.com/bgp/stayrtr/) (written +in Go). The RTR protocol is described in `8210`. + +
+ +
+ +Tip + +
+ +If you are new to these routing security technologies then there is an +[excellent guide to RPKI](https://rpki.readthedocs.io/) by NLnet Labs which will get you up to speed +very quickly. Their documentation explains everything from what RPKI is to +deploying it in production. It also has some +[help and operational guidance](https://rpki.readthedocs.io/en/latest/about/help.html) including "What can I do about my route +having an Invalid state?" + +
+ +## Getting started + +First you will need to deploy an RPKI validator for your routers to use. NLnet +Labs provides a collection of [software](https://rpki.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ops/tools.html#relying-party-software) you can compare and settle on one. +Once your server is running you can start validating announcements. + +Imported prefixes during the validation may have values: + +> valid +> The prefix and ASN that originated it match a signed ROA. These are +> probably trustworthy route announcements. +> +> invalid +> The prefix or prefix length and ASN that originated it doesn't +> match any existing ROA. This could be the result of a prefix hijack, or +> merely a misconfiguration, but should probably be treated as +> untrustworthy route announcements. +> +> notfound +> No ROA exists which covers that prefix. Unfortunately this is the case for +> about 40%-50% of the prefixes which were announced to the `DFZ +> (default-free zone)` at the start of 2024. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you are responsible for the global addresses assigned to your +network, please make sure that your prefixes have ROAs associated with them +to avoid being notfound by RPKI. For most ASNs this will involve +publishing ROAs via your `RIR (Regional Internet Registry)` (RIPE +NCC, APNIC, ARIN, LACNIC, or AFRINIC), and is something you are encouraged +to do whenever you plan to announce addresses into the DFZ. + +Particularly large networks may wish to run their own RPKI certificate +authority and publication server instead of publishing ROAs via their RIR. +This is a subject far beyond the scope of VyOS' documentation. Consider +reading about [Krill](https://www.nlnetlabs.nl/projects/rpki/krill/) if this is a rabbit hole you need or especially want +to dive down. + +
+ +### Features of the Current Implementation + +In a nutshell, the current implementation provides the following features: + +- The BGP router can connect to one or more RPKI cache servers to receive + validated prefix to origin AS mappings. Advanced failover can be implemented + by server sockets with different preference values. +- If no connection to an RPKI cache server can be established after a + pre-defined timeout, the router will process routes without prefix origin + validation. It still will try to establish a connection to an RPKI cache + server in the background. +- By default, enabling RPKI does not change best path selection. In particular, + invalid prefixes will still be considered during best path selection. However, + the router can be configured to ignore all invalid prefixes. +- Route maps can be configured to match a specific RPKI validation state. This + allows the creation of local policies, which handle BGP routes based on the + outcome of the Prefix Origin Validation. +- Updates from the RPKI cache servers are directly applied and path selection is + updated accordingly. (Soft reconfiguration must be enabled for this to work). + +## Configuration + +
+ +set protocols rpki polling-period \<1-86400\> + +Define the time interval to update the local cache + +The default value is 300 seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rpki expire-interval \<600-172800\> + +Set the number of seconds the router waits until the router +expires the cache. + +The default value is 7200 seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rpki retry-interval \<1-7200\> + +Set the number of seconds the router waits until retrying to connect +to the cache server. + +The default value is 600 seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rpki cache \ port \ + +Defined the IPv4, IPv6 or FQDN and port number of the caching RPKI caching +instance which is used. + +This is a mandatory setting. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rpki cache \ preference \ + +Multiple RPKI caching instances can be supplied and they need a preference in +which their result sets are used. + +This is a mandatory setting. + +
+ +### SSH + +Connections to the RPKI caching server can not only be established by TCP using +the RTR protocol but you can also rely on a secure SSH session to the server. +This provides transport integrity and confidentiality and it is a good idea if +your validation software supports it. To enable SSH, first you need to create +an SSH client keypair using `generate ssh client-key /config/auth/id_rsa_rpki`. Once your key is created you can setup the +connection. + +
+ +set protocols rpki cache \ ssh username \ + +SSH username to establish an SSH connection to the cache server. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rpki cache \ ssh private-key-file \ + +Local path that includes the private key file of the router. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols rpki cache \ ssh public-key-file \ + +Local path that includes the public key file of the router. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +When using SSH, private-key-file and public-key-file +are mandatory options. + +
+ +## Example + +We can build route-maps for import based on these states. Here is a simple +RPKI configuration, where routinator is the RPKI-validating "cache" +server with ip \`192.0.2.1\`: + +``` none +set protocols rpki cache 192.0.2.1 port '3323' +set protocols rpki cache 192.0.2.1 preference '1' +``` + +Here is an example route-map to apply to routes learned at import. In this +filter we reject prefixes with the state invalid, and set a higher +local-preference if the prefix is RPKI valid rather than merely +notfound. + +``` none +set policy route-map ROUTES-IN rule 10 action 'permit' +set policy route-map ROUTES-IN rule 10 match rpki 'valid' +set policy route-map ROUTES-IN rule 10 set local-preference '300' +set policy route-map ROUTES-IN rule 20 action 'permit' +set policy route-map ROUTES-IN rule 20 match rpki 'notfound' +set policy route-map ROUTES-IN rule 20 set local-preference '125' +set policy route-map ROUTES-IN rule 30 action 'deny' +set policy route-map ROUTES-IN rule 30 match rpki 'invalid' +``` + +Once your routers are configured to reject RPKI-invalid prefixes, you can +test whether the configuration is working correctly using Cloudflare's [test](https://isbgpsafeyet.com/) +website. Keep in mind that in order for this to work, you need to have no +default routes or anything else that would still send traffic to RPKI-invalid +destinations. diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-segment-routing.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-segment-routing.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24516103 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-segment-routing.md @@ -0,0 +1,442 @@ +# Segment Routing + +Segment Routing (SR) is a network architecture that is similar to source-routing +. In this architecture, the ingress router adds a list of segments, known as +SIDs, to the packet as it enters the network. These segments represent different +portions of the network path that the packet will take. + +The SR segments are portions of the network path taken by the packet, and are +called SIDs. At each node, the first SID of the list is read, executed as a +forwarding function, and may be popped to let the next node read the next SID of +the list. The SID list completely determines the path where the packet is +forwarded. + +Segment Routing can be applied to an existing MPLS-based data plane and defines +a control plane network architecture. In MPLS networks, segments are encoded as +MPLS labels and are added at the ingress router. These MPLS labels are then +exchanged and populated by Interior Gateway Protocols (IGPs) like IS-IS or OSPF +which are running on most ISPs. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Segment routing defines a control plane network architecture and +can be applied to an existing MPLS based dataplane. In the MPLS networks, +segments are encoded as MPLS labels and are imposed at the ingress router. +MPLS labels are exchanged and populated by IGPs like IS-IS.Segment Routing +as per RFC8667 for MPLS dataplane. It supports IPv4, IPv6 and ECMP and has +been tested against Cisco & Juniper routers.however,this deployment is still +EXPERIMENTAL for FRR. + +
+ +## IS-IS SR Configuration + +Segment routing (SR) is used by the IGP protocols to interconnect network +devices, below configuration shows how to enable SR on IS-IS: + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +`Known limitations:` + +No support for level redistribution (L1 to L2 or L2 to L1) + +No support for binding SID + +No support for SRLB + +Only one SRGB and default SPF Algorithm is supported + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis segment-routing global-block high-label-value +\ + +Set the Segment Routing Global Block i.e. the label range used by MPLS to +store label in the MPLS FIB for Prefix SID. Note that the block size may +not exceed 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis segment-routing global-block low-label-value +\ + +Set the Segment Routing Global Block i.e. the low label range used by MPLS to +store label in the MPLS FIB for Prefix SID. Note that the block size may +not exceed 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis segment-routing local-block high-label-value +\ + +Set the Segment Routing Local Block i.e. the label range used by MPLS to +store label in the MPLS FIB for Prefix SID. Note that the block size may +not exceed 65535.Segment Routing Local Block, The negative command always +unsets both. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis segment-routing local-block \ + +Set the Segment Routing Local Block i.e. the low label range used by MPLS to +store label in the MPLS FIB for Prefix SID. Note that the block size may +not exceed 65535.Segment Routing Local Block, The negative command always +unsets both. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis segment-routing maximum-label-depth \<1-16\> + +Set the Maximum Stack Depth supported by the router. The value depend of +the MPLS dataplane. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis segment-routing prefix \ index value +\<0-65535\> + +A segment ID that contains an IP address prefix calculated by an IGP in the +service provider core network. Prefix SIDs are globally unique, this value +indentify it + +
+ +
+ +set protocols isis segment-routing prefix \ index +\ + +this option allows to configure prefix-sid on SR. The ‘no-php-flag’ means NO +Penultimate Hop Popping that allows SR node to request to its neighbor to +not pop the label. The ‘explicit-null’ flag allows SR node to request to its +neighbor to send IP packet with the EXPLICIT-NULL label. The ‘n-flag-clear’ +option can be used to explicitly clear the Node flag that is set by default +for Prefix-SIDs associated to loopback addresses. This option is necessary +to configure Anycast-SIDs. + +
+ +
+ +show isis segment-routing node + +Show detailed information about all learned Segment Routing Nodes + +
+ +
+ +show isis route prefix-sid + +Show detailed information about prefix-sid and label learned + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +more information related IGP - `routing-isis` + +
+ +## OSPF SR Configuration + +Segment routing (SR) is used by the IGP protocols to interconnect network +devices, below configuration shows how to enable SR on OSPF: + +
+ +set protocols ospf parameters opaque-lsa + +Enable the Opaque-LSA capability (rfc2370), necessary to transport label +on IGP + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf segment-routing global-block high-label-value +\ + +Set the Segment Routing Global Block i.e. the label range used by MPLS to +store label in the MPLS FIB for Prefix SID. Note that the block size may +not exceed 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf segment-routing global-block low-label-value +\ + +Set the Segment Routing Global Block i.e. the low label range used by MPLS to +store label in the MPLS FIB for Prefix SID. Note that the block size may +not exceed 65535. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf segment-routing local-block high-label-value +\ + +Set the Segment Routing Local Block i.e. the label range used by MPLS to +store label in the MPLS FIB for Prefix SID. Note that the block size may +not exceed 65535.Segment Routing Local Block, The negative command always +unsets both. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf segment-routing local-block \ + +Set the Segment Routing Local Block i.e. the low label range used by MPLS to +store label in the MPLS FIB for Prefix SID. Note that the block size may +not exceed 65535.Segment Routing Local Block, The negative command always +unsets both. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf segment-routing maximum-label-depth \<1-16\> + +Set the Maximum Stack Depth supported by the router. The value depend of +the MPLS dataplane. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf segment-routing prefix \ index value +\<0-65535\> + +A segment ID that contains an IP address prefix calculated by an IGP in the +service provider core network. Prefix SIDs are globally unique, this value +indentify it + +
+ +
+ +set protocols ospf segment-routing prefix \ index +\ + +this option allows to configure prefix-sid on SR. The ‘no-php-flag’ means NO +Penultimate Hop Popping that allows SR node to request to its neighbor to +not pop the label. The ‘explicit-null’ flag allows SR node to request to its +neighbor to send IP packet with the EXPLICIT-NULL label. The ‘n-flag-clear’ +option can be used to explicitly clear the Node flag that is set by default +for Prefix-SIDs associated to loopback addresses. This option is necessary +to configure Anycast-SIDs. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +more information related IGP - `routing-ospf` + +
+ +## Configuration Example + +we described the configuration SR ISIS / SR OSPF using 2 connected with them to +share label information. + +### Enable IS-IS with Segment Routing (Experimental) + +**Node 1:** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address '192.168.255.255/32' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.0.2.1/24' + +set protocols isis interface eth1 +set protocols isis interface lo +set protocols isis net '49.0001.1921.6825.5255.00' +set protocols isis segment-routing global-block high-label-value '599' +set protocols isis segment-routing global-block low-label-value '550' +set protocols isis segment-routing prefix 192.168.255.255/32 index value '1' +set protocols isis segment-routing prefix 192.168.255.255/32 index explicit-null +set protocols mpls interface 'eth1' +``` + +**Node 2:** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address '192.168.255.254/32' +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.0.2.2/24' + +set protocols isis interface eth1 +set protocols isis interface lo +set protocols isis net '49.0001.1921.6825.5254.00' +set protocols isis segment-routing global-block high-label-value '599' +set protocols isis segment-routing global-block low-label-value '550' +set protocols isis segment-routing prefix 192.168.255.254/32 index value '2' +set protocols isis segment-routing prefix 192.168.255.254/32 index explicit-null +set protocols mpls interface 'eth1' +``` + +This gives us MPLS segment routing enabled and labels for far end loopbacks: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show mpls table + Inbound Label Type Nexthop Outbound Label + ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + 552 SR (IS-IS) 192.0.2.2 IPv4 Explicit Null <-- Node-2 loopback learned on Node-1 + 15000 SR (IS-IS) 192.0.2.2 implicit-null + 15001 SR (IS-IS) fe80::e87:6cff:fe09:1 implicit-null + 15002 SR (IS-IS) 192.0.2.2 implicit-null + 15003 SR (IS-IS) fe80::e87:6cff:fe09:1 implicit-null + +Node-2@vyos:~$ show mpls table + Inbound Label Type Nexthop Outbound Label + --------------------------------------------------------------------- + 551 SR (IS-IS) 192.0.2.1 IPv4 Explicit Null <-- Node-1 loopback learned on Node-2 + 15000 SR (IS-IS) 192.0.2.1 implicit-null + 15001 SR (IS-IS) fe80::e33:2ff:fe80:1 implicit-null + 15002 SR (IS-IS) 192.0.2.1 implicit-null + 15003 SR (IS-IS) fe80::e33:2ff:fe80:1 implicit-null +``` + +Here is the routing tables showing the MPLS segment routing label operations: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show ip route isis +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure + +I 192.0.2.0/24 [115/20] via 192.0.2.2, eth1 inactive, weight 1, 00:07:48 +I>* 192.168.255.254/32 [115/20] via 192.0.2.2, eth1, label IPv4 Explicit Null, weight 1, 00:03:39 + +Node-2@vyos:~$ show ip route isis +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure + +I 192.0.2.0/24 [115/20] via 192.0.2.1, eth1 inactive, weight 1, 00:07:46 +I>* 192.168.255.255/32 [115/20] via 192.0.2.1, eth1, label IPv4 Explicit Null, weight 1, 00:03:43 +``` + +### Enable OSPF with Segment Routing (Experimental): + +**Node 1** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address 10.1.1.1/32 +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 192.168.0.1/24 +set protocols ospf area 0 network '192.168.0.0/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '10.1.1.1/32' +set protocols ospf parameters opaque-lsa +set protocols ospf parameters router-id '10.1.1.1' +set protocols ospf segment-routing global-block high-label-value '1100' +set protocols ospf segment-routing global-block low-label-value '1000' +set protocols ospf segment-routing prefix 10.1.1.1/32 index explicit-null +set protocols ospf segment-routing prefix 10.1.1.1/32 index value '1' +``` + +**Node 2** + +``` none +set interfaces loopback lo address 10.1.1.2/32 +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 192.168.0.2/24 +set protocols ospf area 0 network '192.168.0.0/24' +set protocols ospf area 0 network '10.1.1.2/32' +set protocols ospf parameters opaque-lsa +set protocols ospf parameters router-id '10.1.1.2' +set protocols ospf segment-routing global-block high-label-value '1100' +set protocols ospf segment-routing global-block low-label-value '1000' +set protocols ospf segment-routing prefix 10.1.1.2/32 index explicit-null +set protocols ospf segment-routing prefix 10.1.1.2/32 index value '2' +``` + +This gives us MPLS segment routing enabled and labels for far end loopbacks: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show mpls table + Inbound Label Type Nexthop Outbound Label + ----------------------------------------------------------- + 1002 SR (OSPF) 192.168.0.2 IPv4 Explicit Null <-- Node-2 loopback learned on Node-1 + 15000 SR (OSPF) 192.168.0.2 implicit-null + 15001 SR (OSPF) 192.168.0.2 implicit-null + +Node-2@vyos:~$ show mpls table + Inbound Label Type Nexthop Outbound Label + ----------------------------------------------------------- + 1001 SR (OSPF) 192.168.0.1 IPv4 Explicit Null <-- Node-1 loopback learned on Node-2 + 15000 SR (OSPF) 192.168.0.1 implicit-null + 15001 SR (OSPF) 192.168.0.1 implicit-null +``` + +Here is the routing tables showing the MPLS segment routing label operations: + +``` none +Node-1@vyos:~$ show ip route ospf +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure + +O 10.1.1.1/32 [110/0] is directly connected, lo, weight 1, 00:03:43 +O>* 10.1.1.2/32 [110/1] via 192.168.0.2, eth0, label IPv4 Explicit Null, weight 1, 00:03:32 +O 192.168.0.0/24 [110/1] is directly connected, eth0, weight 1, 00:03:43 + +Node-2@vyos:~$ show ip route ospf +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure + +O>* 10.1.1.1/32 [110/1] via 192.168.0.1, eth0, label IPv4 Explicit Null, weight 1, 00:03:36 +O 10.1.1.2/32 [110/0] is directly connected, lo, weight 1, 00:03:51 +O 192.168.0.0/24 [110/1] is directly connected, eth0, weight 1, 00:03:51 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/protocols/md-static.md b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-static.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dca76d53 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/protocols/md-static.md @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +# Static + +Static routes are manually configured routes, which, in general, cannot be +updated dynamically from information VyOS learns about the network topology from +other routing protocols. However, if a link fails, the router will remove +routes, including static routes, from the `RIPB (Routing Information +Base)` that used this interface to reach the next hop. In general, static +routes should only be used for very simple network topologies, or to override +the behavior of a dynamic routing protocol for a small number of routes. The +collection of all routes the router has learned from its configuration or from +its dynamic routing protocols is stored in the RIB. Unicast routes are directly +used to determine the forwarding table used for unicast packet forwarding. + +## Static Routes + +
+ +set protocols static route \ next-hop \ + +Configure next-hop \ for an IPv4 static route. Multiple static +routes can be created. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route \ next-hop \ disable + +Disable this IPv4 static route entry. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route \ next-hop \ +distance \ + +Defines next-hop distance for this route, routes with smaller administrative +distance are elected prior to those with a higher distance. + +Range is 1 to 255, default is 1. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Routes with a distance of 255 are effectively disabled and not +installed into the kernel. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route6 \ next-hop \ + +Configure next-hop \ for an IPv6 static route. Multiple static +routes can be created. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route6 \ next-hop \ disable + +Disable this IPv6 static route entry. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route6 \ next-hop \ +distance \ + +Defines next-hop distance for this route, routes with smaller administrative +distance are elected prior to those with a higher distance. + +Range is 1 to 255, default is 1. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Routes with a distance of 255 are effectively disabled and not +installed into the kernel. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route6 \ next-hop \ segments \ + +It is possible to specify a static route for ipv6 prefixes using an SRv6 segments +instruction. The / separator can be used to specify multiple segment instructions. + +Example: + +``` none +set protocols static route6 2001:db8:1000::/36 next-hop 2001:db8:201::ffff segments '2001:db8:aaaa::7/2002::4/2002::3/2002::2' +``` + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ipv6 route +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIPng, + O - OSPFv3, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, N - NHRP, T - Table, + v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup + t - trapped, o - offload failure +C>* 2001:db8:201::/64 is directly connected, eth0.201, 00:00:46 +S>* 2001:db8:1000::/36 [1/0] via 2001:db8:201::ffff, eth0.201, seg6 2001:db8:aaaa::7,2002::4,2002::3,2002::2, weight 1, 00:00:08 +``` + +
+ +### Interface Routes + +
+ +set protocols static route \ interface +\ + +Allows you to configure the next-hop interface for an interface-based IPv4 +static route. \ will be the next-hop interface where traffic is +routed for the given \. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route \ interface +\ disable + +Disables interface-based IPv4 static route. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route \ interface +\ distance \ + +Defines next-hop distance for this route, routes with smaller administrative +distance are elected prior to those with a higher distance. + +Range is 1 to 255, default is 1. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route6 \ interface +\ + +Allows you to configure the next-hop interface for an interface-based IPv6 +static route. \ will be the next-hop interface where traffic is +routed for the given \. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route6 \ interface +\ disable + +Disables interface-based IPv6 static route. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route6 \ interface +\ distance \ + +Defines next-hop distance for this route, routes with smaller administrative +distance are elected prior to those with a higher distance. + +Range is 1 to 255, default is 1. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route6 \ interface +\ segments \ + +It is possible to specify a static route for ipv6 prefixes using an SRv6 segments +instruction. The / separator can be used to specify multiple segment instructions. + +Example: + +``` none +set protocols static route6 2001:db8:1000::/36 interface eth0 segments '2001:db8:aaaa::7/2002::4/2002::3/2002::2' +``` + +
+ +### Blackhole + +
+ +set protocols static route \ blackhole + +Use this command to configure a "black-hole" route on the router. A +black-hole route is a route for which the system silently discard packets +that are matched. This prevents networks leaking out public interfaces, but +it does not prevent them from being used as a more specific route inside your +network. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route \ blackhole distance \ + +Defines blackhole distance for this route, routes with smaller administrative +distance are elected prior to those with a higher distance. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route6 \ blackhole + +Use this command to configure a "black-hole" route on the router. A +black-hole route is a route for which the system silently discard packets +that are matched. This prevents networks leaking out public interfaces, but +it does not prevent them from being used as a more specific route inside your +network. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols static route6 \ blackhole distance \ + +Defines blackhole distance for this route, routes with smaller administrative +distance are elected prior to those with a higher distance. + +
+ +### Alternate Routing Tables + +TBD + +Alternate routing tables are used with policy based routing by utilizing +`vrf`. + +# ARP + +`ARP (Address Resolution Protocol)` is a communication protocol used for +discovering the link layer address, such as a MAC address, associated with a +given internet layer address, typically an IPv4 address. This mapping is a +critical function in the Internet protocol suite. ARP was defined in 1982 by +`826` which is Internet Standard STD 37. + +In Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6) networks, the functionality of ARP is +provided by the Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP). + +To manipulate or display [ARP](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_Resolution_Protocol) table entries, the following commands are +implemented. + +## Configure + +
+ +set protocols static arp interface \ address \ +mac \ + +This will configure a static ARP entry always resolving \ to +\ for interface \. + +Example: + +``` none +set protocols static arp interface eth0 address 192.0.2.1 mac 01:23:45:67:89:01 +``` + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show protocols static arp + +Display all known ARP table entries spanning across all interfaces + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show protocols static arp +Address HWtype HWaddress Flags Mask Iface +10.1.1.1 ether 00:53:00:de:23:2e C eth1 +10.1.1.100 ether 00:53:00:de:23:aa CM eth1 +``` + +
+ +show protocols static arp interface eth1 + +Display all known ARP table entries on a given interface only (eth1): + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show protocols static arp interface eth1 +Address HWtype HWaddress Flags Mask Iface +10.1.1.1 ether 00:53:00:de:23:2e C eth1 +10.1.1.100 ether 00:53:00:de:23:aa CM eth1 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-broadcast-relay.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-broadcast-relay.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2214ade3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-broadcast-relay.md @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +# UDP Broadcast Relay + +Certain vendors use broadcasts to identify their equipment within one ethernet +segment. Unfortunately if you split your network with multiple VLANs you loose +the ability of identifying your equipment. + +This is where "UDP broadcast relay" comes into play! It will forward received +broadcasts to other configured networks. + +Every UDP port which will be forward requires one unique ID. Currently we +support 99 IDs! + +## Configuration + +
+ +set service broadcast-relay id \ description \ + +A description can be added for each and every unique relay ID. This is +useful to distinguish between multiple different ports/appliactions. + +
+ +
+ +set service broadcast-relay id \ interface \ + +The interface used to receive and relay individual broadcast packets. If you +want to receive/relay packets on both eth1 and eth2 both interfaces need +to be added. + +
+ +
+ +set service broadcast-relay id \ address \ + +Set the source IP of forwarded packets, otherwise original senders address +is used. + +
+ +
+ +set service broadcast-relay id \ port \ + +The UDP port number used by your apllication. It is mandatory for this kind +of operation. + +
+ +
+ +set service broadcast-relay id \ disable + +Each broadcast relay instance can be individually disabled without deleting +the configured node by using the following command: + +
+ +
+ +set service broadcast-relay disable + +In addition you can also disable the whole service without the need to remove +it from the current configuration. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +You can run the UDP broadcast relay service on multiple routers +connected to a subnet. There is **NO** UDP broadcast relay packet storm! + +
+ +## Example + +To forward all broadcast packets received on UDP port 1900 on eth3, eth4 +or eth5 to all other interfaces in this configuration. + +``` none +set service broadcast-relay id 1 description 'SONOS' +set service broadcast-relay id 1 interface 'eth3' +set service broadcast-relay id 1 interface 'eth4' +set service broadcast-relay id 1 interface 'eth5' +set service broadcast-relay id 1 port '1900' +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-config-sync.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-config-sync.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db803cb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-config-sync.md @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +# Config Sync + +Configuration synchronization (config sync) is a feature of VyOS that +permits synchronization of the configuration of one VyOS router to +another in a network. + +The main benefit to configuration synchronization is that it eliminates having +to manually replicate configuration changes made on the primary router to the +secondary (replica) router. + +The writing of the configuration to the secondary router is performed through +the VyOS HTTP API. The user can specify which portion(s) of the configuration will +be synchronized and the mode to use - whether to replace or add. + +To prevent issues with divergent configurations between the pair of routers, +synchronization is strictly unidirectional from primary to replica. Both +routers should be online and run the same version of VyOS. + +## Configuration + +
+ +set service config-sync secondary +\ + +Specify the address, API key, timeout and port of the secondary router. +You need to enable and configure the HTTP API service on the secondary +router for config sync to operate. + +
+ +
+ +set service config-sync section \ + +Specify the section of the configuration to synchronize. If more than one +section is to be synchronized, repeat the command to add additional +sections as required. + +
+ +
+ +set service config-sync mode \ + +Two options are available for \`mode\`: either load and replace or set +the configuration section. + +
+ +``` none +Supported options for
include: + firewall + interfaces + nat + nat66 + pki + policy + protocols + qos + service + system + vpn + vrf +``` + +## Example + +- Synchronize the time-zone and OSPF configuration from Router A to Router B +- The address of Router B is 10.0.20.112 and the port used is 8443 + +Configure the HTTP API service on Router B + +``` none +set service https listen-address '10.0.20.112' +set service https port '8443' +set service https api keys id KID key 'foo' +``` + +Configure the config-sync service on Router A + +``` none +set service config-sync mode 'load' +set service config-sync secondary address '10.0.20.112' +set service config-sync secondary port '8443' +set service config-sync secondary key 'foo' +set service config-sync section protocols 'ospf' +set service config-sync section system 'time-zone' +``` + +Make config-sync relevant changes to Router A's configuration + +``` none +vyos@vyos-A# set system time-zone 'America/Los_Angeles' +vyos@vyos-A# commit +INFO:vyos_config_sync:Config synchronization: Mode=load, +Secondary=10.0.20.112 +vyos@vyos-A# save + +vyos@vyos-A# set protocols ospf area 0 network '10.0.48.0/30' +vyos@vyos-A# commit +INFO:vyos_config_sync:Config synchronization: Mode=load, +Secondary=10.0.20.112 +yos@vyos-A# save +``` + +Verify configuration changes have been replicated to Router B + +``` none +vyos@vyos-B:~$ show configuration commands | match time-zone +set system time-zone 'America/Los_Angeles' + +vyos@vyos-B:~$ show configuration commands | match ospf +set protocols ospf area 0 network '10.0.48.0/30' +``` + +## Known issues + +Configuration resynchronization. With the current implementation of service +config-sync, the secondary node must be online. diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-conntrack-sync.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-conntrack-sync.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..011080a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-conntrack-sync.md @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ +# Conntrack Sync + +One of the important features built on top of the Netfilter framework is +connection tracking. Connection tracking allows the kernel to keep track of all +logical network connections or sessions, and thereby relate all of the packets +which may make up that connection. NAT relies on this information to translate +all related packets in the same way, and iptables can use this information to +act as a stateful firewall. + +The connection state however is completely independent of any upper-level +state, such as TCP's or SCTP's state. Part of the reason for this is that when +merely forwarding packets, i.e. no local delivery, the TCP engine may not +necessarily be invoked at all. Even connectionless-mode transmissions such as +UDP, IPsec (AH/ESP), GRE and other tunneling protocols have, at least, a pseudo +connection state. The heuristic for such protocols is often based upon a preset +timeout value for inactivity, after whose expiration a Netfilter connection is +dropped. + +Each Netfilter connection is uniquely identified by a (layer-3 protocol, source +address, destination address, layer-4 protocol, layer-4 key) tuple. The layer-4 +key depends on the transport protocol; for TCP/UDP it is the port numbers, for +tunnels it can be their tunnel ID, but otherwise is just zero, as if it were +not part of the tuple. To be able to inspect the TCP port in all cases, packets +will be mandatorily defragmented. + +It is possible to use either Multicast or Unicast to sync conntrack traffic. +Most examples below show Multicast, but unicast can be specified by using the +"peer" keywork after the specificed interface, as in the following example: + +`set service conntrack-sync interface eth0 peer 192.168.0.250` + +## Configuration + +
+ +set service conntrack-sync accept-protocol + +Accept only certain protocols: You may want to replicate the state of flows +depending on their layer 4 protocol. + +Protocols are: tcp, sctp, dccp, udp, icmp and ipv6-icmp. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync event-listen-queue-size \ + +The daemon doubles the size of the netlink event socket buffer size if it +detects netlink event message dropping. This clause sets the maximum buffer +size growth that can be reached. + +Queue size for listening to local conntrack events in MB. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync expect-sync \ + +Protocol for which expect entries need to be synchronized. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync failover-mechanism vrrp sync-group \ + +Failover mechanism to use for conntrack-sync. + +Only VRRP is supported. Required option. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync ignore-address \ + +IP addresses or networks for which local conntrack entries will not be synced + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync interface \ + +Interface to use for syncing conntrack entries. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync interface \ port \ + +Port number used by connection. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync listen-address \ + +Local IPv4 addresses for service to listen on. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync mcast-group \ + +Multicast group to use for syncing conntrack entries. + +Defaults to 225.0.0.50. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync interface \ peer \ + +Peer to send unicast UDP conntrack sync entires to, if not using Multicast +configuration from above above. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync sync-queue-size \ + +Queue size for syncing conntrack entries in MB. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync disable-external-cache + +This diable the external cache and directly injects the flow-states into the +in-kernel Connection Tracking System of the backup firewall. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync purge-timeout \ + +Timeout (in seconds) for purging synchronized entries on handover events. + +On handover, `conntrackd -t` is invoked, which schedules a conntrack table +flush after `` seconds to purge stale (“zombie”) entries and +reduce clashes when multiple handovers occur in a short period. +The default is 60 seconds. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In VRRP stateful firewall deployments, align VRRP timing with this +behavior: because synchronized conntrack state is purged after the purge +timeout, set **VRRP preempt-delay** to ≥ **purge-timeout** so mastership +can be restored before conntrack state is purged. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync disable-syslog + +Disable connection logging via Syslog. + +
+ +
+ +set service conntrack-sync startup-resync + +Order conntrackd to request a complete conntrack table resync against +the other node at startup. + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show conntrack table ipv4 + +Make sure conntrack is enabled by running and show connection tracking table. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show conntrack table ipv4 +TCP state codes: SS - SYN SENT, SR - SYN RECEIVED, ES - ESTABLISHED, + FW - FIN WAIT, CW - CLOSE WAIT, LA - LAST ACK, + TW - TIME WAIT, CL - CLOSE, LI - LISTEN + +CONN ID Source Destination Protocol TIMEOUT +1015736576 10.35.100.87:58172 172.31.20.12:22 tcp [6] ES 430279 +1006235648 10.35.101.221:57483 172.31.120.21:22 tcp [6] ES 413310 +1006237088 10.100.68.100 172.31.120.21 icmp [1] 29 +1015734848 10.35.100.87:56282 172.31.20.12:22 tcp [6] ES 300 +1015734272 172.31.20.12:60286 239.10.10.14:694 udp [17] 29 +1006239392 10.35.101.221 172.31.120.21 icmp [1] 29 +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If the table is empty and you have a warning message, it means +conntrack is not enabled. To enable conntrack, just create a NAT or a firewall +rule. `set firewall state-policy established action accept` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +show conntrack-sync cache external + +Show connection syncing external cache entries + +
+ +
+ +show conntrack-sync cache internal + +Show connection syncing internal cache entries + +
+ +
+ +show conntrack-sync statistics + +Retrieve current statistics of connection tracking subsystem. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show conntrack-sync statistics +Main Table Statistics: + +cache internal: +current active connections: 19606 +connections created: 6298470 failed: 0 +connections updated: 3786793 failed: 0 +connections destroyed: 6278864 failed: 0 + +cache external: +current active connections: 15771 +connections created: 1660193 failed: 0 +connections updated: 77204 failed: 0 +connections destroyed: 1644422 failed: 0 + +traffic processed: + 0 Bytes 0 Pckts + +multicast traffic (active device=eth0.5): + 976826240 Bytes sent 212898000 Bytes recv + 8302333 Pckts sent 2009929 Pckts recv + 0 Error send 0 Error recv + +message tracking: + 0 Malformed msgs 263 Lost msgs +``` + +
+ +
+ +show conntrack-sync status + +Retrieve current status of connection tracking subsystem. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show conntrack-sync status +sync-interface : eth0.5 +failover-mechanism : vrrp [sync-group GEFOEKOM] +last state transition : no transition yet! +ExpectationSync : disabled +``` + +
+ +## Example + +The next example is a simple configuration of conntrack-sync. + +
+Conntrack Sync Example +
+ +Now configure conntrack-sync service on `router1` **and** `router2` + +``` none +set high-availablilty vrrp group internal virtual-address ... etc ... +set high-availability vrrp sync-group syncgrp member 'internal' +set service conntrack-sync accept-protocol 'tcp' +set service conntrack-sync accept-protocol 'udp' +set service conntrack-sync accept-protocol 'icmp' +set service conntrack-sync failover-mechanism vrrp sync-group 'syncgrp' +set service conntrack-sync interface 'eth0' +set service conntrack-sync mcast-group '225.0.0.50' +``` + +On the active router, you should have information in the internal-cache of +conntrack-sync. The same current active connections number should be shown in +the external-cache of the standby router + +On active router run: + +``` none +$ show conntrack-sync statistics + +Main Table Statistics: + +cache internal: +current active connections: 10 +connections created: 8517 failed: 0 +connections updated: 127 failed: 0 +connections destroyed: 8507 failed: 0 + +cache external: +current active connections: 0 +connections created: 0 failed: 0 +connections updated: 0 failed: 0 +connections destroyed: 0 failed: 0 + +traffic processed: + 0 Bytes 0 Pckts + +multicast traffic (active device=eth0): + 868780 Bytes sent 224136 Bytes recv + 20595 Pckts sent 14034 Pckts recv + 0 Error send 0 Error recv + +message tracking: + 0 Malformed msgs 0 Lost msgs +``` + +On standby router run: + +``` none +$ show conntrack-sync statistics + +Main Table Statistics: + +cache internal: +current active connections: 0 +connections created: 0 failed: 0 +connections updated: 0 failed: 0 +connections destroyed: 0 failed: 0 + +cache external: +current active connections: 10 +connections created: 888 failed: 0 +connections updated: 134 failed: 0 +connections destroyed: 878 failed: 0 + +traffic processed: + 0 Bytes 0 Pckts + +multicast traffic (active device=eth0): + 234184 Bytes sent 907504 Bytes recv + 14663 Pckts sent 21495 Pckts recv + 0 Error send 0 Error recv + +message tracking: + 0 Malformed msgs 0 Lost msgs +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-console-server.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-console-server.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e28b85d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-console-server.md @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +# Console Server + +Starting of with VyOS 1.3 (equuleus) we added support for running VyOS as an +Out-of-Band Management device which provides remote access by means of SSH to +directly attached serial interfaces. + +Serial interfaces can be any interface which is directly connected to the CPU +or chipset (mostly known as a ttyS interface in Linux) or any other USB to +serial converter (Prolific PL2303 or FTDI FT232/FT4232 based chips). + +If you happened to use a Cisco NM-16A - Sixteen Port Async Network Module or +NM-32A - Thirty-two Port Async Network Module - this is your VyOS replacement. + +For USB port information please refor to: `hardware_usb`. + +## Configuration + +Between computers, the most common configuration used was "8N1": eight bit +characters, with one start bit, one stop bit, and no parity bit. Thus 10 Baud +times are used to send a single character, and so dividing the signalling +bit-rate by ten results in the overall transmission speed in characters per +second. This is also the default setting if none of those options are defined. + +
+ +set service console-server device \ data-bits \[7 | 8\] + +Configure either seven or eight data bits. This defaults to eight data +bits if left unconfigured. + +
+ +
+ +set service console-server device \ description \ + +A user friendly description identifying the connected peripheral. + +
+ +
+ +set service console-server device \ alias \ + +A user friendly alias for this connection. Can be used instead of the +device name when connecting. + +
+ +
+ +set service console-server device \ parity \[even | odd | none\] + +Set the parity option for the console. If unset this will default to none. + +
+ +
+ +set service console-server device \ stop-bits \[1 | 2\] + +Configure either one or two stop bits. This defaults to one stop bits if +left unconfigured. + +
+ +
+ +set service console-server device \ speed +\[ 300 | 1200 | 2400 | 4800 | 9600 | 19200 | 38400 | 57600 | 115200 \] + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +USB to serial converters will handle most of their work in software +so you should be carefull with the selected baudrate as some times they +can't cope with the expected speed. + +
+ +
+ +### Remote Access + +Each individual configured console-server device can be directly exposed to +the outside world. A user can directly connect via SSH to the configured +port. + +
+ +set service console-server device \ ssh port \ + +Accept SSH connections for the given \ on TCP port \. +After successfull authentication the user will be directly dropped to +the connected serial device. + +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +Multiple users can connect to the same serial device but only +one is allowed to write to the console port. + +
+ +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show console-server ports + +Show configured serial ports and their respective interface configuration. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show console-server ports + usb0b2.4p1.0 on /dev/serial/by-bus/usb0b2.4p1.0@ at 9600n +``` + +
+ +
+ +show console-server user + +Show currently connected users. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show console-server user + usb0b2.4p1.0 up vyos@localhost +``` + +
+ +
+ +connect console \ + +Locally connect to serial port identified by \. + +``` none +vyos@vyos-r1:~$ connect console usb0b2.4p1.0 +[Enter `^Ec?' for help] +[-- MOTD -- VyOS Console Server] + +vyos-r2 login: +``` + +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +Multiple users can connect to the same serial device but only +one is allowed to write to the console port. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +The sequence `^Ec?` translates to: `Ctrl+E c ?`. To quit +the session use: `Ctrl+E c .` + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +If `alias` is set, it can be used instead of the device when +connecting. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +show log console-server + +Show the console server log. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-dhcp-relay.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-dhcp-relay.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2cf304bf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-dhcp-relay.md @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +# DHCP Relay + +If you want your router to forward DHCP requests to an external DHCP server +you can configure the system to act as a DHCP relay agent. The DHCP relay +agent works with IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. + +All interfaces used for the DHCP relay must be configured. This includes the +uplink to the DHCP server. + +## IPv4 relay + +### Configuration + +
+ +set service dhcp-relay interface \ + +Interfaces that participate in the DHCP relay process. If this command is +used, at least two entries of it are required: one for the interface that +captures the dhcp-requests, and one for the interface to forward such +requests. A warning message will be shown if this command is used, since +new implementations should use `listen-interface` and +`upstream-interface`. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-relay listen-interface \ + +Interface for DHCP Relay Agent to listen for requests. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-relay upstream-interface \ + +Interface for DHCP Relay Agent to forward requests out. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-relay server \ + +Configure IP address of the DHCP \ which will handle the relayed +packets. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-relay relay-options relay-agents-packets discard + +The router should discard DHCP packages already containing relay agent +information to ensure that only requests from DHCP clients are forwarded. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-relay disable + +Disable dhcp-relay service. + +
+ +#### Options + +
+ +set service dhcp-relay relay-options hop-count \ + +Set the maximum hop \ before packets are discarded. Range 0...255, +default 10. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-relay relay-options max-size \ + +Set maximum \ of DHCP packets including relay agent information. If a +DHCP packet size surpasses this value it will be forwarded without appending +relay agent information. Range 64...1400, default 576. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-relay relay-options relay-agents-packets +\ + +Four policies for reforwarding DHCP packets exist: + +- **append:** The relay agent is allowed to append its own relay information + to a received DHCP packet, disregarding relay information already present + in the packet. +- **discard:** Received packets which already contain relay information will + be discarded. +- **forward:** All packets are forwarded, relay information already present + will be ignored. +- **replace:** Relay information already present in a packet is stripped and + replaced with the router's own relay information set. + +
+ +### Example + +- Listen for DHCP requests on interface `eth1`. +- DHCP server is located at IPv4 address 10.0.1.4 on `eth2`. +- Router receives DHCP client requests on `eth1` and relays them to the + server at 10.0.1.4 on `eth2`. + +
+DHCP relay example + +
+ +The generated configuration will look like: + +``` none +show service dhcp-relay + listen-interface eth1 + upstrem-interface eth2 + server 10.0.1.4 + relay-options { + relay-agents-packets discard + } +``` + +Also, for backwards compatibility this configuration, which uses generic +interface definition, is still valid: + +``` none +show service dhcp-relay + interface eth1 + interface eth2 + server 10.0.1.4 + relay-options { + relay-agents-packets discard + } +``` + +### Operation + +
+ +restart dhcp relay-agent + +Restart DHCP relay service + +
+ +## IPv6 relay + +### Configuration + +
+ +set service dhcpv6-relay listen-interface \ + +Set eth1 to be the listening interface for the DHCPv6 relay. + +Multiple interfaces may be specified. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcpv6-relay upstream-interface \ +address \ + +Specifies an upstream network \ from which replies from +\ and other relay agents will be accepted. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set service dhcpv6-relay disable + +Disable dhcpv6-relay service. + +
+ +
+ +#### Options + +
+ +set service dhcpv6-relay max-hop-count \ + +Set maximum hop count before packets are discarded, default: 10 + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcpv6-relay use-interface-id-option + +If this is set the relay agent will insert the interface ID. This option is +set automatically if more than one listening interfaces are in use. + +
+ +### Example + +- DHCPv6 requests are received by the router on listening interface `eth1` +- Requests are forwarded through `eth2` as the upstream interface +- External DHCPv6 server is at 2001:db8::4 + +
+DHCPv6 relay example + +
+ +The generated configuration will look like: + +``` none +commit +show service dhcpv6-relay + listen-interface eth1 { + } + upstream-interface eth2 { + address 2001:db8::4 + } +``` + +### Operation + +
+ +restart dhcpv6 relay-agent + +Restart DHCPv6 relay agent immediately. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-dhcp-server.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-dhcp-server.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f77daec3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-dhcp-server.md @@ -0,0 +1,1128 @@ +# DHCP Server + +VyOS uses ISC DHCP server for both IPv4 and IPv6 address assignment. + +## IPv4 server + +The network topology is declared by shared-network-name and the subnet +declarations. The DHCP service can serve multiple shared networks, with each +shared network having 1 or more subnets. Each subnet must be present on an +interface. A range can be declared inside a subnet to define a pool of dynamic +addresses. Multiple ranges can be defined and can contain holes. Static +mappings can be set to assign "static" addresses to clients based on their MAC +address. + +### Configuration + +
+ +set service dhcp-server hostfile-update + +Create DNS record per client lease, by adding clients to /etc/hosts file. +Entry will have format: \\_\.\ + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server host-decl-name + +Will drop \\_ from client DNS record, using only the +host declaration name and domain: \.\ + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ +domain-name \ + +The domain-name parameter should be the domain name that will be appended to +the client's hostname to form a fully-qualified domain-name (FQDN) (DHCP +Option 015). + +This is the configuration parameter for the entire shared network definition. +All subnets will inherit this configuration item if not specified locally. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ +domain-search \ + +The domain-name parameter should be the domain name used when completing DNS +request where no full FQDN is passed. This option can be given multiple times +if you need multiple search domains (DHCP Option 119). + +This is the configuration parameter for the entire shared network definition. +All subnets will inherit this configuration item if not specified locally. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ +name-server \ + +Inform client that the DNS server can be found at \. + +This is the configuration parameter for the entire shared network definition. +All subnets will inherit this configuration item if not specified locally. + +Multiple DNS servers can be defined. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ ping-check + +When the DHCP server is considering dynamically allocating an IP address to a +client, it first sends an ICMP Echo request (a ping) to the address being +assigned. It waits for a second, and if no ICMP Echo response has been heard, +it assigns the address. + +If a response is heard, the lease is abandoned, and the server does not +respond to the client. The lease will remain abandoned for a minimum of +abandon-lease-time seconds (defaults to 24 hours). + +If there are no free addresses but there are abandoned IP addresses, the +DHCP server will attempt to reclaim an abandoned IP address regardless of the +value of abandon-lease-time. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server listen-address \ + +This configuration parameter lets the DHCP server to listen for DHCP +requests sent to the specified address, it is only realistically useful for +a server whose only clients are reached via unicasts, such as via DHCP relay +agents. + +
+ +#### Individual Client Subnet + +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ authoritative + +This says that this device is the only DHCP server for this network. If other +devices are trying to offer DHCP leases, this machine will send 'DHCPNAK' to +any device trying to request an IP address that is not valid for this +network. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ subnet \ +default-router \ + +This is a configuration parameter for the \, saying that as part of +the response, tell the client that the default gateway can be reached at +\. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ subnet \ +name-server \ + +This is a configuration parameter for the subnet, saying that as part of the +response, tell the client that the DNS server can be found at \. + +Multiple DNS servers can be defined. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ subnet \ +lease \ + +Assign the IP address to this machine for \ seconds. + +The default value is 86400 seconds which corresponds to one day. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ subnet \ +range \ start \ + +Create DHCP address range with a range id of \. DHCP leases are taken +from this pool. The pool starts at address \. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ subnet \ +range \ stop \ + +Create DHCP address range with a range id of \. DHCP leases are taken +from this pool. The pool stops with address \. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ subnet \ +exclude \ + +Always exclude this address from any defined range. This address will never +be assigned by the DHCP server. + +This option can be specified multiple times. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ subnet \ +domain-name \ + +The domain-name parameter should be the domain name that will be appended to +the client's hostname to form a fully-qualified domain-name (FQDN) (DHCP +Option 015). + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ subnet \ +domain-search \ + +The domain-name parameter should be the domain name used when completing DNS +request where no full FQDN is passed. This option can be given multiple times +if you need multiple search domains (DHCP Option 119). + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ subnet \ +ping-check + +When the DHCP server is considering dynamically allocating an IP address to a +client, it first sends an ICMP Echo request (a ping) to the address being +assigned. It waits for a second, and if no ICMP Echo response has been heard, +it assigns the address. + +If a response is heard, the lease is abandoned, and the server does not +respond to the client. The lease will remain abandoned for a minimum of +abandon-lease-time seconds (defaults to 24 hours). + +If a there are no free addresses but there are abandoned IP addresses, the +DHCP server will attempt to reclaim an abandoned IP address regardless of the +value of abandon-lease-time. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ subnet \ +enable-failover + +Enable DHCP failover configuration for this address pool. + +
+ +#### High Availability + +VyOS provides High Availability support for DHCP server. DHCP High +Availability can act in two different modes: + +- **Active-active**: both DHCP servers will respond to DHCP requests. If + `mode` is not defined, this is the default behavior. +- **Active-passive**: only `primary` server will respond to DHCP requests. + If this server goes offline, then `secondary` server will take place. + +DHCP High Availability must be configured explicitly by the following +statements on both servers: + +
+ +set service dhcp-server high-availability mode \[active-active +| active-passive\] + +Define operation mode of High Availability feature. Default value if command +is not specified is active-active + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server high-availability source-address \ + +Local IP \ used when communicating to the HA peer. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server high-availability remote \ + +Remote peer IP \ of the second DHCP server in this HA +cluster. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server high-availability name \ + +Define the name of the peer server to establish and identify the HA (High Availability) connection. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server high-availability status \ + +The primary and secondary statements determines whether the server is primary +or secondary. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In order for the primary and the secondary DHCP server to keep +their lease tables in sync, they must be able to reach each other on TCP +port 647. If you have firewall rules in effect, adjust them accordingly. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +The dialogue between HA partners is neither encrypted nor +authenticated. Since most DHCP servers exist within an organisation's own +secure Intranet, this would be an unnecessary overhead. However, if you +have DHCP HA peers whose communications traverse insecure networks, +then we recommend that you consider the use of VPN tunneling between them +to ensure that the HA partnership is immune to disruption +(accidental or otherwise) via third parties. + +
+ +
+ +#### Static mappings + +You can specify a static DHCP assignment on a per host basis. You will need the +MAC address of the station and your desired IP address. The address must be +inside the subnet definition but can be outside of the range statement. + +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ subnet +\ static-mapping \ mac-address \ + +Create a new DHCP static mapping named \ which is valid for +the host identified by its MAC \. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name \ subnet +\ static-mapping \ ip-address \ + +Static DHCP IP address assign to host identified by \. IP +address must be inside the \ which is defined but can be outside +the dynamic range created with `set service dhcp-server +shared-network-name subnet range `. If no ip-address is +specified, an IP from the dynamic pool is used. + +This is useful, for example, in combination with hostfile update. + +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +This is the equivalent of the host block in dhcpd.conf of +isc-dhcpd. + +
+ +
+ +**Example:** + +- IP address `192.168.1.100` shall be statically mapped to + client named `client1` + +``` none +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name 'NET1' subnet 192.168.1.0/24 static-mapping client1 ip-address 192.168.1.100 +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name 'NET1' subnet 192.168.1.0/24 static-mapping client1 mac-address aa:bb:11:22:33:00 +``` + +The configuration will look as follows: + +``` none +show service dhcp-server shared-network-name NET1 + subnet 192.168.1.0/24 { + static-mapping client1 { + ip-address 192.168.1.100 + mac-address aa:bb:11:22:33:00 + } + } +``` + +### Options + + +++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Setting nameOption numberISC-DHCP Option nameOption descriptionMulti
client-prefix-length1subnet-maskSpecifies the clients subnet mask as per RFC 950. If unset, +subnet declaration is used.N
time-offset2time-offsetOffset of the client's subnet in seconds from Coordinated +Universal Time (UTC)N
default-router3routersIPv4 address of router on the client's subnetN
time-server4time-serversRFC 868 time server IPv4 addressY
name-server6domain-name-serversDNS server IPv4 addressY
domain-name15domain-nameClient domain nameY
ip-forwarding19ip-forwardingEnable IP forwarding on clientN
ntp-server42ntp-serversIP address of NTP serverY
wins-server44netbios-name-serversNetBIOS over TCP/IP name serverY
server-identifier54dhcp-server-identifierIP address for DHCP server identifierN
bootfile-serversiaddrnext-serverIPv4 address of next bootstrap serverN
tftp-server-name66tftp-server-nameName or IPv4 address of TFTP serverN
bootfile-name67bootfile-name, filenameBootstrap file nameN
bootfile-size13boot-sizeBoot image length in 512-octet blocksN
smtp-server69smtp-serverIP address of SMTP serverY
pop-server70pop-serverIP address of POP3 serverY
domain-search119domain-searchClient domain searchY
static-route121, 249rfc3442-static-route, windows-static-routeClassless static routeN
wpad-url252wpad-url, wpad-url code 252 = textWeb Proxy Autodiscovery (WPAD) URLN
leasedefault-lease-time, max-lease-timeLease timeout in seconds (default: 86400)N
rangerangeDHCP lease rangeY
excludeIP address to exclude from DHCP lease rangeY
failoverDHCP failover parameters
static-mappingName of static mappingY
+ +Multi: can be specified multiple times. + +### Raw Parameters + +Raw parameters can be passed to shared-network-name, subnet and static-mapping: + +``` none +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name shared-network-parameters + Additional shared-network parameters for DHCP server. +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name subnet subnet-parameters + Additional subnet parameters for DHCP server. +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name subnet static-mapping static-mapping-parameters + Additional static-mapping parameters for DHCP server. + Will be placed inside the "host" block of the mapping. +``` + +These parameters are passed as-is to isc-dhcp's dhcpd.conf under the +configuration node they are defined in. They are not validated so an error in +the raw parameters won't be caught by vyos's scripts and will cause dhcpd to +fail to start. Always verify that the parameters are correct before committing +the configuration. Refer to isc-dhcp's dhcpd.conf manual for more information: + + +Quotes can be used inside parameter values by replacing all quote characters +with the string `"`. They will be replaced with literal quote characters +when generating dhcpd.conf. + +### Example + +Please see the `dhcp-dns-quick-start` configuration. + +#### High Availability + +Configuration of a DHCP HA pair + +- Setup DHCP HA for network 192.0.2.0/24 +- Use active-active HA mode. +- Default gateway and DNS server is at 192.0.2.254 +- The primary DHCP server named dhcp-primary uses address 192.168.189.252 +- The secondary DHCP server named dhcp-secondary uses address 192.168.189.253 +- DHCP range spans from 192.168.189.10 - 192.168.189.250 + +Common configuration, valid for both primary and secondary node. + +``` none +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name NET-VYOS subnet 192.0.2.0/24 default-router '192.0.2.254' +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name NET-VYOS subnet 192.0.2.0/24 name-server '192.0.2.254' +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name NET-VYOS subnet 192.0.2.0/24 domain-name 'vyos.net' +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name NET-VYOS subnet 192.0.2.0/24 range 0 start '192.0.2.10' +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name NET-VYOS subnet 192.0.2.0/24 range 0 stop '192.0.2.250' +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name NET-VYOS subnet 192.0.2.0/24 enable-failover +``` + +**Primary** + +``` none +set service dhcp-server high-availability mode 'active-active' +set service dhcp-server high-availability source-address '192.168.189.252' +set service dhcp-server high-availability name 'dhcp-secondary' +set service dhcp-server high-availability remote '192.168.189.253' +set service dhcp-server high-availability status 'primary' +``` + +**Secondary** + +``` none +set service dhcp-server high-availability mode 'active-active' +set service dhcp-server high-availability source-address '192.168.189.253' +set service dhcp-server high-availability name 'dhcp-primary' +set service dhcp-server high-availability remote '192.168.189.252' +set service dhcp-server high-availability status 'secondary' +``` + +#### Raw Parameters + +- Override static-mapping's name-server with a custom one that will be sent only + to this host. +- An option that takes a quoted string is set by replacing all quote characters + with the string `"` inside the static-mapping-parameters value. + The resulting line in dhcpd.conf will be + `option pxelinux.configfile "pxelinux.cfg/01-00-15-17-44-2d-aa";`. + +``` none +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name dhcpexample subnet 192.0.2.0/24 static-mapping example static-mapping-parameters "option domain-name-servers 192.0.2.11, 192.0.2.12;" +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name dhcpexample subnet 192.0.2.0/24 static-mapping example static-mapping-parameters "option pxelinux.configfile "pxelinux.cfg/01-00-15-17-44-2d-aa";" +``` + +#### Option 43 for UniFI + +- These parameters need to be part of the DHCP global options. + They stay unchanged. + +``` none +set service dhcp-server global-parameters 'option space ubnt;' +set service dhcp-server global-parameters 'option ubnt.unifi-address code 1 = ip-address;' +set service dhcp-server global-parameters 'class "ubnt" {' +set service dhcp-server global-parameters 'match if substring (option vendor-class-identifier, 0, 4) = "ubnt";' +set service dhcp-server global-parameters 'option vendor-class-identifier "ubnt";' +set service dhcp-server global-parameters 'vendor-option-space ubnt;' +set service dhcp-server global-parameters '}' +``` + +- Now we add the option to the scope, adapt to your setup + +``` none +set service dhcp-server shared-network-name example-scope subnet 10.1.1.0/24 subnet-parameters 'option ubnt.unifi-address 172.16.1.10;' +``` + +### Operation Mode + +
+ +show log dhcp server + +Show DHCP server daemon log file + +
+ +
+ +show log dhcp client + +Show logs from all DHCP client processes. + +
+ +
+ +show log dhcp client interface \ + +Show logs from specific interface DHCP client process. + +
+ +
+ +restart dhcp server + +Restart the DHCP server + +
+ +
+ +show dhcp server statistics + +Show the DHCP server statistics: + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show dhcp server statistics +Pool Size Leases Available Usage +----------- ------ -------- ----------- ------- +dhcpexample 99 2 97 2% +``` + +
+ +show dhcp server statistics pool \ + +Show the DHCP server statistics for the specified pool. + +
+ +
+ +show dhcp server leases + +Show statuses of all active leases: + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show dhcp server leases +IP Address MAC address State Lease start Lease expiration Remaining Pool Hostname Origin +-------------- ----------------- ------- ------------------- ------------------- ----------- -------- ---------- -------- +192.168.11.134 00:50:79:66:68:09 active 2023/11/29 09:51:05 2023/11/29 10:21:05 0:24:10 LAN VPCS1 local +192.168.11.133 50:00:00:06:00:00 active 2023/11/29 09:51:38 2023/11/29 10:21:38 0:24:43 LAN VYOS-6 local +10.11.11.108 50:00:00:05:00:00 active 2023/11/29 09:51:43 2023/11/29 10:21:43 0:24:48 VIF-1001 VYOS5 local +192.168.11.135 00:50:79:66:68:07 active 2023/11/29 09:55:16 2023/11/29 09:59:16 0:02:21 remote +vyos@vyos:~$ +``` + +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +Static mappings aren't shown. To show all states, use +`show dhcp server leases state all`. + +
+ +
+ +show dhcp server leases origin \[local | remote\] + +Show statuses of all active leases granted by local (this server) or +remote (failover server): + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show dhcp server leases origin remote +IP Address MAC address State Lease start Lease expiration Remaining Pool Hostname Origin +-------------- ----------------- ------- ------------------- ------------------- ----------- -------- ---------- -------- +192.168.11.135 00:50:79:66:68:07 active 2023/11/29 09:55:16 2023/11/29 09:59:16 0:02:21 remote +vyos@vyos:~$ +``` + +
+ +show dhcp server leases pool \ + +Show only leases in the specified pool. + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show dhcp server leases pool LAN +IP Address MAC address State Lease start Lease expiration Remaining Pool Hostname Origin +-------------- ----------------- ------- ------------------- ------------------- ----------- ------ ---------- -------- +192.168.11.134 00:50:79:66:68:09 active 2023/11/29 09:51:05 2023/11/29 10:21:05 0:23:55 LAN VPCS1 local +192.168.11.133 50:00:00:06:00:00 active 2023/11/29 09:51:38 2023/11/29 10:21:38 0:24:28 LAN VYOS-6 local +vyos@vyos:~$ +``` + +
+ +show dhcp server leases sort \ + +Sort the output by the specified key. Possible keys: ip, hardware_address, +state, start, end, remaining, pool, hostname (default = ip) + +
+ +
+ +show dhcp server leases state \ + +Show only leases with the specified state. Possible states: all, active, +free, expired, released, abandoned, reset, backup (default = active) + +
+ +## IPv6 server + +VyOS also provides DHCPv6 server functionality which is described in this +section. + +### Configuration + +
+ +set service dhcpv6-server preference \ + +Clients receiving advertise messages from multiple servers choose the server +with the highest preference value. The range for this value is `0...255`. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name \ subnet +\ lease-time {default | maximum | minimum} + +The default lease time for DHCPv6 leases is 24 hours. This can be changed by +supplying a `default-time`, `maximum-time` and `minimum-time`. All +values need to be supplied in seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name \ subnet +\ nis-domain \ + +A `NIS (Network Information Service)` domain can be set to be used for +DHCPv6 clients. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name \ subnet +\ nisplus-domain \ + +The procedure to specify a `NIS+ (Network Information Service Plus)` +domain is similar to the NIS domain one: + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name \ subnet +\ nis-server \ + +Specify a NIS server address for DHCPv6 clients. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name \ subnet +\ nisplus-server \ + +Specify a NIS+ server address for DHCPv6 clients. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name \ subnet +\ sip-server \
+ +Specify a `SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` server by IPv6 +address of Fully Qualified Domain Name for all DHCPv6 clients. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name \ subnet +\ sntp-server-address \ + +A SNTP server address can be specified for DHCPv6 clients. + +
+ +#### Prefix Delegation + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +VyOS =\< 1.4.3 does not add the prefixes to the routing table. + +
+ +To hand out individual prefixes to your clients the following configuration is +used: + +
+ +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name \ subnet +\ prefix-delegation start \ prefix-length \ + +Hand out prefixes of size \ to clients in subnet \ when +they request for prefix delegation. + +
+ +
+ +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name \ subnet +\ prefix-delegation start \ stop \ + +Delegate prefixes from the range indicated by the start and stop qualifier. + +
+ +**Example:** + +To delegate /64's from a bigger /56 + +``` none +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name MYNET subnet 2001:db8:0:1::/64 prefix-delegation start 2001:0db8:1:: prefix-length '64' +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name MYNET subnet 2001:db8:0:1::/64 prefix-delegation start 2001:0db8:1:: stop '2001:0db8:1:ff::' +``` + +#### Address pools + +DHCPv6 address pools must be configured for the system to act as a DHCPv6 +server. The following example describes a common scenario. + +**Example:** + +- A shared network named `NET1` serves subnet `2001:db8::/64` +- It is connected to `eth1` +- DNS server is located at `2001:db8::ffff` +- Address pool shall be `2001:db8::100` through `2001:db8::199`. +- Lease time will be left at the default value which is 24 hours + +``` none +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name 'NET1' subnet 2001:db8::/64 address-range start 2001:db8::100 stop 2001:db8::199 +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name 'NET1' subnet 2001:db8::/64 name-server 2001:db8::ffff +``` + +The configuration will look as follows: + +``` none +show service dhcpv6-server + shared-network-name NET1 { + subnet 2001:db8::/64 { + address-range { + start 2001:db8::100 { + stop 2001:db8::199 + } + } + name-server 2001:db8::ffff + } + } +``` + +#### Static mappings + +In order to map specific IPv6 addresses to specific hosts static mappings can +be created. The following example explains the process. + +**Example:** + +- IPv6 address `2001:db8::101` shall be statically mapped +- IPv6 prefix `2001:db8:0:101::/64` shall be statically mapped +- Host specific mapping shall be named `client1` + +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +The identifier is the device's DUID: colon-separated hex list (as +used by isc-dhcp option dhcpv6.client-id). If the device already has a +dynamic lease from the DHCPv6 server, its DUID can be found with `show service dhcpv6 server leases`. + +
+ +``` none +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name 'NET1' subnet 2001:db8::/64 static-mapping client1 ipv6-address 2001:db8::101 +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name 'NET1' subnet 2001:db8::/64 static-mapping client1 ipv6-prefix 2001:db8:0:101::/64 +set service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name 'NET1' subnet 2001:db8::/64 static-mapping client1 identifier 00:01:00:01:12:34:56:78:aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff +``` + +The configuration will look as follows: + +``` none +show service dhcpv6-server shared-network-name NET1 + subnet 2001:db8::/64 { + static-mapping client1 { + identifier 00:01:00:01:12:34:56:78:aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff + ipv6-address 2001:db8::101 + ipv6-prefix 2001:db8:0:101::/64 + } + } +``` + +### Operation Mode + +
+ +show log dhcpv6 server + +Show DHCPv6 server daemon log file + +
+ +
+ +show log dhcpv6 client + +Show logs from all DHCPv6 client processes. + +
+ +
+ +show log dhcpv6 client interface \ + +Show logs from specific interface DHCPv6 client process. + +
+ +
+ +restart dhcpv6 server + +To restart the DHCPv6 server + +
+ +
+ +show dhcpv6 server leases + +Shows status of all assigned leases: + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show dhcpv6 server leases +IPv6 address State Last communication Lease expiration Remaining Type Pool DUID +------------- ------- -------------------- ------------------- ----------- ------------- ----- -------------------------------------------- +2001:db8::101 active 2019/12/05 19:40:10 2019/12/06 07:40:10 11:45:21 non-temporary NET1 00:01:00:01:12:34:56:78:aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff +2001:db8::102 active 2019/12/05 14:01:23 2019/12/06 02:01:23 6:06:34 non-temporary NET1 00:01:00:01:11:22:33:44:fa:fb:fc:fd:fe:ff +``` + +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +Static mappings aren't shown. To show all states, use `show dhcp server leases state all`. + +
+ +
+ +show dhcpv6 server leases pool \ + +Show only leases in the specified pool. + +
+ +
+ +show dhcpv6 server leases sort \ + +Sort the output by the specified key. Possible keys: expires, duid, ip, +last_comm, pool, remaining, state, type (default = ip) + +
+ +
+ +show dhcpv6 server leases state \ + +Show only leases with the specified state. Possible states: abandoned, +active, all, backup, expired, free, released, reset (default = active) + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-dns.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-dns.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08a24b48 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-dns.md @@ -0,0 +1,574 @@ +# DNS Forwarding + +## Configuration + +VyOS provides DNS infrastructure for small networks. It is designed to be +lightweight and have a small footprint, suitable for resource constrained +routers and firewalls. For this we utilize PowerDNS recursor. + +The VyOS DNS forwarder does not require an upstream DNS server. It can serve as +a full recursive DNS server - but it can also forward queries to configurable +upstream DNS servers. By not configuring any upstream DNS servers you also +avoid being tracked by the provider of your upstream DNS server. + +
+ +set service dns forwarding system + +Forward incoming DNS queries to the DNS servers configured under the `system name-server` nodes. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding dhcp \ + +Interfaces whose DHCP client nameservers to forward requests to. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding name-server \ port \ + +Send all DNS queries to the IPv4/IPv6 DNS server specified under \ +on optional port specified under \. The port defaults to 53. You can +configure multiple nameservers here. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding domain \ name-server \ + +Forward received queries for a particular domain +(specified via domain-name) to a given nameserver. Multiple nameservers +can be specified. You can use this feature for a DNS split-horizon +configuration. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +This also works for reverse-lookup zones (`18.172.in-addr.arpa`). + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding domain \ addnta + +Add NTA (negative trust anchor) for this domain. This must be set if the +domain does not support DNSSEC. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding domain \ recursion-desired + +Set the "recursion desired" bit in requests to the upstream nameserver. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding allow-from \ + +Given the fact that open DNS recursors could be used on DDoS amplification +attacks, you must configure the networks which are allowed to use this +recursor. A network of `0.0.0.0/0` or `::/0` would allow all IPv4 and +IPv6 networks to query this server. This is generally a bad idea. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding dnssec +\ + +The PowerDNS recursor has 5 different levels of DNSSEC processing, which can +be set with the dnssec setting. In order from least to most processing, these +are: + +- **off** In this mode, no DNSSEC processing takes place. The recursor will + not set the DNSSEC OK (DO) bit in the outgoing queries and will ignore the + DO and AD bits in queries. +- **process-no-validate** In this mode the recursor acts as a "security + aware, non-validating" nameserver, meaning it will set the DO-bit on + outgoing queries and will provide DNSSEC related RRsets (NSEC, RRSIG) to + clients that ask for them (by means of a DO-bit in the query), except for + zones provided through the auth-zones setting. It will not do any + validation in this mode, not even when requested by the client. +- **process** When dnssec is set to process the behavior is similar to + process-no-validate. However, the recursor will try to validate the data + if at least one of the DO or AD bits is set in the query; in that case, + it will set the AD-bit in the response when the data is validated + successfully, or send SERVFAIL when the validation comes up bogus. +- **log-fail** In this mode, the recursor will attempt to validate all data + it retrieves from authoritative servers, regardless of the client's DNSSEC + desires, and will log the validation result. This mode can be used to + determine the extra load and amount of possibly bogus answers before + turning on full-blown validation. Responses to client queries are the same + as with process. +- **validate** The highest mode of DNSSEC processing. In this mode, all + queries will be validated and will be answered with a SERVFAIL in case of + bogus data, regardless of the client's request. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The popular Unix/Linux `dig` tool sets the AD-bit in the query. +This might lead to unexpected query results when testing. Set `+noad` +on the `dig` command line when this is the case. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The `CD`-bit is honored correctly for process and validate. For +log-fail, failures will be logged too. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding ignore-hosts-file + +Do not use the local `/etc/hosts` file in name resolution. VyOS DHCP +server will use this file to add resolvers to assigned addresses. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding cache-size \<0-2147483647\> + +Maximum number of DNS cache entries. 1 million per CPU core will generally +suffice for most installations. + +This defaults to 10000. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding negative-ttl \<0-7200\> + +A query for which there is authoritatively no answer is cached to quickly +deny a record's existence later on, without putting a heavy load on the +remote server. In practice, caches can become saturated with hundreds of +thousands of hosts which are tried only once. + +This setting, which defaults to 3600 seconds, puts a maximum on the amount +of time negative entries are cached. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding timeout \<10-60000\> + +The number of milliseconds to wait for a remote authoritative server to +respond before timing out and responding with SERVFAIL. + +This setting defaults to 1500 and is valid between 10 and 60000. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding listen-address \ + +The local IPv4 or IPv6 addresses to bind the DNS forwarder to. The forwarder +will listen on this address for incoming connections. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding source-address \ + +The local IPv4 or IPv6 addresses to use as a source address for sending queries. +The forwarder will send forwarded outbound DNS requests from this address. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns forwarding no-serve-rfc1918 + +This makes the server authoritatively not aware of: 10.in-addr.arpa, +168.192.in-addr.arpa, 16-31.172.in-addr.arpa, which enabling upstream +DNS server(s) to be used for reverse lookups of these zones. + +
+ +## Example + +A VyOS router with two interfaces - eth0 (WAN) and eth1 (LAN) - is required to +implement a split-horizon DNS configuration for example.com. + +In this scenario: + +- All DNS requests for example.com must be forwarded to a DNS server + at 192.0.2.254 and 2001:db8:cafe::1 +- All other DNS requests will be forwarded to a different set of DNS servers at + 192.0.2.1, 192.0.2.2, 2001:db8::1:ffff and 2001:db8::2:ffff +- The VyOS DNS forwarder will only listen for requests on the eth1 (LAN) + interface addresses - 192.168.1.254 for IPv4 and 2001:db8::ffff for IPv6 +- The VyOS DNS forwarder will only accept lookup requests from the + LAN subnets - 192.168.1.0/24 and 2001:db8::/64 +- The VyOS DNS forwarder will pass reverse lookups for 10.in-addr.arpa, + 168.192.in-addr.arpa, 16-31.172.in-addr.arpa zones to upstream server. + +``` none +set service dns forwarding domain example.com name-server 192.0.2.254 +set service dns forwarding domain example.com name-server 2001:db8:cafe::1 +set service dns forwarding name-server 192.0.2.1 +set service dns forwarding name-server 192.0.2.2 +set service dns forwarding name-server 192.0.2.3 port 853 +set service dns forwarding name-server 2001:db8::1:ffff +set service dns forwarding name-server 2001:db8::2:ffff +set service dns forwarding name-server 2001:db8::3:ffff port 8053 +set service dns forwarding listen-address 192.168.1.254 +set service dns forwarding listen-address 2001:db8::ffff +set service dns forwarding allow-from 192.168.1.0/24 +set service dns forwarding allow-from 2001:db8::/64 +set service dns forwarding no-serve-rfc1918 +``` + +## Operation + +
+ +reset dns forwarding \ + +Resets the local DNS forwarding cache database. You can reset the cache +for all entries or only for entries to a specific domain. + +
+ +
+ +restart dns forwarding + +Restarts the DNS recursor process. This also invalidates the local DNS +forwarding cache. + +
+ +# Dynamic DNS + +VyOS is able to update a remote DNS record when an interface gets a new IP +address. In order to do so, VyOS includes [ddclient](https://github.com/ddclient/ddclient), a Perl script written for +this only one purpose. + +[ddclient](https://github.com/ddclient/ddclient) uses two methods to update a DNS record. The first one will send +updates directly to the DNS daemon, in compliance with `2136`. The second +one involves a third party service, like DynDNS.com or any other such +service provider. This method uses HTTP requests to transmit the new IP address. You +can configure both in VyOS. + +## Configuration + +### `2136` Based + +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ address interface \ + +Create new dynamic DNS update configuration which will update the IP +address assigned to \ on the service you configured under +\. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ description \ + +Set description \ for dynamic DNS service being configured. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ key \ + +File identified by \ containing the TSIG authentication key for RFC2136 +nsupdate on remote DNS server. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ server \ + +Configure the DNS \ IP/FQDN used when updating this dynamic +assignment. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ zone \ + +Configure DNS \ to be updated. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ host-name \ + +Configure DNS \ which should be updated. This can be set multiple times. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ ttl \ + +Configure optional TTL value on the given resource record. This defaults to +600 seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic interval \<60-3600\> + +Specify interval in seconds to wait between Dynamic DNS updates. +The default is 300 seconds. + +
+ +#### Example + +- Register DNS record `example.vyos.io` on DNS server `ns1.vyos.io` +- Use auth key file at `/config/auth/my.key` +- Set TTL to 300 seconds + +``` none +# Configuration commands entered: +# +set service dns dynamic name 'VyOS-DNS' address interface 'eth0' +set service dns dynamic name 'VyOS-DNS' description 'RFC 2136 dynamic dns service' +set service dns dynamic name 'VyOS-DNS' key '/config/auth/my.key' +set service dns dynamic name 'VyOS-DNS' server 'ns1.vyos.io' +set service dns dynamic name 'VyOS-DNS' zone 'vyos.io' +set service dns dynamic name 'VyOS-DNS' host-name 'example.vyos.io' +set service dns dynamic name 'VyOS-DNS' protocol 'nsupdate' +set service dns dynamic name 'VyOS-DNS' ttl '300' + +# Resulting config: +# +vyos@vyos# show service dns dynamic + name VyOS-DNS { + address { + interface eth0 + } + description "RFC 2136 dynamic dns service" + host-name example.vyos.io + key /config/auth/my.key + protocol nsupdate + server ns1.vyos.io + ttl 300 + zone vyos.io + } +``` + +This will render the following [ddclient](https://github.com/ddclient/ddclient) configuration entry: + +``` none +# ddclient configuration for interface "eth0": +# + +# Web service dynamic DNS configuration for VyOS-DNS: [nsupdate, example.vyos.io] +use=if, \ +if=eth0, \ +protocol=nsupdate, \ +server=ns1.vyos.io, \ +zone=vyos.io, \ +password='/config/auth/my.key', \ +ttl=300 \ +example.vyos.io +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +You can also keep different DNS zone updated. Just create a new +config node: `set service dns dynamic interface rfc2136 ` + +
+ +### HTTP based services + +VyOS is also able to use any service relying on protocols supported by ddclient. + +To use such a service, one must define a login, password, one or multiple +hostnames, protocol and server. + +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ address interface \ + +Create new dynamic DNS update configuration which will update the IP +address assigned to \ on the service you configured under +\. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ description \ + +Set description \ for dynamic DNS service being configured. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ host-name \ + +Setup the dynamic DNS hostname \ associated with the DynDNS +provider identified by \. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ username \ + +Configure \ used when authenticating the update request for +DynDNS service identified by \. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ password \ + +Configure \ used when authenticating the update request for +DynDNS service identified by \. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ protocol \ + +When a `custom` DynDNS provider is used, the protocol used for communicating +to the provider must be specified under \. See the embedded +completion helper when entering above command for available protocols. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ server \ + +When a `custom` DynDNS provider is used the \ where update +requests are being sent to must be specified. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ ip-version 'ipv6' + +Allow explicit IPv6 address for the interface. + +
+ +#### Example: + +Use deSEC (dedyn.io) as your preferred provider: + +``` none +set service dns dynamic name dedyn description 'deSEC dynamic dns service' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn username 'myusername' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn password 'mypassword' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn host-name 'myhostname.dedyn.io' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn protocol 'dyndns2' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn server 'update.dedyn.io' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn address interface 'eth0' +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Multiple services can be used per interface. Just specify as many +services per interface as you like! + +
+ +#### Example IPv6 only: + +``` none +set service dns dynamic name dedyn description 'deSEC ipv6 dynamic dns service' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn username 'myusername' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn password 'mypassword' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn host-name 'myhostname.dedyn.io' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn protocol 'dyndns2' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn ip-version 'ipv6' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn server 'update6.dedyn.io' +set service dns dynamic name dedyn address interface 'eth0' +``` + +### Running Behind NAT + +By default, [ddclient](https://github.com/ddclient/ddclient) will update a dynamic dns record using the IP address +directly attached to the interface. If your VyOS instance is behind NAT, your +record will be updated to point to your internal IP. + +[ddclient](https://github.com/ddclient/ddclient) has another way to determine the WAN IP address. This is controlled +by: + +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ address web \ + +Use configured \ to determine your IP address. [ddclient](https://github.com/ddclient/ddclient) will load +\ and tries to extract your IP address from the response. + +
+ +
+ +set service dns dynamic name \ address web skip \ + +[ddclient](https://github.com/ddclient/ddclient) will skip any address located before the string set in \. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-eventhandler.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-eventhandler.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5280c43a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-eventhandler.md @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +# Event Handler + +## Event Handler Technology Overview + +Event handler allows you to execute scripts when a string that matches a regex or a regex with +a service name appears in journald logs. You can pass variables, arguments, and a full matching string to the script. + +## How to configure Event Handler + +> [1. Create an event handler](#create-an-event-handler) +> +> [2. Add regex to the script](#add-regex-to-the-script) +> +> [3. Add a full path to the script](#add-a-full-path-to-the-script) +> +> [4. Add optional parameters](#add-optional-parameters) + +## Event Handler Configuration Steps + +### 1. Create an event handler + +>
+> +> set service event-handler event \ +> +>
+> +> This is an optional command because the event handler will be automatically created after any of the next commands. + +### 2. Add regex to the script + +>
+> +> set service event-handler event \ filter pattern \ +> +>
+> +> This is a mandatory command. Sets regular expression to match against log string message. +> +>
+> +>
+> +> Note +> +>
+> +> The regular expression matches if and only if the entire string matches the pattern. +> +>
+ +### 3. Add a full path to the script + +>
+> +> set service event-handler event \ script path \ +> +>
+> +> This is a mandatory command. Sets the full path to the script. The script file must be executable. + +### 4. Add optional parameters + +>
+> +> set service event-handler event \ filter syslog-identifier \ +> +>
+> +> This is an optional command. Filters log messages by syslog-identifier. +> +>
+> +> set service event-handler event \ script environment \ value \ +> +>
+> +> This is an optional command. Adds environment and its value to the script. Use separate commands for each environment. +> +> One implicit environment exists. +> +> - `message`: Full message that has triggered the script. +> +>
+> +> set service event-handler event \ script arguments \ +> +>
+> +> This is an optional command. Adds arguments to the script. Arguments must be separated by spaces. +> +>
+> +>
+> +> Note +> +>
+> +> We don't recomend to use arguments. Using environments is more preffereble. +> +>
+ +## Example + +> Event handler that monitors the state of interface eth0. +> +> ``` none +> ``` +> +> set service event-handler event INTERFACE_STATE_DOWN filter pattern '.\*eth0.\*,RUNNING,.\*-\>.\*' +> set service event-handler event INTERFACE_STATE_DOWN filter syslog-identifier 'netplugd' +> set service event-handler event INTERFACE_STATE_DOWN script environment interface_action value 'down' +> set service event-handler event INTERFACE_STATE_DOWN script environment interface_name value 'eth2' +> set service event-handler event INTERFACE_STATE_DOWN script path '/config/scripts/eventhandler.py' +> +> Event handler script +> +> ``` none +> ``` +> +> \#!/usr/bin/env python3 +> \# +> \# VyOS event-handler script example +> from os import environ +> import subprocess +> from sys import exit +> +> \# Perform actions according to requirements +> def process_event() -\> None: +> \# Get variables +> message_text = environ.get('message') +> interface_name = environ.get('interface_name') +> interface_action = environ.get('interface_action') +> \# Print the message that triggered this script +> print(f'Logged message: {message_text}') +> \# Prepare a command to run +> command = f'sudo ip link set {interface_name} {interface_action}'.split() +> \# Execute a command +> subprocess.run(command) +> +> if \_\_name\_\_ == '\_\_main\_\_': +> try: +> \# Run script actions and exit +> process_event() +> exit(0) +> except Exception as err: +> \# Exit properly in case if something in the script goes wrong +> print(f'Error running script: {err}') +> exit(1) diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-https.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-https.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e68bcd50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-https.md @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# HTTP API + +VyOS provide an HTTP API. You can use it to execute op-mode commands, +update VyOS, set or delete config. + +Please take a look at the `vyosapi` page for an detailed how-to. + +## Configuration + +
+ +set service https allow-client address \ + +Only allow certain IP addresses or prefixes to access the https +webserver. + +
+ +
+ +set service https certificates ca-certificate \ + +Use CA certificate from PKI subsystem + +
+ +
+ +set service https certificates certificate \ + +Use certificate from PKI subsystem + +
+ +
+ +set service https certificates dh-params \ + +Use `DH (Diffie–Hellman)` parameters from PKI subsystem. +Must be at least 2048 bits in length. + +
+ +
+ +set service https listen-address \ + +Webserver should only listen on specified IP address + +
+ +
+ +set service https port \ + +Webserver should listen on specified port. + +Default: 443 + +
+ +
+ +set service https enable-http-redirect + +Enable automatic redirect from http to https. + +
+ +
+ +set service https tls-version \<1.2 | 1.3\> + +Select TLS version used. + +This defaults to both 1.2 and 1.3. + +
+ +
+ +set service https vrf \ + +Start Webserver in given VRF. + +
+ +### API + +
+ +set service https api keys id \ key \ + +Set a named api key. Every key has the same, full permissions +on the system. + +
+ +
+ +set service https api debug + +To enable debug messages. Available via `show log` or +`monitor log` + +
+ +
+ +set service https api strict + +Enforce strict path checking + +
+ +## Example Configuration + +Set an API-KEY is the minimal configuration to get a working API Endpoint. + +``` none +set service https api keys id MY-HTTPS-API-ID key MY-HTTPS-API-PLAINTEXT-KEY +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-ids.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-ids.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b22c93dd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-ids.md @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +# DDoS Protection + +## FastNetMon + +FastNetMon is a high-performance DDoS detector/sensor built on top of multiple +packet capture engines: NetFlow, IPFIX, sFlow, AF_PACKET (port mirror). It can +detect hosts in the deployed network sending or receiving large volumes of +traffic, packets/bytes/flows per second and perform a configurable action to +handle that event, such as calling a custom script. + +VyOS includes the FastNetMon Community Edition. + +### Configuration + +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection alert-script \ + +Configure alert script that will be executed when an attack is detected. + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection ban-time \<1-4294967294\> + +Configure how long an IP (attacker) should be kept in blocked state. +Default value is 1900. + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection direction \[in | out\] + +Configure direction for processing traffic. + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection exclude-network \ + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection exlude-network \ + +Specify IPv4 and/or IPv6 networks which are going to be excluded. + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection listen-interface \ + +Configure listen interface for mirroring traffic. + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection mode \[mirror | sflow\] + +Configure traffic capture mode. + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection network \ + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection network \ + +Specify IPv4 and/or IPv6 networks that should be protected/monitored. + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection sflow listen-address \ + +Configure local IPv4 address to listen for sflow. + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection sflow port \<1-65535\> + +Configure port number to be used for sflow conection. Default port is 6343. + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection threshold general +\[fps | mbps | pps\] \<0-4294967294\> + +Configure general threshold parameters. + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection threshold icmp +\[fps | mbps | pps\] \<0-4294967294\> + +Configure ICMP threshold parameters. + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection threshold tcp +\[fps | mbps | pps\] \<0-4294967294\> + +Configure TCP threshold parameters + +
+ +
+ +set service ids ddos-protection threshold udp +\[fps | mbps | pps\] \<0-4294967294\> + +Configure UDP threshold parameters + +
+ +### Example + +A configuration example can be found in this section. +In this simplified scenario, main things to be considered are: + +> - Network to be protected: 192.0.2.0/24 (public IPs use by +> customers) +> - **ban-time** and **threshold**: these values are kept very low in order +> to easily identify and generate and attack. +> - Direction: **in** and **out**. Protect public network from external +> attacks, and identify internal attacks towards internet. +> - Interface **eth0** used to connect to upstream. + +Since we are analyzing attacks to and from our internal network, two types +of attacks can be identified, and differents actions are needed: + +> - External attack: an attack from the internet towards an internal IP +> is identify. In this case, all connections towards such IP will be +> blocked +> - Internal attack: an attack from the internal network (generated by a +> customer) towards the internet is identify. In this case, all connections +> from this particular IP/Customer will be blocked. + +So, firewall configuration needed for this setup: + +``` none +set firewall group address-group FNMS-DST-Block +set firewall group address-group FNMS-SRC-Block + +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 10 action 'drop' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 10 description 'FNMS - block destination' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 10 destination group address-group 'FNMS-DST-Block' + +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 20 action 'drop' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 20 description 'FNMS - Block source' +set firewall ipv4 forward filter rule 20 source group address-group 'FNMS-SRC-Block' +``` + +Then, FastNetMon configuration: + +``` none +set service ids ddos-protection alert-script '/config/scripts/fnm-alert.sh' +set service ids ddos-protection ban-time '10' +set service ids ddos-protection direction 'in' +set service ids ddos-protection direction 'out' +set service ids ddos-protection listen-interface 'eth0' +set service ids ddos-protection mode 'mirror' +set service ids ddos-protection network '192.0.2.0/24' +set service ids ddos-protection threshold general pps '100' +``` + +And content of the script: + +``` none +#!/bin/bash + +# alert-script is called twice. +# When an attack occurs, the program calls a bash script twice: +# 1st time when threshold exceed +# 2nd when we collect 100 packets for detailed audit of what happened. + +# Do nothing if “attack_details” is passed as an argument +if [ "${4}" == "attack_details" ]; then + # Do nothing + exit +fi +# Arguments: +ip=$1 +direction=$2 +pps_rate=$3 +action=$4 + +logger -t FNMS "** Start - Running alert script **" + +if [ "${direction}" == "incoming" ] ; then + group="FNMS-DST-Block" + origin="external" +else + group="FNMS-SRC-Block" + origin="internal" +fi + +if [ "${action}" == "ban" ] ; then + logger -t FNMS "Attack detected for IP ${ip} and ${direction} direction from ${origin} network. Need to block IP address." + logger -t FNMS "Adding IP address ${ip} to firewall group ${group}." + sudo nft add element ip vyos_filter A_${group} { ${ip} } +else + logger -t FNMS "Timeout for IP ${ip}, removing it from group ${group}." + sudo nft delete element ip vyos_filter A_${group} { ${ip} } +fi +logger -t FNMS "** End - Running alert script **" +exit +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..420efc6d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# Service + +
+ +broadcast-relay +config-sync +conntrack-sync +console-server +dhcp-relay +dhcp-server +dns +eventhandler +https +ids +ipoe-server +lldp +mdns +monitoring +ntp +pppoe-server +router-advert +salt-minion +snmp +ssh +tftp-server +webproxy + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-ipoe-server.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-ipoe-server.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc66163d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-ipoe-server.md @@ -0,0 +1,656 @@ +# IPoE Server + +VyOS utilizes [accel-ppp]() to provide `IPoE (Internet Protocol over +Ethernet)` server functionality. It can be used with local authentication +(mac-address) or a connected RADIUS server. + +IPoE is a method of delivering an IP payload over an Ethernet-based access +network or an access network using bridged Ethernet over Asynchronous Transfer +Mode (ATM) without using PPPoE. It directly encapsulates the IP datagrams in +Ethernet frames, using the standard `894` encapsulation. + +The use of IPoE addresses the disadvantage that PPP is unsuited for multicast +delivery to multiple users. Typically, IPoE uses Dynamic Host Configuration +Protocol and Extensible Authentication Protocol to provide the same +functionality as PPPoE, but in a less robust manner. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Please be aware, due to an upstream bug, config changes/commits +will restart the ppp daemon and will reset existing IPoE sessions, +in order to become effective. + +
+ +## Configuring IPoE Server + +IPoE can be configure on different interfaces, it will depend on each specific +situation which interface will provide IPoE to clients. The clients mac address +and the incoming interface is being used as control parameter, to authenticate +a client. + +The example configuration below will assign an IP to the client on the incoming +interface eth2 with the client mac address 08:00:27:2f:d8:06. Other DHCP +discovery requests will be ignored, unless the client mac has been enabled in +the configuration. + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.168.0.1/24' +set service ipoe-server authentication interface eth1.100 mac 00:50:79:66:68:00 +set service ipoe-server authentication interface eth1.101 mac 00:50:79:66:68:01 +set service ipoe-server authentication mode 'local' +set service ipoe-server client-ip-pool IPOE-POOL range '192.168.0.2-192.168.0.254' +set service ipoe-server default-pool 'IPOE-POOL' +set service ipoe-server gateway-address '192.168.0.1/24' +set service ipoe-server interface eth1 mode 'l2' +set service ipoe-server interface eth1 network 'vlan' +set service ipoe-server interface eth1 vlan '100-200' +``` + +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication interface \ mac \ + +Creates local IPoE user with username=\*\*\\*\* and +password=\*\*\\*\* (mac-address) + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication mode \ + +Set authentication backend. The configured authentication backend is used +for all queries. + +- **radius**: All authentication queries are handled by a configured RADIUS + server. +- **local**: All authentication queries are handled locally. +- **noauth**: Authentication disabled + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server client-ip-pool \ range \ + +Use this command to define the first IP address of a pool of +addresses to be given to IPoE clients. If notation `x.x.x.x-x.x.x.x`, +it must be within a /24 subnet. If notation `x.x.x.x/x` is +used there is possibility to set host/netmask. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server default-pool \ + +Use this command to define default address pool name. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server gateway-address \ + +Specifies address to be used as server ip address if radius can assign +only client address. In such case if client address is matched network +and mask then specified address and mask will be used. You can specify +multiple such options. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server interface \ mode \ + +Set authentication backend. The configured authentication backend is used +for all queries. + +- **l2**: It means that clients are on same network where interface + is.\*\*(default)\*\* +- **local**: It means that client are behind some router. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server interface \ network \ + +Specify where interface is shared by multiple users or it is vlan-per-user. + +- **shared**: Multiple clients share the same network. **(default)** +- **vlan**: One VLAN per client. + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ipoe-server sessions + + ifname | username | calling-sid | ip | rate-limit | type | comp | state | uptime +--------+----------+-------------------+-------------+------------+------+------+--------+---------- + ipoe0 | eth1.100 | 00:50:79:66:68:00 | 192.168.0.2 | | ipoe | | active | 00:04:55 + ipoe1 | eth1.101 | 00:50:79:66:68:01 | 192.168.0.3 | | ipoe | | active | 00:04:44 +``` + +## Configuring RADIUS authentication + +To enable RADIUS based authentication, the authentication mode needs to be +changed within the configuration. Previous settings like the local users, still +exists within the configuration, however they are not used if the mode has been +changed from local to radius. Once changed back to local, it will use all local +accounts again. + +``` none +set service ipoe-server authentication mode radius +``` + +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius server \ key \ + +Configure RADIUS \ and its required shared \ for +communicating with the RADIUS server. + +
+ +Since the RADIUS server would be a single point of failure, multiple RADIUS +servers can be setup and will be used subsequentially. +For example: + +``` none +set service ipoe-server authentication radius server 10.0.0.1 key 'foo' +set service ipoe-server authentication radius server 10.0.0.2 key 'foo' +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Some RADIUS severs use an access control list which allows or denies +queries, make sure to add your VyOS router to the allowed client list. + +
+ +### RADIUS source address + +If you are using OSPF as IGP, always the closest interface connected to the +RADIUS server is used. With VyOS 1.2 you can bind all outgoing RADIUS requests +to a single source IP e.g. the loopback interface. + +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius source-address \ + +Source IPv4 address used in all RADIUS server queires. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The `source-address` must be configured on one of VyOS interface. +Best practice would be a loopback or dummy interface. + +
+ +### RADIUS advanced options + +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius server \ port \ + +Configure RADIUS \ and its required port for authentication requests. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius server \ fail-time \ + +Mark RADIUS server as offline for this given \ in seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius server \ disable + +Temporary disable this RADIUS server. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius acct-timeout \ + +Timeout to wait reply for Interim-Update packets. (default 3 seconds) + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius dynamic-author server \ + +Specifies IP address for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius dynamic-author port \ + +Port for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius dynamic-author key \ + +Secret for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius max-try \ + +Maximum number of tries to send Access-Request/Accounting-Request queries + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius timeout \ + +Timeout to wait response from server (seconds) + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius nas-identifier \ + +Value to send to RADIUS server in NAS-Identifier attribute and to be matched +in DM/CoA requests. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius nas-ip-address \ + +Value to send to RADIUS server in NAS-IP-Address attribute and to be matched +in DM/CoA requests. Also DM/CoA server will bind to that address. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius source-address \ + +Source IPv4 address used in all RADIUS server queires. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius rate-limit attribute \ + +Specifies which RADIUS server attribute contains the rate limit information. +The default attribute is Filter-Id. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you set a custom RADIUS attribute you must define it on both +dictionaries at RADIUS server and client. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius rate-limit enable + +Enables bandwidth shaping via RADIUS. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication radius rate-limit vendor + +Specifies the vendor dictionary, dictionary needs to be in +/usr/share/accel-ppp/radius. + +
+ +Received RADIUS attributes have a higher priority than parameters defined within +the CLI configuration, refer to the explanation below. + +### Allocation clients ip addresses by RADIUS + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Framed-IP-Address` then this IP +address will be allocated to the client and the option `default-pool` within the CLI +config is being ignored. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Framed-Pool`, IP address will be allocated +from a predefined IP pool whose name equals the attribute value. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Stateful-IPv6-Address-Pool`, IPv6 address +will be allocated from a predefined IPv6 pool `prefix` whose name equals the attribute value. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Delegated-IPv6-Prefix-Pool`, IPv6 +delegation pefix will be allocated from a predefined IPv6 pool `delegate` +whose name equals the attribute value. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +`Stateful-IPv6-Address-Pool` and `Delegated-IPv6-Prefix-Pool` are defined in +RFC6911. If they are not defined in your RADIUS server, add new [dictionary](https://github.com/accel-ppp/accel-ppp/blob/master/accel-pppd/radius/dict/dictionary.rfc6911). + +
+ +User interface can be put to VRF context via RADIUS Access-Accept packet, or change +it via RADIUS CoA. `Accel-VRF-Name` is used from these purposes. It is custom [ACCEL-PPP attribute](https://github.com/accel-ppp/accel-ppp/blob/master/accel-pppd/radius/dict/dictionary.accel). +Define it in your RADIUS server. + +## IPv6 + +
+ +set service ipoe-server client-ipv6-pool \ prefix \ +mask \ + +Use this comand to set the IPv6 address pool from which an IPoE client +will get an IPv6 prefix of your defined length (mask) to terminate the +IPoE endpoint at their side. The mask length can be set from 48 to 128 +bit long, the default value is 64. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server client-ipv6-pool \ delegate \ +delegation-prefix \ + +Use this command to configure DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation (RFC3633) on +IPoE. You will have to set your IPv6 pool and the length of the +delegation prefix. From the defined IPv6 pool you will be handing out +networks of the defined length (delegation-prefix). The length of the +delegation prefix can be set from 32 to 64 bit long. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server default-ipv6-pool \ + +Use this command to define default IPv6 address pool name. + +
+ +``` none +set service ipoe-server client-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL delegate '2001:db8:8003::/48' delegation-prefix '56' +set service ipoe-server client-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL prefix '2001:db8:8002::/48' mask '64' +set service ipoe-server default-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL +``` + +## Scripting + +
+ +set service ipoe-server extended-scripts on-change \ + +Script to run when session interface changed by RADIUS CoA handling + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server extended-scripts on-down \ + +Script to run when session interface going to terminate + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server extended-scripts on-pre-up \ + +Script to run before session interface comes up + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server extended-scripts on-up \ + +Script to run when session interface is completely configured and started + +
+ +## Advanced Options + +### Authentication Advanced Options + +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication interface \ mac \ vlan +\ + +VLAN monitor for automatic creation of VLAN interfaces for specific user on specific \ + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication interface \ mac \ rate-limit +download \ + +Download bandwidth limit in kbit/s for user on interface \. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server authentication interface \ mac \ rate-limit +upload \ + +Upload bandwidth limit in kbit/s for for user on interface \. + +
+ +### Client IP Pool Advanced Options + +
+ +set service ipoe-server client-ip-pool \ next-pool \ + +Use this command to define the next address pool name. + +
+ +### Advanced Interface Options + +
+ +set service ipoe-server interface \ client-subnet \ + +Specify local range of ip address to give to dhcp clients. First IP in range is router IP. +If you need more customization use client-ip-pool + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server interface \ external-dhcp dhcp-relay \ + +Specify DHCPv4 relay IP address to pass requests to. If specified giaddr is also needed. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server interface \ external-dhcp giaddr \ + +Specifies relay agent IP addre + +
+ +### Global Advanced options + +
+ +set service ipoe-server description \ + +Set description. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server limits burst \ + +Burst count + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server limits connection-limit \ + +Acceptable rate of connections (e.g. 1/min, 60/sec) + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server limits timeout \ + +Timeout in seconds + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server max-concurrent-sessions + +Maximum number of concurrent session start attempts + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server name-server \ + +Connected client should use \ as their DNS server. This +command accepts both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Up to two nameservers +can be configured for IPv4, up to three for IPv6. + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server shaper fwmark \<1-2147483647\> + +Match firewall mark value + +
+ +
+ +set service ipoe-server snmp master-agent + +Enable SNMP + +
+ +## Monitoring + +
+ +show ipoe-server sessions + +Use this command to locally check the active sessions in the IPoE +server. + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ipoe-server sessions +ifname | username | calling-sid | ip | rate-limit | type | comp | state | uptime +----------+----------+-------------------+-------------+------------+------+------+--------+---------- + eth1.100 | eth1.100 | 0c:98:bd:b8:00:01 | 192.168.0.3 | | ipoe | | active | 03:03:58 +``` + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ipoe-server statistics +uptime: 0.03:31:36 +cpu: 0% +mem(rss/virt): 6044/101360 kB +core: + mempool_allocated: 148628 + mempool_available: 144748 + thread_count: 1 + thread_active: 1 + context_count: 10 + context_sleeping: 0 + context_pending: 0 + md_handler_count: 6 + md_handler_pending: 0 + timer_count: 1 + timer_pending: 0 +sessions: + starting: 0 + active: 1 + finishing: 0 +ipoe: + starting: 0 + active: 1 + delayed: 0 +``` + +## Toubleshooting + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$sudo journalctl -u accel-ppp@ipoe -b 0 + +Feb 27 14:29:27 vyos accel-ipoe[2262]: eth1.100:: recv [DHCPv4 Discover xid=55df9228 chaddr=0c:98:bd:b8:00:01 ] +Feb 27 14:29:27 vyos accel-ipoe[2262]: eth1.100:eth1.100: eth1.100: authentication succeeded +Feb 27 14:29:27 vyos accel-ipoe[2262]: eth1.100:eth1.100: send [DHCPv4 Offer xid=55df9228 yiaddr=192.168.0.4 chaddr=0c:98:bd:b8:00:01 ] +Feb 27 14:29:27 vyos accel-ipoe[2262]: eth1.100:eth1.100: recv [DHCPv4 Request xid=55df9228 chaddr=0c:98:bd:b8:00:01 ] +Feb 27 14:29:27 vyos accel-ipoe[2262]: eth1.100:eth1.100: ipoe: activate session +Feb 27 14:29:27 vyos accel-ipoe[2262]: eth1.100:eth1.100: ipoe: no free IPv6 address +Feb 27 14:29:27 vyos accel-ipoe[2262]: eth1.100:eth1.100: ipoe: session started +Feb 27 14:29:27 vyos accel-ipoe[2262]: eth1.100:eth1.100: send [DHCPv4 Ack xid=55df9228 yiaddr=192.168.0.4 chaddr=0c:98:bd:b8:00:01 ] +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-lldp.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-lldp.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84d734a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-lldp.md @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +# LLDP + +`LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol)` is a vendor-neutral link layer +protocol in the Internet Protocol Suite used by network devices for advertising +their identity, capabilities, and neighbors on an IEEE 802 local area network, +principally wired Ethernet. The protocol is formally referred to by the IEEE +as Station and Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery specified in IEEE +802.1AB and IEEE 802.3-2012 section 6 clause 79. + +LLDP performs functions similar to several proprietary protocols, such as +`CDP (Cisco Discovery Protocol)`, +`FDP (Foundry Discovery Protocol)`, +`NDP (Nortel Discovery Protocol)` and `LLTD (Link Layer Topology +Discovery)`. + +Information gathered with LLDP is stored in the device as a `MIB +(Management Information Database)` and can be queried with `SNMP (Simple +Network Management Protocol)` as specified in `2922`. The topology of an +LLDP-enabled network can be discovered by crawling the hosts and querying this +database. Information that may be retrieved include: + +- System Name and Description +- Port name and description +- VLAN name +- IP management address +- System capabilities (switching, routing, etc.) +- MAC/PHY information +- MDI power +- Link aggregation + +## Configuration + +
+ +set service lldp + +Enable LLDP service + +
+ +
+ +set service lldp management-address \ + +Define IPv4/IPv6 management address transmitted via LLDP. Multiple addresses +can be defined. Only addresses connected to the system will be transmitted. + +
+ +
+ +set service lldp interface \ + +Enable transmission of LLDP information on given \. You can also +say `all` here so LLDP is turned on on every interface. + +
+ +
+ +set service lldp interface \ disable + +Disable transmit of LLDP frames on given \. Useful to exclude +certain interfaces from LLDP when `all` have been enabled. + +
+ +
+ +set service lldp snmp + +Enable SNMP queries of the LLDP database + +
+ +
+ +set service lldp legacy-protocols \ + +Enable given legacy protocol on this LLDP instance. Legacy protocols include: + +- `cdp` - Listen for CDP for Cisco routers/switches +- `edp` - Listen for EDP for Extreme routers/switches +- `fdp` - Listen for FDP for Foundry routers/switches +- `sonmp` - Listen for SONMP for Nortel routers/switches + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show lldp neighbors + +Displays information about all neighbors discovered via LLDP. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show lldp neighbors +Capability Codes: R - Router, B - Bridge, W - Wlan r - Repeater, S - Station + D - Docsis, T - Telephone, O - Other + +Device ID Local Proto Cap Platform Port ID +--------- ----- ----- --- -------- ------- +BR2.vyos.net eth0 LLDP R VyOS 1.2.4 eth1 +BR3.vyos.net eth0 LLDP RB VyOS 1.2.4 eth2 +SW1.vyos.net eth0 LLDP B Cisco IOS Software GigabitEthernet0/6 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show lldp neighbors detail + +Get detailed information about LLDP neighbors. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show lldp neighbors detail +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +LLDP neighbors: +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Interface: eth0, via: LLDP, RID: 28, Time: 0 day, 00:24:33 + Chassis: + ChassisID: mac 00:53:00:01:02:c9 + SysName: BR2.vyos.net + SysDescr: VyOS 1.3-rolling-201912230217 + MgmtIP: 192.0.2.1 + MgmtIP: 2001:db8::ffff + Capability: Bridge, on + Capability: Router, on + Capability: Wlan, off + Capability: Station, off + Port: + PortID: mac 00:53:00:01:02:c9 + PortDescr: eth0 + TTL: 120 + PMD autoneg: supported: no, enabled: no + MAU oper type: 10GigBaseCX4 - X copper over 8 pair 100-Ohm balanced cable + VLAN: 201 eth0.201 + VLAN: 205 eth0.205 + LLDP-MED: + Device Type: Network Connectivity Device + Capability: Capabilities, yes + Capability: Policy, yes + Capability: Location, yes + Capability: MDI/PSE, yes + Capability: MDI/PD, yes + Capability: Inventory, yes + Inventory: + Hardware Revision: None + Software Revision: 4.19.89-amd64-vyos + Firmware Revision: 6.00 + Serial Number: VMware-42 1d 83 b9 fe c1 bd b2-7 + Manufacturer: VMware, Inc. + Model: VMware Virtual Platform + Asset ID: No Asset Tag +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +``` + +
+ +
+ +show lldp neighbors interface \ + +Show LLDP neighbors connected via interface \. + +
+ +
+ +show log lldp + +Used for troubleshooting. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-mdns.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-mdns.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..504843d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-mdns.md @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +# mDNS Repeater + +Starting with VyOS 1.2 a `mDNS (Multicast DNS)` repeater functionality is +provided. Additional information can be obtained from +. + +Multicast DNS uses the reserved address `224.0.0.251`, which is +"administratively scoped" and does not leave the subnet. mDNS repeater +retransmits mDNS packets from one interface to other interfaces. This enables +support for devices using mDNS discovery (like network printers, Apple Airplay, +Chromecast, various IP based home-automation devices etc) across multiple VLANs. + +Since the mDNS protocol sends the `AA(Authoritative Answer)` records in +the packet itself, the repeater does not need to forge the source address. +Instead, the source address is of the interface that repeats the packet. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +You can not run this in a VRRP setup, if multiple mDNS repeaters +are launched in a subnet you will experience the mDNS packet storm death! + +
+ +## Configuration + +
+ +set service mdns repeater interface \ + +To enable mDNS repeater you need to configure at least two interfaces so that +all incoming mDNS packets from one interface configured here can be +re-broadcasted to any other interface(s) configured under this section. + +
+ +
+ +set service mdns repeater disable + +mDNS repeater can be temporarily disabled without deleting the service using + +
+ +
+ +set service mdns repeater ip-version \ + +mDNS repeater can be enabled either on IPv4 socket or on IPv6 socket or both +to re-broadcast. By default, mDNS repeater will listen on both IPv4 and IPv6. + +
+ +
+ +set service mdns repeater allow-service \ + +mDNS repeater can be configured to re-broadcast only specific services. By +default, all services are re-broadcasted. + +
+ +
+ +set service mdns repeater browse-domain \ + +Allow listing additional custom domains to be browsed (in addition to the +default `local`) so that they can be reflected. + +
+ +
+ +set service mdns repeater cache-entries \ + +Specify how many resource records are cached per interface. Bigger values +allow mDNS work correctly in large LANs but also increase memory consumption. + +Defaults to: 4096 + +
+ +## Firewall recommendations + +Unlike typical routed traffic, mDNS packets relayed between interfaces do not +traverse the FORWARD hook chain in the firewall. Instead, they are processed +through the following hooks: + +> - **INPUT**: For packets received by the local system +> - **OUTPUT**: For packets sent from the local system + +To control or allow mDNS packet forwarding via the relay, you must define +appropriate rules in the INPUT and OUTPUT directions. Rules in the FORWARD +direction will have no effect on mDNS relay traffic. + +``` none +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 action 'accept' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 destination address '224.0.0.251' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 destination port '5353' +set firewall ipv4 input filter rule 10 protocol 'udp' +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule 10 action 'accept' +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule 10 destination address '224.0.0.251' +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule 10 destination port '5353' +set firewall ipv4 output filter rule 10 protocol 'udp' +``` + +## Example + +To listen on both eth0 and eth1 mDNS packets and also repeat packets +received on eth0 to eth1 (and vice-versa) use the following commands: + +``` none +set service mdns repeater interface 'eth0' +set service mdns repeater interface 'eth1' +``` + +To allow only specific services, for example `_airplay._tcp` or `_ipp._tcp`, +(instead of all services) to be re-broadcasted, use the following command: + +``` none +set service mdns repeater allow-service '_airplay._tcp' +set service mdns repeater allow-service '_ipp._tcp' +``` + +To allow listing additional custom domain, for example +`openthread.thread.home.arpa`, so that it can reflected in addition to the +default `local`, use the following command: + +``` none +set service mdns repeater browse-domain 'openthread.thread.home.arpa' +``` + +## Operation + +
+ +restart mdns repeater + +Restart mDNS repeater service. + +
+ +
+ +show log mdns repeater + +Show logs for mDNS repeater service. + +
+ +
+ +monitor log mdns repeater + +Follow the logs for mDNS repeater service. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-monitoring.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-monitoring.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8dff341a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-monitoring.md @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +# Monitoring + +## Azure-data-explorer + +Telegraf output plugin [azure-data-explorer](https://github.com/influxdata/telegraf/tree/master/plugins/outputs/azure_data_explorer) + +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf azure-data-explorer authentication client-id \ + +Authentication application client-id. + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf azure-data-explorer authentication client-secret \ + +Authentication application client-secret. + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf azure-data-explorer authentication tenant-id \ + +Authentication application tenant-id + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf azure-data-explorer database \ + +Remote database name. + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf azure-data-explorer group-metrics \ + +Type of metrics grouping when push to Azure Data Explorer. The default is +`table-per-metric`. + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf azure-data-explorer table \ + +Name of the single table Only if set group-metrics single-table. + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf azure-data-explorer url \ + +Remote URL. + +
+ +## Prometheus-client + +Telegraf output plugin [prometheus-client](https://github.com/influxdata/telegraf/tree/master/plugins/outputs/prometheus_client) + +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf prometheus-client + +Output plugin Prometheus client + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf prometheus-client allow-from \ + +Networks allowed to query this server + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf prometheus-client authentication username \ + +HTTP basic authentication username + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf prometheus-client authentication password \ + +HTTP basic authentication username + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf prometheus-client listen-address \ + +Local IP addresses to listen on + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf prometheus-client metric-version \<1 | 2\> + +Metris version, the default is `2` + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf prometheus-client port \ + +Port number used by connection, default is `9273` + +
+ +Example: + +``` none +set service monitoring telegraf prometheus-client +``` + +``` none +vyos@r14:~$ curl --silent localhost:9273/metrics | egrep -v "#" | grep cpu_usage_system +cpu_usage_system{cpu="cpu-total",host="r14"} 0.20040080160320556 +cpu_usage_system{cpu="cpu0",host="r14"} 0.17182130584191915 +cpu_usage_system{cpu="cpu1",host="r14"} 0.22896393817971655 +``` + +## Splunk + +Telegraf output plugin [splunk](https://www.splunk.com/en_us/blog/it/splunk-metrics-via-telegraf.html). HTTP Event Collector. + +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf splunk authentication insecure + +Use TLS but skip host validation + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf splunk authentication token \ + +Authorization token + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf splunk authentication url \ + +Remote URL to Splunk collector + +
+ +Example: + +``` none +set service monitoring telegraf splunk authentication insecure +set service monitoring telegraf splunk authentication token 'xxxxf5b8-xxxx-452a-xxxx-43828911xxxx' +set service monitoring telegraf splunk url 'https://192.0.2.10:8088/services/collector' +``` + +## Telegraf + +Monitoring functionality with `telegraf` and `InfluxDB 2` is provided. +Telegraf is the open source server agent to help you collect metrics, events +and logs from your routers. + +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf influxdb authentication organization \ + +Authentication organization name + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf influxdb authentication token \ + +Authentication token + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf bucket \ + +Remote `InfluxDB` bucket name + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf influxdb port \ + +Remote port + +
+ +
+ +set service monitoring telegraf influxdb url \ + +Remote URL + +
+ +## Example + +An example of a configuration that sends `telegraf` metrics to remote +`InfluxDB 2` + +``` none +set service monitoring telegraf influxdb authentication organization 'vyos' +set service monitoring telegraf influxdb authentication token 'ZAml9Uy5wrhA...==' +set service monitoring telegraf influxdb bucket 'bucket_vyos' +set service monitoring telegraf influxdb port '8086' +set service monitoring telegraf influxdb url 'http://r1.influxdb2.local' +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-ntp.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-ntp.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..871f5fec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-ntp.md @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +# NTP + +`NTP (Network Time Protocol`) is a networking protocol for clock +synchronization between computer systems over packet-switched, variable-latency +data networks. In operation since before 1985, NTP is one of the oldest Internet +protocols in current use. + +NTP is intended to synchronize all participating computers to within a few +milliseconds of `UTC (Coordinated Universal Time)`. It uses the +intersection algorithm, a modified version of Marzullo's algorithm, to select +accurate time servers and is designed to mitigate the effects of variable +network latency. NTP can usually maintain time to within tens of milliseconds +over the public Internet, and can achieve better than one millisecond accuracy +in local area networks under ideal conditions. Asymmetric routes and network +congestion can cause errors of 100 ms or more. + +The protocol is usually described in terms of a client-server model, but can as +easily be used in peer-to-peer relationships where both peers consider the other +to be a potential time source. Implementations send and receive timestamps using +`UDP (User Datagram Protocol)` on port number 123. + +NTP supplies a warning of any impending leap second adjustment, but no +information about local time zones or daylight saving time is transmitted. + +The current protocol is version 4 (NTPv4), which is a proposed standard as +documented in `5905`. It is backward compatible with version 3, specified +in `1305`. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +VyOS 1.4 uses chrony instead of ntpd (see `T3008`) which will +no longer accept anonymous NTP requests as in VyOS 1.3. All configurations +will be migrated to keep the anonymous functionality. For new setups if you +have clients using your VyOS installation as NTP server, you must specify +the allow-client directive. + +
+ +## Configuration + +
+ +set service ntp server \ + +Configure one or more servers for synchronisation. Server name can be either +an IP address or `FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name)`. + +There are 3 default NTP server set. You are able to change them. + +- `time1.vyos.net` +- `time2.vyos.net` +- `time3.vyos.net` + +
+ +
+ +set service ntp server \ \ + +Configure one or more attributes to the given NTP server. + +- `noselect` marks the server as unused, except for display purposes. The + server is discarded by the selection algorithm. +- `nts` enables Network Time Security (NTS) for the server as specified + in `8915` +- `pool` mobilizes persistent client mode association with a number of + remote servers. +- `prefer` marks the server as preferred. All other things being equal, + this host will be chosen for synchronization among a set of correctly + operating hosts. + +
+ +
+ +set service ntp listen-address \ + +NTP process will only listen on the specified IP address. You must specify +the \ and optionally the permitted clients. Multiple listen +addresses for same IP family is no longer supported. Only one IPv4 and one +IPv6 address can be configured, using separate commands for each. + +
+ +
+ +set service ntp allow-client address \ + +List of networks or client addresses permitted to contact this NTP server. + +Multiple networks/client IP addresses can be configured. + +
+ +
+ +set service ntp vrf \ + +Specify name of the `VRF (Virtual Routing and Forwarding)` instance. + +
+ +
+ +set service ntp leap-second \[ignore[|smear|](##SUBST##|smear|)system|timezone\] + +Define how to handle leap-seconds. + +- \`ignore\`: No correction is applied to the clock for the leap second. The + clock will be corrected later in normal operation when new measurements are + made and the estimated offset includes the one second error. +- \`smear\`: When smearing a leap second, the leap status is suppressed on the + server and the served time is corrected slowly by slewing instead of + stepping. The clients do not need any special configuration as they do not + know there is any leap second and they follow the server time which + eventually brings them back to UTC. Care must be taken to ensure they use + only NTP servers which smear the leap second in exactly the same way for + synchronisation. +- \`system\`: When inserting a leap second, the kernel steps the system clock + backwards by one second when the clock gets to 00:00:00 UTC. When deleting + a leap second, it steps forward by one second when the clock gets to + 23:59:59 UTC. +- \`timezone\`: This directive specifies a timezone in the system timezone + database which chronyd can use to determine when will the next leap second + occur and what is the current offset between TAI and UTC. It will + periodically check if 23:59:59 and 23:59:60 are valid times in the + timezone. This normally works with the right/UTC timezone which is the + default + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-pppoe-server.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-pppoe-server.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c77e425 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-pppoe-server.md @@ -0,0 +1,957 @@ +lastproofread +2022-09-17 + +# PPPoE Server + +VyOS utilizes [accel-ppp]() to provide PPPoE server functionality. It can +be used with local authentication or a connected RADIUS server. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Please be aware, due to an upstream bug, config +changes/commits will restart the ppp daemon and will reset existing +PPPoE connections from connected users, in order to become effective. + +
+ +## Configuring PPPoE Server + +``` none +set service pppoe-server access-concentrator PPPoE-Server +set service pppoe-server authentication mode local +set service pppoe-server authentication local-users username test password 'test' +set service pppoe-server client-ip-pool PPPOE-POOL range 192.168.255.2-192.168.255.254 +set service pppoe-server default-pool 'PPPOE-POOL' +set service pppoe-server gateway-address 192.168.255.1 +set service pppoe-server interface eth0 +``` + +
+ +set service pppoe-server access-concentrator \ + +Use this command to set a name for this PPPoE-server access +concentrator. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication mode \ + +Set authentication backend. The configured authentication backend is used +for all queries. + +- **radius**: All authentication queries are handled by a configured RADIUS + server. +- **local**: All authentication queries are handled locally. +- **noauth**: Authentication disabled. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication local-users username +\ password \ + +Create \ for local authentication on this system. The users password +will be set to \. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server client-ip-pool \ +range \ + +Use this command to define the first IP address of a pool of +addresses to be given to pppoe clients. If notation `x.x.x.x-x.x.x.x`, +it must be within a /24 subnet. If notation `x.x.x.x/x` is +used there is possibility to set host/netmask. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server default-pool \ + +Use this command to define default address pool name. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server interface \ + +Use this command to define the interface the PPPoE server will use to +listen for PPPoE clients. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server gateway-address \ + +Specifies single \ IP address to be used as local address of PPP +interfaces. + +
+ +## Configuring RADIUS authentication + +To enable RADIUS based authentication, the authentication mode needs to be +changed within the configuration. Previous settings like the local users, still +exists within the configuration, however they are not used if the mode has been +changed from local to radius. Once changed back to local, it will use all local +accounts again. + +``` none +set service pppoe-server authentication mode radius +``` + +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +server \ key \ + +Configure RADIUS \ and its required shared \ for +communicating with the RADIUS server. + +
+ +Since the RADIUS server would be a single point of failure, multiple RADIUS +servers can be setup and will be used subsequentially. +For example: + +``` none +set service pppoe-server authentication radius server 10.0.0.1 key 'foo' +set service pppoe-server authentication radius server 10.0.0.2 key 'foo' +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Some RADIUS severs use an access control list which allows or denies +queries, make sure to add your VyOS router to the allowed client list. + +
+ +### RADIUS source address + +If you are using OSPF as IGP, always the closest interface connected to the +RADIUS server is used. With VyOS 1.2 you can bind all outgoing RADIUS requests +to a single source IP e.g. the loopback interface. + +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +source-address \ + +Source IPv4 address used in all RADIUS server queires. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The `source-address` must be configured on one of VyOS interface. +Best practice would be a loopback or dummy interface. + +
+ +### RADIUS advanced options + +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +server \ port \ + +Configure RADIUS \ and its required port for authentication requests. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +server \ fail-time \ + +Mark RADIUS server as offline for this given \ in seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +server \ disable + +Temporary disable this RADIUS server. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +acct-timeout \ + +Timeout to wait reply for Interim-Update packets. (default 3 seconds) + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +dynamic-author server \ + +Specifies IP address for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +dynamic-author port \ + +Port for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius dynamic-author +key \ + +Secret for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +max-try \ + +Maximum number of tries to send Access-Request/Accounting-Request queries + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +timeout \ + +Timeout to wait response from server (seconds) + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +nas-identifier \ + +Value to send to RADIUS server in NAS-Identifier attribute and to be matched +in DM/CoA requests. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +nas-ip-address \ + +Value to send to RADIUS server in NAS-IP-Address attribute and to be matched +in DM/CoA requests. Also DM/CoA server will bind to that address. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +source-address \ + +Source IPv4 address used in all RADIUS server queires. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +rate-limit attribute \ + +Specifies which RADIUS server attribute contains the rate limit information. +The default attribute is `Filter-Id`. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you set a custom RADIUS attribute you must define it on both +dictionaries at RADIUS server and client. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +rate-limit enable + +Enables bandwidth shaping via RADIUS. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius +rate-limit vendor + +Specifies the vendor dictionary, dictionary needs to be in +/usr/share/accel-ppp/radius. + +
+ +Received RADIUS attributes have a higher priority than parameters defined within +the CLI configuration, refer to the explanation below. + +### Allocation clients ip addresses by RADIUS + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Framed-IP-Address` then this IP +address will be allocated to the client and the option `default-pool` +within the CLI config is being ignored. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Framed-Pool`, IP address will +be allocated from a predefined IP pool whose name equals the attribute value. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Stateful-IPv6-Address-Pool`, +IPv6 address will be allocated from a predefined IPv6 pool `prefix` +whose name equals the attribute value. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Delegated-IPv6-Prefix-Pool`, +IPv6 delegation pefix will be allocated from a predefined IPv6 pool `delegate` +whose name equals the attribute value. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +`Stateful-IPv6-Address-Pool` and `Delegated-IPv6-Prefix-Pool` +are defined in RFC6911. If they are not defined in your RADIUS server, +add new [dictionary](https://github.com/accel-ppp/accel-ppp/blob/master/accel-pppd/radius/dict/dictionary.rfc6911). + +
+ +User interface can be put to VRF context via RADIUS Access-Accept packet, +or change it via RADIUS CoA. `Accel-VRF-Name` is used from these purposes. +It is custom [ACCEL-PPP attribute](https://github.com/accel-ppp/accel-ppp/blob/master/accel-pppd/radius/dict/dictionary.accel). Define it in your RADIUS server. + +### Renaming clients interfaces by RADIUS + +If the RADIUS server uses the attribute `NAS-Port-Id`, ppp tunnels will be +renamed. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The value of the attribute `NAS-Port-Id` must be less than 16 +characters, otherwise the interface won't be renamed. + +
+ +## Automatic VLAN Creation + +
+ +set service pppoe-server interface \ vlan \ + +VLAN's can be created by Accel-ppp on the fly via the use of a Kernel module +named `vlan_mon`, which is monitoring incoming vlans and creates the +necessary VLAN if required and allowed. VyOS supports the use of either +VLAN ID's or entire ranges, both values can be defined at the same time for +an interface. + +When configured, PPPoE will create the necessary VLANs when required. Once +the user session has been cancelled and the VLAN is not needed anymore, VyOS +will remove it again. + +
+ +``` none +set service pppoe-server interface eth3 vlan 100 +set service pppoe-server interface eth3 vlan 200 +set service pppoe-server interface eth3 vlan 500-1000 +set service pppoe-server interface eth3 vlan 2000-3000 +``` + +## Bandwidth Shaping + +Bandwidth rate limits can be set for local users or RADIUS based +attributes. + +### For Local Users + +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication local-users username +\ rate-limit download \ + +Download bandwidth limit in kbit/s for \. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication local-users username +\ rate-limit upload \ + +Upload bandwidth limit in kbit/s for \. + +
+ +``` none +set service pppoe-server access-concentrator 'ACN' +set service pppoe-server authentication local-users username foo password 'bar' +set service pppoe-server authentication local-users username foo rate-limit download '20480' +set service pppoe-server authentication local-users username foo rate-limit upload '10240' +set service pppoe-server authentication mode 'local' +set service pppoe-server client-ip-pool IP-POOL range '10.1.1.100/24' +set service pppoe-server default-pool 'IP-POOL' +set service pppoe-server name-server '10.100.100.1' +set service pppoe-server name-server '10.100.200.1' +set service pppoe-server interface 'eth1' +set service pppoe-server gateway-address '10.1.1.2' +``` + +Once the user is connected, the user session is using the set limits and +can be displayed via `show pppoe-server sessions`. + +``` none +show pppoe-server sessions +ifname | username | ip | calling-sid | rate-limit | state | uptime | rx-bytes | tx-bytes +-------+----------+------------+-------------------+-------------+--------+----------+----------+---------- +ppp0 | foo | 10.1.1.100 | 00:53:00:ba:db:15 | 20480/10240 | active | 00:00:11 | 214 B | 76 B +``` + +### For RADIUS users + +The current attribute `Filter-Id` is being used as default and can be +setup within RADIUS: + +Filter-Id=2000/3000 (means 2000Kbit down-stream rate and 3000Kbit +up-stream rate) + +The command below enables it, assuming the RADIUS connection has been +setup and is working. + +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication radius rate-limit enable + +Use this command to enable bandwidth shaping via RADIUS. + +
+ +Other attributes can be used, but they have to be in one of the +dictionaries in */usr/share/accel-ppp/radius*. + +## Load Balancing + +
+ +set service pppoe-server pado-delay \ +sessions \ + +Use this command to enable the delay of PADO (PPPoE Active Discovery +Offer) packets, which can be used as a session balancing mechanism +with other PPPoE servers. + +
+ +``` none +set service pppoe-server pado-delay 50 sessions '500' +set service pppoe-server pado-delay 100 sessions '1000' +set service pppoe-server pado-delay 300 sessions '3000' +``` + +In the example above, the first 499 sessions connect without delay. PADO +packets will be delayed 50 ms for connection from 500 to 999, this trick +allows other PPPoE servers send PADO faster and clients will connect to +other servers. Last command says that this PPPoE server can serve only +3000 clients. + +## IPv6 + +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options +ipv6 \ + +Specifies IPv6 negotiation preference. + +- **require** - Require IPv6 negotiation +- **prefer** - Ask client for IPv6 negotiation, do not fail if it rejects +- **allow** - Negotiate IPv6 only if client requests +- **deny** - Do not negotiate IPv6 (default value) + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server client-ipv6-pool \ +prefix \ mask \ + +Use this comand to set the IPv6 address pool from which an PPPoE client +will get an IPv6 prefix of your defined length (mask) to terminate the +PPPoE endpoint at their side. The mask length can be set from 48 to 128 +bit long, the default value is 64. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server client-ipv6-pool \ +delegate \ delegation-prefix \ + +Use this command to configure DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation (RFC3633) on +PPPoE. You will have to set your IPv6 pool and the length of the +delegation prefix. From the defined IPv6 pool you will be handing out +networks of the defined length (delegation-prefix). The length of the +delegation prefix can be set from 32 to 64 bit long. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server default-ipv6-pool \ + +Use this command to define default IPv6 address pool name. + +
+ +``` none +set service pppoe-server ppp-options ipv6 allow +set service pppoe-server client-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL delegate '2001:db8:8003::/48' delegation-prefix '56' +set service pppoe-server client-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL prefix '2001:db8:8002::/48' mask '64' +set service pppoe-server default-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL +``` + +### IPv6 Advanced Options + +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options ipv6-accept-peer-interface-id + +Accept peer interface identifier. By default is not defined. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options ipv6-interface-id +\ + +Specifies fixed or random interface identifier for IPv6. +By default is fixed. + +- **random** - Random interface identifier for IPv6 +- **x:x:x:x** - Specify interface identifier for IPv6 + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options ipv6-interface-id +\ + +Specifies peer interface identifier for IPv6. By default is fixed. + +- **random** - Random interface identifier for IPv6 +- **x:x:x:x** - Specify interface identifier for IPv6 +- **ipv4-addr** - Calculate interface identifier from IPv4 address. +- **calling-sid** - Calculate interface identifier from calling-station-id. + +
+ +## Scripting + +
+ +set service pppoe-server extended-scripts on-change \ + +Script to run when session interface changed by RADIUS CoA handling + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server extended-scripts on-down \ + +Script to run when session interface going to terminate + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server extended-scripts on-pre-up \ + +Script to run before session interface comes up + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server extended-scripts on-up \ + +Script to run when session interface is completely configured and started + +
+ +## Advanced Options + +### Authentication Advanced Options + +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication local-users +username \ disable + +Disable \ account. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication local-users +username \ static-ip \ + +Assign static IP address to \ account. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server authentication protocols +\ + +Require the peer to authenticate itself using one of the following protocols: +pap, chap, mschap, mschap-v2. + +
+ +### Client IP Pool Advanced Options + +
+ +set service pppoe-server client-ip-pool \ +next-pool \ + +Use this command to define the next address pool name. + +
+ +### PPP Advanced Options + +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options disable-ccp + +Disable Compression Control Protocol (CCP). +CCP is enabled by default. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options interface-cache \ + +Specifies number of interfaces to keep in cache. It means that don’t +destroy interface after corresponding session is destroyed, instead +place it to cache and use it later for new sessions repeatedly. +This should reduce kernel-level interface creation/deletion rate lack. +Default value is **0**. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options ipv4 +\ + +Specifies IPv4 negotiation preference. + +- **require** - Require IPv4 negotiation +- **prefer** - Ask client for IPv4 negotiation, do not fail if it rejects +- **allow** - Negotiate IPv4 only if client requests (Default value) +- **deny** - Do not negotiate IPv4 + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options lcp-echo-failure \ + +Defines the maximum \ of unanswered echo requests. Upon reaching the +value \, the session will be reset. Default value is **3**. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options lcp-echo-interval \ + +If this option is specified and is greater than 0, then the PPP module will +send LCP pings of the echo request every \ seconds. +Default value is **30**. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options lcp-echo-timeout + +Specifies timeout in seconds to wait for any peer activity. If this option +specified it turns on adaptive lcp echo functionality and "lcp-echo-failure" +is not used. Default value is **0**. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options min-mtu \ + +Defines minimum acceptable MTU. If client will try to negotiate less then +specified MTU then it will be NAKed or disconnected if rejects greater MTU. +Default value is **100**. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options mppe \ + +Specifies `MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption)` negotiation +preference. + +- **require** - ask client for mppe, if it rejects drop connection +- **prefer** - ask client for mppe, if it rejects don't fail. (Default value) +- **deny** - deny mppe + +Default behavior - don't ask client for mppe, but allow it if client wants. +Please note that RADIUS may override this option by MS-MPPE-Encryption-Policy +attribute. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server ppp-options mru \ + +Defines preferred MRU. By default is not defined. + +
+ +### Global Advanced options + +
+ +set service pppoe-server description \ + +Set description. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server limits burst \ + +Burst count + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server limits connection-limit \ + +Acceptable rate of connections (e.g. 1/min, 60/sec) + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server limits timeout \ + +Timeout in seconds + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server mtu + +Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) (default: **1492**) + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server max-concurrent-sessions + +Maximum number of concurrent session start attempts + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server name-server \ + +Connected client should use \ as their DNS server. This +command accepts both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Up to two nameservers +can be configured for IPv4, up to three for IPv6. + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server service-name \ + +Specifies Service-Name to respond. If absent any Service-Name is +acceptable and client’s Service-Name will be sent back. Also possible +set multiple service-names: sn1,sn2,sn3 + +
+ +Per default the user session is being replaced if a second +authentication request succeeds. Such session requests can be either +denied or allowed entirely, which would allow multiple sessions for a +user in the latter case. If it is denied, the second session is being +rejected even if the authentication succeeds, the user has to terminate +its first session and can then authentication again. + +
+ +set service pppoe-server session-control + +- **disable**: Disables session control. +- **deny**: Deny second session authorization. +- **replace**: Terminate first session when second is authorized **(default)** + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server shaper fwmark \<1-2147483647\> + +Match firewall mark value + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server snmp master-agent + +Enable SNMP + +
+ +
+ +set service pppoe-server wins-server \ + +Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) servers propagated to client + +
+ +## Monitoring + +
+ +show pppoe-server sessions + +Use this command to locally check the active sessions in the PPPoE +server. + +
+ +``` none +show pppoe-server sessions +ifname | username | ip | calling-sid | rate-limit | state | uptime | rx-bytes | tx-bytes +-------+----------+------------+-------------------+-------------+--------+----------+----------+---------- +ppp0 | foo | 10.1.1.100 | 00:53:00:ba:db:15 | 20480/10240 | active | 00:00:11 | 214 B | 76 B +``` + +## Examples + +### IPv4 + +The example below uses ACN as access-concentrator name, assigns an +address from the pool 10.1.1.100-111, terminates at the local endpoint +10.1.1.1 and serves requests only on eth1. + +``` none +set service pppoe-server access-concentrator 'ACN' +set service pppoe-server authentication local-users username foo password 'bar' +set service pppoe-server authentication mode 'local' +set service pppoe-server client-ip-pool IP-POOL range '10.1.1.100-10.1.1.111' +set service pppoe-server default-pool 'IP-POOL' +set service pppoe-server interface eth1 +set service pppoe-server gateway-address '10.1.1.2' +set service pppoe-server name-server '10.100.100.1' +set service pppoe-server name-server '10.100.200.1' +``` + +### Dual-Stack IPv4/IPv6 provisioning with Prefix Delegation + +The example below covers a dual-stack configuration. + +``` none +set service pppoe-server authentication local-users username test password 'test' +set service pppoe-server authentication mode 'local' +set service pppoe-server client-ip-pool IP-POOL range '192.168.0.1/24' +set service pppoe-server default-pool 'IP-POOL' +set service pppoe-server client-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL delegate '2001:db8:8003::/48' delegation-prefix '56' +set service pppoe-server client-ipv6-pool IPV6-POOL prefix '2001:db8:8002::/48' mask '64' +set service pppoe-server default-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL +set service pppoe-server ppp-options ipv6 allow +set service pppoe-server name-server '10.1.1.1' +set service pppoe-server name-server '2001:db8:4860::8888' +set service pppoe-server interface 'eth2' +set service pppoe-server gateway-address '10.100.100.1' +``` + +The client, once successfully authenticated, will receive an IPv4 and an +IPv6 /64 address to terminate the PPPoE endpoint on the client side and +a /56 subnet for the clients internal use. + +``` none +vyos@pppoe-server:~$ sh pppoe-server sessions + ifname | username | ip | ip6 | ip6-dp | calling-sid | rate-limit | state | uptime | rx-bytes | tx-bytes +--------+----------+-------------+--------------------------+---------------------+-------------------+------------+--------+----------+----------+---------- + ppp0 | test | 192.168.0.1 | 2001:db8:8002:0:200::/64 | 2001:db8:8003::1/56 | 00:53:00:12:42:eb | | active | 00:00:49 | 875 B | 2.1 KiB +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-router-advert.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-router-advert.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3367e7aa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-router-advert.md @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +# Router Advertisements + +`RAs (Router advertisements)` are described in `4861#section-4.6.2`. +They are part of what is known as `SLAAC (Stateless Address +Autoconfiguration)`. + +Supported interface types: + +> - bonding +> - bridge +> - ethernet +> - geneve +> - l2tpv3 +> - openvpn +> - pseudo-ethernet +> - tunnel +> - vxlan +> - wireguard +> - wireless +> - wwan + +## Configuration + +
+ +set service router-advert interface \ ... + +
+ + +++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
FieldVyOS OptionDescription
Cur Hop Limithop-limitHop count field of the outgoing RA packets
"Managed address configuration" flagmanaged-flagTell hosts to use the administered stateful protocol (i.e. DHCP) for autoconfiguration
"Other configuration" flagother-config-flagTell hosts to use the administered (stateful) protocol (i.e. DHCP) for autoconfiguration of other (non-address) information
MTUlink-mtuLink MTU value placed in RAs, exluded in RAs if unset
Router Lifetimedefault-lifetimeLifetime associated with the default router in units of seconds
Reachable Timereachable-timeTime, in milliseconds, that a node assumes a neighbor is reachable after having received a reachability confirmation
Retransmit Timerretrans-timerTime in milliseconds between retransmitted Neighbor Solicitation messages
Default Router Preferencedefault-preferencePreference associated with the default router
IntervalintervalMin and max intervals between unsolicited multicast RAs
DNSSLdnsslDNS search list to advertise
Name Servername-serverAdvertise DNS server per https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6106
+ +### Advertising a Prefix + +
+ +set service router-advert interface \ prefix \ + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +You can also opt for using ::/64 as prefix for your `RAs (Router +Advertisements)`. This will take the IPv6 GUA prefix assigned to the interface, +which comes in handy when using DHCPv6-PD. + +
+ +
+ + ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
VyOS FieldDescription
decrement-lifetimeLifetime is decremented by the number of seconds since the last RA - use in conjunction with a DHCPv6-PD prefix
deprecate-prefixUpon shutdown, this option will deprecate the prefix by announcing it in the shutdown RA
no-autonomous-flagPrefix can not be used for stateless address auto-configuration
no-on-link-flagPrefix can not be used for on-link determination
preferred-lifetimeTime in seconds that the prefix will remain preferred (default 4 hours)
valid-lifetimeTime in seconds that the prefix will remain valid (default: 30 days)
+ +### Advertising a NAT64 Prefix + +
+ +set service router-advert interface \ nat64prefix \ + +Enable PREF64 option as outlined in `8781`. + +NAT64 prefix mask must be one of: /32, /40, /48, /56, /64 or 96. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The well known NAT64 prefix is `64:ff9b::/96` + +
+ +
+ + ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
VyOS FieldDescription
valid-lifetimeTime in seconds that the prefix will remain valid (default: 65528 seconds)
+ +### Disabling Advertisements + +To disable advertisements without deleting the configuration: + +
+ +set service router-advert interface \ no-send-advert + +If set, the router will no longer send periodic router advertisements and +will not respond to router solicitations. + +
+ +
+ +set service router-advert interface \ no-send-interval + +Advertisement Interval Option (specified by Mobile IPv6) is always included in +Router Advertisements unless this option is set. + +
+ +## Example + +Your LAN connected on eth0 uses prefix `2001:db8:beef:2::/64` with the router +beeing `2001:db8:beef:2::1` + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 2001:db8:beef:2::1/64 + +set service router-advert interface eth0 default-preference 'high' +set service router-advert interface eth0 name-server '2001:db8::1' +set service router-advert interface eth0 name-server '2001:db8::2' +set service router-advert interface eth0 other-config-flag +set service router-advert interface eth0 prefix 2001:db8:beef:2::/64 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-salt-minion.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-salt-minion.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8783d0b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-salt-minion.md @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +# Salt-Minion + +[SaltStack](https://saltproject.io/) is Python-based, open-source +software for event-driven IT automation, remote task execution, and +configuration management. Supporting the "infrastructure as code" +approach to data center system and network deployment and management, +configuration automation, SecOps orchestration, vulnerability remediation, +and hybrid cloud control. + +## Requirements + +To use the Salt-Minion, a running Salt-Master is required. You can find more +in the [Salt Poject Documentaion](https://docs.saltproject.io/en/latest/contents.html) + +## Configuration + +
+ +set service salt-minion hash \ + +The hash type used when discovering file on master server (default: sha256) + +
+ +
+ +set service salt-minion id \ + +Explicitly declare ID for this minion to use (default: hostname) + +
+ +
+ +set service salt-minion interval \<1-1440\> + +Interval in minutes between updates (default: 60) + +
+ +
+ +set service salt-minion master \ + +The hostname or IP address of the master + +
+ +
+ +set service salt-minion master-key \ + +URL with signature of master for auth reply verification + +
+ +Please take a look in the Automation section to find some usefull +Examples. diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-snmp.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-snmp.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84877df3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-snmp.md @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +# SNMP + +`SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)` is an Internet Standard +protocol for collecting and organizing information about managed devices on +IP networks and for modifying that information to change device behavior. +Devices that typically support SNMP include cable modems, routers, switches, +servers, workstations, printers, and more. + +SNMP is widely used in network management for network monitoring. SNMP exposes +management data in the form of variables on the managed systems organized in +a management information base ([MIB](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Management_information_base)) which describe the system status and +configuration. These variables can then be remotely queried (and, in some +circumstances, manipulated) by managing applications. + +Three significant versions of SNMP have been developed and deployed. SNMPv1 is +the original version of the protocol. More recent versions, SNMPv2c and SNMPv3, +feature improvements in performance, flexibility and security. + +SNMP is a component of the Internet Protocol Suite as defined by the Internet +Engineering Task Force (IETF). It consists of a set of standards for network +management, including an application layer protocol, a database schema, and a +set of data objects. + +## Overview and basic concepts + +In typical uses of SNMP, one or more administrative computers called managers +have the task of monitoring or managing a group of hosts or devices on a +computer network. Each managed system executes a software component called an +agent which reports information via SNMP to the manager. + +An SNMP-managed network consists of three key components: + +- Managed devices +- Agent - software which runs on managed devices +- Network management station (NMS) - software which runs on the manager + +A managed device is a network node that implements an SNMP interface that +allows unidirectional (read-only) or bidirectional (read and write) access to +node-specific information. Managed devices exchange node-specific information +with the NMSs. Sometimes called network elements, the managed devices can be +any type of device, including, but not limited to, routers, access servers, +switches, cable modems, bridges, hubs, IP telephones, IP video cameras, +computer hosts, and printers. + +An agent is a network-management software module that resides on a managed +device. An agent has local knowledge of management information and translates +that information to or from an SNMP-specific form. + +A network management station executes applications that monitor and control +managed devices. NMSs provide the bulk of the processing and memory resources +required for network management. One or more NMSs may exist on any managed +network. + +
+Principle of SNMP Communication +
Image thankfully borrowed from +https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:SNMP_communication_principles_diagram.PNG +which is under the GNU Free Documentation License
+
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +VyOS SNMP supports both IPv4 and IPv6. + +
+ +## SNMP Protocol Versions + +VyOS itself supports [SNMPv2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Simple_Network_Management_Protocol#Version_2) (version 2) and [SNMPv3](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Simple_Network_Management_Protocol#Version_3) (version 3) where the +later is recommended because of improved security (optional authentication and +encryption). + +### SNMPv2 + +SNMPv2 is the original and most commonly used version. For authorizing clients, +SNMP uses the concept of communities. Communities may have authorization set +to read only (this is most common) or to read and write (this option is not +actively used in VyOS). + +SNMP can work synchronously or asynchronously. In synchronous communication, +the monitoring system queries the router periodically. In asynchronous, the +router sends notification to the "trap" (the monitoring host). + +SNMPv2 does not support any authentication mechanisms, other than client source +address, so you should specify addresses of clients allowed to monitor the +router. Note that SNMPv2 also supports no encryption and always sends data in +plain text. + +#### Example + +``` none +# Define a community +set service snmp community routers authorization ro + +# Allow monitoring access from the entire network +set service snmp community routers network 192.0.2.0/24 +set service snmp community routers network 2001::db8:ffff:eeee::/64 + +# Allow monitoring access from specific addresses +set service snmp community routers client 203.0.113.10 +set service snmp community routers client 203.0.113.20 + +# Define optional router information +set service snmp location "UK, London" +set service snmp contact "admin@example.com" + +# Trap target if you want asynchronous communication +set service snmp trap-target 203.0.113.10 + +# Listen only on specific IP addresses (port defaults to 161) +set service snmp listen-address 172.16.254.36 port 161 +set service snmp listen-address 2001:db8::f00::1 +``` + +### SNMPv3 + +SNMPv3 (version 3 of the SNMP protocol) introduced a whole slew of new security +related features that have been missing from the previous versions. Security +was one of the biggest weakness of SNMP until v3. Authentication in SNMP +Versions 1 and 2 amounts to nothing more than a password (community string) +sent in clear text between a manager and agent. Each SNMPv3 message contains +security parameters which are encoded as an octet string. The meaning of these +security parameters depends on the security model being used. + +The security approach in SNMPv3 targets: + +- Confidentiality – Encryption of packets to prevent snooping by an + unauthorized source. +- Integrity – Message integrity to ensure that a packet has not been tampered + while in transit including an optional packet replay protection mechanism. +- Authentication – to verify that the message is from a valid source. + +#### Example + +- Let SNMP daemon listen only on IP address 192.0.2.1 +- Configure new SNMP user named "vyos" with password "vyos12345678" +- New user will use SHA/AES for authentication and privacy + +``` none +set service snmp listen-address 192.0.2.1 +set service snmp location 'VyOS Datacenter' +set service snmp v3 engineid '000000000000000000000002' +set service snmp v3 group default mode 'ro' +set service snmp v3 group default view 'default' +set service snmp v3 user vyos auth plaintext-password 'vyos12345678' +set service snmp v3 user vyos auth type 'sha' +set service snmp v3 user vyos group 'default' +set service snmp v3 user vyos privacy plaintext-password 'vyos12345678' +set service snmp v3 user vyos privacy type 'aes' +set service snmp v3 view default oid 1 +``` + +After commit the plaintext passwords will be hashed and stored in your +configuration. The resulting CLI config will look like: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# show service snmp + listen-address 192.0.2.1 { + } + location "VyOS Datacenter" + v3 { + engineid 000000000000000000000002 + group default { + mode ro + view default + } + user vyos { + auth { + encrypted-password 4e52fe55fd011c9c51ae2c65f4b78ca93dcafdfe + type sha + } + group default + privacy { + encrypted-password 4e52fe55fd011c9c51ae2c65f4b78ca93dcafdfe + type aes + } + } + view default { + oid 1 { + } + } + } +``` + +You can test the SNMPv3 functionality from any linux based system, just run the +following command: `snmpwalk -v 3 -u vyos -a SHA -A vyos12345678 -x AES -X vyos12345678 -l authPriv 192.0.2.1 .1` + +## VyOS MIBs + +All SNMP MIBs are located in each image of VyOS here: `/usr/share/snmp/mibs/` + +You are be able to download the files using SCP, once the SSH service +has been activated like so + +``` none +scp -r vyos@your_router:/usr/share/snmp/mibs /your_folder/mibs +``` + +## SNMP Extensions + +To extend SNMP agent functionality, custom scripts can be executed every time +the agent is being called. This can be achieved by using +`arbitrary extensioncommands`. The first step is to create a functional +script of course, then upload it to your VyOS instance via the command +`scp your_script.sh vyos@your_router:/config/user-data`. +Once the script is uploaded, it needs to be configured via the command below. + +``` none +set service snmp script-extensions extension-name my-extension script your_script.sh +commit +``` + +The OID `.1.3.6.1.4.1.8072.1.3.2.3.1.1.4.116.101.115.116`, once called, will +contain the output of the extension. + +``` none +root@vyos:/home/vyos# snmpwalk -v2c -c public 127.0.0.1 nsExtendOutput1 +NET-SNMP-EXTEND-MIB::nsExtendOutput1Line."my-extension" = STRING: hello +NET-SNMP-EXTEND-MIB::nsExtendOutputFull."my-extension" = STRING: hello +NET-SNMP-EXTEND-MIB::nsExtendOutNumLines."my-extension" = INTEGER: 1 +NET-SNMP-EXTEND-MIB::nsExtendResult."my-extension" = INTEGER: 0 +``` + +## SolarWinds + +If you happen to use SolarWinds Orion as NMS you can also use the Device +Templates Management. A template for VyOS can be easily imported. + +Create a file named `VyOS-1.3.6.1.4.1.44641.ConfigMgmt-Commands` using the +following content: + +``` none + + + + + + + + + + + + + +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-ssh.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-ssh.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..12384878 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-ssh.md @@ -0,0 +1,374 @@ +# SSH + +`SSH (Secure Shell)` is a cryptographic network protocol for operating +network services securely over an unsecured network. The standard TCP port for +SSH is 22. The best known example application is for remote login to computer +systems by users. + +SSH provides a secure channel over an unsecured network in a client-server +architecture, connecting an SSH client application with an SSH server. Common +applications include remote command-line login and remote command execution, +but any network service can be secured with SSH. The protocol specification +distinguishes between two major versions, referred to as SSH-1 and SSH-2. + +The most visible application of the protocol is for access to shell accounts +on Unix-like operating systems, but it sees some limited use on Windows as +well. In 2015, Microsoft announced that they would include native support for +SSH in a future release. + +SSH was designed as a replacement for Telnet and for unsecured remote shell +protocols such as the Berkeley rlogin, rsh, and rexec protocols. +Those protocols send information, notably passwords, in plaintext, +rendering them susceptible to interception and disclosure using packet +analysis. The encryption used by SSH is intended to provide confidentiality +and integrity of data over an unsecured network, such as the Internet. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +VyOS 1.1 supported login as user `root`. This has been removed due +to tighter security in VyOS 1.2. + +
+ +
+ +SSH `ssh_key_based_authentication` + +
+ +## Configuration + +
+ +set service ssh port \ + +Enabling SSH only requires you to specify the port `` you want SSH to +listen on. By default, SSH runs on port 22. + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh listen-address \ + +Specify IPv4/IPv6 listen address of SSH server. Multiple addresses can be +defined. + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh ciphers \ + +Define allowed ciphers used for the SSH connection. A number of allowed +ciphers can be specified, use multiple occurrences to allow multiple ciphers. + +List of supported ciphers: `3des-cbc`, `aes128-cbc`, `aes192-cbc`, +`aes256-cbc`, `aes128-ctr`, `aes192-ctr`, `aes256-ctr`, +`aes128-gcm@openssh.com`, `aes256-gcm@openssh.com`, +`chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com` + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh disable-password-authentication + +Disable password based authentication. Login via SSH keys only. This hardens +security! + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh disable-host-validation + +Disable the host validation through reverse DNS lookups - can speedup login +time when reverse lookup is not possible. + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh mac \ + +Specifies the available `MAC (Message Authentication Code)` algorithms. +The MAC algorithm is used in protocol version 2 for data integrity protection. +Multiple algorithms can be provided by using multiple commands, defining +one algorithm per command. + +List of supported MACs: `hmac-md5`, `hmac-md5-96`, `hmac-ripemd160`, +`hmac-sha1`, `hmac-sha1-96`, `hmac-sha2-256`, `hmac-sha2-512`, +`umac-64@openssh.com`, `umac-128@openssh.com`, +`hmac-md5-etm@openssh.com`, `hmac-md5-96-etm@openssh.com`, +`hmac-ripemd160-etm@openssh.com`, `hmac-sha1-etm@openssh.com`, +`hmac-sha1-96-etm@openssh.com`, `hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com`, +`hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com`, `umac-64-etm@openssh.com`, +`umac-128-etm@openssh.com` + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh access-control \ \ \ + +Add access-control directive to allow or deny users and groups. Directives +are processed in the following order of precedence: `deny-users`, +`allow-users`, `deny-groups` and `allow-groups`. + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh client-keepalive-interval \ + +Specify timeout interval for keepalive message in seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh key-exchange \ + +Specify allowed `KEX (Key Exchange)` algorithms. + +List of supported algorithms: `diffie-hellman-group1-sha1`, +`diffie-hellman-group14-sha1`, `diffie-hellman-group14-sha256`, +`diffie-hellman-group16-sha512`, `diffie-hellman-group18-sha512`, +`diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1`, +`diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256`, +`ecdh-sha2-nistp256`, `ecdh-sha2-nistp384`, `ecdh-sha2-nistp521`, +`curve25519-sha256` and `curve25519-sha256@libssh.org`. + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh loglevel \ + +Set the `sshd` log level. The default is `info`. + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh vrf \ + +Specify name of the `VRF (Virtual Routing and Forwarding)` instance. + +
+ +## Dynamic-protection + +Protects host from brute-force attacks against +SSH. Log messages are parsed, line-by-line, for recognized patterns. If an +attack, such as several login failures within a few seconds, is detected, the +offending IP is blocked. Offenders are unblocked after a set interval. + +
+ +set service ssh dynamic-protection + +Allow `ssh` dynamic-protection. + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh dynamic-protection allow-from \
+ +Whitelist of addresses and networks. Always allow inbound connections from +these systems. + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh dynamic-protection block-time \ + +Block source IP in seconds. Subsequent blocks increase by a factor of 1.5 +The default is 120. + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh dynamic-protection detect-time \ + +Remember source IP in seconds before reset their score. The default is 1800. + +
+ +
+ +set service ssh dynamic-protection threshold \ + +Block source IP when their cumulative attack score exceeds threshold. The +default is 30. + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +restart ssh + +Restart the SSH daemon process, the current session is not affected, only the +background daemon is restarted. + +
+ +
+ +generate ssh server-key + +Re-generated the public/private keyportion which SSH uses to secure +connections. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Already learned known_hosts files of clients need an update as the +public key will change. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +generate ssh client-key /path/to/private_key + +Re-generated a known pub/private keyfile which can be used to connect to +other services (e.g. RPKI cache). + +Example: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ generate ssh client-key /config/auth/id_rsa_rpki +Generating public/private rsa key pair. +Your identification has been saved in /config/auth/id_rsa_rpki. +Your public key has been saved in /config/auth/id_rsa_rpki.pub. +The key fingerprint is: +SHA256:XGv2PpdOzVCzpmEzJZga8hTRq7B/ZYL3fXaioLFLS5Q vyos@vyos +The key's randomart image is: ++---[RSA 2048]----+ +| oo | +| ..o | +| . o.o.. o.| +| o+ooo o.o| +| Eo* =.o | +| o = +.o*+ | +| = o *.o.o| +| o * +.o+.+| +| =.. o=.oo| ++----[SHA256]-----+ +``` + +Two new files `/config/auth/id_rsa_rpki` and +`/config/auth/id_rsa_rpki.pub` +will be created. + +
+ +
+ +generate public-key-command user \ path \ + +Generate the configuration mode commands to add a public key for +`ssh_key_based_authentication`. +`` can be a local path or a URL pointing at a remote file. + +Supported remote protocols are FTP, FTPS, HTTP, HTTPS, SCP/SFTP and TFTP. + +Example: + +``` none +alyssa@vyos:~$ generate public-key-command user alyssa path sftp://example.net/home/alyssa/.ssh/id_rsa.pub +# To add this key as an embedded key, run the following commands: +configure +set system login user alyssa authentication public-keys alyssa@example.net key AAA... +set system login user alyssa authentication public-keys alyssa@example.net type ssh-rsa +commit +save +exit + +ben@vyos:~$ generate public-key-command user ben path ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub +# To add this key as an embedded key, run the following commands: +configure +set system login user ben authentication public-keys ben@vyos key AAA... +set system login user ben authentication public-keys ben@vyos type ssh-dss +commit +save +exit +``` + +
+ +
+ +show log ssh + +Show SSH server log. + +
+ +
+ +monitor log ssh + +Follow the SSH server log. + +
+ +
+ +show log ssh dynamic-protection + +Show SSH dynamic-protection log. + +
+ +
+ +monitor log ssh dynamic-protection + +Follow the SSH dynamic-protection log. + +
+ +
+ +show ssh dynamic-protection + +Show list of IPs currently blocked by SSH dynamic-protection. + +
+ +
+ +show ssh fingerprints + +Show SSH server public key fingerprints. + +
+ +
+ +show ssh fingerprints ascii + +Show SSH server public key fingerprints, including a visual ASCII art representation. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-tftp-server.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-tftp-server.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d8e6e15 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-tftp-server.md @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +# TFTP Server + +`TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol)` is a simple, lockstep file +transfer protocol which allows a client to get a file from or put a file onto +a remote host. One of its primary uses is in the early stages of nodes booting +from a local area network. TFTP has been used for this application because it +is very simple to implement. + +## Configuration + +
+ +set service tftp-server directory \ + +Enable TFTP service by specifying the \ which will be used to serve +files. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +Choose your `directory` location carefully or you will loose the +content on image upgrades. Any directory under `/config` is save at this +will be migrated. + +
+ +
+ +set service tftp-server listen-address \ + +Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 listen address of the TFTP server. Multiple IPv4 and +IPv6 addresses can be given. There will be one TFTP server instances listening +on each IP address. + +
+ +
+ +set service tftp-server listen-address \ vrf \ + +
+ +Additional option to run TFTP server in the `VRF (Virtual Routing and Forwarding)` context + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Configuring a listen-address is essential for the service to work. + +
+ +
+ +set service tftp-server allow-upload + +Optional, if you want to enable uploads, else TFTP server will act as a +read-only server. + +
+ +### Example + +Provide TFTP server listening on both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses `192.0.2.1` and +`2001:db8::1` serving the content from `/config/tftpboot`. Uploading via +TFTP to this server is disabled. + +The resulting configuration will look like: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# show service + tftp-server { + directory /config/tftpboot + listen-address 2001:db8::1 + listen-address 192.0.2.1 + } +``` + +### Verification + +Client: + +``` none +vyos@RTR2:~$ tftp -p -l /config/config.boot -r backup 192.0.2.1 +backup1 100% |******************************| 723 0:00:00 ETA +``` + +Server: + +``` none +vyos@RTR1# ls -ltr /config/tftpboot/ +total 1 +-rw-rw-rw- 1 tftp tftp 1995 May 19 16:02 backup +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/service/md-webproxy.md b/docs/configuration/service/md-webproxy.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a881cea --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/service/md-webproxy.md @@ -0,0 +1,536 @@ +# Webproxy + +The proxy service in VyOS is based on [Squid](http://www.squid-cache.org/) and some related modules. + +[Squid](http://www.squid-cache.org/) is a caching and forwarding HTTP web proxy. It has a wide variety of +uses, including speeding up a web server by caching repeated requests, caching +web, DNS and other computer network lookups for a group of people sharing +network resources, and aiding security by filtering traffic. Although primarily +used for HTTP and FTP, Squid includes limited support for several other +protocols including Internet Gopher, SSL,\[6\] TLS and HTTPS. Squid does not +support the SOCKS protocol. + +URL Filtering is provided by [SquidGuard](http://www.squidguard.org/). + +## Configuration + +
+ +set service webproxy append-domain \ + +Use this command to specify a domain name to be appended to domain-names +within URLs that do not include a dot `.` the domain is appended. + +Example: to be appended is set to `vyos.net` and the URL received is +`www/foo.html`, the system will use the generated, final URL of +`www.vyos.net/foo.html`. + +``` none +set service webproxy append-domain vyos.net +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy cache-size \ + +The size of the on-disk Proxy cache is user configurable. The Proxies default +cache-size is configured to 100 MB. + +Unit of this command is MB. + +``` none +set service webproxy cache-size 1024 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy default-port \ + +Specify the port used on which the proxy service is listening for requests. +This port is the default port used for the specified listen-address. + +Default port is 3128. + +``` none +set service webproxy default-port 8080 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy domain-block \ + +Used to block specific domains by the Proxy. Specifying "vyos.net" will block +all access to vyos.net, and specifying ".xxx" will block all access to URLs +having an URL ending on .xxx. + +``` none +set service webproxy domain-block vyos.net +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy domain-noncache \ + +Allow access to sites in a domain without retrieving them from the Proxy +cache. Specifying "vyos.net" will allow access to vyos.net but the pages +accessed will not be cached. It useful for working around problems with +"If-Modified-Since" checking at certain sites. + +``` none +set service webproxy domain-noncache vyos.net +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy listen-address \ + +Specifies proxy service listening address. The listen address is the IP +address on which the web proxy service listens for client requests. + +For security, the listen address should only be used on internal/trusted +networks! + +``` none +set service webproxy listen-address 192.0.2.1 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy listen-address \ disable-transparent + +Disables web proxy transparent mode at a listening address. + +In transparent proxy mode, all traffic arriving on port 80 and destined for +the Internet is automatically forwarded through the proxy. This allows +immediate proxy forwarding without configuring client browsers. + +Non-transparent proxying requires that the client browsers be configured with +the proxy settings before requests are redirected. The advantage of this is +that the client web browser can detect that a proxy is in use and can behave +accordingly. In addition, web-transmitted malware can sometimes be blocked by +a non-transparent web proxy, since they are not aware of the proxy settings. + +``` none +set service webproxy listen-address 192.0.2.1 disable-transparent +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy listen-address \ port \ + +Sets the listening port for a listening address. This overrides the default +port of 3128 on the specific listen address. + +``` none +set service webproxy listen-address 192.0.2.1 port 8080 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy reply-block-mime \ + +Used to block a specific mime-type. + +``` none +# block all PDFs +set service webproxy reply-block-mime application/pdf +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy reply-body-max-size \ + +Specifies the maximum size of a reply body in KB, used to limit the reply +size. + +All reply sizes are accepted by default. + +``` none +set service webproxy reply-body-max-size 2048 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy safe-ports \ + +Add new port to Safe-ports acl. Ports included by default in Safe-ports acl: +21, 70, 80, 210, 280, 443, 488, 591, 777, 873, 1025-65535 + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy ssl-safe-ports \ + +Add new port to SSL-ports acl. Ports included by default in SSL-ports acl: +443 + +
+ +### Authentication + +The embedded Squid proxy can use LDAP to authenticate users against a company +wide directory. The following configuration is an example of how to use Active +Directory as authentication backend. Queries are done via LDAP. + +
+ +set service webproxy authentication children \ + +Maximum number of authenticator processes to spawn. If you start too few +Squid will have to wait for them to process a backlog of credential +verifications, slowing it down. When password verifications are done via a +(slow) network you are likely to need lots of authenticator processes. + +This defaults to 5. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication children 10 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy authentication credentials-ttl \ + +Specifies how long squid assumes an externally validated username:password +pair is valid for - in other words how often the helper program is called for +that user. Set this low to force revalidation with short lived passwords. + +Time is in minutes and defaults to 60. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication credentials-ttl 120 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy authentication method \ + +Proxy authentication method, currently only LDAP is supported. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication method ldap +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy authentication realm + +Specifies the protection scope (aka realm name) which is to be reported to +the client for the authentication scheme. It is commonly part of the text +the user will see when prompted for their username and password. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication realm "VyOS proxy auth" +``` + +
+ +#### LDAP + +
+ +set service webproxy authentication ldap base-dn \ + +Specifies the base DN under which the users are located. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication ldap base-dn DC=vyos,DC=net +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy authentication ldap bind-dn \ + +The DN and password to bind as while performing searches. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication ldap bind-dn CN=proxyuser,CN=Users,DC=vyos,DC=net +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy authentication ldap filter-expression \ + +LDAP search filter to locate the user DN. Required if the users are in a +hierarchy below the base DN, or if the login name is not what builds the user +specific part of the users DN. + +The search filter can contain up to 15 occurrences of %s which will be +replaced by the username, as in "uid=%s" for `2037` directories. For a +detailed description of LDAP search filter syntax see `2254`. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication ldap filter-expression (cn=%s) +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy authentication ldap password \ + +The DN and password to bind as while performing searches. As the password +needs to be printed in plain text in your Squid configuration it is strongly +recommended to use a account with minimal associated privileges. This to limit +the damage in case someone could get hold of a copy of your Squid +configuration file. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication ldap password vyos +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy authentication ldap persistent-connection + +Use a persistent LDAP connection. Normally the LDAP connection is only open +while validating a username to preserve resources at the LDAP server. This +option causes the LDAP connection to be kept open, allowing it to be reused +for further user validations. + +Recommended for larger installations. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication ldap persistent-connection +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy authentication ldap port \ + +Specify an alternate TCP port where the ldap server is listening if other than +the default LDAP port 389. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication ldap port 389 +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy authentication ldap server \ + +Specify the LDAP server to connect to. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication ldap server ldap.vyos.net +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy authentication ldap use-ssl + +Use TLS encryption. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication ldap use-ssl +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy authentication ldap username-attribute \ + +Specifies the name of the DN attribute that contains the username/login. +Combined with the base DN to construct the users DN when no search filter is +specified (filter-expression). + +Defaults to 'uid' + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +This can only be done if all your users are located directly under +the same position in the LDAP tree and the login name is used for naming +each user object. If your LDAP tree does not match these criterias or if you +want to filter who are valid users then you need to use a search filter to +search for your users DN (filter-expression). + +
+ +``` none +set service webproxy authentication ldap username-attribute uid +``` + +
+ +
+ +set service webproxy authentication ldap version \<2 | 3\> + +LDAP protocol version. Defaults to 3 if not specified. + +``` none +set service webproxy authentication ldap version 2 +``` + +
+ +### URL filtering + +
+ +set service webproxy url-filtering disable + +Disables web filtering without discarding configuration. + +``` none +set service webproxy url-filtering disable +``` + +
+ +## Operation + +### Filtering + +#### Update + +If you want to use existing blacklists you have to create/download a database +first. Otherwise you will not be able to commit the config changes. + +
+ +update webproxy blacklists + +Download/Update complete blacklist + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ update webproxy blacklists +Warning: No url-filtering blacklist installed +Would you like to download a default blacklist? [confirm][y] +Connecting to ftp.univ-tlse1.fr (193.49.48.249:21) +blacklists.gz 100% |*************************************************************************************************************| 17.0M 0:00:00 ETA +Uncompressing blacklist... +Checking permissions... +Skip link for [ads] -> [publicite] +Building DB for [adult/domains] - 2467177 entries +Building DB for [adult/urls] - 67798 entries +Skip link for [aggressive] -> [agressif] +Building DB for [agressif/domains] - 348 entries +Building DB for [agressif/urls] - 36 entries +Building DB for [arjel/domains] - 69 entries +... + +Building DB for [webmail/domains] - 374 entries +Building DB for [webmail/urls] - 9 entries + +The webproxy daemon must be restarted +Would you like to restart it now? [confirm][y] + +[ ok ] Restarting squid (via systemctl): squid.service. +vyos@vyos:~$ +``` + +
+ +
+ +update webproxy blacklists category \ + +Download/Update partial blacklist. + +Use tab completion to get a list of categories. + +
+ +- To auto update the blacklist files + + `set service webproxy url-filtering squidguard auto-update + update-hour 23` + +- To configure blocking add the following to the configuration + + `set service webproxy url-filtering squidguard block-category ads` + + `set service webproxy url-filtering squidguard block-category malware` + +#### Bypassing the webproxy + +Some services don't work correctly when being handled via a web proxy. +So sometimes it is useful to bypass a transparent proxy: + +- To bypass the proxy for every request that is directed to a specific + destination: + + `set service webproxy whitelist destination-address 198.51.100.33` + + `set service webproxy whitelist destination-address 192.0.2.0/24` + +- To bypass the proxy for every request that is coming from a specific source: + + `set service webproxy whitelist source-address 192.168.1.2` + + `set service webproxy whitelist source-address 192.168.2.0/24` + + (This can be useful when a called service has many and/or often changing + destination addresses - e.g. Netflix.) + +## Examples + +``` none +vyos@vyos# show service webproxy + authentication { + children 5 + credentials-ttl 60 + ldap { + base-dn DC=example,DC=local + bind-dn CN=proxyuser,CN=Users,DC=example,DC=local + filter-expression (cn=%s) + password Qwert1234 + server ldap.example.local + username-attribute cn + } + method ldap + realm "VyOS Webproxy" + } + cache-size 100 + default-port 3128 + listen-address 192.168.188.103 { + disable-transparent + } +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-acceleration.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-acceleration.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21096988 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-acceleration.md @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# Acceleration + +In this command tree, all hardware acceleration options will be handled. +At the moment only [Intel® QAT](https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/architecture-and-technology/intel-quick-assist-technology-overview.html) is supported + +## Intel® QAT + +
+ +show system acceleration qat + +use this command to check if there is an Intel® QAT supported Processor in +your system. + +``` +vyos@vyos:~$ show system acceleration qat +01:00.0 Co-processor [0b40]: Intel Corporation Atom Processor C3000 Series QuickAssist Technology [8086:19e2] (rev 11) +``` + +if there is non device the command will show `` `No QAT device found ``\` + +
+ +
+ +set system acceleration qat + +if there is a supported device, enable Intel® QAT + +
+ +
+ +show system acceleration qat status + +Check if the Intel® QAT device is up and ready to do the job. + +``` +vyos@vyos:~$ show system acceleration qat status +Checking status of all devices. +There is 1 QAT acceleration device(s) in the system: +qat_dev0 - type: c3xxx, inst_id: 0, node_id: 0, bsf: 0000:01:00.0, #accel: 3 #engines: 6 state: up +``` + +
+ +### Operation Mode + +
+ +show system acceleration qat device \ config + +Show the full config uploaded to the QAT device. + +
+ +
+ +show system acceleration qat device \ flows + +Get an overview over the encryption counters. + +
+ +
+ +show system acceleration qat interrupts + +Show binded qat device interrupts to certain core. + +
+ +### Example + +Let's build a simple VPN between 2 Intel® QAT ready devices. + +Side A: + +``` +set interfaces vti vti1 address '192.168.1.2/24' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk right id '10.10.10.2' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk right id '10.10.10.1' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk right secret 'Qwerty123' +set vpn ipsec esp-group MyESPGroup proposal 1 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec esp-group MyESPGroup proposal 1 hash 'sha256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group MyIKEGroup proposal 1 dh-group '14' +set vpn ipsec ike-group MyIKEGroup proposal 1 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group MyIKEGroup proposal 1 hash 'sha256' +set vpn ipsec interface 'eth0' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer right authentication local-id '10.10.10.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer right authentication mode 'pre-shared-secret' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer right authentication remote-id '10.10.10.1' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer right connection-type 'initiate' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer right default-esp-group 'MyESPGroup' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer right ike-group 'MyIKEGroup' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer right local-address '10.10.10.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer right remote-address '10.10.10.1' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer right vti bind 'vti1' +``` + +Side B: + +``` +set interfaces vti vti1 address '192.168.1.1/24' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk left id '10.10.10.2' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk left id '10.10.10.1' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk left secret 'Qwerty123' +set vpn ipsec esp-group MyESPGroup proposal 1 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec esp-group MyESPGroup proposal 1 hash 'sha256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group MyIKEGroup proposal 1 dh-group '14' +set vpn ipsec ike-group MyIKEGroup proposal 1 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group MyIKEGroup proposal 1 hash 'sha256' +set vpn ipsec interface 'eth0' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer left authentication local-id '10.10.10.1' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer left authentication mode 'pre-shared-secret' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer left authentication remote-id '10.10.10.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer left connection-type 'initiate' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer left default-esp-group 'MyESPGroup' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer left ike-group 'MyIKEGroup' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer left local-address '10.10.10.1' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer left remote-address '10.10.10.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer left vti bind 'vti1' +``` + +a bandwidth test over the VPN got these results: + +``` +Connecting to host 192.168.1.2, port 5201 +[ 9] local 192.168.1.1 port 51344 connected to 192.168.1.2 port 5201 +[ ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr Cwnd +[ 9] 0.00-1.01 sec 32.3 MBytes 268 Mbits/sec 0 196 KBytes +[ 9] 1.01-2.03 sec 32.5 MBytes 268 Mbits/sec 0 208 KBytes +[ 9] 2.03-3.03 sec 32.5 MBytes 271 Mbits/sec 0 208 KBytes +[ 9] 3.03-4.04 sec 32.5 MBytes 272 Mbits/sec 0 208 KBytes +[ 9] 4.04-5.00 sec 31.2 MBytes 272 Mbits/sec 0 208 KBytes +[ 9] 5.00-6.01 sec 32.5 MBytes 272 Mbits/sec 0 234 KBytes +[ 9] 6.01-7.04 sec 32.5 MBytes 265 Mbits/sec 0 234 KBytes +[ 9] 7.04-8.04 sec 32.5 MBytes 272 Mbits/sec 0 234 KBytes +[ 9] 8.04-9.04 sec 32.5 MBytes 273 Mbits/sec 0 336 KBytes +[ 9] 9.04-10.00 sec 31.2 MBytes 272 Mbits/sec 0 336 KBytes +- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +[ ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr +[ 9] 0.00-10.00 sec 322 MBytes 270 Mbits/sec 0 sender +[ 9] 0.00-10.00 sec 322 MBytes 270 Mbits/sec receiver +``` + +with `set system acceleration qat` on both systems the bandwidth +increases. + +``` +Connecting to host 192.168.1.2, port 5201 +[ 9] local 192.168.1.1 port 51340 connected to 192.168.1.2 port 5201 +[ ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr Cwnd +[ 9] 0.00-1.00 sec 97.3 MBytes 817 Mbits/sec 0 1000 KBytes +[ 9] 1.00-2.00 sec 92.5 MBytes 776 Mbits/sec 0 1.07 MBytes +[ 9] 2.00-3.00 sec 92.5 MBytes 776 Mbits/sec 0 820 KBytes +[ 9] 3.00-4.00 sec 92.5 MBytes 776 Mbits/sec 0 899 KBytes +[ 9] 4.00-5.00 sec 91.2 MBytes 765 Mbits/sec 0 972 KBytes +[ 9] 5.00-6.00 sec 92.5 MBytes 776 Mbits/sec 0 1.02 MBytes +[ 9] 6.00-7.00 sec 92.5 MBytes 776 Mbits/sec 0 1.08 MBytes +[ 9] 7.00-8.00 sec 92.5 MBytes 776 Mbits/sec 0 1.14 MBytes +[ 9] 8.00-9.00 sec 91.2 MBytes 765 Mbits/sec 0 915 KBytes +[ 9] 9.00-10.00 sec 92.5 MBytes 776 Mbits/sec 0 1000 KBytes +- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +[ ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr +[ 9] 0.00-10.00 sec 927 MBytes 778 Mbits/sec 0 sender +[ 9] 0.00-10.01 sec 925 MBytes 775 Mbits/sec receiver +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-conntrack.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-conntrack.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d5afdfd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-conntrack.md @@ -0,0 +1,473 @@ +# Conntrack + +VyOS can be configured to track connections using the connection +tracking subsystem. Connection tracking becomes operational once either +stateful firewall or NAT is configured. + +## Configure + +
+ +set system conntrack table-size \<1-50000000\> + +The connection tracking table contains one entry for each connection being +tracked by the system. + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack expect-table-size \<1-50000000\> + +The connection tracking expect table contains one entry for each expected +connection related to an existing connection. These are generally used by +“connection tracking helper” modules such as FTP. +The default size of the expect table is 2048 entries. + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack hash-size \<1-50000000\> + +Set the size of the hash table. The connection tracking hash table makes +searching the connection tracking table faster. The hash table uses +“buckets” to record entries in the connection tracking table. + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack modules ftp + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack modules h323 + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack modules nfs + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack modules pptp + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack modules sip + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack modules sqlnet + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack modules tftp + +Configure the connection tracking protocol helper modules. +All modules are enable by default. + +Use delete system conntrack modules to deactive all modules.\ +Or, for example ftp, delete system conntrack modules ftp. + +
+ +### Define Conection Timeouts + +VyOS supports setting timeouts for connections according to the +connection type. You can set timeout values for generic connections, for ICMP +connections, UDP connections, or for TCP connections in a number of different +states. + +
+ +set system conntrack timeout icmp \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout other \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout tcp close \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout tcp close-wait \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout tcp established \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout tcp fin-wait \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout tcp last-ack \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout tcp syn-recv \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout tcp syn-sent \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout tcp time-wait \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout udp other \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout udp stream \<1-21474836\> + +Set the timeout in secounds for a protocol or state. + +
+ +You can also define custom timeout values to apply to a specific subset of +connections, based on a packet and flow selector. To do this, you need to +create a rule defining the packet and flow selector. + +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> description \ + +Set a rule description. + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> destination address \ + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> source address \ + +set a destination and/or source address. Accepted input: + +``` none + IP address to match + Subnet to match +- + IP range to match +! Match everything except the specified address +! Match everything except the specified subnet +!- + Match everything except the specified range +``` + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> destination port \ + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> source port \ + +Set a destination and/or source port. Accepted input: + +``` none + Named port (any name in /etc/services, e.g., http) +<1-65535> Numbered port +- Numbered port range (e.g., 1001-1005) +``` + +Multiple destination ports can be specified as a comma-separated list. +The whole list can also be "negated" using '!'. For example: +!22,telnet,http,123,1001-1005\` + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> protocol icmp \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> protocol other \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> protocol tcp close \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> protocol tcp close-wait \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> protocol tcp established \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> protocol tcp fin-wait \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> protocol tcp last-ack \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> protocol tcp syn-recv \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> protocol tcp syn-sent \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> protocol tcp time-wait \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> protocol udp other \<1-21474836\> + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack timeout custom rule \<1-9999\> protocol udp stream \<1-21474836\> + +Set the timeout in secounds for a protocol or state in a custom rule. + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack tcp half-open-connections \<1-21474836\> + +Set the maximum number of TCP half-open connections. + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack tcp loose \ + +Policy to track previously established connections. + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack tcp max-retrans \<1-2147483647\> + +Set the number of TCP maximum retransmit attempts. + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack ignore rule \<1-9999\> description \ + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack ignore rule \<1-9999\> destination address \ + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack ignore rule \<1-9999\> destination port \ + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack ignore rule \<1-9999\> inbound-interface \ + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack ignore rule \<1-9999\> protocol \ + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack ignore rule \<1-9999\> source address \ + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack ignore rule \<1-9999\> source port \ + +Customized ignore rules, based on a packet and flow selector. + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log icmp destroy + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log icmp new + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log icmp update + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log other destroy + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log other new + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log other update + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log tcp destroy + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log tcp new + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log tcp update close-wait + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log tcp update established + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log tcp update fin-wait + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log tcp update last-ack + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log tcp update syn-received + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log tcp update time-wait + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log udp destroy + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log udp new + +
+ +
+ +set system conntrack log udp update + +Log the connection tracking events per protocol. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-console.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-console.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a58301d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-console.md @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +# Serial Console + +For the average user a serial console has no advantage over a console offered +by a directly attached keyboard and screen. Serial consoles are much slower, +taking up to a second to fill a 80 column by 24 line screen. Serial consoles +generally only support non-proportional ASCII text, with limited support for +languages other than English. + +There are some scenarios where serial consoles are useful. System administration +of remote computers is usually done using `ssh`, but there are times when +access to the console is the only way to diagnose and correct software failures. +Major upgrades to the installed distribution may also require console access. + +
+ +set system console device \ + +Defines the specified device as a system console. Available console devices +can be (see completion helper): + +- `ttySN` - Serial device name +- `ttyUSBX` - USB Serial device name +- `hvc0` - Xen console + +
+ +
+ +set system console device \ speed \ + +The speed (baudrate) of the console device. Supported values are: + +- `1200` - 1200 bps +- `2400` - 2400 bps +- `4800` - 4800 bps +- `9600` - 9600 bps +- `19200` - 19,200 bps +- `38400` - 38,400 bps (default for Xen console) +- `57600` - 57,600 bps +- `115200` - 115,200 bps (default for serial console) + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you use USB to serial converters for connecting to your VyOS +appliance please note that most of them use software emulation without flow +control. This means you should start with a common baud rate (most likely +9600 baud) as otherwise you probably can not connect to the device using +high speed baud rates as your serial converter simply can not process this +data rate. + +
+ +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-default-route.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-default-route.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c973dc09 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-default-route.md @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +# Default Gateway/Route + +In the past (VyOS 1.1) used a gateway-address configured under the system tree +(`set system gateway-address
`), this is no longer supported +and existing configurations are migrated to the new CLI command. + +## Configuration + +
+ +set protocols static route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop \ + +Specify static route into the routing table sending all non local traffic +to the nexthop address \. + +
+ +
+ +delete protocols static route 0.0.0.0/0 + +Delete default route from the system. + +
+ +## Operation + +
+ +show ip route 0.0.0.0 + +Show routing table entry for the default route. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ip route 0.0.0.0 +Routing entry for 0.0.0.0/0 + Known via "static", distance 10, metric 0, best + Last update 09:46:30 ago + * 172.18.201.254, via eth0.201 +``` + +
+ +
+ +Configuration of `routing-static` + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-flow-accounting.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-flow-accounting.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a66fce5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-flow-accounting.md @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +# Flow Accounting + +VyOS supports flow-accounting for both IPv4 and IPv6 traffic. The system acts +as a flow exporter, and you are free to use it with any compatible collector. + +Flows can be exported via two different protocols: NetFlow (versions 5, 9 and +10/IPFIX) and sFlow. Additionally, you may save flows to an in-memory table +internally in a router. + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +You need to disable the in-memory table in production environments! +Using `IMT (In-Memory Table)` may lead to heavy CPU overloading and +unstable flow-accounting behavior. + +
+ +## NetFlow / IPFIX + +NetFlow is a feature that was introduced on Cisco routers around 1996 that +provides the ability to collect IP network traffic as it enters or exits an +interface. By analyzing the data provided by NetFlow, a network administrator +can determine things such as the source and destination of traffic, class of +service, and the causes of congestion. A typical flow monitoring setup (using +NetFlow) consists of three main components: + +- **exporter**: aggregates packets into flows and exports flow records towards + one or more flow collectors +- **collector**: responsible for reception, storage and pre-processing of flow + data received from a flow exporter +- **application**: analyzes received flow data in the context of intrusion + detection or traffic profiling, for example + +For connectionless protocols as like ICMP and UDP, a flow is considered +complete once no more packets for this flow appear after configurable timeout. + +NetFlow is usually enabled on a per-interface basis to limit load on the router +components involved in NetFlow, or to limit the amount of NetFlow records +exported. + +## Configuration + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +Using NetFlow on routers with high traffic levels may lead to +high CPU usage and may affect the router's performance. In such cases, +consider using sFlow instead. + +
+ +In order for flow accounting information to be collected and displayed for an +interface, the interface must be configured for flow accounting. + +
+ +set system flow-accounting interface \ + +Configure and enable collection of flow information for the interface +identified by \. + +You can configure multiple interfaces which whould participate in flow +accounting. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Will be recorded only packets/flows on **incoming** direction in +configured interfaces by default. + +
+ +By default, recorded flows will be saved internally and can be listed with the +CLI command. You may disable using the local in-memory table with the command: + +
+ +set system flow-accounting disable-imt + +If you need to sample also egress traffic, you may want to +configure egress flow-accounting: + +
+ +
+ +set system flow-accounting enable-egress + +Internally, in flow-accounting processes exist a buffer for data exchanging +between core process and plugins (each export target is a separated plugin). +If you have high traffic levels or noted some problems with missed records +or stopping exporting, you may try to increase a default buffer size (10 +MiB) with the next command: + +
+ +
+ +set system flow-accounting buffer-size \ + +In case, if you need to catch some logs from flow-accounting daemon, you may +configure logging facility: + +
+ +
+ +set system flow-accounting syslog-facility \ + +TBD + +
+ +### Flow Export + +In addition to displaying flow accounting information locally, one can also +exported them to a collection server. + +#### NetFlow + +
+ +set system flow-accounting netflow version \ + +There are multiple versions available for the NetFlow data. The \ +used in the exported flow data can be configured here. The following +versions are supported: + +- **5** - Most common version, but restricted to IPv4 flows only +- **9** - NetFlow version 9 (default) +- **10** - `IPFIX (IP Flow Information Export)` as per `3917` + +
+ +
+ +set system flow-accounting netflow server \ + +Configure address of NetFlow collector. NetFlow server at \ can +be both listening on an IPv4 or IPv6 address. + +
+ +
+ +set system flow-accounting netflow source-ip \ + +IPv4 or IPv6 source address of NetFlow packets + +
+ +
+ +set system flow-accounting netflow engine-id \ + +NetFlow engine-id which will appear in NetFlow data. The range is 0 to 255. + +
+ +
+ +set system flow-accounting netflow sampling-rate \ + +Use this command to configure the sampling rate for flow accounting. The +system samples one in every \ packets, where \ is the value +configured for the sampling-rate option. The advantage of sampling every n +packets, where n \> 1, allows you to decrease the amount of processing +resources required for flow accounting. The disadvantage of not sampling +every packet is that the statistics produced are estimates of actual data +flows. + +Per default every packet is sampled (that is, the sampling rate is 1). + +
+ +
+ +set system flow-accounting netflow timeout expiry-interval +\ + +Specifies the interval at which Netflow data will be sent to a collector. As +per default, Netflow data will be sent every 60 seconds. + +You may also additionally configure timeouts for different types of +connections. + +
+ +
+ +set system flow-accounting netflow max-flows \ + +If you want to change the maximum number of flows, which are tracking +simultaneously, you may do this with this command (default 8192). + +
+ +#### sFlow + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Using system sflow is recommended in favor of +system flow-accounting. See [sflow](sflow.html) + +
+ +
+ +set system flow-accounting sflow server \ + +Configure address of sFlow collector. sFlow server at \ can +be an IPv4 or IPv6 address. But you cannot export to both IPv4 and +IPv6 collectors at the same time! + +
+ +
+ +set system flow-accounting sflow sampling-rate \ + +Enable sampling of packets, which will be transmitted to sFlow collectors. + +
+ +
+ +set system flow-accounting sflow agent-address \ + +Configure a sFlow agent address. It can be IPv4 or IPv6 address, but you +must set the same protocol, which is used for sFlow collector addresses. By +default, using router-id from BGP or OSPF protocol, or the primary IP +address from the first interface. + +
+ +### Example: + +NetFlow v5 example: + +``` none +set system flow-accounting netflow engine-id 100 +set system flow-accounting netflow version 5 +set system flow-accounting netflow server 192.168.2.10 port 2055 +``` + +## Operation + +Once flow accounting is configured on an interfaces it provides the ability to +display captured network traffic information for all configured interfaces. + +
+ +show flow-accounting interface \ + +Show flow accounting information for given \. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show flow-accounting interface eth0 +IN_IFACE SRC_MAC DST_MAC SRC_IP DST_IP SRC_PORT DST_PORT PROTOCOL TOS PACKETS FLOWS BYTES +---------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------------------ --------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----- --------- ------- ------- +eth0 00:53:01:a8:28:ac ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 192.0.2.2 255.255.255.255 5678 5678 udp 0 1 1 178 +eth0 00:53:01:b2:2f:34 33:33:ff:00:00:00 fe80::253:01ff:feb2:2f34 ff02::1:ff00:0 0 0 ipv6-icmp 0 2 1 144 +eth0 00:53:01:1a:b4:53 33:33:ff:00:00:00 fe80::253:01ff:fe1a:b453 ff02::1:ff00:0 0 0 ipv6-icmp 0 1 1 72 +eth0 00:53:01:b2:22:48 00:53:02:58:a2:92 192.0.2.100 192.0.2.14 40152 22 tcp 16 39 1 2064 +eth0 00:53:01:c8:33:af ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 192.0.2.3 255.255.255.255 5678 5678 udp 0 1 1 154 +eth0 00:53:01:b2:22:48 00:53:02:58:a2:92 192.0.2.100 192.0.2.14 40006 22 tcp 16 146 1 9444 +eth0 00:53:01:b2:22:48 00:53:02:58:a2:92 192.0.2.100 192.0.2.14 0 0 icmp 192 27 1 4455 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show flow-accounting interface \ host \ + +Show flow accounting information for given \ for a specific host +only. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show flow-accounting interface eth0 host 192.0.2.14 +IN_IFACE SRC_MAC DST_MAC SRC_IP DST_IP SRC_PORT DST_PORT PROTOCOL TOS PACKETS FLOWS BYTES +---------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----- --------- ------- ------- +eth0 00:53:01:b2:22:48 00:53:02:58:a2:92 192.0.2.100 192.0.2.14 40006 22 tcp 16 197 2 12940 +eth0 00:53:01:b2:22:48 00:53:02:58:a2:92 192.0.2.100 192.0.2.14 40152 22 tcp 16 94 1 4924 +eth0 00:53:01:b2:22:48 00:53:02:58:a2:92 192.0.2.100 192.0.2.14 0 0 icmp 192 36 1 5877 +``` + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-frr.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-frr.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7116d1de --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-frr.md @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# FRR + +VyOS uses \[FRRouting\]() as the control plane for dynamic +and static routing. The routing daemon behavior can be adjusted during runtime, +but require either a restart of the routing daemon, or a reboot of the system. + +
+ +set system frr bmp + +Enable `BMP (BGP Monitoring Protocol)` support + +
+ +
+ +set system frr descriptors \ + +This allows the operator to control the number of open file descriptors +each daemon is allowed to start with. If the operator plans to run bgp with +several thousands of peers then this is where we would modify FRR to allow +this to happen. + +
+ +
+ +set system frr irdp + +Enable ICMP Router Discovery Protocol support + +
+ +
+ +set system frr snmp \ + +Enable SNMP support for an individual routing daemon. + +Supported daemons: + +- bgpd +- isisd +- ldpd +- ospf6d +- ospfd +- ripd +- zebra + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-host-name.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-host-name.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebb83a5f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-host-name.md @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +# Host Information + +This section describes the system's host information and how to configure them, +it covers the following topics: + +- Host name +- Domain +- IP address +- Aliases + +## Hostname + +A hostname is the label (name) assigned to a network device (a host) on a +network and is used to distinguish one device from another on specific networks +or over the internet. On the other hand this will be the name which appears on +the command line prompt. + +
+ +set system host-name \ + +The hostname can be up to 63 characters. A hostname +must start and end with a letter or digit, and have as interior characters +only letters, digits, or a hyphen. + +The default hostname used is vyos. + +
+ +## Domain Name + +A domain name is the label (name) assigned to a computer network and is thus +unique. VyOS appends the domain name as a suffix to any unqualified name. For +example, if you set the domain name example.com, and you would ping the +unqualified name of crux, then VyOS qualifies the name to crux.example.com. + +
+ +set system domain-name \ + +Configure system domain name. A domain name must start and end with a letter +or digit, and have as interior characters only letters, digits, or a hyphen. + +
+ +## Static Hostname Mapping + +How an IP address is assigned to an interface in `ethernet-interface`. +This section shows how to statically map an IP address to a hostname for local +(meaning on this VyOS instance) name resolution. This is the VyOS equivalent to +/etc/hosts file entries. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Do *not* manually edit /etc/hosts. This file will automatically be +regenerated on boot based on the settings in this section, which means you'll +lose all your manual edits. Instead, configure static host mappings as follows. + +
+ +
+ +set system static-host-mapping host-name \ inet \ + +Create a static hostname mapping which will always resolve the name +\ to IP address \. + +
+ +
+ +set system static-host-mapping host-name \ alias \ + +Create named \ for the configured static mapping for \. +Thus the address configured as `set system static-host-mapping +host-name inet
` can be reached via multiple names. + +Multiple aliases can be specified per host-name. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea77a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# System + +
+ +acceleration +conntrack +console +flow-accounting +frr +host-name +ip +ipv6 +lcd +login +name-server +option +proxy +sflow +syslog +sysctl +task-scheduler +time-zone +updates + +
+ +
+ +default-route + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-ip.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-ip.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cbdc53c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-ip.md @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +# IP + +## System configuration commands + +
+ +set system ip disable-forwarding + +Use this command to disable IPv4 forwarding on all interfaces. + +
+ +
+ +set system ip disable-directed-broadcast + +Use this command to disable IPv4 directed broadcast forwarding on all +interfaces. + +If set, IPv4 directed broadcast forwarding will be completely disabled +regardless of whether per-interface directed broadcast forwarding is +enabled or not. + +
+ +
+ +set system ip arp table-size \ + +Use this command to define the maximum number of entries to keep in +the ARP cache (1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768). + +
+ +
+ +set system ip multipath layer4-hashing + +Use this command to use Layer 4 information for IPv4 ECMP hashing. + +
+ +### Zebra/Kernel route filtering + +Zebra supports prefix-lists and Route Mapss to match routes received from +other FRR components. The permit/deny facilities provided by these commands +can be used to filter which routes zebra will install in the kernel. + +
+ +set system ip protocol \ route-map \ + +Apply a route-map filter to routes for the specified protocol. The following +protocols can be used: any, babel, bgp, connected, eigrp, isis, kernel, +ospf, rip, static, table + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you choose any as the option that will cause all protocols that +are sending routes to zebra. + +
+ +
+ +### Nexthop Tracking + +Nexthop tracking resolve nexthops via the default route by default. This is enabled +by default for a traditional profile of FRR which we use. It and can be disabled if +you do not wan't to e.g. allow BGP to peer across the default route. + +
+ +set system ip nht no-resolve-via-default + +Do not allow IPv4 nexthop tracking to resolve via the default route. This +parameter is configured per-VRF, so the command is also available in the VRF +subnode. + +
+ +## Operational commands + +### show commands + +See below the different parameters available for the IPv4 **show** command: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ip +Possible completions: + access-list Show all IP access-lists + as-path-access-list + Show all as-path-access-lists + bgp Show Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) information + community-list + Show IP community-lists + extcommunity-list + Show extended IP community-lists + forwarding Show IP forwarding status + groups Show IP multicast group membership + igmp Show IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) information + large-community-list + Show IP large-community-lists + multicast Show IP multicast + ospf Show IPv4 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing information + pim Show PIM (Protocol Independent Multicast) information + ports Show IP ports in use by various system services + prefix-list Show all IP prefix-lists + protocol Show IP route-maps per protocol + rip Show Routing Information Protocol (RIP) information + route Show IP routes +``` + +### reset commands + +And the different IPv4 **reset** commands available: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ reset ip +Possible completions: + arp Reset Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache + bgp Clear Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) statistics or status + igmp IGMP clear commands + multicast IP multicast routing table + route Reset IP route +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-ipv6.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-ipv6.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47b775e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-ipv6.md @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ +# IPv6 + +## System configuration commands + +
+ +set system ipv6 disable-forwarding + +Use this command to disable IPv6 forwarding on all interfaces. + +
+ +
+ +set system ipv6 neighbor table-size \ + +Use this command to define the maximum number of entries to keep in +the Neighbor cache (1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768). + +
+ +
+ +set system ipv6 strict-dad + +Use this command to disable IPv6 operation on interface when +Duplicate Address Detection fails on Link-Local address. + +
+ +
+ +set system ipv6 multipath layer4-hashing + +Use this command to user Layer 4 information for ECMP hashing. + +
+ +### Zebra/Kernel route filtering + +Zebra supports prefix-lists and Route Mapss to match routes received from +other FRR components. The permit/deny facilities provided by these commands +can be used to filter which routes zebra will install in the kernel. + +
+ +set system ipv6 protocol \ route-map \ + +Apply a route-map filter to routes for the specified protocol. The following +protocols can be used: any, babel, bgp, connected, isis, kernel, ospfv3, +ripng, static, table + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you choose any as the option that will cause all protocols that +are sending routes to zebra. + +
+ +
+ +### Nexthop Tracking + +Nexthop tracking resolve nexthops via the default route by default. This is enabled +by default for a traditional profile of FRR which we use. It and can be disabled if +you do not wan't to e.g. allow BGP to peer across the default route. + +
+ +set system ipv6 nht no-resolve-via-default + +Do not allow IPv6 nexthop tracking to resolve via the default route. This +parameter is configured per-VRF, so the command is also available in the VRF +subnode. + +
+ +## Operational commands + +### Show commands + +
+ +show ipv6 neighbors + +Use this command to show IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Protocol information. + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 groups + +Use this command to show IPv6 multicast group membership. + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 forwarding + +Use this command to show IPv6 forwarding status. + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 route + +Use this command to show IPv6 routes. + +Check the many parameters available for the show ipv6 route command: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ipv6 route +Possible completions: + Execute the current command + Show IPv6 routes of given address or prefix + + bgp Show IPv6 BGP routes + cache Show kernel IPv6 route cache + connected Show IPv6 connected routes + forward Show kernel IPv6 route table + isis Show IPv6 ISIS routes + kernel Show IPv6 kernel routes + ospfv3 Show IPv6 OSPF6 routes + ripng Show IPv6 RIPNG routes + static Show IPv6 static routes + summary Show IPv6 routes summary + table Show IP routes in policy table + vrf Show IPv6 routes in VRF +``` + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 prefix-list + +Use this command to show all IPv6 prefix lists + +There are different parameters for getting prefix-list information: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ipv6 prefix-list +Possible completions: + Execute the current command + Show specified IPv6 prefix-list + detail Show detail of IPv6 prefix-lists + summary Show summary of IPv6 prefix-lists +``` + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 access-list + +Use this command to show all IPv6 access lists + +You can also specify which IPv6 access-list should be shown: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ipv6 access-list +Possible completions: + Execute the current command + Show specified IPv6 access-list +``` + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 bgp + +Use this command to show IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol information. + +In addition, you can specify many other parameters to get BGP +information: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ipv6 bgp +Possible completions: + Execute the current command + Show BGP information for given address or prefix + + community Show routes matching the communities + community-list + Show routes matching the community-list + filter-list Show routes conforming to the filter-list + large-community + Show routes matching the large-community-list + large-community-list + neighbors Show detailed information on TCP and BGP neighbor connections + prefix-list Show routes matching the prefix-list + regexp Show routes matching the AS path regular expression + route-map Show BGP routes matching the specified route map + summary Show summary of BGP neighbor status +``` + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 ospfv3 + +Use this command to get information about OSPFv3. + +You can get more specific OSPFv3 information by using the parameters +shown below: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ipv6 ospfv3 +Possible completions: + Execute the current command + area Show OSPFv3 spf-tree information + border-routers + Show OSPFv3 border-router (ABR and ASBR) information + database Show OSPFv3 Link state database information + interface Show OSPFv3 interface information + linkstate Show OSPFv3 linkstate routing information + neighbor Show OSPFv3 neighbor information + redistribute Show OSPFv3 redistribute External information + route Show OSPFv3 routing table information +``` + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 ripng + +Use this command to get information about the RIPNG protocol + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 ripng status + +Use this command to show the status of the RIPNG protocol + +
+ +### Reset commands + +
+ +reset bgp ipv6 \ + +Use this command to clear Border Gateway Protocol statistics or +status. + +
+ +
+ +reset ipv6 neighbors \
+ +Use this command to reset IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Protocol cache for +an address or interface. + +
+ +
+ +reset ipv6 route cache + +Use this command to flush the kernel IPv6 route cache. +An address can be added to flush it only for that route. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-lcd.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-lcd.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5a50b3c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-lcd.md @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +# System Display (LCD) + +The system LCD `LCD (Liquid-crystal display)` option is for users running +VyOS on hardware that features an LCD display. This is typically a small display +built in an 19 inch rack-mountable appliance. Those displays are used to show +runtime data. + +To configure your LCD display you must first identify the used hardware, and +connectivity of the display to your system. This can be any serial port +(ttySxx) or serial via USB or even old parallel port interfaces. + +## Configuration + +
+ +set system lcd device \ + +This is the name of the physical interface used to connect to your LCD +display. Tab completion is supported and it will list you all available +serial interface. + +For serial via USB port information please refor to: `hardware_usb`. + +
+ +
+ +set system lcd model \ + +This is the LCD model used in your system. + +At the time of this writing the following displays are supported: + +- Crystalfontz CFA-533 +- Crystalfontz CFA-631 +- Crystalfontz CFA-633 +- Crystalfontz CFA-635 + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +We can't support all displays from the beginning. If your display +type is missing, please create a feature request via [Phabricator](). + +
+ +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-login.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-login.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..253e3673 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-login.md @@ -0,0 +1,549 @@ +lastproofread +2022-10-15 + +# Login/User Management + +The default VyOS user account (vyos), as well as newly created user accounts, +have all capabilities to configure the system. All accounts have sudo +capabilities and therefore can operate as root on the system. + +Both local administered and remote administered `RADIUS (Remote +Authentication Dial-In User Service)` accounts are supported. + +## Local + +
+ +set system login user \ full-name "\" + +Create new system user with username \ and real-name specified by +\. + +
+ +
+ +set system login user \ authentication plaintext-password +\ + +Specify the plaintext password user by user \ on this system. The +plaintext password will be automatically transferred into a secure hashed +password and not saved anywhere in plaintext. + +
+ +
+ +set system login user \ authentication encrypted-password +\ + +Setup encrypted password for given username. This is useful for +transferring a hashed password from system to system. + +
+ +
+ +set system login user \ disable + +Disable (lock) account. User will not be able to log in. + +
+ +### Key Based Authentication + +It is highly recommended to use SSH key authentication. By default there is +only one user (`vyos`), and you can assign any number of keys to that user. +You can generate a ssh key with the `ssh-keygen` command on your local +machine, which will (by default) save it as `~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub`. + +Every SSH key comes in three parts: + +`ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABAA...VBD5lKwEWB username@host.example.com` + +Only the type (`ssh-rsa`) and the key (`AAAB3N...`) are used. Note that the +key will usually be several hundred characters long, and you will need to copy +and paste it. Some terminal emulators may accidentally split this over several +lines. Be attentive when you paste it that it only pastes as a single line. +The third part is simply an identifier, and is for your own reference. + +
+ +SSH `ssh_operation` + +
+ +
+ +set system login user \ authentication public-keys +\ key \ + +Assign the SSH public key portion \ identified by per-key +\ to the local user \. + +
+ +
+ +set system login user \ authentication public-keys +\ type \ + +Every SSH public key portion referenced by \ requires the +configuration of the \ of public-key used. This type can be any of: + +- `ecdsa-sha2-nistp256` +- `ecdsa-sha2-nistp384` +- `ecdsa-sha2-nistp521` +- `ssh-dss` +- `ssh-ed25519` +- `ssh-rsa` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +You can assign multiple keys to the same user by using a unique +identifier per SSH key. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set system login user \ authentication public-keys +\ options \ + +Set the options for this public key. See the ssh `authorized_keys` man +page for details of what you can specify here. To place a `"` +character in the options field, use `"`, for example +`from="10.0.0.0/24"` to restrict where the user +may connect from when using this key. + +
+ +### MFA/2FA authentication using OTP (one time passwords) + +It is possible to enhance authentication security by using the `2FA +(Two-factor authentication)`/`MFA (Multi-factor authentication)` feature +together with `OTP (One-Time-Pad)` on VyOS. `2FA (Two-factor +authentication)`/`MFA (Multi-factor authentication)` is configured +independently per each user. If an OTP key is configured for a user, 2FA/MFA +is automatically enabled for that particular user. If a user does not have an +OTP key configured, there is no 2FA/MFA check for that user. + +
+ +set system login user \ authentication otp key \ + +Enable OTP 2FA for user username with default settings, using the BASE32 +encoded 2FA/MFA key specified by \. + +
+ +#### Optional/default settings + +
+ +set system login user \ authentication otp rate-limit \ + +Limit logins to \ per every `rate-time` seconds. Rate limit +must be between 1 and 10 attempts. + +
+ +
+ +set system login user \ authentication otp rate-time \ + +Limit logins to `rate-limit` attemps per every \. Rate time must +be between 15 and 600 seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set system login user \ authentication otp window-size \ + +Set window of concurrently valid codes. + +By default, a new token is generated every 30 seconds by the mobile +application. In order to compensate for possible time-skew between +the client and the server, an extra token before and after the current +time is allowed. This allows for a time skew of up to 30 seconds +between authentication server and client. + +For example, if problems with poor time synchronization are experienced, +the window can be increased from its default size of 3 permitted codes +(one previous code, the current code, the next code) to 17 permitted codes +(the 8 previous codes, the current code, and the 8 next codes). This will +permit for a time skew of up to 4 minutes between client and server. + +The window size must be between 1 and 21. + +
+ +#### OTP-key generation + +The following command can be used to generate the OTP key as well +as the CLI commands to configure them: + +
+ +generate system login username \ otp-key hotp-time +rate-limit \<1-10\> rate-time \<15-600\> window-size \<1-21\> + +
+ +An example of key generation: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ generate system login username otptester otp-key hotp-time rate-limit 2 rate-time 20 window-size 5 +# You can share it with the user, he just needs to scan the QR in his OTP app +# username: otptester +# OTP KEY: J5A64ERPMGJOZXY6FMHHLKXKANNI6TCY +# OTP URL: otpauth://totp/otptester@vyos?secret=J5A64ERPMGJOZXY6FMHHLKXKANNI6TCY&digits=6&period=30 +█████████████████████████████████████████████ +█████████████████████████████████████████████ +████ ▄▄▄▄▄ █▀█ █▄ ▀▄▀▄█▀▄ ▀█▀ █ ▄▄▄▄▄ ████ +████ █ █ █▀▀▀█ ▄▀ █▄▀ ▀▄ ▄ ▀ ▄█ █ █ ████ +████ █▄▄▄█ █▀ █▀▀██▄▄ █ █ ██ ▀▄▀ █ █▄▄▄█ ████ +████▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█▄▀ ▀▄█ █ ▀ █ █ █ █▄█▄█▄▄▄▄▄▄▄████ +████ ▄ █▄ ▄ ▀▄▀▀▀▀▄▀▄▀▄▄▄▀▀▄▄▄ █ █▄█ █████ +████▄▄ ██▀▄▄▄▀▀█▀ ▄ ▄▄▄ ▄▀ ▀ █ ▄ ▄ ██▄█ ████ +█████▄ ██▄▄▀█▄█▄█▄ ▀█▄▀▄ ▀█▀▄ █▄▄▄ ▄ ▄████ +████▀▀▄ ▄█▀▄▀ ▄█▀█▀▄▄▄▀█▄ ██▄▄▄ ▀█ █ ████ +████ ▄▀▄█▀▄▄█▀▀▄▀▀▀▀█ ▄▀▄▀ ▄█ ▀▄ ▄ ▄▀ █▄████ +████▄ ██ ▀▄▀▀ ▄█▀ ▄ ██ ▀█▄█ ▄█ ▄ ▀▄ ▄▄ ████ +████▄█▀▀▄ ▄▄ █▄█▄█▄ █▄▄▀▄▄▀▀▄▄██▀ ▄▀▄▄ ▀▄████ +████▀▄▀ ▄ ▄▀█ ▄ ▄█▀ █ ▀▄▄ ▄█▀ ▄▄ ▀▄▄ ████ +████ ▀███▄ █▄█▄▀▀▀▀▄ ▄█▄▄▀ ▀███ ▄▄█▄▄ ▄████ +████ ███▀ ▄▄▀▀██▀ ▄▀▄█▄▄▄ ██▄▄▀▄▀ ███▄ ▄████ +████▄████▄▄▄▀▄ █▄█▄▀▄▄▄▄██▀ ▄▀ ▄ ▄▄▄ █▄▄█████ +████ ▄▄▄▄▄ █▄▄▄ ▄█▀█▀▀▀▀█▀█▀ █▄█ █▄█ ▄█ ████ +████ █ █ █ ██▄▀▀▀▀▄▄▄▀ ▄▄▄ ▀ ▄ ▄ ▄▄████ +████ █▄▄▄█ █ ▀▀█▀ ▄▄█ █▄▄██▀▀█▀ █▄▀▄██▄█ ████ +████▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█▄█▄█▄█▄▄▄▄▄█▄▄▄█▄██████▄██▄▄▄████ +█████████████████████████████████████████████ +█████████████████████████████████████████████ +# To add this OTP key to configuration, run the following commands: +set system login user otptester authentication otp key 'J5A64ERPMGJOZXY6FMHHLKXKANNI6TCY' +set system login user otptester authentication otp rate-limit '2' +set system login user otptester authentication otp rate-time '20' +set system login user otptester authentication otp window-size '5' +``` + +#### Display OTP key for user + +To display the configured OTP user key, use the command: + +
+ +sh system login authentication user \ otp +\ + +
+ +An example: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ sh system login authentication user otptester otp full +# You can share it with the user, he just needs to scan the QR in his OTP app +# username: otptester +# OTP KEY: J5A64ERPMGJOZXY6FMHHLKXKANNI6TCY +# OTP URL: otpauth://totp/otptester@vyos?secret=J5A64ERPMGJOZXY6FMHHLKXKANNI6TCY&digits=6&period=30 +█████████████████████████████████████████████ +█████████████████████████████████████████████ +████ ▄▄▄▄▄ █▀█ █▄ ▀▄▀▄█▀▄ ▀█▀ █ ▄▄▄▄▄ ████ +████ █ █ █▀▀▀█ ▄▀ █▄▀ ▀▄ ▄ ▀ ▄█ █ █ ████ +████ █▄▄▄█ █▀ █▀▀██▄▄ █ █ ██ ▀▄▀ █ █▄▄▄█ ████ +████▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█▄▀ ▀▄█ █ ▀ █ █ █ █▄█▄█▄▄▄▄▄▄▄████ +████ ▄ █▄ ▄ ▀▄▀▀▀▀▄▀▄▀▄▄▄▀▀▄▄▄ █ █▄█ █████ +████▄▄ ██▀▄▄▄▀▀█▀ ▄ ▄▄▄ ▄▀ ▀ █ ▄ ▄ ██▄█ ████ +█████▄ ██▄▄▀█▄█▄█▄ ▀█▄▀▄ ▀█▀▄ █▄▄▄ ▄ ▄████ +████▀▀▄ ▄█▀▄▀ ▄█▀█▀▄▄▄▀█▄ ██▄▄▄ ▀█ █ ████ +████ ▄▀▄█▀▄▄█▀▀▄▀▀▀▀█ ▄▀▄▀ ▄█ ▀▄ ▄ ▄▀ █▄████ +████▄ ██ ▀▄▀▀ ▄█▀ ▄ ██ ▀█▄█ ▄█ ▄ ▀▄ ▄▄ ████ +████▄█▀▀▄ ▄▄ █▄█▄█▄ █▄▄▀▄▄▀▀▄▄██▀ ▄▀▄▄ ▀▄████ +████▀▄▀ ▄ ▄▀█ ▄ ▄█▀ █ ▀▄▄ ▄█▀ ▄▄ ▀▄▄ ████ +████ ▀███▄ █▄█▄▀▀▀▀▄ ▄█▄▄▀ ▀███ ▄▄█▄▄ ▄████ +████ ███▀ ▄▄▀▀██▀ ▄▀▄█▄▄▄ ██▄▄▀▄▀ ███▄ ▄████ +████▄████▄▄▄▀▄ █▄█▄▀▄▄▄▄██▀ ▄▀ ▄ ▄▄▄ █▄▄█████ +████ ▄▄▄▄▄ █▄▄▄ ▄█▀█▀▀▀▀█▀█▀ █▄█ █▄█ ▄█ ████ +████ █ █ █ ██▄▀▀▀▀▄▄▄▀ ▄▄▄ ▀ ▄ ▄ ▄▄████ +████ █▄▄▄█ █ ▀▀█▀ ▄▄█ █▄▄██▀▀█▀ █▄▀▄██▄█ ████ +████▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█▄█▄█▄█▄▄▄▄▄█▄▄▄█▄██████▄██▄▄▄████ +█████████████████████████████████████████████ +█████████████████████████████████████████████ +# To add this OTP key to configuration, run the following commands: +set system login user otptester authentication otp key 'J5A64ERPMGJOZXY6FMHHLKXKANNI6TCY' +set system login user otptester authentication otp rate-limit '2' +set system login user otptester authentication otp rate-time '20' +set system login user otptester authentication otp window-size '5' +``` + +Once a user has 2FA/OTP configured against their account, they must login +using their password with the OTP code appended to it. +For example: If the users password is vyosrocks and the OTP code is 817454 +then they would enter their password as vyosrocks817454 + +## RADIUS + +In large deployments it is not reasonable to configure each user individually +on every system. VyOS supports using `RADIUS (Remote Authentication +Dial-In User Service)` servers as backend for user authentication. + +### Configuration + +
+ +set system login radius server \ key \ + +Specify the IP \ of the RADIUS server user with the pre-shared-secret +given in \. + +Multiple servers can be specified. + +
+ +
+ +set system login radius server \ port \ + +Configure the discrete port under which the RADIUS server can be reached. + +This defaults to 1812. + +
+ +
+ +set system login radius server \ disable + +Temporary disable this RADIUS server. It won't be queried. + +
+ +
+ +set system login radius server \ timeout \ + +Setup the \ in seconds when querying the RADIUS server. + +
+ +
+ +set system login radius source-address \ + +RADIUS servers could be hardened by only allowing certain IP addresses to +connect. As of this the source address of each RADIUS query can be +configured. + +If unset, incoming connections to the RADIUS server will use the nearest +interface address pointing towards the server - making it error prone on +e.g. OSPF networks when a link fails and a backup route is taken. + +
+ +
+ +set system login radius vrf \ + +Source all connections to the RADIUS servers from given VRF \. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +If you want to have admin users to authenticate via RADIUS it is +essential to sent the `Cisco-AV-Pair shell:priv-lvl=15` attribute. Without +the attribute you will only get regular, non privilegued, system users. + +
+ +## TACACS+ + +In addition to `RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service)`, +`TACACS (Terminal Access Controller Access Control System)` can also be +found in large deployments. +VyOS only supports Authentication via TACACS+ servers but does not support Authorization or Accounting yet + +TACACS is defined in `8907`. + +### Configuration + +
+ +set system login tacas server \ key \ + +Specify the IP \ of the TACACS server user with the pre-shared-secret +given in \. + +Multiple servers can be specified. + +
+ +
+ +set system login tacas server \ port \ + +Configure the discrete port under which the TACACS server can be reached. + +This defaults to 49. + +
+ +
+ +set system login tacas server \ disable + +Temporary disable this TACACS server. It won't be queried. + +
+ +
+ +set system login tacas server \ timeout \ + +Setup the \ in seconds when querying the TACACS server. + +
+ +
+ +set system login tacas source-address \ + +TACACS servers could be hardened by only allowing certain IP addresses to +connect. As of this the source address of each TACACS query can be +configured. + +If unset, incoming connections to the TACACS server will use the nearest +interface address pointing towards the server - making it error prone on +e.g. OSPF networks when a link fails and a backup route is taken. + +
+ +
+ +set system login tacas vrf \ + +Source all connections to the TACACS servers from given VRF \. + +
+ +## Login Banner + +You are able to set post-login or pre-login banner messages to display certain +information for this system. + +
+ +set system login banner pre-login \ + +Configure \ which is shown during SSH connect and before a user is +logged in. + +
+ +
+ +set system login banner post-login \ + +Configure \ which is shown after user has logged in to the system. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +To create a new line in your login message you need to escape the new +line character by using `\\n`. + +
+ +## Limits + +Login limits + +
+ +set system login max-login-session \ + +Set a limit on the maximum number of concurrent logged-in users on +the system. + +This option must be used with `timeout` option. + +
+ +
+ +set system login timeout \ + +Configure session timeout after which the user will be logged out. + +
+ +## Example + +In the following example, both User1 and User2 will be able to SSH into +VyOS as user `vyos` using their very own keys. User1 is restricted to only +be able to connect from a single IP address. In addition if password base login +is wanted for the `vyos` user a 2FA/MFA keycode is required in addition to +the password. + +``` none +set system login user vyos authentication public-keys 'User1' key "AAAAB3Nz...KwEW" +set system login user vyos authentication public-keys 'User1' type ssh-rsa +set system login user vyos authentication public-keys 'User1' options "from="192.168.0.100"" + +set system login user vyos authentication public-keys 'User2' key "AAAAQ39x...fbV3" +set system login user vyos authentication public-keys 'User2' type ssh-rsa + +set system login user vyos authentication otp key OHZ3OJ7U2N25BK4G7SOFFJTZDTCFUUE2 +set system login user vyos authentication plaintext-password vyos +``` + +### TACACS Example + +We use a vontainer providing the TACACS serve rin this example. + +Load the container image in op-mode. + +``` none +add container image lfkeitel/tacacs_plus:latest +``` + +``` none +set container network tac-test prefix '100.64.0.0/24' + +set container name tacacs1 image 'lfkeitel/tacacs_plus:latest' +set container name tacacs1 network tac-test address '100.64.0.11' + +set container name tacacs2 image 'lfkeitel/tacacs_plus:latest' +set container name tacacs2 network tac-test address '100.64.0.12' + +set system login tacacs server 100.64.0.11 key 'tac_plus_key' +set system login tacacs server 100.64.0.12 key 'tac_plus_key' + +commit +``` + +You can now SSH into your system using admin/admin as a default user supplied +from the `lfkeitel/tacacs_plus:latest` container. diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-name-server.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-name-server.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea544b16 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-name-server.md @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# System DNS + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +If you are configuring a VRF for management purposes, there is +currently no way to force system DNS traffic via a specific VRF. + +
+ +This section describes configuring DNS on the system, namely: + +> - DNS name servers +> - Domain search order + +## DNS name servers + +
+ +set system name-server \ + +Use this command to specify a DNS server for the system to be used +for DNS lookups. More than one DNS server can be added, configuring +one at a time. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. + +
+ +### Example + +In this example, some *OpenNIC* servers are used, two IPv4 addresses +and two IPv6 addresses: + +``` none +set system name-server 176.9.37.132 +set system name-server 195.10.195.195 +set system name-server 2a01:4f8:161:3441::1 +set system name-server 2a00:f826:8:2::195 +``` + +## Domain search order + +In order for the system to use and complete unqualified host names, a +list can be defined which will be used for domain searches. + +
+ +set system domain-search \ + +Use this command to define domains, one at a time, so that the system +uses them to complete unqualified host names. Maximum: 6 entries. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Domain names can include letters, numbers, hyphens and periods +with a maximum length of 253 characters. + +
+ +### Example + +The system is configured to attempt domain completion in the following +order: vyos.io (first), vyos.net (second) and vyos.network (last): + +``` none +set system domain-search vyos.io +set system domain-search vyos.net +set system domain-search vyos.network +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-option.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-option.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ad69d76 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-option.md @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +# Option + +This chapter describe the possibilities of advanced system behavior. + +## General + +
+ +set system option ctrl-alt-delete \ + +Action which will be run once the ctrl-alt-del keystroke is received. + +
+ +
+ +set system option reboot-on-panic + +Automatically reboot system on kernel panic after 60 seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set system option startup-beep + +Play an audible beep to the system speaker when system is ready. + +
+ +
+ +set system option root-partition-auto-resize + +Enables the root partition auto-extension and resizes to the maximum +available space on system boot. + +
+ +### Kernel + +
+ +set system option kernel disable-mitigations + +Disable all optional CPU mitigations. This improves system performance, +but it may also expose users to several CPU vulnerabilities. + +This will add the following option to the Kernel commandline: + +- `mitigations=off` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Setting will only become active with the next reboot! + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set system option kernel disable-power-saving + +This will add the following two options to the Kernel commandline: + +- `intel_idle.max_cstate=0` Disable intel_idle and fall back on acpi_idle +- `processor.max_cstate=1` Limit processor to maximum C-state 1 + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Setting will only become active with the next reboot! + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set system option kernel amd-pstate-driver \ + +Enables and configures p-state driver for modern AMD Ryzen and Epyc CPUs. + +The available modes are: + +- `active` This is the low-level firmware control mode based on the profile + set and the system governor has no effect. +- `passive` The driver allows the system governor to manage CPU frequency + while providing available performance states. +- `guided` The driver allows to set desired performance levels and the firmware + selects a performance level in this range and fitting to the current workload. + +This will add the following two options to the Kernel commandline: + +- `initcall_blacklist=acpi_cpufreq_init` Disable default ACPI CPU frequency scale +- `amd_pstate={mode}` Sets the p-state mode + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Setting will only become active with the next reboot! + +
+ +
+ + + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set system option kernel quiet + +Suppress most kernel messages during boot. This is useful for systems with +embedded serial console interfaces to speed up the boot process. + +
+ +## HTTP client + +
+ +set system option http-client source-address \ + +Several commands utilize cURL to initiate transfers. Configure the local +source IPv4/IPv6 address used for all cURL operations. + +
+ +
+ +set system option http-client source-interface \ + +Several commands utilize curl to initiate transfers. Configure the local +source interface used for all CURL operations. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +source-address and source-interface can not be used at the same +time. + +
+ +## SSH client + +
+ +set system option ssh-client source-address \ + +Use the specified address on the local machine as the source address of the +connection. Only useful on systems with more than one address. + +
+ +
+ +set system option ssh-client source-interface \ + +Use the address of the specified interface on the local machine as the +source address of the connection. + +
+ +## Keyboard Layout + +When starting a VyOS live system (the installation CD) the configured keyboard +layout defaults to US. As this might not suite everyones use case you can adjust +the used keyboard layout on the system console. + +
+ +set system option keyboard-layout \ + +Change system keyboard layout to given language. + +Defaults to `us`. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Changing the keymap only has an effect on the system console, using +SSH or Serial remote access to the device is not affected as the keyboard +layout here corresponds to your access system. + +
+ +
+ +## Performance + +As more and more routers run on Hypervisors, expecially with a `NOS +(Network Operating System)` as VyOS, it makes fewer and fewer sense to use +static resource bindings like `smp-affinity` as present in VyOS 1.2 and +earlier to pin certain interrupt handlers to specific CPUs. + +We now utilize tuned for dynamic resource balancing based on profiles. + +
+ + + +
+ +
+ +set system option performance \< throughput | latency \> + +Configure one of the predefined system performance profiles. + +- `throughput`: A server profile focused on improving network throughput. + This profile favors performance over power savings by setting + `intel_pstate` and `max_perf_pct=100` and increasing kernel network + buffer sizes. + + It enables transparent huge pages, and uses cpupower to set the performance + cpufreq governor. It also sets `kernel.sched_min_granularity_ns` to 10 us, + `kernel.sched_wakeup_granularity_ns` to 15 uss, and `vm.dirty_ratio` to + 40%. + +- `latency`: A server profile focused on lowering network latency. + This profile favors performance over power savings by setting + `intel_pstate` and `min_perf_pct=100`. + + It disables transparent huge pages, and automatic NUMA balancing. It also + uses cpupower to set the performance cpufreq governor, and requests a + cpu_dma_latency value of 1. It also sets busy_read and busy_poll times to + 50 us, and tcp_fastopen to 3. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-proxy.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-proxy.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..911392ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-proxy.md @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# System Proxy + +Some IT environments require the use of a proxy to connect to the Internet. +Without this configuration VyOS updates could not be installed directly by +using the `add system image` command (`update_vyos`). + +
+ +set system proxy url \ + +Set proxy for all connections initiated by VyOS, including HTTP, HTTPS, and +FTP (anonymous ftp). + +
+ +
+ +set system proxy port \ + +Configure proxy port if it does not listen to the default port 80. + +
+ +
+ +set system proxy username \ + +Some proxys require/support the "basic" HTTP authentication scheme as per +`7617`, thus a username can be configured. + +
+ +
+ +set system proxy password \ + +Some proxys require/support the "basic" HTTP authentication scheme as per +`7617`, thus a password can be configured. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-sflow.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-sflow.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b64de63f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-sflow.md @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# sFlow + +VyOS supports sFlow accounting for both IPv4 and IPv6 traffic. The system acts as a flow exporter, and you are free to use it with any compatible collector. + +sFlow is a technology that enables monitoring of network traffic by sending sampled packets to a collector device. + +The sFlow accounting based on hsflowd + +## Configuration + +
+ +set system sflow agent-address \ + +Configure sFlow agent IPv4 or IPv6 address + +
+ +
+ +set system sflow agent-interface \ + +Configure agent IP address associated with this interface. + +
+ +
+ +set system sflow drop-monitor-limit \ + +Dropped packets reported on DROPMON Netlink channel by Linux kernel are exported via the standard sFlow v5 extension for reporting dropped packets + +
+ +
+ +set system sflow interface \ + +Configure and enable collection of flow information for the interface identified by \. + +You can configure multiple interfaces which whould participate in sflow accounting. + +
+ +
+ +set system sflow polling \ + +Configure schedule counter-polling in seconds (default: 30) + +
+ +
+ +set system sflow sampling-rate \ + +Use this command to configure the sampling rate for sFlow accounting (default: 1000) + +
+ +
+ +set system sflow server \ port \ + +Configure address of sFlow collector. sFlow server at \ can be both listening on an IPv4 or IPv6 address. + +
+ +## Example + +``` none +set system sflow agent-address '192.0.2.14' +set system sflow agent-interface 'eth0' +set system sflow drop-monitor-limit '50' +set system sflow interface 'eth0' +set system sflow interface 'eth1' +set system sflow polling '30' +set system sflow sampling-rate '1000' +set system sflow server 192.0.2.1 port '6343' +set system sflow server 203.0.113.23 port '6343' +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-sysctl.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-sysctl.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2786ceea --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-sysctl.md @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +# Sysctl + +This chapeter describes how to configure kernel parameters at runtime. + +`sysctl` is used to modify kernel parameters at runtime. The parameters +available are those listed under /proc/sys/. + +
+ +set system sysctl parameter \ value \ + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-syslog.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-syslog.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc4d5eef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-syslog.md @@ -0,0 +1,606 @@ +# Syslog + +Per default VyOSs has minimal syslog logging enabled which is stored and +rotated locally. Errors will be always logged to a local file, which includes +local7 error messages, emergency messages will be sent to the console, too. + +To configure syslog, you need to switch into configuration mode. + +## Logging + +Syslog supports logging to multiple targets, those targets could be a plain +file on your VyOS installation itself, a serial console or a remote syslog +server which is reached via `IP (Internet Protocol)` UDP/TCP. + +### Console + +
+ +set system syslog console facility \ level \ + +Log syslog messages to `/dev/console`, for an explanation on +`syslog_facilities` keywords and `syslog_severity_level` keywords +see tables below. + +
+ +### Custom File + +
+ +set system syslog file \ facility \ level \ + +Log syslog messages to file specified via \, for an explanation on +`syslog_facilities` keywords and `syslog_severity_level` keywords +see tables below. + +
+ +
+ +set system syslog file \ archive size \ + +Syslog will write \ kilobytes into the file specified by \. +After this limit has been reached, the custom file is "rotated" by logrotate +and a new custom file is created. + +
+ +
+ +set system syslog file \ archive file \ + +Syslog uses logrotate to rotate logiles after a number of gives bytes. +We keep as many as \ rotated file before they are deleted on the +system. + +
+ +### Remote Host + +Logging to a remote host leaves the local logging configuration intact, it +can be configured in parallel to a custom file or console logging. You can log +to multiple hosts at the same time, using either TCP or UDP. The default is +sending the messages via port 514/UDP. + +
+ +set system syslog host \ facility \ level \ + +Log syslog messages to remote host specified by \. The address +can be specified by either FQDN or IP address. For an explanation on +`syslog_facilities` keywords and `syslog_severity_level` +keywords see tables below. + +
+ +
+ +set system syslog host \ facility \ protocol +\ + +Configure protocol used for communication to remote syslog host. This can be +either UDP or TCP. + +
+ +
+ +set system syslog vrf \ + +Specify name of the `VRF (Virtual Routing and Forwarding)` instance. + +
+ +#### `TLS (Transport Layer Security)`-encrypted remote logging + +VyOS supports `TLS (Transport Layer Security)`-encrypted remote logging +over TCP to ensure secure transmission of syslog data to remote syslog servers. + +**Prerequisites**: Before configuring `TLS (Transport Layer +Security)`-encrypted remote logging, ensure you have: + +- A valid remote syslog server address. + +- Valid `CA (Certificate Authority)` and client certificates uploaded + to the local `PKI (Public Key Infrastructure)` storage. + +- The **remote syslog transport protocol** is set to **TCP**: + + ``` none + set system syslog remote
protocol tcp + ``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +`TLS (Transport Layer Security)`-encrypted remote logging is +**not supported** over **UDP**. + +
+ +
+ +set system syslog remote \ tls + +Enable TLS-encrypted remote logging. + +
+ +
+ +set system syslog remote \ tls ca-certificate \ + +**Configure the** `CA (Certificate Authority)` **certificate.** + +The syslog client uses the `CA (Certificate Authority)` certificate to +verify the identity of the remote syslog server. + +The `CA (Certificate Authority)` certificate is required for **all** +authentication modes except `anon`. + +
+ +
+ +set system syslog remote \ tls certificate \ + +**Configure the client certificate.** + +The remote syslog server uses the client certificate to verify the identity +of the syslog client. + +The client certificate is required if the remote syslog server enforces +client certificate verification. + +
+ +
+ +set system syslog remote \ tls auth-mode \ + +**Configure the authentication mode.** + +The authentication mode defines how the syslog client verifies the syslog +server's identity. + +The following authentication modes are available: + +- `anon` **(default)**: Allows encrypted connections without verifying the syslog + server's identity. This mode is **not recommended**, as it is vulnerable to + `MITM (Man-in-the-Middle)` attacks. + +- `fingerprint`: Verifies the server’s certificate fingerprint against the + value preconfigured with: + + ``` none + set system syslog remote
tls permitted-peer + ``` + +- `certvalid`: Verifies the server certificate is signed by a trusted + `CA (Certificate Authority)`, skipping `CN (Common Name)` check. + +- `name`: Verifies that: + + - The server’s certificate is signed by a trusted `CA (Certificate + Authority)`. + - The `CN (Common Name)` in the certificate matches the value + preconfigured with: + + ``` none + set system syslog remote
tls permitted-peer + ``` + + This is a **recommended** secure mode for production environments. + +
+ +
+ +set system syslog remote \ tls permitted-peer \ + +**Configure the peer certificate identifiers.** + +The certificate identifier format depends on the authentication mode: + +- `fingerprint`: Enter the expected certificate fingerprints (SHA-1 or + SHA-256). +- `name`: Enter the expected certificate `CNs (Common Names)`. + +For `anon` and `certvalid` authentication modes, certificate identifiers +are not required. + +
+ +#### Examples: + +``` none +# Example of 'anon' authentication mode +set system syslog host 10.10.2.3 facility all level debug +set system syslog host 10.10.2.3 port 6514 +set system syslog host 10.10.2.3 protocol tcp +set system syslog host 10.10.2.3 tls auth-mode anon +# or just use 'set system syslog host 10.10.2.3 tls' + +# Example of 'certvalid' authentication mode +set system syslog host elk.example.com facility all level debug +set system syslog host elk.example.com port 6514 +set system syslog host elk.example.com protocol tcp +set system syslog host elk.example.com tls ca-certificate my-ca +set system syslog host elk.example.com tls auth-mode certvalid + +# Example of 'fingerprint' authentication mode +set system syslog host syslog.example.com facility all level debug +set system syslog host syslog.example.com port 6514 +set system syslog host syslog.example.com protocol tcp +set system syslog host syslog.example.com tls ca-certificate my-ca +set system syslog host syslog.example.com tls auth-mode fingerprint +set system syslog host syslog.example.com tls permitted-peer 'SHA1:10:C4:26:...' + +# Example of 'name' authentication mode +set system syslog host graylog.example.com facility all level debug +set system syslog host graylog.example.com port 6514 +set system syslog host graylog.example.com protocol tcp +set system syslog host graylog.example.com tls ca-certificate my-ca +set system syslog host graylog.example.com tls certificate syslog-client +set system syslog host graylog.example.com tls auth-mode name +set system syslog host graylog.example.com tls permitted-peer 'graylog.example.com' +``` + +#### Security Notes + +- Always prefer `auth-mode name` for secure deployments, as it ensures + both CA trust and server hostname validation. +- `anon` mode should only be used for testing, because it does not + authenticate the server. +- Ensure private keys are stored and managed exclusively in the + `PKI system `. + +### Local User Account + +
+ +set system syslog user \ facility \ level \ + +If logging to a local user account is configured, all defined log messages +are display on the console if the local user is logged in, if the user is not +logged in, no messages are being displayed. For an explanation on +`syslog_facilities` keywords and `syslog_severity_level` keywords +see tables below. + +
+ +## Facilities + +List of facilities used by syslog. Most facilities names are self explanatory. +Facilities local0 - local7 common usage is f.e. as network logs facilities for +nodes and network equipment. Generally it depends on the situation how to +classify logs and put them to facilities. See facilities more as a tool rather +than a directive to follow. + +Facilities can be adjusted to meet the needs of the user: + + +++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Facility +CodeKeywordDescription
allAll facilities
0kernKernel messages
1userUser-level messages
2mailMail system
3daemonSystem daemons
4authSecurity/authentication messages
5syslogMessages generated internally by syslogd
6lprLine printer subsystem
7newsNetwork news subsystem
8uucpUUCP subsystem
9cronClock daemon
10securitySecurity/authentication messages
11ftpFTP daemon
12ntpNTP subsystem
13logauditLog audit
14logalertLog alert
15clockclock daemon (note 2)
16local0local use 0 (local0)
17local1local use 1 (local1)
18local2local use 2 (local2)
19local3local use 3 (local3)
20local4local use 4 (local4)
21local5local use 5 (local5)
22local6
+

use 6 (local6)

+
23local7local use 7 (local7)
+ +## Severity Level + + ++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ValueSeverityKeywordDescription
allLog everything
0EmergencyemergSystem is unusable - a panic condition
1AlertalertAction must be taken immediately - A +condition that should be corrected +immediately, such as a corrupted system +database.
2CriticalcritCritical conditions - e.g. hard drive +errors.
3ErrorerrError conditions
4WarningwarningWarning conditions
5NoticenoticeNormal but significant conditions - +conditions that are not error conditions, +but that may require special handling.
6InformationalinfoInformational messages
7DebugdebugDebug-level messages - Messages that +contain information normally of use only +when debugging a program.
+ +## Display Logs + +
+ +show log \[all | authorization | cluster | conntrack-sync | ...\] + +Display log files of given category on the console. Use tab completion to get +a list of available categories. Thos categories could be: all, authorization, +cluster, conntrack-sync, dhcp, directory, dns, file, firewall, https, image +lldp, nat, openvpn, snmp, tail, vpn, vrrp + +
+ +If no option is specified, this defaults to all. + +
+ +show log image \ +\[all | authorization | directory | file \ | tail \\] + +Log messages from a specified image can be displayed on the console. Details +of allowed parameters: + + ++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
allDisplay contents of all master log files of the specified image
authorizationDisplay all authorization attempts of the specified image
directoryDisplay list of all user-defined log files of the specified image
file <file name>Display contents of a specified user-defined log file of the specified +image
tailDisplay last lines of the system log of the specified image
<lines>Number of lines to be displayed, default 10
+ +
+ +When no options/parameters are used, the contents of the main syslog file are +displayed. + +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +Use `show log | strip-private` if you want to hide private data +when sharing your logs. + +
+ +## Delete Logs + +
+ +delete log file \ + +
+ +Deletes the specified user-defined file \ in the /var/log/user directory + +Note that deleting the log file does not stop the system from logging events. +If you use this command while the system is logging events, old log events +will be deleted, but events after the delete operation will be recorded in +the new file. To delete the file altogether, first delete logging to the +file using system syslog `custom-file` command, and then delete the file. diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-task-scheduler.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-task-scheduler.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a43b430 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-task-scheduler.md @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# Task Scheduler + +The task scheduler allows you to execute tasks on a given schedule. It makes +use of UNIX [cron](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron). + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +All scripts excecuted this way are executed as root user - this may +be dangerous. Together with `command-scripting` this can be used for +automating (re-)configuration. + +
+ +
+ +set system task-scheduler task \ interval \ + +Specify the time interval when \ should be executed. The interval +is specified as number with one of the following suffixes: + +- `none` - Execution interval in minutes +- `m` - Execution interval in minutes +- `h` - Execution interval in hours +- `d` - Execution interval in days + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If suffix is omitted, minutes are implied. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set system task-scheduler task \ crontab-spec \ + +Set execution time in common [cron](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron) time format. A cron \ of +`30 */6 * * *` would execute the \ at minute 30 past every 6th hour. + +
+ +
+ +set system task-scheduler task \ executable path \ + +Specify absolute \ to script which will be run when \ is +executed. + +
+ +
+ +set system task-scheduler task \ executable arguments \ + +Arguments which will be passed to the executable. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-time-zone.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-time-zone.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20f24b41 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-time-zone.md @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +# Time Zone + +Time Zone setting is very important as e.g all your logfile entries will be +based on the configured zone. Without proper time zone configuration it will +be very difficult to compare logfiles from different systems. + +
+ +set system time-zone \ + +Specify the systems \ as the Region/Location that best defines +your location. For example, specifying US/Pacific sets the time zone to US +Pacific time. + +Command completion can be used to list available time zones. The adjustment +for daylight time will take place automatically based on the time of year. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/system/md-updates.md b/docs/configuration/system/md-updates.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e0460ac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/system/md-updates.md @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# Updates + +VyOS supports online checking for updates + +## Configuration + +
+ +set system update-check auto-check + +Configure auto-checking for new images + +
+ +
+ +set system update-check url \ + +Configure a URL that contains information about images. + +
+ +## Example + +``` none +set system update-check auto-check +set system update-check url 'https://raw.githubusercontent.com/vyos/vyos-rolling-nightly-builds/main/version.json' +``` + +Check: + +``` none +vyos@r4:~$ show system updates +Current version: 1.5-rolling-202312220023 + +Update available: 1.5-rolling-202312250024 +Update URL: https://github.com/vyos/vyos-rolling-nightly-builds/releases/download/1.5-rolling-202312250024/1.5-rolling-202312250024-amd64.iso +vyos@r4:~$ +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/trafficpolicy/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/trafficpolicy/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de67ee11 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/trafficpolicy/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,1738 @@ +# Traffic Policy + +## QoS + +The generic name of Quality of Service or Traffic Control involves +things like shaping traffic, scheduling or dropping packets, which +are the kind of things you may want to play with when you have, for +instance, a bandwidth bottleneck in a link and you want to somehow +prioritize some type of traffic over another. + +[tc](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tc_(Linux)) is a powerful tool for Traffic Control found at the Linux kernel. +However, its configuration is often considered a cumbersome task. +Fortunately, VyOS eases the job through its CLI, while using `tc` as +backend. + +### How to make it work + +In order to have VyOS Traffic Control working you need to follow 2 +steps: + +> 1. **Create a traffic policy**. +> 2. **Apply the traffic policy to an interface ingress or egress**. + +But before learning to configure your policy, we will warn you +about the different units you can use and also show you what *classes* +are and how they work, as some policies may require you to configure +them. + +### Units + +When configuring your traffic policy, you will have to set data rate +values, watch out the units you are managing, it is easy to get confused +with the different prefixes and suffixes you can use. VyOS will always +show you the different units you can use. + +#### Prefixes + +They can be **decimal** prefixes. + +> ``` none +> kbit (10^3) kilobit per second +> mbit (10^6) megabit per second +> gbit (10^9) gigabit per second +> tbit (10^12) terabit per second +> +> kbps (8*10^3) kilobyte per second +> mbps (8*10^6) megabyte per second +> gbps (8*10^9) gigabyte per second +> tbps (8*10^12) terabyte per second +> ``` + +Or **binary** prefixes. + +> ``` none +> kibit (2^10 = 1024) kibibit per second +> mibit (2^20 = 1024^2) mebibit per second +> gibit (2^30 = 1024^3) gibibit per second +> tbit (2^40 = 1024^4) tebibit per second +> +> kibps (1024*8) kibibyte (KiB) per second +> mibps (1024^2*8) mebibyte (MiB) per second +> gibps (1024^3*8) gibibyte (GiB) per second +> tibps (1024^4*8) tebibyte (TiB) per second +> ``` + +#### Suffixes + +A *bit* is written as **bit**, + +> ``` none +> kbit (kilobits per second) +> mbit (megabits per second) +> gbit (gigabits per second) +> tbit (terabits per second) +> ``` + +while a *byte* is written as a single **b**. + +> ``` none +> kbps (kilobytes per second) +> mbps (megabytes per second) +> gbps (gigabytes per second) +> ``` + +### Classes + +In the `creating_a_traffic_policy` section you will see that +some of the policies use *classes*. Those policies let you distribute +traffic into different classes according to different parameters you can +choose. So, a class is just a specific type of traffic you select. + +The ultimate goal of classifying traffic is to give each class a +different treatment. + +#### Matching traffic + +In order to define which traffic goes into which class, you define +filters (that is, the matching criteria). Packets go through these matching +rules (as in the rules of a firewall) and, if a packet matches the filter, it +is assigned to that class. + +In VyOS, a class is identified by a number you can choose when +configuring it. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The meaning of the Class ID is not the same for every type of +policy. Normally policies just need a meaningless number to identify +a class (Class ID), but that does not apply to every policy. +The number of a class in a Priority Queue it does not only +identify it, it also defines its priority. + +
+ +``` none +set qos policy class match +``` + +In the command above, we set the type of policy we are going to +work with and the name we choose for it; a class (so that we can +differentiate some traffic) and an identifiable number for that class; +then we configure a matching rule (or filter) and a name for it. + +A class can have multiple match filters: + +``` none +set qos policy shaper MY-SHAPER class 30 match HTTP +set qos policy shaper MY-SHAPER class 30 match HTTPs +``` + +A match filter can contain multiple criteria and will match traffic if +all those criteria are true. + +For example: + +``` none +set qos policy shaper MY-SHAPER class 30 match HTTP ip protocol tcp +set qos policy shaper MY-SHAPER class 30 match HTTP ip source port 80 +``` + +This will match TCP traffic with source port 80. + +There are many parameters you will be able to use in order to match the +traffic you want for a class: + +> - **Ethernet (protocol, destination address or source address)** +> - **Interface name** +> - **IPv4 (DSCP value, maximum packet length, protocol, source address,** +> **destination address, source port, destination port or TCP flags)** +> - **IPv6 (DSCP value, maximum payload length, protocol, source address,** +> **destination address, source port, destination port or TCP flags)** +> - **Firewall mark** +> - **VLAN ID** + +When configuring your filter, you can use the `Tab` key to see the many +different parameters you can configure. + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set qos policy shaper MY-SHAPER class 30 match MY-FIRST-FILTER +Possible completions: + description Description + > ether Ethernet header match + interface Interface to use + > ip Match IP protocol header + > ipv6 Match IPV6 protocol header + mark Match on mark applied by firewall + vif Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) ID for this match +``` + +As shown in the example above, one of the possibilities to match packets +is based on marks done by the firewall, +[that can give you a great deal of flexibility](https://blog.vyos.io/using-the-policy-route-and-packet-marking-for-custom-qos-matches). + +You can also write a description for a filter: + +``` none +set qos policy shaper MY-SHAPER class 30 match MY-FIRST-FILTER description "My filter description" +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +An IPv4 TCP filter will only match packets with an IPv4 header +length of 20 bytes (which is the majority of IPv4 packets anyway). + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +IPv6 TCP filters will only match IPv6 packets with no header +extension, see + +
+ +#### Traffic Match Group + +In some case where we need to have an organization of our matching selection, +in order to be more flexible and organize with our filter definition. We can +apply traffic match groups, allowing us to create distinct filter groups within +our policy and define various parameters for each group: + +``` none +set qos traffic-match-group match +Possible completions: + description Description + > ip Match IP protocol header + > ipv6 Match IPv6 protocol header + mark Match on mark applied by firewall + vif Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) ID for this match +``` + +inherit matches from another group + +``` none +set qos traffic-match-group match-group +``` + +A match group can contain multiple criteria and inherit them in the same policy. + +For example: + +``` none +set qos traffic-match-group Mission-Critical match AF31 ip dscp 'AF31' +set qos traffic-match-group Mission-Critical match AF32 ip dscp 'AF42' +set qos traffic-match-group Mission-Critical match CS3 ip dscp 'CS3' +set qos traffic-match-group Streaming-Video match AF11 ip dscp 'AF11' +set qos traffic-match-group Streaming-Video match AF41 ip dscp 'AF41' +set qos traffic-match-group Streaming-Video match AF43 ip dscp 'AF43' +set qos policy shaper VyOS-HTB class 10 bandwidth '30%' +set qos policy shaper VyOS-HTB class 10 description 'Multimedia' +set qos policy shaper VyOS-HTB class 10 match CS4 ip dscp 'CS4' +set qos policy shaper VyOS-HTB class 10 match-group 'Streaming-Video' +set qos policy shaper VyOS-HTB class 10 priority '1' +set qos policy shaper VyOS-HTB class 10 queue-type 'fair-queue' +set qos policy shaper VyOS-HTB class 20 description 'MC' +set qos policy shaper VyOS-HTB class 20 match-group 'Mission-Critical' +set qos policy shaper VyOS-HTB class 20 priority '2' +set qos policy shaper VyOS-HTB class 20 queue-type 'fair-queue' +set qos policy shaper VyOS-HTB default bandwidth '20%' +set qos policy shaper VyOS-HTB default queue-type 'fq-codel' +``` + +In this example, we can observe that different DSCP criteria are defined based +on our QoS configuration within the same policy group. + +#### Default + +Often you will also have to configure your *default* traffic in the same +way you do with a class. *Default* can be considered a class as it +behaves like that. It contains any traffic that did not match any +of the defined classes, so it is like an open class, a class without +matching filters. + +#### Class treatment + +Once a class has a filter configured, you will also have to define what +you want to do with the traffic of that class, what specific +Traffic-Control treatment you want to give it. You will have different +possibilities depending on the Traffic Policy you are configuring. + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set qos policy shaper MY-SHAPER class 30 +Possible completions: + bandwidth Available bandwidth for this policy (default: auto) + burst Burst size for this class (default: 15k) + ceiling Bandwidth limit for this class + codel-quantum + Deficit in the fair queuing algorithm (default 1514) + description Description + flows Number of flows into which the incoming packets are classified(default 1024) + interval Interval used to measure the delay (default 100) ++> match Class matching rule name + priority Priority for rule evaluation + queue-limit Maximum queue size + queue-type Queue type for default traffic (default: fq-codel) + set-dscp Change the Differentiated Services (DiffServ) field in the IP header + target Acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay (default: 5) +``` + +For instance, with `set qos policy shaper MY-SHAPER +class 30 set-dscp EF` you would be modifying the DSCP field value of packets in +that class to Expedite Forwarding. + +> DSCP values as per `2474` and `4595`: +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +>
Binary +> valueConfigured +> value
+>

Drop +> rate

+>
Description
101110
+>

46

+>
+>
    +>
  • +>
+>
Expedited forwarding (EF)
000000
+>

0

+>
+>
    +>
  • +>
+>
Best effort traffic, default
001010
+>

10

+>
LowAssured Forwarding(AF) 11
001100
+>

12

+>
MediumAssured Forwarding(AF) 12
001110
+>

14

+>
HighAssured Forwarding(AF) 13
010010
+>

18

+>
LowAssured Forwarding(AF) 21
010100
+>

20

+>
MediumAssured Forwarding(AF) 22
010110
+>

22

+>
HighAssured Forwarding(AF) 23
011010
+>

26

+>
LowAssured Forwarding(AF) 31
011100
+>

28

+>
MediumAssured Forwarding(AF) 32
011110
+>

30

+>
HighAssured Forwarding(AF) 33
100010
+>

34

+>
LowAssured Forwarding(AF) 41
100100
+>

36

+>
MediumAssured Forwarding(AF) 42
100110
+>

38

+>
HighAssured Forwarding(AF) 43
+ +#### Embedding one policy into another one + +Often we need to embed one policy into another one. It is possible to do +so on classful policies, by attaching a new policy into a class. For +instance, you might want to apply different policies to the different +classes of a Round-Robin policy you have configured. + +A common example is the case of some policies which, in order to be +effective, they need to be applied to an interface that is directly +connected where the bottleneck is. If your router is not +directly connected to the bottleneck, but some hop before it, you can +emulate the bottleneck by embedding your non-shaping policy into a +classful shaping one so that it takes effect. + +You can configure a policy into a class through the `queue-type` +setting. + +``` none +set qos policy shaper FQ-SHAPER bandwidth 4gbit +set qos policy shaper FQ-SHAPER default bandwidth 100% +set qos policy shaper FQ-SHAPER default queue-type fq-codel +``` + +As shown in the last command of the example above, the queue-type +setting allows these combinations. You will be able to use it +in many policies. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Some policies already include other embedded policies inside. +That is the case of [Shaper](#shaper): each of its classes use fair-queue +unless you change it. + +
+ +### Creating a traffic policy + +VyOS lets you control traffic in many different ways, here we will cover +every possibility. You can configure as many policies as you want, but +you will only be able to apply one policy per interface and direction +(inbound or outbound). + +Some policies can be combined, you will be able to [embed](#embed) a different +policy that will be applied to a class of the main policy. + +
+ +
+ +Hint + +
+ +**If you are looking for a policy for your outbound traffic** +but you don't know which one you need and you don't want to go +through every possible policy shown here, **our bet is that highly +likely you are looking for a** [Shaper](#shaper) **policy and you want to** +`set its queues ` **as FQ-CoDel**. + +
+ +#### Drop Tail + +**Queueing discipline:** PFIFO (Packet First In First Out).\ +**Applies to:** Outbound traffic. + +This the simplest queue possible you can apply to your traffic. Traffic +must go through a finite queue before it is actually sent. You must +define how many packets that queue can contain. + +When a packet is to be sent, it will have to go through that queue, so +the packet will be placed at the tail of it. When the packet completely +goes through it, it will be dequeued emptying its place in the queue and +being eventually handed to the NIC to be actually sent out. + +Despite the Drop-Tail policy does not slow down packets, if many packets +are to be sent, they could get dropped when trying to get enqueued at +the tail. This can happen if the queue has still not been able to +release enough packets from its head. + +This is the policy that requieres the lowest resources for the same +amount of traffic. But **very likely you do not need it as you cannot +get much from it. Sometimes it is used just to enable logging.** + +
+ +set qos policy drop-tail \ queue-limit +\ + +Use this command to configure a drop-tail policy (PFIFO). Choose a +unique name for this policy and the size of the queue by setting the +number of packets it can contain (maximum 4294967295). + +
+ +#### Fair Queue + +**Queueing discipline:** SFQ (Stochastic Fairness Queuing).\ +**Applies to:** Outbound traffic. + +Fair Queue is a work-conserving scheduler which schedules the +transmission of packets based on flows, that is, it balances traffic +distributing it through different sub-queues in order to ensure +fairness so that each flow is able to send data in turn, preventing any +single one from drowning out the rest. + +
+ +set qos policy fair-queue \ + +Use this command to create a Fair-Queue policy and give it a name. +It is based on the Stochastic Fairness Queueing and can be applied to +outbound traffic. + +
+ +In order to separate traffic, Fair Queue uses a classifier based on +source address, destination address and source port. The algorithm +enqueues packets to hash buckets based on those tree parameters. +Each of these buckets should represent a unique flow. Because multiple +flows may get hashed to the same bucket, the hashing algorithm is +perturbed at configurable intervals so that the unfairness lasts only +for a short while. Perturbation may however cause some inadvertent +packet reordering to occur. An advisable value could be 10 seconds. + +One of the uses of Fair Queue might be the mitigation of Denial of +Service attacks. + +
+ +set qos policy fair-queue \ hash-interval \ + +Use this command to define a Fair-Queue policy, based on the +Stochastic Fairness Queueing, and set the number of seconds at which +a new queue algorithm perturbation will occur (maximum 4294967295). + +
+ +When dequeuing, each hash-bucket with data is queried in a round robin +fashion. You can configure the length of the queue. + +
+ +set qos policy fair-queue \ queue-limit \ + +Use this command to define a Fair-Queue policy, based on the +Stochastic Fairness Queueing, and set the number of maximum packets +allowed to wait in the queue. Any other packet will be dropped. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Fair Queue is a non-shaping (work-conserving) policy, so it +will only be useful if your outgoing interface is really full. If it +is not, VyOS will not own the queue and Fair Queue will have no +effect. If there is bandwidth available on the physical link, you can +[embed](#embed) Fair-Queue into a classful shaping policy to make sure it owns +the queue. + +
+ +#### FQ-CoDel + +**Queueing discipline** Fair/Flow Queue CoDel.\ +**Applies to:** Outbound Traffic. + +The FQ-CoDel policy distributes the traffic into 1024 FIFO queues and +tries to provide good service between all of them. It also tries to keep +the length of all the queues short. + +FQ-CoDel fights bufferbloat and reduces latency without the need of +complex configurations. It has become the new default Queueing +Discipline for the interfaces of some GNU/Linux distributions. + +It uses a stochastic model to classify incoming packets into +different flows and is used to provide a fair share of the bandwidth to +all the flows using the queue. Each flow is managed by the CoDel +queuing discipline. Reordering within a flow is avoided since Codel +internally uses a FIFO queue. + +FQ-CoDel is based on a modified Deficit Round Robin ([DRR](#DRR)) queue +scheduler with the CoDel Active Queue Management (AQM) algorithm +operating on each queue. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +FQ-Codel is a non-shaping (work-conserving) policy, so it +will only be useful if your outgoing interface is really full. If it +is not, VyOS will not own the queue and FQ-Codel will have no +effect. If there is bandwidth available on the physical link, you can +[embed](#embed) FQ-Codel into a classful shaping policy to make sure it owns +the queue. If you are not sure if you need to embed your FQ-CoDel +policy into a Shaper, do it. + +
+ +FQ-CoDel is tuned to run ok with its default parameters at 10Gbit +speeds. It might work ok too at other speeds without configuring +anything, but here we will explain some cases when you might want to +tune its parameters. + +When running it at 1Gbit and lower, you may want to reduce the +queue-limit to 1000 packets or less. In rates like 10Mbit, you may +want to set it to 600 packets. + +If you are using FQ-CoDel embedded into [Shaper](#shaper) and you have large rates +(100Mbit and above), you may consider increasing quantum to 8000 or +higher so that the scheduler saves CPU. + +On low rates (below 40Mbit) you may want to tune quantum down to +something like 300 bytes. + +At very low rates (below 3Mbit), besides tuning quantum (300 keeps +being ok) you may also want to increase target to something like 15ms +and increase interval to something around 150 ms. + +
+ +set qos policy fq-codel \ codel-quantum \ + +Use this command to configure an fq-codel policy, set its name and +the maximum number of bytes (default: 1514) to be dequeued from a +queue at once. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy fq-codel \ flows \ + +Use this command to configure an fq-codel policy, set its name and +the number of sub-queues (default: 1024) into which packets are +classified. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy fq-codel \ interval \ + +Use this command to configure an fq-codel policy, set its name and +the time period used by the control loop of CoDel to detect when a +persistent queue is developing, ensuring that the measured minimum +delay does not become too stale (default: 100ms). + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy fq-codel \ queue-limit +\ + +Use this command to configure an fq-codel policy, set its name, and +define a hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is +reached, new packets are dropped (default: 10240 packets). + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy fq-codel \ target \ + +Use this command to configure an fq-codel policy, set its name, and +define the acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay. This +minimum delay is identified by tracking the local minimum queue delay +that packets experience (default: 5ms). + +
+ +##### Example + +A simple example of an FQ-CoDel policy working inside a Shaper one. + +``` none +set qos policy shaper FQ-CODEL-SHAPER bandwidth 2gbit +set qos policy shaper FQ-CODEL-SHAPER default bandwidth 100% +set qos policy shaper FQ-CODEL-SHAPER default queue-type fq-codel +``` + +#### Limiter + +**Queueing discipline:** Ingress policer.\ +**Applies to:** Inbound traffic. + +Limiter is one of those policies that uses [classes](#classes) (Ingress qdisc is +actually a classless policy but filters do work in it). + +The limiter performs basic ingress policing of traffic flows. Multiple +classes of traffic can be defined and traffic limits can be applied to +each class. Although the policer uses a token bucket mechanism +internally, it does not have the capability to delay a packet as a +shaping mechanism does. Traffic exceeding the defined bandwidth limits +is directly dropped. A maximum allowed burst can be configured too. + +You can configure classes (up to 4090) with different settings and a +default policy which will be applied to any traffic not matching any of +the configured classes. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In the case you want to apply some kind of **shaping** to your +**inbound** traffic, check the [ingress-shaping](#ingress-shaping) section. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy limiter \ class \ match +\ description \ + +Use this command to configure an Ingress Policer, defining its name, +a class identifier (1-4090), a class matching rule name and its +description. + +
+ +Once the matching rules are set for a class, you can start configuring +how you want matching traffic to behave. + +
+ +set qos policy limiter \ class \ bandwidth +\ + +Use this command to configure an Ingress Policer, defining its name, +a class identifier (1-4090) and the maximum allowed bandwidth for +this class. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy limiter \ class \ burst +\ + +Use this command to configure an Ingress Policer, defining its name, +a class identifier (1-4090) and the burst size in bytes for this +class (default: 15). + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy limiter \ default bandwidth \ + +Use this command to configure an Ingress Policer, defining its name +and the maximum allowed bandwidth for its default policy. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy limiter \ default burst \ + +Use this command to configure an Ingress Policer, defining its name +and the burst size in bytes (default: 15) for its default policy. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy limiter \ class \ priority +\ + +Use this command to configure an Ingress Policer, defining its name, +a class identifier (1-4090), and the priority (0-20, default 20) in +which the rule is evaluated (the lower the number, the higher the +priority). + +
+ +#### Network Emulator + +**Queueing discipline:** netem (Network Emulator) + TBF (Token Bucket Filter).\ +**Applies to:** Outbound traffic. + +VyOS Network Emulator policy emulates the conditions you can suffer in a +real network. You will be able to configure things like rate, burst, +delay, packet loss, packet corruption or packet reordering. + +This could be helpful if you want to test how an application behaves +under certain network conditions. + +
+ +set qos policy network-emulator \ bandwidth \ + +Use this command to configure the maximum rate at which traffic will +be shaped in a Network Emulator policy. Define the name of the policy +and the rate. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy network-emulator \ burst \ + +Use this command to configure the burst size of the traffic in a +Network Emulator policy. Define the name of the Network Emulator +policy and its traffic burst size (it will be configured through the +Token Bucket Filter qdisc). Default:15kb. It will only take effect if +you have configured its bandwidth too. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy network-emulator \ delay +\ + +Use this command to configure a Network Emulator policy defining its +name and the fixed amount of time you want to add to all packet going +out of the interface. The latency will be added through the +Token Bucket Filter qdisc. It will only take effect if you have +configured its bandwidth too. You can use secs, ms and us. Default: +50ms. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy network-emulator \ corruption +\ + +Use this command to emulate noise in a Network Emulator policy. Set +the policy name and the percentage of corrupted packets you want. A +random error will be introduced in a random position for the chosen +percent of packets. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy network-emulator \ loss +\ + +Use this command to emulate packet-loss conditions in a Network +Emulator policy. Set the policy name and the percentage of loss +packets your traffic will suffer. + +
+ +
+ +set traffic-policy network-emulator \ reordering +\ + +Use this command to emulate packet-reordering conditions in a Network +Emulator policy. Set the policy name and the percentage of reordered +packets your traffic will suffer. + +
+ +
+ +set traffic-policy network-emulator \ queue-limit +\ + +Use this command to define the length of the queue of your Network +Emulator policy. Set the policy name and the maximum number of +packets (1-4294967295) the queue may hold queued at a time. + +
+ +#### Priority Queue + +**Queueing discipline:** PRIO.\ +**Applies to:** Outbound traffic. + +The Priority Queue is a classful scheduling policy. It does not delay +packets (Priority Queue is not a shaping policy), it simply dequeues +packets according to their priority. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Priority Queue, as other non-shaping policies, is only useful +if your outgoing interface is really full. If it is not, VyOS will +not own the queue and Priority Queue will have no effect. If there is +bandwidth available on the physical link, you can [embed](#embed) Priority +Queue into a classful shaping policy to make sure it owns the queue. +In that case packets can be prioritized based on DSCP. + +
+ +Up to seven queues -defined as [classes](#classes) with different priorities- can +be configured. Packets are placed into queues based on associated match +criteria. Packets are transmitted from the queues in priority order. If +classes with a higher priority are being filled with packets +continuously, packets from lower priority classes will only be +transmitted after traffic volume from higher priority classes decreases. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +In Priority Queue we do not define clases with a meaningless +class ID number but with a class priority number (1-7). The lower the +number, the higher the priority. + +
+ +As with other policies, you can define different type of matching rules +for your classes: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set qos policy priority-queue MY-PRIO class 3 match MY-MATCH-RULE +Possible completions: + description Description + > ether Ethernet header match + interface Interface to use + > ip Match IP protocol header + > ipv6 Match IPV6 protocol header + mark Match on mark applied by firewall + vif Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) ID for this match +``` + +As with other policies, you can [embed](#embed) other policies into the classes +(and default) of your Priority Queue policy through the `queue-type` +setting: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set qos policy priority-queue MY-PRIO class 3 queue-type +Possible completions: + drop-tail First-In-First-Out (FIFO) (default) + fq-codel Fair Queue Codel + fair-queue Stochastic Fair Queue (SFQ) + priority Priority queueing + random-detect + Random Early Detection (RED) +``` + +
+ +set qos policy priority-queue \ class \ +queue-limit \ + +Use this command to configure a Priority Queue policy, set its name, +set a class with a priority from 1 to 7 and define a hard limit on +the real queue size. When this limit is reached, new packets are +dropped. + +
+ +#### Random-Detect + +**Queueing discipline:** Generalized Random Early Drop.\ +**Applies to:** Outbound traffic. + +A simple Random Early Detection (RED) policy would start randomly +dropping packets from a queue before it reaches its queue limit thus +avoiding congestion. That is good for TCP connections as the gradual +dropping of packets acts as a signal for the sender to decrease its +transmission rate. + +In contrast to simple RED, VyOS' Random-Detect uses a Generalized Random +Early Detect policy that provides different virtual queues based on the +IP Precedence value so that some virtual queues can drop more packets +than others. + +This is achieved by using the first three bits of the ToS (Type of +Service) field to categorize data streams and, in accordance with the +defined precedence parameters, a decision is made. + +IP precedence as defined in `791`: + +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +>
Precedence
+>

Priority

+>
+>

7

+>
Network Control
+>

6

+>
Internetwork Control
+>

5

+>
CRITIC/ECP
+>

4

+>
Flash Override
+>

3

+>
Flash
+>

2

+>
Immediate
+>

1

+>
Priority
+>

0

+>
Routine
+ +Random-Detect could be useful for heavy traffic. One use of this +algorithm might be to prevent a backbone overload. But only for TCP +(because dropped packets could be retransmitted), not for UDP. + +
+ +set qos policy random-detect \ bandwidth \ + +Use this command to configure a Random-Detect policy, set its name +and set the available bandwidth for this policy. It is used for +calculating the average queue size after some idle time. It should be +set to the bandwidth of your interface. Random Detect is not a +shaping policy, this command will not shape. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy random-detect \ precedence +\ average-packet \ + +Use this command to configure a Random-Detect policy and set its +name, then state the IP Precedence for the virtual queue you are +configuring and what the size of its average-packet should be +(in bytes, default: 1024). + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +When configuring a Random-Detect policy: **the higher the +precedence number, the higher the priority**. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy random-detect \ precedence +\ mark-probability \ + +Use this command to configure a Random-Detect policy and set its +name, then state the IP Precedence for the virtual queue you are +configuring and what its mark (drop) probability will be. Set the +probability by giving the N value of the fraction 1/N (default: 10). + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy random-detect \ precedence +\ maximum-threshold \ + +Use this command to configure a Random-Detect policy and set its +name, then state the IP Precedence for the virtual queue you are +configuring and what its maximum threshold for random detection will +be (from 0 to 4096 packets, default: 18). At this size, the marking +(drop) probability is maximal. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy random-detect \ precedence +\ minimum-threshold \ + +Use this command to configure a Random-Detect policy and set its +name, then state the IP Precedence for the virtual queue you are +configuring and what its minimum threshold for random detection will +be (from 0 to 4096 packets). If this value is exceeded, packets +start being eligible for being dropped. + +
+ +The default values for the minimum-threshold depend on IP precedence: + +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +> +>
Precedencedefault min-threshold
+>

7

+>
+>

16

+>
+>

6

+>
+>

15

+>
+>

5

+>
+>

14

+>
+>

4

+>
+>

13

+>
+>

3

+>
+>

12

+>
+>

2

+>
+>

11

+>
+>

1

+>
+>

10

+>
+>

0

+>
+>

9

+>
+ +
+ +set qos policy random-detect \ precedence +\ queue-limit \ + +Use this command to configure a Random-Detect policy and set its +name, then name the IP Precedence for the virtual queue you are +configuring and what the maximum size of its queue will be (from 1 to +1-4294967295 packets). Packets are dropped when the current queue +length reaches this value. + +
+ +If the average queue size is lower than the **min-threshold**, an +arriving packet will be placed in the queue. + +In the case the average queue size is between **min-threshold** and +**max-threshold**, then an arriving packet would be either dropped or +placed in the queue, it will depend on the defined **mark-probability**. + +If the current queue size is larger than **queue-limit**, +then packets will be dropped. The average queue size depends on its +former average size and its current one. + +If **max-threshold** is set but **min-threshold is not, then**min-threshold\*\* is scaled to 50% of **max-threshold**. + +In principle, values must be +`min-threshold` \< `max-threshold` \< `queue-limit`. + +#### Rate Control + +**Queueing discipline:** Tocken Bucket Filter.\ +**Applies to:** Outbound traffic. + +Rate-Control is a classless policy that limits the packet flow to a set +rate. It is a pure shaper, it does not schedule traffic. Traffic is +filtered based on the expenditure of tokens. Tokens roughly correspond +to bytes. + +Short bursts can be allowed to exceed the limit. On creation, the +Rate-Control traffic is stocked with tokens which correspond to the +amount of traffic that can be burst in one go. Tokens arrive at a steady +rate, until the bucket is full. + +
+ +set qos policy rate-control \ bandwidth \ + +Use this command to configure a Rate-Control policy, set its name +and the rate limit you want to have. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy rate-control \ burst \ + +Use this command to configure a Rate-Control policy, set its name +and the size of the bucket in bytes which will be available for +burst. + +
+ +As a reference: for 10mbit/s on Intel, you might need at least 10kbyte +buffer if you want to reach your configured rate. + +A very small buffer will soon start dropping packets. + +
+ +set qos policy rate-control \ latency + +Use this command to configure a Rate-Control policy, set its name +and the maximum amount of time a packet can be queued (default: 50 +ms). + +
+ +Rate-Control is a CPU-friendly policy. You might consider using it when +you just simply want to slow traffic down. + +#### Round Robin + +**Queueing discipline:** Deficit Round Robin.\ +**Applies to:** Outbound traffic. + +The round-robin policy is a classful scheduler that divides traffic in +different [classes](#classes) you can configure (up to 4096). You can [embed](#embed) a +new policy into each of those classes (default included). + +Each class is assigned a deficit counter (the number of bytes that a +flow is allowed to transmit when it is its turn) initialized to quantum. +Quantum is a parameter you configure which acts like a credit of fix +bytes the counter receives on each round. Then the Round-Robin policy +starts moving its Round Robin pointer through the queues. If the deficit +counter is greater than the packet's size at the head of the queue, this +packet will be sent and the value of the counter will be decremented by +the packet size. Then, the size of the next packet will be compared to +the counter value again, repeating the process. Once the queue is empty +or the value of the counter is insufficient, the Round-Robin pointer +will move to the next queue. If the queue is empty, the value of the +deficit counter is reset to 0. + +At every round, the deficit counter adds the quantum so that even large +packets will have their opportunity to be dequeued. + +
+ +set qos policy round-robin \ class +\ quantum \ + +Use this command to configure a Round-Robin policy, set its name, set +a class ID, and the quantum for that class. The deficit counter will +add that value each round. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy round-robin \ class +\ queue-limit \ + +Use this command to configure a Round-Robin policy, set its name, set +a class ID, and the queue size in packets. + +
+ +As with other policies, Round-Robin can [embed](#embed) another policy into a +class through the `queue-type` setting. + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set qos policy round-robin DRR class 10 queue-type +Possible completions: + drop-tail First-In-First-Out (FIFO) (default) + fq-codel Fair Queue Codel + fair-queue Stochastic Fair Queue (SFQ) + priority Priority queueing based + random-detect + Random Early Detection (RED) +``` + +#### Shaper + +**Queueing discipline:** Hierarchical Token Bucket.\ +**Applies to:** Outbound traffic. + +The Shaper policy does not guarantee a low delay, but it does guarantee +bandwidth to different traffic classes and also lets you decide how to +allocate more traffic once the guarantees are met. + +Each class can have a guaranteed part of the total bandwidth defined for +the whole policy, so all those shares together should not be higher +than the policy's whole bandwidth. + +If guaranteed traffic for a class is met and there is room for more +traffic, the ceiling parameter can be used to set how much more +bandwidth could be used. If guaranteed traffic is met and there are +several classes willing to use their ceilings, the priority parameter +will establish the order in which that additional traffic will be +allocated. Priority can be any number from 0 to 7. The lower the number, +the higher the priority. + +
+ +set qos policy shaper \ bandwidth \ + +Use this command to configure a Shaper policy, set its name +and the maximum bandwidth for all combined traffic. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy shaper \ class \ bandwidth +\ + +Use this command to configure a Shaper policy, set its name, define +a class and set the guaranteed traffic you want to allocate to that +class. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy shaper \ class \ burst +\ + +Use this command to configure a Shaper policy, set its name, define +a class and set the size of the [tocken bucket](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Token_bucket) in bytes, which will +be available to be sent at ceiling speed (default: 15Kb). + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy shaper \ class \ ceiling +\ + +Use this command to configure a Shaper policy, set its name, define +a class and set the maximum speed possible for this class. The +default ceiling value is the bandwidth value. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy shaper \ class \ priority +\<0-7\> + +Use this command to configure a Shaper policy, set its name, define +a class and set the priority for usage of available bandwidth once +guarantees have been met. The lower the priority number, the higher +the priority. The default priority value is 0, the highest priority. + +
+ +As with other policies, Shaper can [embed](#embed) other policies into its +classes through the `queue-type` setting and then configure their +parameters. + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set qos policy shaper HTB class 10 queue-type +Possible completions: + fq-codel Fair Queue Codel (default) + fair-queue Stochastic Fair Queue (SFQ) + drop-tail First-In-First-Out (FIFO) + priority Priority queueing + random-detect + Random Early Detection (RED) +``` + +``` none +vyos@vyos# set qos policy shaper HTB class 10 +Possible completions: + bandwidth Available bandwidth for this policy (default: auto) + burst Burst size for this class (default: 15k) + ceiling Bandwidth limit for this class + codel-quantum + Deficit in the fair queuing algorithm (default 1514) + description Description + flows Number of flows into which the incoming packets are classified (default 1024) + interval Interval used to measure the delay (default 100) ++> match Class matching rule name + priority Priority for rule evaluation + queue-limit Maximum queue size (packets) + queue-type Queue type for default traffic (default: fq-codel) + set-dscp Change the Differentiated Services (DiffServ) field in the IP header + target Acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay (default: 5) +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you configure a class for **VoIP traffic**, don't give it any +*ceiling*, otherwise new VoIP calls could start when the link is +available and get suddenly dropped when other classes start using +their assigned *bandwidth* share. + +
+ +##### Example + +A simple example of Shaper using priorities. + +``` none +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB bandwidth '50mbit' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 10 bandwidth '20%' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 10 match DSCP ip dscp 'EF' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 10 queue-type 'fq-codel' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 20 bandwidth '10%' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 20 ceiling '50%' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 20 match PORT666 ip destination port '666' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 20 priority '3' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 20 queue-type 'fair-queue' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 30 bandwidth '10%' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 30 ceiling '50%' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 30 match ADDRESS30 ip source address '192.168.30.0/24' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 30 priority '5' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB class 30 queue-type 'fair-queue' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB default bandwidth '10%' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB default ceiling '100%' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB default priority '7' +set qos policy shaper MY-HTB default queue-type 'fair-queue' +``` + +#### CAKE + +**Queueing discipline:** Deficit mode.\ +**Applies to:** Outbound traffic. + +[Common Applications Kept Enhanced](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/codel/wiki/Cake/) (CAKE) is a comprehensive queue management +system, implemented as a queue discipline (qdisc) for the Linux kernel. It is +designed to replace and improve upon the complex hierarchy of simple qdiscs +presently required to effectively tackle the bufferbloat problem at the network +edge. + +
+ +set qos policy cake \ bandwidth \ + +Set the shaper bandwidth, either as an explicit bitrate or a percentage +of the interface bandwidth. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy cake \ description + +Set a description for the shaper. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy cake \ flow-isolation blind + +Disables flow isolation, all traffic passes through a single queue. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy cake \ flow-isolation dst-host + +Flows are defined only by destination address. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy cake \ flow-isolation dual-dst-host + +Flows are defined by the 5-tuple. Fairness is applied first over destination +addresses, then over individual flows. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy cake \ flow-isolation dual-src-host + +Flows are defined by the 5-tuple. Fairness is applied first over source +addresses, then over individual flows. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy cake \ flow-isolation flow + +Flows are defined by the entire 5-tuple (source IP address, source port, +destination IP address, destination port, transport protocol). + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy cake \ flow-isolation host + +Flows are defined by source-destination host pairs. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy cake \ flow-isolation nat + +Perform NAT lookup before applying flow-isolation rules. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy cake \ flow-isolation src-host + +Flows are defined only by source address. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy cake \ flow-isolation triple-isolate + +**(Default)** Flows are defined by the 5-tuple, fairness is applied over source and +destination addresses and also over individual flows. + +
+ +
+ +set qos policy cake \ rtt + +Defines the round-trip time used for active queue management (AQM) in +milliseconds. The default value is 100. + +
+ +### Applying a traffic policy + +Once a traffic-policy is created, you can apply it to an interface: + +``` none +set qos interface eth0 egress WAN-OUT +``` + +You can only apply one policy per interface and direction, but you could +reuse a policy on different interfaces and directions: + +``` none +set qos interface eth0 ingress WAN-IN +set qos interface eth0 egress WAN-OUT +set qos interface eth1 ingress LAN-IN +set qos interface eth1 egress LAN-OUT +set qos interface eth2 ingress LAN-IN +set qos interface eth2 egress LAN-OUT +set qos interface eth3 ingress TWO-WAY-POLICY +set qos interface eth3 egress TWO-WAY-POLICY +set qos interface eth4 ingress TWO-WAY-POLICY +set qos interface eth4 egress TWO-WAY-POLICY +``` + +### The case of ingress shaping + +**Applies to:** Inbound traffic. + +For the ingress traffic of an interface, there is only one policy you +can directly apply, a **Limiter** policy. You cannot apply a shaping +policy directly to the ingress traffic of any interface because shaping +only works for outbound traffic. + +This workaround lets you apply a shaping policy to the ingress traffic +by first redirecting it to an in-between virtual interface +([Intermediate Functional Block](https://www.linuxfoundation.org/collaborate/workgroups/networking/ifb)). There, in that virtual interface, +you will be able to apply any of the policies that work for outbound +traffic, for instance, a shaping one. + +That is how it is possible to do the so-called "ingress shaping". + +``` none +set qos policy shaper MY-INGRESS-SHAPING bandwidth 1000kbit +set qos policy shaper MY-INGRESS-SHAPING default bandwidth 1000kbit +set qos policy shaper MY-INGRESS-SHAPING default queue-type fair-queue + +set qos interface ifb0 egress MY-INGRESS-SHAPING +set interfaces ethernet eth0 redirect ifb0 +``` + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +Do not configure IFB as the first step. First create everything else +of your traffic-policy, and then you can configure IFB. +Otherwise you might get the `RTNETLINK answer: File exists` error, +which can be solved with `sudo ip link delete ifb0`. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8ef0e17 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +# IPsec + +
+ +ipsec_general +site2site_ipsec +troubleshooting_ipsec + +
+ +pages to sort + +
+ +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-ipsec_general.md b/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-ipsec_general.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1fbb5974 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-ipsec_general.md @@ -0,0 +1,399 @@ +# IPsec General Information + +## Information about IPsec + +IPsec is the framework used to secure data. +IPsec accomplishes these goals by providing authentication, +encryption of IP network packets, key exchange, and key management. +VyOS uses strongSwan for its IPsec implementation. + +**Authentication Header (AH)** is defined in `4302`. It creates +a hash using the IP header and data payload, and prepends it to the +packet. This hash is used to validate that the data has not been +changed during transfer over the network. + +**Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP)** is defined in `4303`. +It provides encryption and authentication of the data. + +There are two IPsec modes: +**IPsec Transport Mode**: +In transport mode, an IPSec header (AH or ESP) is inserted +between the IP header and the upper layer protocol header. + +**IPsec Tunnel Mode:** +In tunnel mode, the original IP packet is encapsulated in +another IP datagram, and an IPsec header (AH or ESP) is +inserted between the outer and inner headers. + +
+AH and ESP in Transport Mode and Tunnel Mode +
+ +## IKE (Internet Key Exchange) + +The default IPsec method for secure key negotiation is the Internet Key +Exchange (IKE) protocol. IKE is designed to provide mutual authentication +of systems, as well as to establish a shared secret key to create IPsec +security associations. A security association (SA) includes all relevant +attributes of the connection, including the cryptographic algorithm used, +the IPsec mode, the encryption key, and other parameters related to the +transmission of data over the VPN connection. + +### IKEv1 + +IKEv1 is the older version and is still used today. Nowadays, most +manufacturers recommend using IKEv2 protocol. + +IKEv1 is described in the next RFCs: `2409` (IKE), `3407` +(IPsec DOI), `3947` (NAT-T), `3948` (UDP Encapsulation +of ESP Packets), `3706` (DPD) + +IKEv1 operates in two phases to establish these IKE and IPsec SAs: +- **Phase 1** provides mutual authentication of the IKE peers and + establishment of the session key. This phase creates an IKE SA (a + security association for IKE) using a DH exchange, cookies, and an + ID exchange. Once an IKE SA is established, all IKE communication + between the initiator and responder is protected with encryption + and an integrity check that is authenticated. The purpose of IKE + phase 1 is to facilitate a secure channel between the peers so that + phase 2 negotiations can occur securely. IKE phase 1 offers two modes: + Main and Aggressive. + + > - **Main Mode** is used for site-to-site VPN connections. + > - **Aggressive Mode** is used for remote access VPN connections. + +- **Phase 2** provides for the negotiation and establishment of the + IPsec SAs using ESP or AH to protect IP data traffic. + +### IKEv2 + +IKEv2 is described in `7296`. The biggest difference between IKEv1 and +IKEv2 is that IKEv2 is much simpler and more reliable than IKEv1 because +fewer messages are exchanged during the establishment of the VPN and +additional security capabilities are available. + +### IKE Authentication + +VyOS supports 3 authentication methods. +- **Pre-shared keys**: In this method, both peers of the IPsec + tunnel must have the same preshared keys. +- **Digital certificates**: PKI is used in this method. +- **RSA-keys**: If the RSA-keys method is used in your IKE policy, + you need to make sure each peer has the other peer’s public keys. + +## DPD (Dead Peer Detection) + +This is a mechanism used to detect when a VPN peer is no longer active. +This mechanism has different algorithms in IKEv1 and IKEv2 in VyOS. +DPD Requests are sent as ISAKMP R-U-THERE messages and DPD Responses +are sent as ISAKMP R-U-THERE-ACK messages. In IKEv1, DPD sends messages +every configured interval. The remote peer is considered unreachable +if no response to these packets is received within the DPD timeout. +In IKEv2, DPD sends messages every configured interval. If one request +does not receive a response, strongSwan executes its retransmission algorithm with +its timers. + +## Configuration IKE + +### IKE (Internet Key Exchange) Attributes + +VyOS IKE group has the next options: + +
+ +set vpn ipsec ike-group \ close-action \ + +Defines the action to take if the remote peer unexpectedly +closes a CHILD_SA: + +- **none** - Set action to none (default), + +\* **trap** - Installs a trap policy (IPsec policy without Security +Association) for the CHILD_SA and traffic matching these policies +will trigger acquire events that cause the daemon to establish the +required IKE/IPsec SAs. + +- **start** - Tries to immediately re-create the CHILD_SA. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec ike-group \ ikev2-reauth + +Whether rekeying of an IKE_SA should also reauthenticate +the peer. In IKEv1, reauthentication is always done. +Setting this parameter enables remote host re-authentication +during an IKE rekey. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec ike-group \ key-exchange + +Which protocol should be used to initialize the connection +If not set both protocols are handled and connections will +use IKEv2 when initiating, but accept any protocol version +when responding: + +- **ikev1** - Use IKEv1 for Key Exchange. +- **ikev2** - Use IKEv2 for Key Exchange. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec ike-group \ lifetime + +IKE lifetime in seconds \<0-86400\> (default 28800). + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec ike-group \ mode + +IKEv1 Phase 1 Mode Selection: + +\* **main** - Use Main mode for Key Exchanges in the IKEv1 Protocol +(Recommended Default). + +\* **aggressive** - Use Aggressive mode for Key Exchanges in the IKEv1 +protocol aggressive mode is much more insecure compared to Main mode. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec ike-group \ proposal \ dh-group \ + +Diffie-Hellman algorithm group. Default value is **2**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec ike-group \ proposal \ encryption \ + +Encryption algorithm. Default value is **aes128**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec ike-group \ proposal \ hash \ + +Hash algorithm. Default value is **sha1**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec ike-group \ proposal \ prf \ + +Pseudo-random function. + +
+ +### DPD (Dead Peer Detection) Configuration + +
+ +set vpn ipsec ike-group \ dead-peer-detection action \ + +Action to perform for this CHILD_SA on DPD timeout. + +- **trap** - Installs a trap policy (IPsec policy without Security + Association), which will catch matching traffic and tries to + re-negotiate the tunnel on-demand. +- **clear** - Closes the CHILD_SA and does not take further action + (default). +- **restart** - Immediately tries to re-negotiate the CHILD_SA + under a fresh IKE_SA. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec ike-group \ dead-peer-detection interval \ + +Keep-alive interval in seconds \<2-86400\> (default 30). + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec ike-group \ dead-peer-detection timeout \ + +Keep-alive timeout in seconds \<2-86400\> (default 120) **IKEv1 only** + +
+ +### ESP (Encapsulating Security Payload) Attributes + +In VyOS, ESP attributes are specified through ESP groups. +Multiple proposals can be specified in a single group. + +VyOS ESP group has the next options: + +
+ +set vpn ipsec esp-group \ compression + +Enables the IPComp(IP Payload Compression) protocol which allows +compressing the content of IP packets. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec esp-group \ disable-rekey + +Do not locally initiate a re-key of the SA, remote peer must +re-key before expiration. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec esp-group \ life-bytes \ + +ESP life in bytes \<1024-26843545600000\>. Number of bytes +transmitted over an IPsec SA before it expires. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec esp-group \ life-packets \ + +ESP life in packets \<1000-26843545600000\>. +Number of packets transmitted over an IPsec SA before it expires. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec esp-group \ lifetime \ + +ESP lifetime in seconds \<30-86400\> (default 3600). +How long a particular instance of a connection (a set of +encryption/authentication keys for user packets) should last, +from successful negotiation to expiry. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec esp-group \ mode \ + +The type of the connection: + +- **tunnel** - Tunnel mode (default). +- **transport** - Transport mode. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec esp-group \ pfs \< dh-group\> + +Whether Perfect Forward Secrecy of keys is desired on the +connection's keying channel and defines a Diffie-Hellman group for +PFS: + +- **enable** - Inherit Diffie-Hellman group from IKE group (default). +- **disable** - Disable PFS. +- **\** - Defines a Diffie-Hellman group for PFS. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec esp-group \ proposal \ encryption \ + +Encryption algorithm. Default value is **aes128**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec esp-group \ proposal \ hash \ + +Hash algorithm. Default value is **sha1**. + +
+ +### Global IPsec Settings + +
+ +set vpn ipsec interface \ + +Interface name to restrict outbound IPsec policies. There is a possibility +to specify multiple interfaces. If an interfaces are not specified, IPsec +policies apply to all interfaces. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec log level \ + +Level of logging. Default value is **0**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec log subsystem \ + +Subsystem of the daemon. + +
+ +### Options + +
+ +set vpn ipsec options disable-route-autoinstall + +Do not automatically install routes to remote +networks. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec options flexvpn + +Allows FlexVPN vendor ID payload (IKEv2 only). Send the Cisco +FlexVPN vendor ID payload (IKEv2 only), which is required in order to make +Cisco brand devices allow negotiating a local traffic selector (from +strongSwan's point of view) that is not the assigned virtual IP address if +such an address is requested by strongSwan. Sending the Cisco FlexVPN +vendor ID prevents the peer from narrowing the initiator's local traffic +selector and allows it to e.g. negotiate a TS of 0.0.0.0/0 == 0.0.0.0/0 +instead. This has been tested with a "tunnel mode ipsec ipv4" Cisco +template but should also work for GRE encapsulation. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec options interface \ + +Interface Name to use. The name of the interface on which +virtual IP addresses should be installed. If not specified the addresses +will be installed on the outbound interface. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec options virtual-ip + +Allows the installation of virtual-ip addresses. + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-remoteaccess_ipsec.md b/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-remoteaccess_ipsec.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..356ae23a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-remoteaccess_ipsec.md @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +# IPSec IKEv2 Remote Access VPN + +Internet Key Exchange version 2 (IKEv2) is a tunneling protocol, based on IPsec, +that establishes a secure VPN communication between VPN devices, and defines +negotiation and authentication processes for IPsec security associations (SAs). +It is often known as IKEv2/IPSec or IPSec IKEv2 remote-access — or road-warriors +as others call it. + +Key exchange and payload encryption is done using IKE and ESP proposals as known +from IKEv1 but the connections are faster to establish, more reliable, and also +support roaming from IP to IP (called MOBIKE which makes sure your connection +does not drop when changing networks from e.g. WIFI to LTE and back). +Authentication can be achieved with X.509 certificates. + +## Setting up certificates: + +First of all, we need to create a CA root certificate and server certificate +on the server side. + +``` none +vyos@vpn.vyos.net# run generate pki ca install ca_root +Enter private key type: [rsa, dsa, ec] (Default: rsa) +Enter private key bits: (Default: 2048) +Enter country code: (Default: GB) +Enter state: (Default: Some-State) +Enter locality: (Default: Some-City) +Enter organization name: (Default: VyOS) +Enter common name: (Default: vyos.io) +Enter how many days certificate will be valid: (Default: 1825) +Note: If you plan to use the generated key on this router, do not encrypt the private key. +Do you want to encrypt the private key with a passphrase? [y/N] N +2 value(s) installed. Use "compare" to see the pending changes, and "commit" to apply. +[edit] + + +vyos@vpn.vyos.net# comp +[pki ca] ++ ca_root { ++ certificate "MIIDnTCCAoWgAwI…." ++ private { ++ key "MIIEvAIBADANBgkqhkiG9….” + +vyos@vpn.vyos.net# run generate pki certificate sign ca_root install server_cert +Do you already have a certificate request? [y/N] N +Enter private key type: [rsa, dsa, ec] (Default: rsa) +Enter private key bits: (Default: 2048) +Enter country code: (Default: GB) +Enter state: (Default: Some-State) +Enter locality: (Default: Some-City) +Enter organization name: (Default: VyOS) +Enter common name: (Default: vyos.io) vpn.vyos.net +Do you want to configure Subject Alternative Names? [y/N] N +Enter how many days certificate will be valid: (Default: 365) +Enter certificate type: (client, server) (Default: server) +Note: If you plan to use the generated key on this router, do not encrypt the private key. +Do you want to encrypt the private key with a passphrase? [y/N] N +2 value(s) installed. Use "compare" to see the pending changes, and "commit" to apply. + +vyos@vpn.vyos.net# comp +[pki certificate] ++ server_cert { ++ certificate "MIIDuzCCAqOgAwIBAgIUaSrCPWx………" ++ private { ++ key "MIIEvQIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAASCBK….." ++ } ++ } +``` + +Once the command is completed, it will add the certificate to the configuration +session, to the pki subtree. You can then review the proposed changes and +commit them. + +## Setting up IPSec: + +After the PKI certs are all set up we can start configuring our IPSec/IKE +proposals used for key-exchange end data encryption. The used encryption ciphers +and integrity algorithms vary from operating system to operating system. The +ones used in this example are validated to work on Windows 10. + +``` none +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-RW lifetime '3600' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-RW pfs 'disable' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-RW proposal 10 encryption 'aes128gcm128' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-RW proposal 10 hash 'sha256' + +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-RW key-exchange 'ikev2' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-RW lifetime '7200' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-RW proposal 10 dh-group '14' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-RW proposal 10 encryption 'aes128gcm128' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-RW proposal 10 hash 'sha256' +``` + +Every connection/remote-access pool we configure also needs a pool where we +can draw our client IP addresses from. We provide one IPv4 and IPv6 pool. +Authorized clients will receive an IPv4 address from the configured IPv4 prefix +and an IPv6 address from the IPv6 prefix. We can also send some DNS nameservers +down to our clients used on their connection. + +``` none +set vpn ipsec remote-access pool ra-rw-ipv4 name-server '192.0.2.1' +set vpn ipsec remote-access pool ra-rw-ipv4 prefix '192.0.2.128/25' + +set vpn ipsec remote-access pool ra-rw-ipv6 name-server '2001:db8:1000::1' +set vpn ipsec remote-access pool ra-rw-ipv6 prefix '2001:db8:2000::/64' +``` + +## Setting up tunnel: + +``` none +set vpn ipsec remote-access connection rw authentication local-id '192.0.2.1' +set vpn ipsec remote-access connection rw authentication server-mode 'x509' +set vpn ipsec remote-access connection rw authentication x509 ca-certificate 'ca_root' +set vpn ipsec remote-access connection rw authentication x509 certificate 'server_cert' +set vpn ipsec remote-access connection rw esp-group 'ESP-RW' +set vpn ipsec remote-access connection rw ike-group 'IKE-RW' +set vpn ipsec remote-access connection rw local-address '192.0.2.1' +set vpn ipsec remote-access connection rw pool 'ra-rw-ipv4' +set vpn ipsec remote-access connection rw pool 'ra-rw-ipv6' +``` + +VyOS also supports two different modes of authentication, local and RADIUS. +To create a new local user named "vyos" with a password of "vyos" use the +following commands. + +``` none +set vpn ipsec remote-access connection rw authentication client-mode 'eap-mschapv2' +set vpn ipsec remote-access connection rw authentication local-users username vyos password 'vyos' +``` + +Some client operating systems like to see the servers certificate. The following +option causes the server to voluntarily send its certificate, even if it wasn't +requested. + +``` none +set vpn ipsec remote-access connection rw authentication always-send-cert +``` + +## Client Configuration + +Most operating systems include native client support for IPsec IKEv2 VPN +connections, and others typically have an app or add-on package which adds the +capability. +This section covers IPsec IKEv2 client configuration for Windows 10. + +VyOS provides a command to generate a connection profile used by Windows clients +that will connect to the "rw" connection on our VyOS server. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Windows expects the server name to be also used in the server's +certificate common name, so it's best to use this DNS name for your VPN +connection. + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vpn.vyos.net:~$ generate ipsec profile windows-remote-access rw remote vpn.vyos.net + + +==== ==== +Add-VpnConnection -Name "VyOS IKEv2 VPN" -ServerAddress "vpn.vyos.net" -TunnelType "Ikev2" + +Set-VpnConnectionIPsecConfiguration -ConnectionName "VyOS IKEv2 VPN" -AuthenticationTransformConstants GCMAES128 -CipherTransformConstants +GCMAES128 -EncryptionMethod GCMAES128 -IntegrityCheckMethod SHA256128 -PfsGroup None -DHGroup "Group14" -PassThru -Force +==== ==== +``` + +Add the commands from Snippet in the Windows side via PowerShell. +Also import the root CA cert to the Windows “Trusted Root Certification +Authorities” and establish the connection. + +## Verification: + +``` none +vyos@vpn.vyos.net:~$ show vpn ipsec remote-access summary + Connection ID Username Protocol State Uptime Tunnel IP Remote Host Remote ID IKE Proposal IPSec Proposal +--------------- ---------- ---------- ------- -------- ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------------------------------------ ------------------ + 5 vyos IKEv2 UP 37s 192.0.2.129 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.2 AES_GCM_16-128/PRF_HMAC_SHA2_256/MODP_2048 ESP:AES_GCM_16-128 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-site2site_ipsec.md b/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-site2site_ipsec.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..451ea1be --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-site2site_ipsec.md @@ -0,0 +1,944 @@ +# IPsec Site-to-Site VPN + +## IPsec Site-to-Site VPN Types + +VyOS supports two types of IPsec VPN: Policy-based IPsec VPN and Route-based +IPsec VPN. + +### Policy-based VPN + +Policy-based VPN is based on static configured policies. Each policy creates +individual IPSec SA. Traffic matches these SAs encrypted and directed to the +remote peer. + +### Route-Based VPN + +Route-based VPN is based on secure traffic passing over Virtual Tunnel +Interfaces (VTIs). This type of IPsec VPNs allows using routing protocols. + +## Configuration Site-to-Site VPN + +### Requirements and Prerequisites for Site-to-Site VPN + +**Negotiated parameters that need to match** + +Phase 1 +- IKE version +- Authentication +- Encryption +- Hashing +- PRF +- Lifetime + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Strongswan recommends to use the same lifetime value on both peers + +
+ +Phase 2 +- Encryption +- Hashing +- PFS +- Mode (tunnel or transport) +- Lifetime + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Strongswan recommends to use the same lifetime value on both peers + +
+ +- Remote and Local networks in SA must be compatible on both peers + +### Configuration Steps for Site-to-Site VPN + +The next example shows the configuration one of the router participating in +IPsec VPN. + +Tunnel information: +- Phase 1: + - encryption: AES256 + - hash: SHA256 + - PRF: SHA256 + - DH: 14 + - lifetime: 28800 + +- Phase 2: + - IPsec mode: tunnel + - encryption: AES256 + - hash: SHA256 + - PFS: inherited from DH Phase 1 + - lifetime: 3600 + +- If Policy based VPN is used + - Remote network is 192.168.50.0/24. Local network is 192.168.10.0/24 + +- If Route based VPN is used + - IP of the VTI interface is 10.0.0.1/30 + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +We do not recommend using policy-based vpn and route-based vpn configurations to the same peer. + +
+ +**1. Configure ike-group (IKE Phase 1)** + +``` none +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE close-action 'start' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE key-exchange 'ikev1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE lifetime '28800' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE proposal 10 dh-group '14' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE proposal 10 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE proposal 10 hash 'sha256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE proposal 10 prf 'prfsha256' +``` + +**2. Configure ESP-group (IKE Phase 2)** + +``` none +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP lifetime '3600' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP mode 'tunnel' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP pfs 'enable' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP proposal 10 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP proposal 10 hash 'sha256' +``` + +**3. Specify interface facing to the protected destination.** + +``` none +set vpn ipsec interface eth0 +``` + +**4. Configure PSK keys and authentication ids for this key if authentication type is PSK** + +``` none +set vpn ipsec authentication psk PSK-KEY id '192.168.0.2' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk PSK-KEY id '192.168.5.2' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk PSK-KEY secret 'vyos' +``` + +To set base64 secret encode plaintext password to base64 and set secret-type + +``` none +echo -n "vyos" | base64 +dnlvcw== +``` + +``` none +set vpn ipsec authentication psk PSK-KEY secret 'dnlvcw==' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk PSK-KEY secret-type base64 +``` + +**5. Configure peer and apply IKE-group and esp-group to peer.** + +``` none +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 authentication local-id '192.168.0.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 authentication mode 'pre-shared-secret' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 authentication remote-id '192.168.5.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 connection-type 'initiate' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 default-esp-group 'ESP' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 ike-group 'IKE' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 local-address '192.168.0.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 remote-address '192.168.5.2' + +Peer selects the key from step 4 according to local-id/remote-id pair. +``` + +**6. Depends to vpn type (route-based vpn or policy-based vpn).** + +> **6.1 For Policy-based VPN configure SAs using tunnel command specifying remote and local networks.** +> +> > ``` none +> > set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 tunnel 1 local prefix '192.168.10.0/24' +> > set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 tunnel 1 remote prefix '192.168.50.0/24' +> > ``` +> +> **6.2 For Route-based VPN create VTI interface, set IP address to this interface and bind this interface to the vpn peer.** +> +> > ``` none +> > set interfaces vti vti1 address 10.0.0.1/30 +> > set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 vti bind vti1 +> > set vpn ipsec options disable-route-autoinstall +> > ``` +> > +> > Create routing between local networks via VTI interface using dynamic or +> > static routing. +> > +> > ``` none +> > set protocol static route 192.168.50.0/24 next-hop 10.0.0.2 +> > ``` + +### Initiator and Responder Connection Types + +In Site-to-Site IPsec VPN it is recommended that one peer should be an +initiator and the other - the responder. The initiator actively establishes +the VPN tunnel. The responder passively waits for the remote peer to +establish the VPN tunnel. Depends on selected role it is recommended +select proper values for close-action and DPD action. + +The result of wrong value selection can be unstable work of the VPN. +- Duplicate CHILD SA creation. +- None of the VPN sides initiates the tunnel establishment. + +Below flow-chart could be a quick reference for the close-action +combination depending on how the peer is configured. + +
+ +
+ +Similar combinations are applicable for the dead-peer-detection. + +### Detailed Configuration Commands + +#### PSK Key Authentication + +
+ +set vpn ipsec authentication psk \ dhcp-interface + +ID for authentication generated from DHCP address +dynamically. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec authentication psk id \ + +static ID's for authentication. In general local and remote +address ``, `` or `%any`. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec authentication psk secret \ + +A predefined shared secret used in configured mode +`pre-shared-secret`. Base64-encoded secrets are allowed if +secret-type base64 is configured. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec authentication psk secret-type \ + +Specifies the secret type: + +- **plaintext** - Plain text type (default value). +- **base64** - Base64 type. + +
+ +#### Peer Configuration + +##### Peer Authentication Commands + +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ authentication mode \ + +Mode for authentication between VyOS and remote peer: + +- **pre-shared-secret** - Use predefined shared secret phrase. +- **rsa** - Use simple shared RSA key. +- **x509** - Use certificates infrastructure for authentication. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ authentication local-id \ + +ID for the local VyOS router. If defined, during the authentication +it will be send to remote peer. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ authentication remote-id \ + +ID for remote peer, instead of using peer name or +address. Useful in case if the remote peer is behind NAT +or if `mode x509` is used. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ authentication rsa local-key \ + +Name of PKI key-pair with local private key. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ authentication rsa remote-key \ + +Name of PKI key-pair with remote public key. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ authentication rsa passphrase \ + +Local private key passphrase. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ authentication use-x509-id \ + +Use local ID from x509 certificate. Cannot be used when +`id` is defined. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ authentication x509 ca-certificate \ + +Name of CA certificate in PKI configuration. Using for authenticating +remote peer in x509 mode. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ authentication x509 certificate \ + +Name of certificate in PKI configuration, which will be used +for authenticating local router on remote peer. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec authentication x509 passphrase \ + +Private key passphrase, if needed. + +
+ +##### Global Peer Configuration Commands + +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ connection-type \ + +Operational mode defines how to handle this connection process. + +- **initiate** - does initial connection to remote peer immediately + after configuring and after boot. In this mode the connection will + not be restarted in case of disconnection, therefore should be used + only together with DPD or another session tracking methods. +- **respond** - does not try to initiate a connection to a remote + peer. In this mode, the IPsec session will be established only + after initiation from a remote peer. Could be useful when there + is no direct connectivity to the peer due to firewall or NAT in + the middle of the local and remote side. +- **none** - loads the connection only, which then can be manually + initiated or used as a responder configuration. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ default-esp-group \ + +Name of ESP group to use by default for traffic encryption. +Might be overwritten by individual settings for tunnel or VTI +interface binding. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ description \ + +Description for this peer. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ dhcp-interface \ + +Specify the interface which IP address, received from DHCP for IPSec +connection with this peer, will be used as `local-address`. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ force-udp-encapsulation + +Force encapsulation of ESP into UDP datagrams. Useful in case if +between local and remote side is firewall or NAT, which not +allows passing plain ESP packets between them. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ ike-group \ + +Name of IKE group to use for key exchanges. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ local-address \ + +Local IP address for IPsec connection with this peer. +If defined `any`, then an IP address which configured on interface with +default route will be used. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ remote-address \ + +Remote IP address or hostname for IPsec connection. IPv4 or IPv6 +address is used when a peer has a public static IP address. Hostname +is a DNS name which could be used when a peer has a public IP +address and DNS name, but an IP address could be changed from time +to time. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ replay-window \ + +IPsec replay window to configure for CHILD_SAs +(default: 32), a value of 0 disables IPsec replay protection. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ virtual-address \ + +Defines a virtual IP address which is requested by the initiator and +one or several IPv4 and/or IPv6 addresses are assigned from multiple +pools by the responder. The wildcard addresses 0.0.0.0 and :: +request an arbitrary address, specific addresses may be defined. + +
+ +##### CHILD SAs Configuration Commands + +###### Policy-Based CHILD SAs Configuration Commands + +Every configured tunnel under peer configuration is a new CHILD SA. + +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ tunnel \ disable + +Disable this tunnel. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ tunnel \ esp-group \ + +Specify ESP group for this CHILD SA. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ tunnel \ priority \ + +Priority for policy-based IPsec VPN tunnels (lowest value more +preferable). + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ tunnel \ protocol \ + +Define the protocol for match traffic, which should be encrypted and +send to this peer. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ tunnel \ local prefix \ + +IP network at the local side. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ tunnel \ local port \ + +Local port number. Have effect only when used together with +`prefix`. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ tunnel \ remote prefix \ + +IP network at the remote side. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ tunnel \ remote port \ + +Remote port number. Have effect only when used together with +`prefix`. + +
+ +###### Route-Based CHILD SAs Configuration Commands + +To configure route-based VPN it is enough to create vti interface and +bind it to the peer. Any traffic, which will be send to VTI interface +will be encrypted and send to this peer. Using VTI makes IPsec +configuration much flexible and easier in complex situation, and +allows to dynamically add/delete remote networks, reachable via a +peer, as in this mode router don't need to create additional SA/policy +for each remote network. + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +When using site-to-site IPsec with VTI interfaces, +be sure to disable route autoinstall. + +
+ +``` none +set vpn ipsec options disable-route-autoinstall +``` + +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ vti bind \ + +VTI interface to bind to this peer. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ vti esp-group \ + +ESP group for encrypt traffic, passed this VTI interface. + +
+ +Traffic-selectors parameters for traffic that should pass via vti +interface. + +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ vti traffic-selector local prefix \ + +Local prefix for interesting traffic. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ vti traffic-selector remote prefix \ + +Remote prefix for interesting traffic. + +
+ +### IPsec Op-mode Commands + +
+ +show vpn ike sa + +Shows active IKE SAs information. + +
+ +
+ +show vpn ike secrets + +Shows configured authentication keys. + +
+ +
+ +show vpn ike status + +Shows Strongswan daemon status. + +
+ +
+ +show vpn ipsec connections + +Shows summary status of all configured IKE and IPsec SAs. + +
+ +
+ +show vpn ipsec sa \[detail\] + +Shows active IPsec SAs information. + +
+ +
+ +show vpn ipsec status + +Shows status of IPsec process. + +
+ +
+ +show vpn ipsec policy + +Shows the in-kernel crypto policies. + +
+ +
+ +show vpn ipsec state + +Shows the in-kernel crypto state. + +
+ +
+ +show log ipsec + +Shows IPsec logs. + +
+ +
+ +reset vpn ipsec site-to-site all + +Clear all ipsec connection and reinitiate them if VyOS is configured +as initiator. + +
+ +
+ +reset vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ + +Clear all peer IKE SAs with IPsec SAs and reinitiate them if VyOS is +configured as initiator. + +
+ +
+ +reset vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ tunnel \ + +Clear scpecific IPsec SA and reinitiate it if VyOS is configured as +initiator. + +
+ +
+ +reset vpn ipsec site-to-site peer \ vti \ + +Clear IPsec SA which is map to vti interface of this peer and +reinitiate it if VyOS is configured as initiator. + +
+ +
+ +restart ipsec + +Restart Strongswan daemon. + +
+ +## Examples: + +### Policy-Based VPN Example + +**PEER1:** + +- WAN interface on eth0 +- eth0 interface IP: 10.0.1.2/30 +- dum0 interface IP: 192.168.0.1/24 (for testing purposes) +- Initiator + +**PEER2:** + +- WAN interface on eth0 +- eth0 interface IP: 10.0.2.2/30 +- dum0 interface IP: 192.168.1.0/24 (for testing purposes) +- Responder + +``` none +# PEER1 +set interfaces dummy dum0 address '192.168.0.1/32' +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address '10.0.1.2/30' +set protocols static route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 10.0.1.1 +set vpn ipsec authentication psk AUTH-PSK id '10.0.1.2' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk AUTH-PSK id '10.0.2.2' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk AUTH-PSK secret 'test' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-GRPOUP lifetime '3600' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-GRPOUP proposal 10 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-GRPOUP proposal 10 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP close-action 'start' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP dead-peer-detection action 'restart' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP dead-peer-detection interval '30' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP dead-peer-detection timeout '120' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP key-exchange 'ikev1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP lifetime '28800' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP proposal 10 dh-group '14' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP proposal 10 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP proposal 10 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec interface 'eth0' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 authentication local-id '10.0.1.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 authentication mode 'pre-shared-secret' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 authentication remote-id '10.0.2.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 connection-type 'initiate' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 default-esp-group 'ESP-GRPOUP' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 ike-group 'IKE-GROUP' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 local-address '10.0.1.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 remote-address '10.0.2.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 tunnel 0 local prefix '192.168.0.0/24' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 tunnel 0 remote prefix '192.168.1.0/24' + + +# PEER2 +set interfaces dummy dum0 address '192.168.1.1/32' +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address '10.0.2.2/30' +set protocols static route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 10.0.2.1 +set vpn ipsec authentication psk AUTH-PSK id '10.0.1.2' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk AUTH-PSK id '10.0.2.2' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk AUTH-PSK secret 'test' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-GRPOUP lifetime '3600' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-GRPOUP proposal 10 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-GRPOUP proposal 10 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP close-action 'none' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP dead-peer-detection action 'clear' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP dead-peer-detection interval '30' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP dead-peer-detection timeout '120' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP key-exchange 'ikev1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP lifetime '28800' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP proposal 10 dh-group '14' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP proposal 10 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP proposal 10 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec interface 'eth0' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 authentication local-id '10.0.2.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 authentication mode 'pre-shared-secret' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 authentication remote-id '10.0.1.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 connection-type 'respond' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 default-esp-group 'ESP-GRPOUP' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 ike-group 'IKE-GROUP' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 local-address '10.0.2.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 remote-address '10.0.1.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 tunnel 0 local prefix '192.168.1.0/24' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 tunnel 0 remote prefix '192.168.0.0/24' +``` + +Show status of policy-based IPsec VPN setup: + +``` none +vyos@PEER2:~$ show vpn ike sa +Peer ID / IP Local ID / IP +------------ ------------- +10.0.1.2 10.0.1.2 10.0.2.2 10.0.2.2 + + State IKEVer Encrypt Hash D-H Group NAT-T A-Time L-Time + ----- ------ ------- ---- --------- ----- ------ ------ + up IKEv1 AES_CBC_256 HMAC_SHA1_96 MODP_2048 no 1254 25633 + + +vyos@srv-gw0:~$ show vpn ipsec sa +Connection State Uptime Bytes In/Out Packets In/Out Remote address Remote ID Proposal +-------------- ------- -------- -------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------- ---------------------------------- +PEER1-tunnel-0 up 20m42s 0B/0B 0/0 10.0.1.2 10.0.1.2 AES_CBC_256/HMAC_SHA1_96/MODP_2048 + +vyos@PEER2:~$ show vpn ipsec connections +Connection State Type Remote address Local TS Remote TS Local id Remote id Proposal +-------------- ------- ------ ---------------- -------------- -------------- ---------- ----------- ---------------------------------- +PEER1 up IKEv1 10.0.1.2 - - 10.0.2.2 10.0.1.2 AES_CBC/256/HMAC_SHA1_96/MODP_2048 +PEER1-tunnel-0 up IPsec 10.0.1.2 192.168.1.0/24 192.168.0.0/24 10.0.2.2 10.0.1.2 AES_CBC/256/HMAC_SHA1_96/MODP_2048 +``` + +If there is SNAT rules on eth0, need to add exclude rule + +``` none +# PEER1 side +set nat source rule 10 destination address '192.168.1.0/24' +set nat source rule 10 'exclude' +set nat source rule 10 outbound-interface name 'eth0' +set nat source rule 10 source address '192.168.0.0/24' + +# PEER2 side +set nat source rule 10 destination address '192.168.0.0/24' +set nat source rule 10 'exclude' +set nat source rule 10 outbound-interface name 'eth0' +set nat source rule 10 source address '192.168.1.0/24' +``` + +### Route-Based VPN Example + +**PEER1:** + +- WAN interface on eth0 +- eth0 interface IP: 10.0.1.2/30 +- 'vti0' interface IP: 10.100.100.1/30 +- dum0 interface IP: 192.168.0.1/24 (for testing purposes) +- Role: Initiator + +**PEER2:** + +- WAN interface on eth0 +- eth0 interface IP: 10.0.2.2/30 +- 'vti0' interface IP: 10.100.100.2/30 +- dum0 interface IP: 192.168.1.0/24 (for testing purposes) +- Role: Responder + +``` none +# PEER1 +set interfaces dummy dum0 address '192.168.0.1/32' +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address '10.0.1.2/30' +set interfaces vti vti0 address '10.100.100.1/30' +set protocols static route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 10.0.1.1 +set protocols static route 192.168.1.0/24 next-hop 10.100.100.2 +set vpn ipsec authentication psk AUTH-PSK id '10.0.1.2' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk AUTH-PSK id '10.0.2.2' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk AUTH-PSK secret 'test' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-GRPOUP lifetime '3600' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-GRPOUP proposal 10 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-GRPOUP proposal 10 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP close-action 'start' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP dead-peer-detection action 'restart' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP dead-peer-detection interval '30' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP key-exchange 'ikev2' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP lifetime '28800' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP proposal 10 dh-group '14' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP proposal 10 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP proposal 10 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec interface 'eth0' +set vpn ipsec options disable-route-autoinstall +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 authentication local-id '10.0.1.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 authentication mode 'pre-shared-secret' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 authentication remote-id '10.0.2.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 connection-type 'initiate' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 default-esp-group 'ESP-GRPOUP' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 ike-group 'IKE-GROUP' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 local-address '10.0.1.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 remote-address '10.0.2.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER2 vti bind 'vti0' + + +# PEER2 +set interfaces dummy dum0 address '192.168.1.1/32' +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address '10.0.2.2/30' +set interfaces vti vti0 address '10.100.100.2/30' +set protocols static route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 10.0.2.1 +set protocols static route 192.168.0.0/24 next-hop 10.100.100.1 +set vpn ipsec authentication psk AUTH-PSK id '10.0.1.2' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk AUTH-PSK id '10.0.2.2' +set vpn ipsec authentication psk AUTH-PSK secret 'test' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-GRPOUP lifetime '3600' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-GRPOUP proposal 10 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-GRPOUP proposal 10 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP close-action 'none' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP dead-peer-detection action 'clear' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP dead-peer-detection interval '30' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP key-exchange 'ikev2' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP lifetime '28800' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP proposal 10 dh-group '14' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP proposal 10 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-GROUP proposal 10 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec interface 'eth0' +set vpn ipsec options disable-route-autoinstall +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 authentication local-id '10.0.2.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 authentication mode 'pre-shared-secret' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 authentication remote-id '10.0.1.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 connection-type 'respond' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 default-esp-group 'ESP-GRPOUP' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 ike-group 'IKE-GROUP' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 local-address '10.0.2.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 remote-address '10.0.1.2' +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer PEER1 vti bind 'vti0' +``` + +Show status of route-based IPsec VPN setup: + +``` none +vyos@PEER2:~$ show vpn ike sa +Peer ID / IP Local ID / IP +------------ ------------- +10.0.1.2 10.0.1.2 10.0.2.2 10.0.2.2 + + State IKEVer Encrypt Hash D-H Group NAT-T A-Time L-Time + ----- ------ ------- ---- --------- ----- ------ ------ + up IKEv2 AES_CBC_256 HMAC_SHA1_96 MODP_2048 no 404 27650 + +vyos@PEER2:~$ show vpn ipsec sa +Connection State Uptime Bytes In/Out Packets In/Out Remote address Remote ID Proposal +------------ ------- -------- -------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------- ---------------------------------- +PEER1-vti up 3m28s 0B/0B 0/0 10.0.1.2 10.0.1.2 AES_CBC_256/HMAC_SHA1_96/MODP_2048 + +vyos@PEER2:~$ show vpn ipsec connections +Connection State Type Remote address Local TS Remote TS Local id Remote id Proposal +------------ ------- ------ ---------------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------------------------------- +PEER1 up IKEv2 10.0.1.2 - - 10.0.2.2 10.0.1.2 AES_CBC/256/HMAC_SHA1_96/MODP_2048 +PEER1-vti up IPsec 10.0.1.2 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 10.0.2.2 10.0.1.2 AES_CBC/256/HMAC_SHA1_96/MODP_2048 + ::/0 ::/0 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-troubleshooting_ipsec.md b/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-troubleshooting_ipsec.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14161e7f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vpn/ipsec/md-troubleshooting_ipsec.md @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +# Troubleshooting Site-to-Site VPN IPsec + +## Introduction + +This document describes the methodology to monitor and troubleshoot +Site-to-Site VPN IPsec. + +Steps for troubleshooting problems with Site-to-Site VPN IPsec: +1. Ping the remote site through the tunnel using the source and + destination IPs included in the policy. +2. Check connectivity between the routers using the ping command + (if ICMP traffic is allowed). +3. Check the IKE SAs' statuses. +4. Check the IPsec SAs' statuses. +5. Check logs to view debug messages. + +## Checking IKE SA Status + +The next command shows IKE SAs' statuses. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show vpn ike sa + +Peer ID / IP Local ID / IP +------------ ------------- +192.168.1.2 192.168.1.2 192.168.0.1 192.168.0.1 + + State IKEVer Encrypt Hash D-H Group NAT-T A-Time L-Time + ----- ------ ------- ---- --------- ----- ------ ------ + up IKEv2 AES_CBC_128 HMAC_SHA1_96 MODP_2048 no 162 27023 +``` + +This command shows the next information: +- IKE SA status. +- Selected IKE version. +- Selected Encryption, Hash and Diffie-Hellman Group. +- NAT-T. +- ID and IP of both peers. +- A-Time: established time, L-Time: time for next rekeying. + +## IPsec SA (CHILD SA) Status + +The next commands show IPsec SAs' statuses. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show vpn ipsec sa +Connection State Uptime Bytes In/Out Packets In/Out Remote address Remote ID Proposal +------------- ------- -------- -------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------- ---------------------------------- +PEER-tunnel-1 up 16m30s 168B/168B 2/2 192.168.1.2 192.168.1.2 AES_CBC_128/HMAC_SHA1_96/MODP_2048 +``` + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show vpn ipsec sa detail +PEER: #1, ESTABLISHED, IKEv2, 101275ac719d5a1b_i* 68ea4ec3bed3bf0c_r + local '192.168.0.1' @ 192.168.0.1[4500] + remote '192.168.1.2' @ 192.168.1.2[4500] + AES_CBC-128/HMAC_SHA1_96/PRF_HMAC_SHA1/MODP_2048 + established 4054s ago, rekeying in 23131s + PEER-tunnel-1: #2, reqid 1, INSTALLED, TUNNEL, ESP:AES_CBC-128/HMAC_SHA1_96/MODP_2048 + installed 1065s ago, rekeying in 1998s, expires in 2535s + in c5821882, 168 bytes, 2 packets, 81s ago + out c433406a, 168 bytes, 2 packets, 81s ago + local 10.0.0.0/24 + remote 10.0.1.0/24 +``` + +These commands show the next information: +- IPsec SA status. +- Uptime and time for the next rekeing. +- Amount of transferred data. +- Remote and local ID and IP. +- Selected Encryption, Hash and Diffie-Hellman Group. +- Mode (tunnel or transport). +- Remote and local prefixes which are use for policy. + +There is a possibility to view the summarized information of SAs' status + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show vpn ipsec connections +Connection State Type Remote address Local TS Remote TS Local id Remote id Proposal +------------- ------- ------ ---------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------------------------------- +PEER up IKEv2 192.168.1.2 - - 192.168.0.1 192.168.1.2 AES_CBC/128/HMAC_SHA1_96/MODP_2048 +PEER-tunnel-1 up IPsec 192.168.1.2 10.0.0.0/24 10.0.1.0/24 192.168.0.1 192.168.1.2 AES_CBC/128/HMAC_SHA1_96/MODP_2048 +``` + +## Viewing Logs for Debugging + +If IKE SAs or IPsec SAs are down, need to debug IPsec connectivity +using logs `show log ipsec` + +The next example of the successful IPsec connection initialization. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show log ipsec +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 02[NET] received packet: from 192.168.1.2[500] to 192.168.0.1[500] (472 bytes) +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 02[ENC] parsed IKE_SA_INIT response 0 [ SA KE No N(NATD_S_IP) N(NATD_D_IP) N(FRAG_SUP) N(HASH_ALG) N(CHDLESS_SUP) N(MULT_AUTH) ] +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: received packet: from 192.168.1.2[500] to 192.168.0.1[500] (472 bytes) +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 02[CFG] selected proposal: IKE:AES_CBC_128/HMAC_SHA1_96/PRF_HMAC_SHA1/MODP_2048 +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: parsed IKE_SA_INIT response 0 [ SA KE No N(NATD_S_IP) N(NATD_D_IP) N(FRAG_SUP) N(HASH_ALG) N(CHDLESS_SUP) N(MULT_AUTH) ] +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: selected proposal: IKE:AES_CBC_128/HMAC_SHA1_96/PRF_HMAC_SHA1/MODP_2048 +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 02[IKE] authentication of '192.168.0.1' (myself) with pre-shared key +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: authentication of '192.168.0.1' (myself) with pre-shared key +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 02[IKE] establishing CHILD_SA PEER-tunnel-1{1} +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: establishing CHILD_SA PEER-tunnel-1{1} +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 02[ENC] generating IKE_AUTH request 1 [ IDi N(INIT_CONTACT) IDr AUTH SA TSi TSr N(MOBIKE_SUP) N(NO_ADD_ADDR) N(MULT_AUTH) N(EAP_ONLY) N(MSG_ID_SYN_SUP) ] +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: generating IKE_AUTH request 1 [ IDi N(INIT_CONTACT) IDr AUTH SA TSi TSr N(MOBIKE_SUP) N(NO_ADD_ADDR) N(MULT_AUTH) N(EAP_ONLY) N(MSG_ID_SYN_SUP) ] +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 02[NET] sending packet: from 192.168.0.1[4500] to 192.168.1.2[4500] (268 bytes) +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: sending packet: from 192.168.0.1[4500] to 192.168.1.2[4500] (268 bytes) +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 13[NET] received packet: from 192.168.1.2[4500] to 192.168.0.1[4500] (220 bytes) +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 13[ENC] parsed IKE_AUTH response 1 [ IDr AUTH SA TSi TSr N(MOBIKE_SUP) N(NO_ADD_ADDR) ] +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: received packet: from 192.168.1.2[4500] to 192.168.0.1[4500] (220 bytes) +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 13[IKE] authentication of '192.168.1.2' with pre-shared key successful +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: parsed IKE_AUTH response 1 [ IDr AUTH SA TSi TSr N(MOBIKE_SUP) N(NO_ADD_ADDR) ] +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 13[IKE] peer supports MOBIKE +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: authentication of '192.168.1.2' with pre-shared key successful +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 13[IKE] IKE_SA PEER[1] established between 192.168.0.1[192.168.0.1]...192.168.1.2[192.168.1.2] +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: peer supports MOBIKE +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 13[IKE] scheduling rekeying in 27703s +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: IKE_SA PEER[1] established between 192.168.0.1[192.168.0.1]...192.168.1.2[192.168.1.2] +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 13[IKE] maximum IKE_SA lifetime 30583s +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: scheduling rekeying in 27703s +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 13[CFG] selected proposal: ESP:AES_CBC_128/HMAC_SHA1_96/NO_EXT_SEQ +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: maximum IKE_SA lifetime 30583s +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: selected proposal: ESP:AES_CBC_128/HMAC_SHA1_96/NO_EXT_SEQ +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon[2428]: 13[IKE] CHILD_SA PEER-tunnel-1{1} established with SPIs cb94fb3f_i ca99c8a9_o and TS 10.0.0.0/24 === 10.0.1.0/24 +Jun 20 14:29:47 charon-systemd[2428]: CHILD_SA PEER-tunnel-1{1} established with SPIs cb94fb3f_i ca99c8a9_o and TS 10.0.0.0/24 === 10.0.1.0/24 +``` + +## Troubleshooting Examples + +### IKE PROPOSAL are Different + +In this situation, IKE SAs can be down or not active. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show vpn ike sa +``` + +The problem is in IKE phase (Phase 1). The next step is checking debug logs. + +Responder Side: + +``` none +Jun 23 07:36:33 charon[2440]: 01[CFG] <1> received proposals: IKE:AES_CBC_256/HMAC_SHA1_96/PRF_HMAC_SHA1/MODP_2048 +Jun 23 07:36:33 charon-systemd[2440]: received proposals: IKE:AES_CBC_256/HMAC_SHA1_96/PRF_HMAC_SHA1/MODP_2048 +Jun 23 07:36:33 charon[2440]: 01[CFG] <1> configured proposals: IKE:AES_CBC_128/HMAC_SHA1_96/PRF_HMAC_SHA1/MODP_2048 +Jun 23 07:36:33 charon-systemd[2440]: configured proposals: IKE:AES_CBC_128/HMAC_SHA1_96/PRF_HMAC_SHA1/MODP_2048 +Jun 23 07:36:33 charon[2440]: 01[IKE] <1> received proposals unacceptable +Jun 23 07:36:33 charon-systemd[2440]: received proposals unacceptable +Jun 23 07:36:33 charon[2440]: 01[ENC] <1> generating IKE_SA_INIT response 0 [ N(NO_PROP) ] +``` + +Initiator side: + +``` none +Jun 23 07:36:32 charon-systemd[2444]: parsed IKE_SA_INIT response 0 [ N(NO_PROP) ] +Jun 23 07:36:32 charon[2444]: 14[IKE] received NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN notify error +Jun 23 07:36:32 charon-systemd[2444]: received NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN notify error +``` + +The notification **NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN** means that the proposal mismatch. +On the Responder side there is concrete information where is mismatch. +Encryption **AES_CBC_128** is configured in IKE policy on the responder +but **AES_CBC_256** is configured on the initiator side. + +### PSK Secret Mismatch + +In this situation, IKE SAs can be down or not active. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show vpn ike sa +``` + +The problem is in IKE phase (Phase 1). The next step is checking debug logs. + +Responder: + +``` none +Jun 23 08:07:26 charon-systemd[2440]: tried 1 shared key for '192.168.1.2' - '192.168.0.1', but MAC mismatched +Jun 23 08:07:26 charon[2440]: 13[ENC] generating IKE_AUTH response 1 [ N(AUTH_FAILED) ] +``` + +Initiator side: + +``` none +Jun 23 08:07:24 charon[2436]: 12[ENC] parsed IKE_AUTH response 1 [ N(AUTH_FAILED) ] +Jun 23 08:07:24 charon-systemd[2436]: parsed IKE_AUTH response 1 [ N(AUTH_FAILED) ] +Jun 23 08:07:24 charon[2436]: 12[IKE] received AUTHENTICATION_FAILED notify error +Jun 23 08:07:24 charon-systemd[2436]: received AUTHENTICATION_FAILED notify error +``` + +The notification **AUTHENTICATION_FAILED** means that the authentication +is failed. There is a reason to check PSK on both side. + +### ESP Proposal Mismatch + +The output of **show** commands shows us that IKE SA is established but +IPSec SA is not. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show vpn ike sa +Peer ID / IP Local ID / IP +------------ ------------- +192.168.1.2 192.168.1.2 192.168.0.1 192.168.0.1 + + State IKEVer Encrypt Hash D-H Group NAT-T A-Time L-Time + ----- ------ ------- ---- --------- ----- ------ ------ + up IKEv2 AES_CBC_128 HMAC_SHA1_96 MODP_2048 no 158 26817 +``` + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show vpn ipsec sa +Connection State Uptime Bytes In/Out Packets In/Out Remote address Remote ID Proposal +------------ ------- -------- -------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------- ---------- +``` + +The next step is checking debug logs. + +Initiator side: + +``` none +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 13[NET] received packet: from 192.168.1.2[500] to 192.168.0.1[500] (472 bytes) +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 13[ENC] parsed IKE_SA_INIT response 0 [ SA KE No N(NATD_S_IP) N(NATD_D_IP) N(FRAG_SUP) N(HASH_ALG) N(CHDLESS_SUP) N(MULT_AUTH) ] +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: received packet: from 192.168.1.2[500] to 192.168.0.1[500] (472 bytes) +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 13[CFG] selected proposal: IKE:AES_CBC_128/HMAC_SHA1_96/PRF_HMAC_SHA1/MODP_2048 +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: parsed IKE_SA_INIT response 0 [ SA KE No N(NATD_S_IP) N(NATD_D_IP) N(FRAG_SUP) N(HASH_ALG) N(CHDLESS_SUP) N(MULT_AUTH) ] +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: selected proposal: IKE:AES_CBC_128/HMAC_SHA1_96/PRF_HMAC_SHA1/MODP_2048 +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 13[IKE] authentication of '192.168.0.1' (myself) with pre-shared key +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: authentication of '192.168.0.1' (myself) with pre-shared key +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 13[IKE] establishing CHILD_SA PEER-tunnel-1{1} +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: establishing CHILD_SA PEER-tunnel-1{1} +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 13[ENC] generating IKE_AUTH request 1 [ IDi N(INIT_CONTACT) IDr AUTH SA TSi TSr N(MOBIKE_SUP) N(NO_ADD_ADDR) N(MULT_AUTH) N(EAP_ONLY) N(MSG_ID_SYN_SUP) ] +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: generating IKE_AUTH request 1 [ IDi N(INIT_CONTACT) IDr AUTH SA TSi TSr N(MOBIKE_SUP) N(NO_ADD_ADDR) N(MULT_AUTH) N(EAP_ONLY) N(MSG_ID_SYN_SUP) ] +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 13[NET] sending packet: from 192.168.0.1[4500] to 192.168.1.2[4500] (268 bytes) +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: sending packet: from 192.168.0.1[4500] to 192.168.1.2[4500] (268 bytes) +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 09[NET] received packet: from 192.168.1.2[4500] to 192.168.0.1[4500] (140 bytes) +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: received packet: from 192.168.1.2[4500] to 192.168.0.1[4500] (140 bytes) +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 09[ENC] parsed IKE_AUTH response 1 [ IDr AUTH N(MOBIKE_SUP) N(NO_ADD_ADDR) N(NO_PROP) ] +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: parsed IKE_AUTH response 1 [ IDr AUTH N(MOBIKE_SUP) N(NO_ADD_ADDR) N(NO_PROP) ] +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 09[IKE] authentication of '192.168.1.2' with pre-shared key successful +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: authentication of '192.168.1.2' with pre-shared key successful +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 09[IKE] peer supports MOBIKE +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: peer supports MOBIKE +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 09[IKE] IKE_SA PEER[1] established between 192.168.0.1[192.168.0.1]...192.168.1.2[192.168.1.2] +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: IKE_SA PEER[1] established between 192.168.0.1[192.168.0.1]...192.168.1.2[192.168.1.2] +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 09[IKE] scheduling rekeying in 26975s +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: scheduling rekeying in 26975s +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 09[IKE] maximum IKE_SA lifetime 29855s +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: maximum IKE_SA lifetime 29855s +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 09[IKE] received NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN notify, no CHILD_SA built +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: received NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN notify, no CHILD_SA built +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon[3789]: 09[IKE] failed to establish CHILD_SA, keeping IKE_SA +Jun 23 08:16:10 charon-systemd[3789]: failed to establish CHILD_SA, keeping IKE_SA +``` + +There are messages: **NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN** and +**failed to establish CHILD_SA** which refers that the problem is in +the IPsec(ESP) proposal mismatch. + +The reason of this problem is showed on the responder side. + +``` none +Jun 23 08:16:12 charon[2440]: 01[CFG] received proposals: ESP:AES_CBC_256/HMAC_SHA1_96/NO_EXT_SEQ +Jun 23 08:16:12 charon-systemd[2440]: received proposals: ESP:AES_CBC_256/HMAC_SHA1_96/NO_EXT_SEQ +Jun 23 08:16:12 charon[2440]: 01[CFG] configured proposals: ESP:AES_CBC_128/HMAC_SHA1_96/MODP_2048/NO_EXT_SEQ +Jun 23 08:16:12 charon-systemd[2440]: configured proposals: ESP:AES_CBC_128/HMAC_SHA1_96/MODP_2048/NO_EXT_SEQ +Jun 23 08:16:12 charon[2440]: 01[IKE] no acceptable proposal found +Jun 23 08:16:12 charon-systemd[2440]: no acceptable proposal found +Jun 23 08:16:12 charon[2440]: 01[IKE] failed to establish CHILD_SA, keeping IKE_SA +``` + +Encryption **AES_CBC_128** is configured in IKE policy on the responder but **AES_CBC_256** +is configured on the initiator side. + +### Prefixes in Policies Mismatch + +As in previous situation, IKE SA is in up state but IPsec SA is not up. +According to logs we can see **TS_UNACCEPTABLE** notification. It means +that prefixes (traffic selectors) mismatch on both sides + +Initiator: + +``` none +Jun 23 14:13:17 charon[4996]: 11[IKE] received TS_UNACCEPTABLE notify, no CHILD_SA built +Jun 23 14:13:17 charon-systemd[4996]: maximum IKE_SA lifetime 29437s +Jun 23 14:13:17 charon[4996]: 11[IKE] failed to establish CHILD_SA, keeping IKE_SA +Jun 23 14:13:17 charon-systemd[4996]: received TS_UNACCEPTABLE notify, no CHILD_SA built +Jun 23 14:13:17 charon-systemd[4996]: failed to establish CHILD_SA, keeping IKE_SA +``` + +The reason of this problem is showed on the responder side. + +``` none +Jun 23 14:13:19 charon[2440]: 01[IKE] traffic selectors 10.0.2.0/24 === 10.0.0.0/24 unacceptable +Jun 23 14:13:19 charon-systemd[2440]: traffic selectors 10.0.2.0/24 === 10.0.0.0/24 unacceptable +Jun 23 14:13:19 charon[2440]: 01[IKE] failed to establish CHILD_SA, keeping IKE_SA +Jun 23 14:13:19 charon-systemd[2440]: failed to establish CHILD_SA, keeping IKE_SA +Jun 23 14:13:19 charon[2440]: 01[ENC] generating IKE_AUTH response 1 [ IDr AUTH N(MOBIKE_SUP) N(NO_ADD_ADDR) N(TS_UNACCEPT) ] +Jun 23 14:13:19 charon-systemd[2440]: generating IKE_AUTH response 1 [ IDr AUTH N(MOBIKE_SUP) N(NO_ADD_ADDR) N(TS_UNACCEPT) ] +``` + +Traffic selectors **10.0.2.0/24 === 10.0.0.0/24** are unacceptable on the +responder side. diff --git a/docs/configuration/vpn/md-dmvpn.md b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-dmvpn.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c335d306 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-dmvpn.md @@ -0,0 +1,406 @@ +# DMVPN + +`DMVPN (Dynamic Multipoint Virtual Private Network)` is a dynamic +`VPN (Virtual Private Network)` technology originally developed by Cisco. +While their implementation was somewhat proprietary, the underlying +technologies are actually standards based. The three technologies are: + +- `NHRP (Next Hop Resolution Protocol)` `2332` +- `mGRE (Multipoint Generic Routing Encapsulation)` `1702` +- `IPSec (IP Security)` - too many RFCs to list, but start with + `4301` + +NHRP provides the dynamic tunnel endpoint discovery mechanism (endpoint +registration, and endpoint discovery/lookup), mGRE provides the tunnel +encapsulation itself, and the IPSec protocols handle the key exchange, and +crypto mechanism. + +In short, DMVPN provides the capability for creating a dynamic-mesh VPN +network without having to pre-configure (static) all possible tunnel end-point +peers. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +DMVPN only automates the tunnel endpoint discovery and setup. A +complete solution also incorporates the use of a routing protocol. BGP is +particularly well suited for use with DMVPN. + +
+ +
+Baseline DMVPN topology + +
+ +## Configuration + +- Please refer to the `tunnel-interface` documentation for the individual + tunnel related options. +- Please refer to the `ipsec_general` documentation for individual IPSec + related options. + +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ cisco-authentication \ + +Enables Cisco style authentication on NHRP packets. This embeds the secret +plaintext password to the outgoing NHRP packets. Incoming NHRP packets on +this interface are discarded unless the secret password is present. Maximum +length of the secret is 8 characters. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ dynamic-map \ +nbma-domain-name \ + +Specifies that the `NBMA (Non-broadcast multiple-access network)` +addresses of the next hop servers are defined in the domain name +nbma-domain-name. For each A record opennhrp creates a dynamic NHS entry. + +Each dynamic NHS will get a peer entry with the configured network address +and the discovered NBMA address. + +The first registration request is sent to the protocol broadcast address, and +the server's real protocol address is dynamically detected from the first +registration reply. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ holding-time \ + +Specifies the holding time for NHRP Registration Requests and Resolution +Replies sent from this interface or shortcut-target. The holdtime is specified +in seconds and defaults to two hours. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ map cisco + +If the statically mapped peer is running Cisco IOS, specify the cisco keyword. +It is used to fix statically the Registration Request ID so that a matching +Purge Request can be sent if NBMA address has changed. This is to work around +broken IOS which requires Purge Request ID to match the original Registration +Request ID. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ map nbma-address \ + +Creates static peer mapping of protocol-address to `NBMA (Non-broadcast +multiple-access network)` address. + +If the IP prefix mask is present, it directs opennhrp to use this peer as a +next hop server when sending Resolution Requests matching this subnet. + +This is also known as the HUBs IP address or FQDN. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ map register + +The optional parameter register specifies that Registration Request should be +sent to this peer on startup. + +This option is required when running a DMVPN spoke. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ multicast \ + +Determines how opennhrp daemon should soft switch the multicast traffic. +Currently, multicast traffic is captured by opennhrp daemon using a packet +socket, and resent back to proper destinations. This means that multicast +packet sending is CPU intensive. + +Specfying nhs makes all multicast packets to be repeated to each statically +configured next hop. + +Synamic instructs to forward to all peers which we have a direct connection +with. Alternatively, you can specify the directive multiple times for each +protocol-address the multicast traffic should be sent to. + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +It is very easy to misconfigure multicast repeating if you have +multiple NHSes. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ non-caching + +Disables caching of peer information from forwarded NHRP Resolution Reply +packets. This can be used to reduce memory consumption on big NBMA subnets. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Currently does not do much as caching is not implemented. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ redirect + +Enable sending of Cisco style NHRP Traffic Indication packets. If this is +enabled and opennhrp detects a forwarded packet, it will send a message to +the original sender of the packet instructing it to create a direct connection +with the destination. This is basically a protocol independent equivalent of +ICMP redirect. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ shortcut + +Enable creation of shortcut routes. + +A received NHRP Traffic Indication will trigger the resolution and +establishment of a shortcut route. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ shortcut-destination + +This instructs opennhrp to reply with authorative answers on NHRP Resolution +Requests destinied to addresses in this interface (instead of forwarding the +packets). This effectively allows the creation of shortcut routes to subnets +located on the interface. + +When specified, this should be the only keyword for the interface. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ shortcut-target \ + +Defines an off-NBMA network prefix for which the GRE interface will act as a +gateway. This an alternative to defining local interfaces with +shortcut-destination flag. + +
+ +
+ +set protocols nhrp tunnel \ shortcut-target \ +holding-time \ + +Specifies the holding time for NHRP Registration Requests and Resolution +Replies sent from this interface or shortcut-target. The holdtime is specified +in seconds and defaults to two hours. + +
+ +## Example + +This blueprint uses VyOS as the DMVPN Hub and Cisco (7206VXR) and VyOS as +multiple spoke sites. The lab was built using `EVE-NG (Emulated Virtual +Environment NG)`. + +
+DMVPN network +
DMVPN example network
+
+ +Each node (Hub and Spoke) uses an IP address from the network 172.16.253.128/29. + +The below referenced IP address 192.0.2.1 is used as example address +representing a global unicast address under which the HUB can be contacted by +each and every individual spoke. + +### Configuration + +#### Hub + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 192.0.2.1/24 + +set interfaces tunnel tun100 address '172.16.253.134/29' +set interfaces tunnel tun100 encapsulation 'gre' +set interfaces tunnel tun100 local-ip '192.0.2.1' +set interfaces tunnel tun100 enable-multicast +set interfaces tunnel tun100 parameters ip key '1' + +set protocols nhrp tunnel tun100 cisco-authentication 'secret' +set protocols nhrp tunnel tun100 holding-time '300' +set protocols nhrp tunnel tun100 multicast 'dynamic' +set protocols nhrp tunnel tun100 redirect +set protocols nhrp tunnel tun100 shortcut + +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB lifetime '1800' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB mode 'transport' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB pfs 'dh-group2' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB proposal 1 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB proposal 1 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB proposal 2 encryption '3des' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB proposal 2 hash 'md5' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB key-exchange 'ikev1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB lifetime '3600' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB proposal 1 dh-group '2' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB proposal 1 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB proposal 1 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB proposal 2 dh-group '2' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB proposal 2 encryption 'aes128' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB proposal 2 hash 'sha1' + +set vpn ipsec interface 'eth0' + +set vpn ipsec profile NHRPVPN authentication mode 'pre-shared-secret' +set vpn ipsec profile NHRPVPN authentication pre-shared-secret 'secret' +set vpn ipsec profile NHRPVPN bind tunnel 'tun100' +set vpn ipsec profile NHRPVPN esp-group 'ESP-HUB' +set vpn ipsec profile NHRPVPN ike-group 'IKE-HUB' +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Setting this up on AWS will require a "Custom Protocol Rule" for +protocol number "47" (GRE) Allow Rule in TWO places. Firstly on the VPC +Network ACL, and secondly on the security group network ACL attached to the +EC2 instance. This has been tested as working for the official AMI image on +the AWS Marketplace. (Locate the correct VPC and security group by navigating +through the details pane below your EC2 instance in the AWS console). + +
+ +#### Spoke + +The individual spoke configurations only differ in the local IP address on the +`tun10` interface. See the above diagram for the individual IP addresses. + +##### spoke01-spoke04 + +``` none +crypto keyring DMVPN + pre-shared-key address 192.0.2.1 key secret +! +crypto isakmp policy 10 + encr aes 256 + authentication pre-share + group 2 +crypto isakmp invalid-spi-recovery +crypto isakmp keepalive 30 30 periodic +crypto isakmp profile DMVPN + keyring DMVPN + match identity address 192.0.2.1 255.255.255.255 +! +crypto ipsec transform-set DMVPN-AES256 esp-aes 256 esp-sha-hmac + mode transport +! +crypto ipsec profile DMVPN + set security-association idle-time 720 + set transform-set DMVPN-AES256 + set isakmp-profile DMVPN +! +interface Tunnel10 + ! individual spoke tunnel IP must change + ip address 172.16.253.129 255.255.255.248 + no ip redirects + ip nhrp authentication secret + ip nhrp map 172.16.253.134 192.0.2.1 + ip nhrp map multicast 192.0.2.1 + ip nhrp network-id 1 + ip nhrp holdtime 600 + ip nhrp nhs 172.16.253.134 + ip nhrp registration timeout 75 + tunnel source FastEthernet0/0 + tunnel mode gre multipoint + tunnel protection ipsec profile DMVPN + tunnel key 1 +! +interface FastEthernet0/0 + ip address dhcp + duplex half +``` + +##### spoke05 + +VyOS can also run in DMVPN spoke mode. + +``` none +set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 'dhcp' + +set interfaces tunnel tun100 address '172.16.253.133/29' +set interfaces tunnel tun100 local-ip 0.0.0.0 +set interfaces tunnel tun100 encapsulation 'gre' +set interfaces tunnel tun100 enable-multicast +set interfaces tunnel tun100 parameters ip key '1' + +set protocols nhrp tunnel tun100 cisco-authentication 'secret' +set protocols nhrp tunnel tun100 holding-time '300' +set protocols nhrp tunnel tun100 map 172.16.253.134/29 nbma-address '192.0.2.1' +set protocols nhrp tunnel tun100 map 172.16.253.134/29 register +set protocols nhrp tunnel tun100 multicast 'nhs' +set protocols nhrp tunnel tun100 redirect +set protocols nhrp tunnel tun100 shortcut + +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB lifetime '1800' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB mode 'transport' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB pfs 'dh-group2' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB proposal 1 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB proposal 1 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB proposal 2 encryption '3des' +set vpn ipsec esp-group ESP-HUB proposal 2 hash 'md5' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB close-action 'none' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB key-exchange 'ikev1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB lifetime '3600' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB proposal 1 dh-group '2' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB proposal 1 encryption 'aes256' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB proposal 1 hash 'sha1' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB proposal 2 dh-group '2' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB proposal 2 encryption 'aes128' +set vpn ipsec ike-group IKE-HUB proposal 2 hash 'sha1' + +set vpn ipsec interface 'eth0' + +set vpn ipsec profile NHRPVPN authentication mode 'pre-shared-secret' +set vpn ipsec profile NHRPVPN authentication pre-shared-secret 'secret' +set vpn ipsec profile NHRPVPN bind tunnel 'tun100' +set vpn ipsec profile NHRPVPN esp-group 'ESP-HUB' +set vpn ipsec profile NHRPVPN ike-group 'IKE-HUB' +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/vpn/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9aa768e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +# VPN + +
+ +ipsec/index +l2tp +openconnect +pptp +rsa-keys +sstp + +
+ +pages to sort + +
+ +dmvpn + +
diff --git a/docs/configuration/vpn/md-l2tp.md b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-l2tp.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b71c71f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-l2tp.md @@ -0,0 +1,837 @@ +# L2TP + +VyOS utilizes [accel-ppp](https://accel-ppp.org/) to provide L2TP server functionality. It can be used +with local authentication or a connected RADIUS server. + +## Configuring L2TP Server + +``` none +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication mode local +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication local-users username test password 'test' +set vpn l2tp remote-access client-ip-pool L2TP-POOL range 192.168.255.2-192.168.255.254 +set vpn l2tp remote-access default-pool 'L2TP-POOL' +set vpn l2tp remote-access outside-address 192.0.2.2 +set vpn l2tp remote-access gateway-address 192.168.255.1 +``` + +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication mode \ + +Set authentication backend. The configured authentication backend is used +for all queries. + +- **radius**: All authentication queries are handled by a configured RADIUS + server. +- **local**: All authentication queries are handled locally. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication local-users username \ password +\ + +Create \ for local authentication on this system. The users password +will be set to \. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access client-ip-pool \ range \ + +Use this command to define the first IP address of a pool of +addresses to be given to l2tp clients. If notation `x.x.x.x-x.x.x.x`, +it must be within a /24 subnet. If notation `x.x.x.x/x` is +used there is possibility to set host/netmask. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access default-pool \ + +Use this command to define default address pool name. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access gateway-address \ + +Specifies single \ IP address to be used as local address of PPP +interfaces. + +
+ +## Configuring IPsec + +``` none +set vpn ipsec interface eth0 +set vpn l2tp remote-access ipsec-settings authentication mode pre-shared-secret +set vpn l2tp remote-access ipsec-settings authentication pre-shared-secret secret +``` + +
+ +set vpn ipsec interface \ + +Use this command to define IPsec interface. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ipsec-settings authentication mode \ + +Set mode for IPsec authentication between VyOS and L2TP clients. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ipsec-settings authentication pre-shared-secret \ + +Set predefined shared secret phrase. + +
+ +If a local firewall policy is in place on your external interface you will need +to allow the ports below: + +- UDP port 500 (IKE) +- IP protocol number 50 (ESP) +- UDP port 1701 for IPsec + +As well as the below to allow NAT-traversal (when NAT is detected by the +VPN client, ESP is encapsulated in UDP for NAT-traversal): + +- UDP port 4500 (NAT-T) + +Example: + +``` none +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE-LOCAL rule 40 action 'accept' +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE-LOCAL rule 40 protocol 'esp' +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE-LOCAL rule 41 action 'accept' +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE-LOCAL rule 41 destination port '500' +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE-LOCAL rule 41 protocol 'udp' +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE-LOCAL rule 42 action 'accept' +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE-LOCAL rule 42 destination port '4500' +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE-LOCAL rule 42 protocol 'udp' +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE-LOCAL rule 43 action 'accept' +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE-LOCAL rule 43 destination port '1701' +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE-LOCAL rule 43 ipsec 'match-ipsec' +set firewall ipv4 name OUTSIDE-LOCAL rule 43 protocol 'udp' +``` + +To allow VPN-clients access via your external address, a NAT rule is required: + +``` none +set nat source rule 110 outbound-interface 'eth0' +set nat source rule 110 source address '192.168.255.0/24' +set nat source rule 110 translation address masquerade +``` + +## Configuring RADIUS authentication + +To enable RADIUS based authentication, the authentication mode needs to be +changed within the configuration. Previous settings like the local users, still +exists within the configuration, however they are not used if the mode has been +changed from local to radius. Once changed back to local, it will use all local +accounts again. + +``` none +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication mode radius +``` + +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius server \ key \ + +Configure RADIUS \ and its required shared \ for +communicating with the RADIUS server. + +
+ +Since the RADIUS server would be a single point of failure, multiple RADIUS +servers can be setup and will be used subsequentially. +For example: + +``` none +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius server 10.0.0.1 key 'foo' +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius server 10.0.0.2 key 'foo' +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Some [RADIUS](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RADIUS) severs use an access control list which allows or denies +queries, make sure to add your VyOS router to the allowed client list. + +
+ +### RADIUS source address + +If you are using OSPF as your IGP, use the interface connected closest to the +RADIUS server. You can bind all outgoing RADIUS requests to a single source IP +e.g. the loopback interface. + +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius source-address \ + +Source IPv4 address used in all RADIUS server queires. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The `source-address` must be configured to that of an interface. +Best practice would be a loopback or dummy interface. + +
+ +### RADIUS advanced options + +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius server \ port \ + +Configure RADIUS \ and its required port for authentication requests. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius server \ fail-time \ + +Mark RADIUS server as offline for this given \ in seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius server \ disable + +Temporary disable this RADIUS server. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius acct-timeout \ + +Timeout to wait reply for Interim-Update packets. (default 3 seconds) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius dynamic-author server \ + +Specifies IP address for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius dynamic-author port \ + +Port for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius dynamic-author key \ + +Secret for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius max-try \ + +Maximum number of tries to send Access-Request/Accounting-Request queries + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius timeout \ + +Timeout to wait response from server (seconds) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius nas-identifier \ + +Value to send to RADIUS server in NAS-Identifier attribute and to be matched +in DM/CoA requests. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius nas-ip-address \ + +Value to send to RADIUS server in NAS-IP-Address attribute and to be matched +in DM/CoA requests. Also DM/CoA server will bind to that address. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius source-address \ + +Source IPv4 address used in all RADIUS server queires. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius rate-limit attribute \ + +Specifies which RADIUS server attribute contains the rate limit information. +The default attribute is Filter-Id. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you set a custom RADIUS attribute you must define it on both +dictionaries on the RADIUS server and client. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius rate-limit enable + +Enables bandwidth shaping via RADIUS. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication radius rate-limit vendor + +Specifies the vendor dictionary. This dictionary needs to be present in +/usr/share/accel-ppp/radius. + +
+ +Received RADIUS attributes have a higher priority than parameters defined within +the CLI configuration, refer to the explanation below. + +### Allocation clients ip addresses by RADIUS + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Framed-IP-Address` then this IP +address will be allocated to the client and the option `default-pool` within +the CLI config will be ignored. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Framed-Pool`, then the IP address +will be allocated from a predefined IP pool whose name equals the attribute +value. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Stateful-IPv6-Address-Pool`, the +IPv6 address will be allocated from a predefined IPv6 pool `prefix` whose +name equals the attribute value. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Delegated-IPv6-Prefix-Pool`, an +IPv6 delegation prefix will be allocated from a predefined IPv6 pool +`delegate` whose name equals the attribute value. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +`Stateful-IPv6-Address-Pool` and `Delegated-IPv6-Prefix-Pool` are defined in +RFC6911. If they are not defined in your RADIUS server, add new [dictionary](https://github.com/accel-ppp/accel-ppp/blob/master/accel-pppd/radius/dict/dictionary.rfc6911). + +
+ +The client's interface can be put into a VRF context via a RADIUS Access-Accept +packet, or changed via RADIUS CoA. `Accel-VRF-Name` is used for these +purposes. This is a custom [ACCEL-PPP attribute](https://github.com/accel-ppp/accel-ppp/blob/master/accel-pppd/radius/dict/dictionary.accel). Define it in your RADIUS +server. + +### Renaming clients interfaces by RADIUS + +If the RADIUS server uses the attribute `NAS-Port-Id`, ppp tunnels will be +renamed. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The value of the attribute `NAS-Port-Id` must be less than 16 +characters, otherwise the interface won't be renamed. + +
+ +## Configuring LNS (L2TP Network Server) + +LNS are often used to connect to a LAC (L2TP Access Concentrator). + +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access lns host-name \ + +Sent to the client (LAC) in the Host-Name attribute + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access lns shared-secret \ + +Tunnel password used to authenticate the client (LAC) + +
+ +To explain the usage of LNS follow our blueprint `examples-lac-lns`. + +## IPv6 + +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options ipv6 \ + +Specifies IPv6 negotiation preference. + +- **require** - Require IPv6 negotiation +- **prefer** - Ask client for IPv6 negotiation, do not fail if it rejects +- **allow** - Negotiate IPv6 only if client requests +- **deny** - Do not negotiate IPv6 (default value) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access client-ipv6-pool \ prefix \ +mask \ + +Use this comand to set the IPv6 address pool from which an l2tp client will +get an IPv6 prefix of your defined length (mask) to terminate the l2tp +endpoint at their side. The mask length can be set between 48 and 128 bits +long, the default value is 64. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access client-ipv6-pool \ delegate \ +delegation-prefix \ + +Use this command to configure DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation (RFC3633) on l2tp. +You will have to set your IPv6 pool and the length of the delegation +prefix. From the defined IPv6 pool you will be handing out networks of the +defined length (delegation-prefix). The length of the delegation prefix can +be between 32 and 64 bits long. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access default-ipv6-pool \ + +Use this command to define default IPv6 address pool name. + +
+ +``` none +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options ipv6 allow +set vpn l2tp remote-access client-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL delegate '2001:db8:8003::/48' delegation-prefix '56' +set vpn l2tp remote-access client-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL prefix '2001:db8:8002::/48' mask '64' +set vpn l2tp remote-access default-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL +``` + +### IPv6 Advanced Options + +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options ipv6-accept-peer-interface-id + +Accept peer interface identifier. By default this is not defined. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options ipv6-interface-id \ + +Specifies if a fixed or random interface identifier is used for IPv6. The +default is fixed. + +- **random** - Random interface identifier for IPv6 +- **x:x:x:x** - Specify interface identifier for IPv6 + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options ipv6-interface-id \ + +Specifies the peer interface identifier for IPv6. The default is fixed. + +- **random** - Random interface identifier for IPv6 +- **x:x:x:x** - Specify interface identifier for IPv6 +- **ipv4-addr** - Calculate interface identifier from IPv4 address. +- **calling-sid** - Calculate interface identifier from calling-station-id. + +
+ +## Scripting + +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access extended-scripts on-change \ + +Script to run when the session interface is changed by RADIUS CoA handling + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access extended-scripts on-down \ + +Script to run when the session interface is about to terminate + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access extended-scripts on-pre-up \ + +Script to run before the session interface comes up + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access extended-scripts on-up \ + +Script to run when the session interface is completely configured and started + +
+ +## Advanced Options + +### Authentication Advanced Options + +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication local-users username \ disable + +Disable \ account. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication local-users username \ static-ip +\ + +Assign a static IP address to \ account. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication local-users username \ rate-limit +download \ + +Rate limit the download bandwidth for \ to \ kbit/s. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication local-users username \ rate-limit +upload \ + +Rate limit the upload bandwidth for \ to \ kbit/s + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access authentication protocols +\ + +Require the peer to authenticate itself using one of the following protocols: +pap, chap, mschap, mschap-v2. + +
+ +### Client IP Pool Advanced Options + +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access client-ip-pool \ next-pool \ + +Use this command to define the next address pool name. + +
+ +### PPP Advanced Options + +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options disable-ccp + +Disable Compression Control Protocol (CCP). +CCP is enabled by default. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options interface-cache \ + +Specifies number of interfaces to cache. This prevents interfaces from being +removed once the corresponding session is destroyed. Instead, interfaces are +cached for later use in new sessions. This should reduce the kernel-level +interface creation/deletion rate. +Default value is **0**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options ipv4 \ + +Specifies IPv4 negotiation preference. + +- **require** - Require IPv4 negotiation +- **prefer** - Ask client for IPv4 negotiation, do not fail if it rejects +- **allow** - Negotiate IPv4 only if client requests (Default value) +- **deny** - Do not negotiate IPv4 + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options lcp-echo-failure \ + +Defines the maximum \ of unanswered echo requests. Upon reaching the +value \, the session will be reset. Default value is **3**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options lcp-echo-interval \ + +If this option is specified and is greater than 0, then the PPP module will +send LCP echo requests every \ seconds. +Default value is **30**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options lcp-echo-timeout + +Specifies timeout in seconds to wait for any peer activity. If this option is +specified it turns on adaptive lcp echo functionality and "lcp-echo-failure" +is not used. Default value is **0**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options min-mtu \ + +Defines the minimum acceptable MTU. If a client tries to negotiate an MTU +lower than this it will be NAKed, and disconnected if it rejects a greater +MTU. +Default value is **100**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options mppe \ + +Specifies `MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption)` negotiation +preference. + +- **require** - ask client for mppe, if it rejects drop connection +- **prefer** - ask client for mppe, if it rejects don't fail. (Default value) +- **deny** - deny mppe + +Default behavior - don't ask the client for mppe, but allow it if the client +wants. +Please note that RADIUS may override this option with the +MS-MPPE-Encryption-Policy attribute. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access ppp-options mru \ + +Defines preferred MRU. By default is not defined. + +
+ +### Global Advanced options + +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access description \ + +Set description. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access limits burst \ + +Burst count + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access limits connection-limit \ + +Maximum accepted connection rate (e.g. 1/min, 60/sec) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access limits timeout \ + +Timeout in seconds + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access mtu + +Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) (default: **1436**) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access max-concurrent-sessions + +Maximum number of concurrent session start attempts + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access name-server \ + +Connected clients should use \ as their DNS server. This command +accepts both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Up to two nameservers can be configured +for IPv4, up to three for IPv6. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access shaper fwmark \<1-2147483647\> + +Match firewall mark value + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access snmp master-agent + +Enable SNMP + +
+ +
+ +set vpn l2tp remote-access wins-server \ + +Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) servers propagated to client + +
+ +## Monitoring + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show l2tp-server sessions + ifname | username | ip | ip6 | ip6-dp | calling-sid | rate-limit | state | uptime | rx-bytes | tx-bytes +--------+----------+---------------+-----+--------+-------------+------------+--------+----------+----------+---------- + l2tp0 | test | 192.168.255.3 | | | 192.168.0.36 | | active | 02:01:47 | 7.7 KiB | 1.2 KiB +``` + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show l2tp-server statistics + uptime: 0.02:49:49 +cpu: 0% +mem(rss/virt): 5920/100892 kB +core: + mempool_allocated: 133202 + mempool_available: 131770 + thread_count: 1 + thread_active: 1 + context_count: 5 + context_sleeping: 0 + context_pending: 0 + md_handler_count: 3 + md_handler_pending: 0 + timer_count: 0 + timer_pending: 0 +sessions: + starting: 0 + active: 0 + finishing: 0 +l2tp: + tunnels: + starting: 0 + active: 0 + finishing: 0 + sessions (control channels): + starting: 0 + active: 0 + finishing: 0 + sessions (data channels): + starting: 0 + active: 0 + finishing: 0 +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/vpn/md-openconnect.md b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-openconnect.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91310cdd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-openconnect.md @@ -0,0 +1,329 @@ +# OpenConnect + +OpenConnect-compatible server feature has been available since Equuleus (1.3). +Openconnect VPN supports SSL connection and offers full network access. SSL VPN +network extension connects the end-user system to the corporate network with +access controls based only on network layer information, such as destination IP +address and port number. So, it provides safe communication for all types of +device traffic across public networks and private networks, also encrypts the +traffic with SSL protocol. + +The remote user will use the openconnect client to connect to the router and +will receive an IP address from a VPN pool, allowing full access to the +network. + +## Configuration + +### SSL Certificates + +We need to generate the certificate which authenticates users who attempt to +access the network resource through the SSL VPN tunnels. The following commands +will create a self signed certificates and will be stored in configuration: + +``` none +run generate pki ca install +run generate pki certificate sign install +``` + +We can also create the certificates using Certbot which is an easy-to-use +client that fetches a certificate from Let's Encrypt an open certificate +authority launched by the EFF, Mozilla, and others and deploys it to a web +server. + +``` none +sudo certbot certonly --standalone --preferred-challenges http -d +``` + +### Server Configuration + +``` none +set vpn openconnect authentication local-users username password +set vpn openconnect authentication mode +set vpn openconnect network-settings client-ip-settings subnet +set vpn openconnect network-settings name-server
+set vpn openconnect network-settings name-server
+set vpn openconnect ssl ca-certificate +set vpn openconnect ssl certificate +set vpn openconnect ssl passphrase +``` + +### 2FA OTP support + +Instead of password only authentication, 2FA password +authentication + OTP key can be used. Alternatively, OTP authentication only, +without a password, can be used. +To do this, an OTP configuration must be added to the configuration above: + +``` none +set vpn openconnect authentication mode local +set vpn openconnect authentication local-users username otp +set vpn openconnect authentication local-users username interval +set vpn openconnect authentication local-users username otp-length +set vpn openconnect authentication local-users username token-type +``` + +For generating an OTP key in VyOS, you can use the CLI command +(operational mode): + +``` none +generate openconnect username otp-key hotp-time +``` + +## Verification + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ sh openconnect-server sessions +interface username ip remote IP RX TX state uptime +----------- ---------- ------------- ----------- ------- --------- --------- -------- +sslvpn0 tst 172.20.20.198 192.168.6.1 0 bytes 152 bytes connected 3s +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +It is compatible with Cisco (R) AnyConnect (R) clients. + +
+ +## Example + +### SSL Certificates generation + +Follow the instructions to generate CA cert (in configuration mode): + +``` none +vyos@vyos# run generate pki ca install ca-ocserv +Enter private key type: [rsa, dsa, ec] (Default: rsa) +Enter private key bits: (Default: 2048) +Enter country code: (Default: GB) US +Enter state: (Default: Some-State) Delaware +Enter locality: (Default: Some-City) Mycity +Enter organization name: (Default: VyOS) MyORG +Enter common name: (Default: vyos.io) oc-ca +Enter how many days certificate will be valid: (Default: 1825) 3650 +Note: If you plan to use the generated key on this router, do not encrypt the private key. +Do you want to encrypt the private key with a passphrase? [y/N] N +2 value(s) installed. Use "compare" to see the pending changes, and "commit" to apply. +[edit] +``` + +Follow the instructions to generate server cert (in configuration mode): + +``` none +vyos@vyos# run generate pki certificate sign ca-ocserv install srv-ocserv +Do you already have a certificate request? [y/N] N +Enter private key type: [rsa, dsa, ec] (Default: rsa) +Enter private key bits: (Default: 2048) +Enter country code: (Default: GB) US +Enter state: (Default: Some-State) Delaware +Enter locality: (Default: Some-City) Mycity +Enter organization name: (Default: VyOS) MyORG +Enter common name: (Default: vyos.io) oc-srv +Do you want to configure Subject Alternative Names? [y/N] N +Enter how many days certificate will be valid: (Default: 365) 1830 +Enter certificate type: (client, server) (Default: server) +Note: If you plan to use the generated key on this router, do not encrypt the private key. +Do you want to encrypt the private key with a passphrase? [y/N] N +2 value(s) installed. Use "compare" to see the pending changes, and "commit" to apply. +[edit] +``` + +Each of the install command should be applied to the configuration and commited +before using under the openconnect configuration: + +``` none +vyos@vyos# commit +[edit] +vyos@vyos# save +Saving configuration to '/config/config.boot'... +Done +[edit] +``` + +### Openconnect Configuration + +Simple setup with one user added and password authentication: + +``` none +set vpn openconnect authentication local-users username tst password 'OC_bad_Secret' +set vpn openconnect authentication mode local password +set vpn openconnect network-settings client-ip-settings subnet '172.20.20.0/24' +set vpn openconnect network-settings name-server '10.1.1.1' +set vpn openconnect network-settings name-server '10.1.1.2' +set vpn openconnect ssl ca-certificate 'ca-ocserv' +set vpn openconnect ssl certificate 'srv-ocserv' +``` + +### Adding a 2FA with an OTP-key + +First the OTP keys must be generated and sent to the user and to the +configuration: + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ generate openconnect username tst otp-key hotp-time +# You can share it with the user, he just needs to scan the QR in his OTP app +# username: tst +# OTP KEY: 5PA4SGYTQSGOBO3H3EQSSNCUNZAYAPH2 +# OTP URL: otpauth://totp/tst@vyos?secret=5PA4SGYTQSGOBO3H3EQSSNCUNZAYAPH2&digits=6&period=30 +█████████████████████████████████████████ +█████████████████████████████████████████ +████ ▄▄▄▄▄ █▀ ██▄▀ ▄█▄▀▀▄▄▄▄██ ▄▄▄▄▄ ████ +████ █ █ █▀ █▄▄▀▀▀▄█ ▄▄▀▄ █ █ █ ████ +████ █▄▄▄█ █▀█▀▄▄▀ ▄▀ █▀ ▀▄██ █▄▄▄█ ████ +████▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█▄█▄▀ ▀▄█ ▀ ▀ ▀ █▄█▄▄▄▄▄▄▄████ +████ ▄▄▄▀▄▄ ▄███▀▄▀█▄██▀ ▀▄ ▀▄█ ▀ ▀████ +████ ▀▀ ▀ ▄█▄ ▀ ▀▄ ▄█▀ ▄█ ▄▀▀▄██ █████ +████▄ █▄▀▀▄█▀ ▀█▄█▄▄▄▄ ▄▀█▀▀█ ▀ ▄ ▀█▀████ +█████ ▀█▀▄▄ █ ▀▄▄ ▄█▄ ▀█▀▀ █▀ ▄█████ +████▀██▀█▄▄ ▀▀▀▀█▄▀ ▀█▄▄▀▀▀ ▀ ▀█▄██▀▀████ +████▄ ▄ ▄▀▄██▀█ ▄ ▀▄██ ▄▄ ▀▀▄█▄██ ▄█████ +████▀▀ ▄▀ ▄ ▀█▀█▀█ █▀█▄▄▀█▀█▄██▄▄█ ▀████ +████ █ ▀█▄▄█▄ ▀ ▄▄▀▀ ▀ █▄█▀████ █▀ ▀████ +████▄██▄██▄█▀ ▄▀ ▄▄▀▄ ▄▀█ ▄ ▄▄▄ ▀█▄ ████ +████ ▄▄▄▄▄ █▄ ▀█▄█ ▄ ▀ ▄ ▄ █▄█ ▄▀▄█████ +████ █ █ █ ▀▄██▄▄▀█▄▀▄██▄▀ ▄ ▀██▀████ +████ █▄▄▄█ █ ██▀▄▄ ▀▄▄▀█▀ ▀█ ▄▀█ ▀██████ +████▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█▄███▄███▄█▄▄▄▄█▄▄█▄██▄█▄█████ +█████████████████████████████████████████ +█████████████████████████████████████████ +# To add this OTP key to configuration, run the following commands: +set vpn openconnect authentication local-users username tst otp key 'ebc1c91b13848ce0bb67d9212934546e41803cfa' +``` + +Next it is necessary to configure 2FA for OpenConnect: + +``` none +set vpn openconnect authentication mode local password-otp +set vpn openconnect authentication local-users username tst otp key 'ebc1c91b13848ce0bb67d9212934546e41803cfa' +``` + +Now when connecting the user will first be asked for the password +and then the OTP key. + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +When using Time-based one-time password (TOTP) (OTP HOTP-time), +be sure that the time on the server and the +OTP token generator are synchronized by NTP + +
+ +To display the configured OTP user settings, use the command: + +``` none +show openconnect-server user otp +``` + +### Identity Based Configuration + +OpenConnect supports a subset of it's configuration options to be applied on a +per user/group basis, for configuration purposes we refer to this functionality +as "Identity based config". The following [OpenConnect Server Manual](https://ocserv.gitlab.io/www/manual.html#:~:text=Configuration%20files%20that%20will%20be%20applied%20per%20user%20connection%20or%0A%23%20per%20group) +outlines the set of configuration options that are allowed. This can be +leveraged to apply different sets of configs to different users or groups of +users. + +``` none +sudo mkdir -p /config/auth/ocserv/config-per-user +sudo touch /config/auth/ocserv/default-user.conf + +set vpn set vpn openconnect authentication identity-based-config mode user +set vpn openconnect authentication identity-based-config directory /config/auth/ocserv/config-per-user +set vpn openconnect authentication identity-based-config default-config /config/auth/ocserv/default-user.conf +``` + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +The above directory and default-config must be a child directory +of /config/auth, since files outside this directory are not persisted after an +image upgrade. + +
+ +Once you commit the above changes you can create a config file in the +/config/auth/ocserv/config-per-user directory that matches a username of a +user you have created e.g. "tst". Now when logging in with the "tst" user the +config options you set in this file will be loaded. + +Be sure to set a sane default config in the default config file, this will be +loaded in the case that a user is authenticated and no file is found in the +configured directory matching the users username/group. + +``` none +sudo nano /config/auth/ocserv/config-per-user/tst +``` + +The same configuration options apply when Identity based config is configured +in group mode except that group mode can only be used with RADIUS +authentication. + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +OpenConnect server matches the filename in a case sensitive +manner, make sure the username/group name you configure matches the +filename exactly. + +
+ +### Configuring RADIUS accounting + +OpenConnect can be configured to send accounting information to a +RADIUS server to capture user session data such as time of +connect/disconnect, data transferred, and so on. + +Configure an accounting server and enable accounting with: + +``` none +set vpn openconnect accounting mode radius +set vpn openconnect accounting radius server 172.20.20.10 +set vpn openconnect accounting radius server 172.20.20.10 port 1813 +set vpn openconnect accounting radius server 172.20.20.10 key your_radius_secret +``` + +
+ +
+ +Warning + +
+ +The RADIUS accounting feature must be used with the OpenConnect +authentication mode RADIUS. It cannot be used with local authentication. +You must configure the OpenConnect authentication mode to "radius". + +
+ +An example of the data captured by a FREERADIUS server with sql accounting: + +``` none +mysql> SELECT username, nasipaddress, acctstarttime, acctstoptime, acctinputoctets, acctoutputoctets, callingstationid, framedipaddress, connectinfo_start FROM radacct; ++----------+---------------+---------------------+---------------------+-----------------+------------------+-------------------+-----------------+-----------------------------------+ +| username | nasipaddress | acctstarttime | acctstoptime | acctinputoctets | acctoutputoctets | callingstationid | framedipaddress | connectinfo_start | ++----------+---------------+---------------------+---------------------+-----------------+------------------+-------------------+-----------------+-----------------------------------+ +| test | 198.51.100.15 | 2023-01-13 00:59:15 | 2023-01-13 00:59:21 | 10606 | 152 | 192.168.6.1 | 172.20.20.198 | Open AnyConnect VPN Agent v8.05-1 | ++----------+---------------+---------------------+---------------------+-----------------+------------------+-------------------+-----------------+-----------------------------------+ +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/vpn/md-pptp.md b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-pptp.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f973da2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-pptp.md @@ -0,0 +1,808 @@ +# PPTP-Server + +The Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol ([PPTP](#pptp)) has been implemented in VyOS only +for backwards compatibility. PPTP has many well known security issues and you +should use one of the many other new VPN implementations. + +## Configuring PPTP Server + +``` none +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication mode local +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication local-users username test password 'test' +set vpn pptp remote-access client-ip-pool PPTP-POOL range 192.168.255.2-192.168.255.254 +set vpn pptp remote-access default-pool 'PPTP-POOL' +set vpn pptp remote-access outside-address 192.0.2.2 +set vpn pptp remote-access gateway-address 192.168.255.1 +``` + +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication mode \ + +Set authentication backend. The configured authentication backend is used +for all queries. + +- **radius**: All authentication queries are handled by a configured RADIUS + server. +- **local**: All authentication queries are handled locally. +- **noauth**: Authentication disabled. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication local-users username \ password +\ + +Create \ for local authentication on this system. The users password +will be set to \. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access client-ip-pool \ range \ + +Use this command to define the first IP address of a pool of +addresses to be given to PPTP clients. If notation `x.x.x.x-x.x.x.x`, +it must be within a /24 subnet. If notation `x.x.x.x/x` is +used there is possibility to set host/netmask. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access default-pool \ + +Use this command to define default address pool name. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access gateway-address \ + +Specifies single \ IP address to be used as local address of PPP +interfaces. + +
+ +## Configuring RADIUS authentication + +To enable RADIUS based authentication, the authentication mode needs to be +changed within the configuration. Previous settings like the local users, still +exists within the configuration, however they are not used if the mode has been +changed from local to radius. Once changed back to local, it will use all local +accounts again. + +``` none +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication mode radius +``` + +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius server \ key \ + +Configure RADIUS \ and its required shared \ for +communicating with the RADIUS server. + +
+ +Since the RADIUS server would be a single point of failure, multiple RADIUS +servers can be setup and will be used subsequentially. +For example: + +``` none +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius server 10.0.0.1 key 'foo' +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius server 10.0.0.2 key 'foo' +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Some RADIUS severs use an access control list which allows or denies +queries, make sure to add your VyOS router to the allowed client list. + +
+ +### RADIUS source address + +If you are using OSPF as IGP, always the closest interface connected to the +RADIUS server is used. You can bind all outgoing RADIUS requests +to a single source IP e.g. the loopback interface. + +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius source-address \ + +Source IPv4 address used in all RADIUS server queires. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The `source-address` must be configured on one of VyOS interface. +Best practice would be a loopback or dummy interface. + +
+ +### RADIUS advanced options + +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius server \ port \ + +Configure RADIUS \ and its required port for authentication requests. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius server \ fail-time \ + +Mark RADIUS server as offline for this given \ in seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius server \ disable + +Temporary disable this RADIUS server. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius acct-timeout \ + +Timeout to wait reply for Interim-Update packets. (default 3 seconds) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius dynamic-author server \ + +Specifies IP address for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius dynamic-author port \ + +Port for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius dynamic-author key \ + +Secret for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius max-try \ + +Maximum number of tries to send Access-Request/Accounting-Request queries + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius timeout \ + +Timeout to wait response from server (seconds) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius nas-identifier \ + +Value to send to RADIUS server in NAS-Identifier attribute and to be matched +in DM/CoA requests. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius nas-ip-address \ + +Value to send to RADIUS server in NAS-IP-Address attribute and to be matched +in DM/CoA requests. Also DM/CoA server will bind to that address. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius source-address \ + +Source IPv4 address used in all RADIUS server queires. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius rate-limit attribute \ + +Specifies which RADIUS server attribute contains the rate limit information. +The default attribute is Filter-Id. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you set a custom RADIUS attribute you must define it on both +dictionaries at RADIUS server and client. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius rate-limit enable + +Enables bandwidth shaping via RADIUS. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication radius rate-limit vendor + +Specifies the vendor dictionary, dictionary needs to be in +/usr/share/accel-ppp/radius. + +
+ +Received RADIUS attributes have a higher priority than parameters defined within +the CLI configuration, refer to the explanation below. + +### Allocation clients ip addresses by RADIUS + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Framed-IP-Address` then this IP +address will be allocated to the client and the option `default-pool` within the CLI +config is being ignored. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Framed-Pool`, IP address will be allocated +from a predefined IP pool whose name equals the attribute value. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Stateful-IPv6-Address-Pool`, IPv6 address +will be allocated from a predefined IPv6 pool `prefix` whose name equals the attribute value. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Delegated-IPv6-Prefix-Pool`, IPv6 +delegation pefix will be allocated from a predefined IPv6 pool `delegate` +whose name equals the attribute value. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +`Stateful-IPv6-Address-Pool` and `Delegated-IPv6-Prefix-Pool` are defined in +RFC6911. If they are not defined in your RADIUS server, add new [dictionary](https://github.com/accel-ppp/accel-ppp/blob/master/accel-pppd/radius/dict/dictionary.rfc6911). + +
+ +User interface can be put to VRF context via RADIUS Access-Accept packet, or change +it via RADIUS CoA. `Accel-VRF-Name` is used from these purposes. It is custom [ACCEL-PPP attribute](https://github.com/accel-ppp/accel-ppp/blob/master/accel-pppd/radius/dict/dictionary.accel). +Define it in your RADIUS server. + +### Renaming clients interfaces by RADIUS + +If the RADIUS server uses the attribute `NAS-Port-Id`, ppp tunnels will be +renamed. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The value of the attribute `NAS-Port-Id` must be less than 16 +characters, otherwise the interface won't be renamed. + +
+ +## IPv6 + +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options ipv6 \ + +Specifies IPv6 negotiation preference. + +- **require** - Require IPv6 negotiation +- **prefer** - Ask client for IPv6 negotiation, do not fail if it rejects +- **allow** - Negotiate IPv6 only if client requests +- **deny** - Do not negotiate IPv6 (default value) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access client-ipv6-pool \ prefix \ +mask \ + +Use this comand to set the IPv6 address pool from which an PPTP client +will get an IPv6 prefix of your defined length (mask) to terminate the +PPTP endpoint at their side. The mask length can be set from 48 to 128 +bit long, the default value is 64. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access client-ipv6-pool \ delegate \ +delegation-prefix \ + +Use this command to configure DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation (RFC3633) on +PPTP. You will have to set your IPv6 pool and the length of the +delegation prefix. From the defined IPv6 pool you will be handing out +networks of the defined length (delegation-prefix). The length of the +delegation prefix can be set from 32 to 64 bit long. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access default-ipv6-pool \ + +Use this command to define default IPv6 address pool name. + +
+ +``` none +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options ipv6 allow +set vpn pptp remote-access client-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL delegate '2001:db8:8003::/48' delegation-prefix '56' +set vpn pptp remote-access client-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL prefix '2001:db8:8002::/48' mask '64' +set vpn pptp remote-access default-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL +``` + +### IPv6 Advanced Options + +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options ipv6-accept-peer-interface-id + +Accept peer interface identifier. By default is not defined. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options ipv6-interface-id \ + +Specifies fixed or random interface identifier for IPv6. +By default is fixed. + +- **random** - Random interface identifier for IPv6 +- **x:x:x:x** - Specify interface identifier for IPv6 + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options ipv6-interface-id \ + +Specifies peer interface identifier for IPv6. By default is fixed. + +- **random** - Random interface identifier for IPv6 +- **x:x:x:x** - Specify interface identifier for IPv6 +- **ipv4-addr** - Calculate interface identifier from IPv4 address. +- **calling-sid** - Calculate interface identifier from calling-station-id. + +
+ +## Scripting + +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access extended-scripts on-change \ + +Script to run when session interface changed by RADIUS CoA handling + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access extended-scripts on-down \ + +Script to run when session interface going to terminate + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access extended-scripts on-pre-up \ + +Script to run before session interface comes up + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access extended-scripts on-up \ + +Script to run when session interface is completely configured and started + +
+ +## Advanced Options + +### Authentication Advanced Options + +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication local-users username \ disable + +Disable \ account. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication local-users username \ static-ip +\ + +Assign static IP address to \ account. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication local-users username \ rate-limit +download \ + +Download bandwidth limit in kbit/s for \. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication local-users username \ rate-limit +upload \ + +Upload bandwidth limit in kbit/s for \. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access authentication protocols +\ + +Require the peer to authenticate itself using one of the following protocols: +pap, chap, mschap, mschap-v2. + +
+ +### Client IP Pool Advanced Options + +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access client-ip-pool \ next-pool \ + +Use this command to define the next address pool name. + +
+ +### PPP Advanced Options + +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options disable-ccp + +Disable Compression Control Protocol (CCP). +CCP is enabled by default. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options interface-cache \ + +Specifies number of interfaces to keep in cache. It means that don’t +destroy interface after corresponding session is destroyed, instead +place it to cache and use it later for new sessions repeatedly. +This should reduce kernel-level interface creation/deletion rate lack. +Default value is **0**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options ipv4 \ + +Specifies IPv4 negotiation preference. + +- **require** - Require IPv4 negotiation +- **prefer** - Ask client for IPv4 negotiation, do not fail if it rejects +- **allow** - Negotiate IPv4 only if client requests (Default value) +- **deny** - Do not negotiate IPv4 + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options lcp-echo-failure \ + +Defines the maximum \ of unanswered echo requests. Upon reaching the +value \, the session will be reset. Default value is **3**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options lcp-echo-interval \ + +If this option is specified and is greater than 0, then the PPP module will +send LCP pings of the echo request every \ seconds. +Default value is **30**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options lcp-echo-timeout + +Specifies timeout in seconds to wait for any peer activity. If this option +specified it turns on adaptive lcp echo functionality and "lcp-echo-failure" +is not used. Default value is **0**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options min-mtu \ + +Defines minimum acceptable MTU. If client will try to negotiate less then +specified MTU then it will be NAKed or disconnected if rejects greater MTU. +Default value is **100**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options mppe \ + +Specifies `MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption)` negotiation +preference. + +- **require** - ask client for mppe, if it rejects drop connection +- **prefer** - ask client for mppe, if it rejects don't fail. (Default value) +- **deny** - deny mppe + +Default behavior - don't ask client for mppe, but allow it if client wants. +Please note that RADIUS may override this option by MS-MPPE-Encryption-Policy +attribute. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access ppp-options mru \ + +Defines preferred MRU. By default is not defined. + +
+ +### Global Advanced options + +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access description \ + +Set description. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access limits burst \ + +Burst count + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access limits connection-limit \ + +Acceptable rate of connections (e.g. 1/min, 60/sec) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access limits timeout \ + +Timeout in seconds + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access mtu + +Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) (default: **1436**) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access max-concurrent-sessions + +Maximum number of concurrent session start attempts + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access name-server \ + +Connected client should use \ as their DNS server. This +command accepts both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Up to two nameservers +can be configured for IPv4, up to three for IPv6. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access shaper fwmark \<1-2147483647\> + +Match firewall mark value + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access snmp master-agent + +Enable SNMP + +
+ +
+ +set vpn pptp remote-access wins-server \ + +Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) servers propagated to client + +
+ +## Monitoring + +
+ +show pptp-server sessions + +Use this command to locally check the active sessions in the PPTP +server. + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show pptp-server sessions + ifname | username | ip | ip6 | ip6-dp | calling-sid | rate-limit | state | uptime | rx-bytes | tx-bytes +--------+----------+----------+-----+--------+----------------+------------+--------+----------+----------+---------- + pptp0 | test | 10.0.0.2 | | | 192.168.10.100 | | active | 00:01:26 | 6.9 KiB | 220 B +``` + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show pptp-server statistics + uptime: 0.00:04:52 +cpu: 0% +mem(rss/virt): 5504/100176 kB +core: + mempool_allocated: 152007 + mempool_available: 149007 + thread_count: 1 + thread_active: 1 + context_count: 6 + context_sleeping: 0 + context_pending: 0 + md_handler_count: 6 + md_handler_pending: 0 + timer_count: 2 + timer_pending: 0 +sessions: + starting: 0 + active: 1 + finishing: 0 +pptp: + starting: 0 + active: 1 +``` + +## Troubleshooting + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$sudo journalctl -u accel-ppp@pptp -b 0 + +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: pptp: new connection from 192.168.10.100 +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [PPTP Start-Ctrl-Conn-Request ] +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: send [PPTP Start-Ctrl-Conn-Reply ] +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [PPTP Outgoing-Call-Request ] +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: send [PPTP Outgoing-Call-Reply ] +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: lcp_layer_init +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: auth_layer_init +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: ccp_layer_init +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: ipcp_layer_init +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: ipv6cp_layer_init +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: ppp establishing +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: lcp_layer_start +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: send [LCP ConfReq id=75 ] +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [PPTP Set-Link-Info] +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [LCP ConfReq id=0 < d 3 6 >] +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: send [LCP ConfRej id=0 < d 3 6 >] +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [LCP ConfReq id=1 ] +Feb 29 14:58:57 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: send [LCP ConfAck id=1] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: fsm timeout 9 +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: send [LCP ConfReq id=75 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [LCP ConfNak id=75 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: send [LCP ConfReq id=76 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [LCP ConfNak id=76 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: send [LCP ConfReq id=77 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [LCP ConfNak id=77 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: send [LCP ConfReq id=78 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [LCP ConfAck id=78 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: lcp_layer_started +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: auth_layer_start +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: send [MSCHAP-v2 Challenge id=1 <8aa758781676e6a8e85c11963ee010>] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [LCP Ident id=2 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [LCP Ident id=3 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: [43B blob data] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [PPTP Set-Link-Info] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: :: recv [MSCHAP-v2 Response id=1 <90c21af1091f745e8bf22388b058>, , F=0, name="test"] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: connect: ppp0 <--> pptp(192.168.10.100) +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: ppp connected +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: send [MSCHAP-v2 Success id=1 "S=347F417CF04BEBBC7F75CFA7F43474C36FB218F9 M=Authentication succeeded"] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: test: authentication succeeded +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: auth_layer_started +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: ccp_layer_start +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: send [CCP ConfReq id=b9 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: ipcp_layer_start +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: ipv6cp_layer_start +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: IPV6CP: discarding packet +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: send [LCP ProtoRej id=122 <8057>] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: recv [IPCP ConfReq id=6 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: send [IPCP ConfReq id=3b ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: send [IPCP ConfRej id=6 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: recv [LCP ProtoRej id=7 <80fd>] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: ccp_layer_finished +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: recv [IPCP ConfAck id=3b ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: recv [IPCP ConfReq id=8 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: send [IPCP ConfNak id=8 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: recv [IPCP ConfReq id=9 ] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: send [IPCP ConfAck id=9] +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: ipcp_layer_started +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: ppp0:test: rename interface to 'pptp0' +Feb 29 14:59:00 vyos accel-pptp[4629]: pptp0:test: pptp: ppp started +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/vpn/md-rsa-keys.md b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-rsa-keys.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d54126f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-rsa-keys.md @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +# RSA-Keys + +RSA can be used for services such as key exchanges and for encryption purposes. +To make IPSec work with dynamic address on one/both sides, we will have to use +RSA keys for authentication. They are very fast and easy to setup. + +First, on both routers run the operational command "generate pki key-pair +install \". You may choose different length than 2048 of course. + +``` none +vyos@left# run generate pki key-pair install ipsec-LEFT +Enter private key type: [rsa, dsa, ec] (Default: rsa) +Enter private key bits: (Default: 2048) +Note: If you plan to use the generated key on this router, do not encrypt the private key. +Do you want to encrypt the private key with a passphrase? [y/N] N +Configure mode commands to install key pair: +Do you want to install the public key? [Y/n] Yrgerg +set pki key-pair ipsec-LEFT public key 'MIIBIjANBgkqh...' +Do you want to install the private key? [Y/n] Y +set pki key-pair ipsec-LEFT private key 'MIIEvgIBADAN...' +[edit] +``` + +Configuration commands will display. +Note the command with the public key +(set pki key-pair ipsec-LEFT public key 'MIIBIjANBgkqh...'). +Then do the same on the opposite router: + +``` none +vyos@left# run generate pki key-pair install ipsec-RIGHT +``` + +Note the command with the public key +(set pki key-pair ipsec-RIGHT public key 'FAAOCAQ8AMII...'). + +The noted public keys should be entered on the opposite routers. + +On the LEFT: + +``` none +set pki key-pair ipsec-RIGHT public key 'FAAOCAQ8AMII...' +``` + +On the RIGHT: + +``` none +set pki key-pair ipsec-LEFT public key 'MIIBIjANBgkqh...' +``` + +Now you are ready to setup IPsec. The key points: + +1. Since both routers do not know their effective public addresses, we set the local-address of the peer to "any". +2. On the initiator, we set the peer address to its public address, but on the responder we only set the id. +3. On the initiator, we need to set the remote-id option so that it can identify IKE traffic from the responder correctly. +4. On the responder, we need to set the local id so that initiator can know who's talking to it for the point \#3 to work. + +On the LEFT (static address): + +``` none +set vpn ipsec interface eth0 + +set vpn ipsec esp-group MyESPGroup proposal 1 encryption aes128 +set vpn ipsec esp-group MyESPGroup proposal 1 hash sha1 + +set vpn ipsec ike-group MyIKEGroup proposal 1 dh-group 2 +set vpn ipsec ike-group MyIKEGroup proposal 1 encryption aes128 +set vpn ipsec ike-group MyIKEGroup proposal 1 hash sha1 + +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer @RIGHT authentication id LEFT +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer @RIGHT authentication mode rsa +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer @RIGHT authentication rsa local-key ipsec-LEFT +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer @RIGHT authentication rsa remote-key ipsec-RIGHT +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer @RIGHT authentication remote-id RIGHT +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer @RIGHT default-esp-group MyESPGroup +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer @RIGHT ike-group MyIKEGroup +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer @RIGHT local-address 192.0.2.10 +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer @RIGHT connection-type respond +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer @RIGHT tunnel 1 local prefix 192.168.99.1/32 # Additional loopback address on the local +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer @RIGHT tunnel 1 remote prefix 192.168.99.2/32 # Additional loopback address on the remote +``` + +On the RIGHT (dynamic address): + +``` none +set vpn ipsec interface eth0 + +set vpn ipsec esp-group MyESPGroup proposal 1 encryption aes128 +set vpn ipsec esp-group MyESPGroup proposal 1 hash sha1 + +set vpn ipsec ike-group MyIKEGroup proposal 1 dh-group 2 +set vpn ipsec ike-group MyIKEGroup proposal 1 encryption aes128 +set vpn ipsec ike-group MyIKEGroup proposal 1 hash sha1 + +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer 192.0.2.10 authentication id RIGHT +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer 192.0.2.10 authentication mode rsa +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer 192.0.2.10 authentication rsa local-key ipsec-RIGHT +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer 192.0.2.10 authentication rsa remote-key ipsec-LEFT +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer 192.0.2.10 authentication remote-id LEFT +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer 192.0.2.10 connection-type initiate +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer 192.0.2.10 default-esp-group MyESPGroup +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer 192.0.2.10 ike-group MyIKEGroup +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer 192.0.2.10 local-address any +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer 192.0.2.10 tunnel 1 local prefix 192.168.99.2/32 # Additional loopback address on the local +set vpn ipsec site-to-site peer 192.0.2.10 tunnel 1 remote prefix 192.168.99.1/32 # Additional loopback address on the remote +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/vpn/md-sstp.md b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-sstp.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ac7d665 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vpn/md-sstp.md @@ -0,0 +1,919 @@ +# SSTP Server + +`SSTP (Secure Socket Tunneling Protocol)` is a form of `VPN +(Virtual Private Network)` tunnel that provides a mechanism to transport PPP +traffic through an SSL/TLS channel. SSL/TLS provides transport-level security +with key negotiation, encryption and traffic integrity checking. The use of +SSL/TLS over TCP port 443 allows SSTP to pass through virtually all firewalls +and proxy servers except for authenticated web proxies. + +SSTP is available for Linux, BSD, and Windows. + +VyOS utilizes [accel-ppp]() to provide SSTP server functionality. We support both +local and RADIUS authentication. + +As SSTP provides PPP via a SSL/TLS channel the use of either publicly signed +certificates or private PKI is required. + +## Configuring SSTP Server + +### Certificates + +Using our documentation chapter - `pki` generate and install CA and Server certificate + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ generate pki ca install CA +``` + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ generate pki certificate sign CA install Server +``` + +### Configuration + +``` none +set vpn sstp authentication local-users username test password 'test' +set vpn sstp authentication mode 'local' +set vpn sstp client-ip-pool SSTP-POOL range '10.0.0.2-10.0.0.100' +set vpn sstp default-pool 'SSTP-POOL' +set vpn sstp gateway-address '10.0.0.1' +set vpn sstp ssl ca-certificate 'CA1' +set vpn sstp ssl certificate 'Server' +``` + +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication mode \ + +Set authentication backend. The configured authentication backend is used +for all queries. + +- **radius**: All authentication queries are handled by a configured RADIUS + server. +- **local**: All authentication queries are handled locally. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication local-users username \ password +\ + +Create \ for local authentication on this system. The users password +will be set to \. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp client-ip-pool \ range \ + +Use this command to define the first IP address of a pool of +addresses to be given to SSTP clients. If notation `x.x.x.x-x.x.x.x`, +it must be within a /24 subnet. If notation `x.x.x.x/x` is +used there is possibility to set host/netmask. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp default-pool \ + +Use this command to define default address pool name. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp gateway-address \ + +Specifies single \ IP address to be used as local address of PPP +interfaces. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp ssl ca-certificate \ + +Name of installed certificate authority certificate. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp ssl certificate \ + +Name of installed server certificate. + +
+ +## Configuring RADIUS authentication + +To enable RADIUS based authentication, the authentication mode needs to be +changed within the configuration. Previous settings like the local users still +exist within the configuration, however they are not used if the mode has been +changed from local to radius. Once changed back to local, it will use all local +accounts again. + +``` none +set vpn sstp authentication mode radius +``` + +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius server \ key \ + +Configure RADIUS \ and its required shared \ for +communicating with the RADIUS server. + +
+ +Since the RADIUS server would be a single point of failure, multiple RADIUS +servers can be setup and will be used subsequentially. +For example: + +``` none +set vpn sstp authentication radius server 10.0.0.1 key 'foo' +set vpn sstp authentication radius server 10.0.0.2 key 'foo' +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Some RADIUS severs use an access control list which allows or denies +queries, make sure to add your VyOS router to the allowed client list. + +
+ +### RADIUS source address + +If you are using OSPF as your IGP, use the interface connected closest to the +RADIUS server. You can bind all outgoing RADIUS requests to a single source IP +e.g. the loopback interface. + +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius source-address \ + +Source IPv4 address used in all RADIUS server queires. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The `source-address` must be configured to that of an interface. +Best practice would be a loopback or dummy interface. + +
+ +### RADIUS advanced options + +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius server \ port \ + +Configure RADIUS \ and its required port for authentication requests. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius server \ fail-time \ + +Mark RADIUS server as offline for this given \ in seconds. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius server \ disable + +Temporary disable this RADIUS server. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius acct-timeout \ + +Timeout to wait reply for Interim-Update packets. (default 3 seconds) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius dynamic-author server \ + +Specifies IP address for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius dynamic-author port \ + +Port for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius dynamic-author key \ + +Secret for Dynamic Authorization Extension server (DM/CoA) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius max-try \ + +Maximum number of tries to send Access-Request/Accounting-Request queries + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius timeout \ + +Timeout to wait response from server (seconds) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius nas-identifier \ + +Value to send to RADIUS server in NAS-Identifier attribute and to be matched +in DM/CoA requests. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius nas-ip-address \ + +Value to send to RADIUS server in NAS-IP-Address attribute and to be matched +in DM/CoA requests. Also DM/CoA server will bind to that address. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius source-address \ + +Source IPv4 address used in all RADIUS server queires. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius rate-limit attribute \ + +Specifies which RADIUS server attribute contains the rate limit information. +The default attribute is Filter-Id. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you set a custom RADIUS attribute you must define it on both +dictionaries on the RADIUS server and client. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius rate-limit enable + +Enables bandwidth shaping via RADIUS. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication radius rate-limit vendor + +Specifies the vendor dictionary, This dictionary needs to be present in +/usr/share/accel-ppp/radius. + +
+ +Received RADIUS attributes have a higher priority than parameters defined within +the CLI configuration, refer to the explanation below. + +### Allocation clients ip addresses by RADIUS + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Framed-IP-Address` then this IP +address will be allocated to the client and the option `default-pool` within +the CLI config will being ignored. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Framed-Pool`, then the IP address +will be allocated from a predefined IP pool whose name equals the attribute +value. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Stateful-IPv6-Address-Pool`, the +IPv6 address will be allocated from a predefined IPv6 pool `prefix` whose +name equals the attribute value. + +If the RADIUS server sends the attribute `Delegated-IPv6-Prefix-Pool`, an +IPv6 delegation prefix will be allocated from a predefined IPv6 pool `delegate` +whose name equals the attribute value. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +`Stateful-IPv6-Address-Pool` and `Delegated-IPv6-Prefix-Pool` are defined in +RFC6911. If they are not defined in your RADIUS server, add new [dictionary](https://github.com/accel-ppp/accel-ppp/blob/master/accel-pppd/radius/dict/dictionary.rfc6911). + +
+ +The client's interface can be put into a VRF context via a RADIUS Access-Accept +packet, or changed via RADIUS CoA. `Accel-VRF-Name` is used for these +purposes. This is a custom [ACCEL-PPP attribute](https://github.com/accel-ppp/accel-ppp/blob/master/accel-pppd/radius/dict/dictionary.accel). Define it in your RADIUS +server. + +### Renaming clients interfaces by RADIUS + +If the RADIUS server uses the attribute `NAS-Port-Id`, ppp tunnels will be +renamed. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +The value of the attribute `NAS-Port-Id` must be less than 16 +characters, otherwise the interface won't be renamed. + +
+ +## IPv6 + +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options ipv6 \ + +Specifies IPv6 negotiation preference. + +- **require** - Require IPv6 negotiation +- **prefer** - Ask client for IPv6 negotiation, do not fail if it rejects +- **allow** - Negotiate IPv6 only if client requests +- **deny** - Do not negotiate IPv6 (default value) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp client-ipv6-pool \ prefix \ +mask \ + +Use this comand to set the IPv6 address pool from which an SSTP client will +get an IPv6 prefix of your defined length (mask) to terminate the SSTP +endpoint at their side. The mask length can be set between 48 and 128 bits +long, the default value is 64. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp client-ipv6-pool \ delegate \ +delegation-prefix \ + +Use this command to configure DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation (RFC3633) on SSTP. You +will have to set your IPv6 pool and the length of the delegation prefix. From +the defined IPv6 pool you will be handing out networks of the defined length +(delegation-prefix). The length of the delegation prefix can be set between +32 and 64 bits long. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp default-ipv6-pool \ + +Use this command to define default IPv6 address pool name. + +
+ +``` none +set vpn sstp ppp-options ipv6 allow +set vpn sstp client-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL delegate '2001:db8:8003::/48' delegation-prefix '56' +set vpn sstp client-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL prefix '2001:db8:8002::/48' mask '64' +set vpn sstp default-ipv6-pool IPv6-POOL +``` + +### IPv6 Advanced Options + +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options ipv6-accept-peer-interface-id + +Accept peer interface identifier. By default this is not defined. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options ipv6-interface-id \ + +Specifies if a fixed or random interface identifier is used for IPv6. The +default is fixed. + +- **random** - Random interface identifier for IPv6 +- **x:x:x:x** - Specify interface identifier for IPv6 + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options ipv6-interface-id \ + +Specifies the peer interface identifier for IPv6. The default is fixed. + +- **random** - Random interface identifier for IPv6 +- **x:x:x:x** - Specify interface identifier for IPv6 +- **ipv4-addr** - Calculate interface identifier from IPv4 address. +- **calling-sid** - Calculate interface identifier from calling-station-id. + +
+ +## Scripting + +
+ +set vpn sstp extended-scripts on-change \ + +Script to run when the session interface is changed by RADIUS CoA handling + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp extended-scripts on-down \ + +Script to run when the session interface about to terminate + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp extended-scripts on-pre-up \ + +Script to run before the session interface comes up + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp extended-scripts on-up \ + +Script to run when the session interface is completely configured and started + +
+ +## Advanced Options + +### Authentication Advanced Options + +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication local-users username \ disable + +Disable \ account. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication local-users username \ static-ip +\ + +Assign a static IP address to \ account. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication local-users username \ rate-limit +download \ + +Rate limit the download bandwidth for \ to \ kbit/s. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication local-users username \ rate-limit +upload \ + +Rate limit the upload bandwidth for \ to \ kbit/s. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp authentication protocols +\ + +Require the peer to authenticate itself using one of the following protocols: +pap, chap, mschap, mschap-v2. + +
+ +### Client IP Pool Advanced Options + +
+ +set vpn sstp client-ip-pool \ next-pool \ + +Use this command to define the next address pool name. + +
+ +### PPP Advanced Options + +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options disable-ccp + +Disable Compression Control Protocol (CCP). +CCP is enabled by default. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options interface-cache \ + +Specifies number of interfaces to cache. This prevents interfaces from being +removed once the corresponding session is destroyed. Instead, interfaces are +cached for later use in new sessions. This should reduce the kernel-level +interface creation/deletion rate. +Default value is **0**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options ipv4 \ + +Specifies IPv4 negotiation preference. + +- **require** - Require IPv4 negotiation +- **prefer** - Ask client for IPv4 negotiation, do not fail if it rejects +- **allow** - Negotiate IPv4 only if client requests (Default value) +- **deny** - Do not negotiate IPv4 + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options lcp-echo-failure \ + +Defines the maximum \ of unanswered echo requests. Upon reaching the +value \, the session will be reset. Default value is **3**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options lcp-echo-interval \ + +If this option is specified and is greater than 0, then the PPP module will +send LCP echo requests every \ seconds. +Default value is **30**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options lcp-echo-timeout + +Specifies timeout in seconds to wait for any peer activity. If this option is +specified it turns on adaptive lcp echo functionality and "lcp-echo-failure" +is not used. Default value is **0**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options min-mtu \ + +Defines the minimum acceptable MTU. If a client tries to negotiate an MTU +lower than this it will be NAKed, and disconnected if it rejects a greater +MTU. +Default value is **100**. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options mppe \ + +Specifies `MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption)` negotiation +preference. + +- **require** - ask client for mppe, if it rejects drop connection +- **prefer** - ask client for mppe, if it rejects don't fail. (Default value) +- **deny** - deny mppe + +Default behavior - don't ask the client for mppe, but allow it if the client +wants. +Please note that RADIUS may override this option by MS-MPPE-Encryption-Policy +attribute. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp ppp-options mru \ + +Defines preferred MRU. By default is not defined. + +
+ +### Global Advanced options + +
+ +set vpn sstp description \ + +Set description. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp limits burst \ + +Burst count + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp limits connection-limit \ + +Maximum accepted connection rate (e.g. 1/min, 60/sec) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp limits timeout \ + +Timeout in seconds + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp mtu + +Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) (default: **1500**) + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp max-concurrent-sessions + +Maximum number of concurrent session start attempts + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp name-server \ + +Connected clients should use \ as their DNS server. This command +accepts both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Up to two nameservers can be configured +for IPv4, up to three for IPv6. + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp shaper fwmark \<1-2147483647\> + +Match firewall mark value + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp snmp master-agent + +Enable SNMP + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp wins-server \ + +Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) servers propagated to client + +
+ +
+ +set vpn sstp host-name \ + +If this option is given, only SSTP connections to the specified host +and with the same TLS SNI will be allowed. + +
+ +## Configuring SSTP client + +Once you have setup your SSTP server there comes the time to do some basic +testing. The Linux client used for testing is called [sstpc](https://github.com/reliablehosting/sstp-client). [sstpc](https://github.com/reliablehosting/sstp-client) requires a +PPP configuration/peer file. + +If you use a self-signed certificate, do not forget to install CA on the client side. + +The following PPP configuration tests MSCHAP-v2: + +``` none +$ cat /etc/ppp/peers/vyos +usepeerdns +#require-mppe +#require-pap +require-mschap-v2 +noauth +lock +refuse-pap +refuse-eap +refuse-chap +refuse-mschap +#refuse-mschap-v2 +nobsdcomp +nodeflate +debug +``` + +You can now "dial" the peer with the follwoing command: `sstpc --log-level 4 --log-stderr --user vyos --password vyos vpn.example.com -- call vyos`. + +A connection attempt will be shown as: + +``` none +$ sstpc --log-level 4 --log-stderr --user vyos --password vyos vpn.example.com -- call vyos + +Mar 22 13:29:12 sstpc[12344]: Resolved vpn.example.com to 192.0.2.1 +Mar 22 13:29:12 sstpc[12344]: Connected to vpn.example.com +Mar 22 13:29:12 sstpc[12344]: Sending Connect-Request Message +Mar 22 13:29:12 sstpc[12344]: SEND SSTP CRTL PKT(14) +Mar 22 13:29:12 sstpc[12344]: TYPE(1): CONNECT REQUEST, ATTR(1): +Mar 22 13:29:12 sstpc[12344]: ENCAP PROTO(1): 6 +Mar 22 13:29:12 sstpc[12344]: RECV SSTP CRTL PKT(48) +Mar 22 13:29:12 sstpc[12344]: TYPE(2): CONNECT ACK, ATTR(1): +Mar 22 13:29:12 sstpc[12344]: CRYPTO BIND REQ(4): 40 +Mar 22 13:29:12 sstpc[12344]: Started PPP Link Negotiation +Mar 22 13:29:15 sstpc[12344]: Sending Connected Message +Mar 22 13:29:15 sstpc[12344]: SEND SSTP CRTL PKT(112) +Mar 22 13:29:15 sstpc[12344]: TYPE(4): CONNECTED, ATTR(1): +Mar 22 13:29:15 sstpc[12344]: CRYPTO BIND(3): 104 +Mar 22 13:29:15 sstpc[12344]: Connection Established + +$ ip addr show ppp0 +164: ppp0: mtu 1452 qdisc fq_codel state UNKNOWN group default qlen 3 + link/ppp promiscuity 0 + inet 100.64.2.2 peer 100.64.1.1/32 scope global ppp0 + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever +``` + +## Monitoring + +
+ +show sstp-server sessions + +Use this command to locally check the active sessions in the SSTP +server. + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show sstp-server sessions + ifname | username | ip | ip6 | ip6-dp | calling-sid | rate-limit | state | uptime | rx-bytes | tx-bytes +--------+----------+----------+-----+--------+----------------+------------+--------+----------+----------+---------- + sstp0 | test | 10.0.0.2 | | | 192.168.10.100 | | active | 00:15:46 | 16.3 KiB | 210 B +``` + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show sstp-server statistics + uptime: 0.01:21:54 +cpu: 0% +mem(rss/virt): 6688/100464 kB +core: + mempool_allocated: 149420 + mempool_available: 146092 + thread_count: 1 + thread_active: 1 + context_count: 6 + context_sleeping: 0 + context_pending: 0 + md_handler_count: 7 + md_handler_pending: 0 + timer_count: 2 + timer_pending: 0 +sessions: + starting: 0 + active: 1 + finishing: 0 +sstp: + starting: 0 + active: 1 +``` + +## Troubleshooting + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$sudo journalctl -u accel-ppp@sstp -b 0 + +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: sstp: new connection from 192.168.10.100:49852 +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: sstp: starting +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: sstp: started +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: recv [HTTP ] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: recv [HTTP ] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: recv [HTTP ] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: recv [HTTP ] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: send [HTTP ] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: send [HTTP ] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: send [HTTP ] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: recv [SSTP SSTP_MSG_CALL_CONNECT_REQUEST] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: send [SSTP SSTP_MSG_CALL_CONNECT_ACK] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: lcp_layer_init +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: auth_layer_init +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: ccp_layer_init +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: ipcp_layer_init +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: ipv6cp_layer_init +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: ppp establishing +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: lcp_layer_start +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: send [LCP ConfReq id=56 ] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: recv [LCP ConfReq id=0 < d 3 6 >] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: send [LCP ConfRej id=0 < d 3 6 >] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: recv [LCP ConfReq id=1 ] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: send [LCP ConfNak id=1 ] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: recv [LCP ConfReq id=2 ] +Feb 28 17:03:04 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: send [LCP ConfAck id=2] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: fsm timeout 9 +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: send [LCP ConfReq id=56 ] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: recv [LCP ConfAck id=56 ] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: lcp_layer_started +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: auth_layer_start +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: recv [LCP Ident id=3 ] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: recv [LCP Ident id=4 ] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: [50B blob data] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: :: recv [PAP AuthReq id=3] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: connect: ppp0 <--> sstp(192.168.10.100:49852) +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: ppp connected +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: send [PAP AuthAck id=3 "Authentication succeeded"] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: test: authentication succeeded +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: auth_layer_started +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: ccp_layer_start +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: ipcp_layer_start +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: ipv6cp_layer_start +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: recv [SSTP SSTP_MSG_CALL_CONNECTED] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: IPV6CP: discarding packet +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: send [LCP ProtoRej id=88 <8057>] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: recv [IPCP ConfReq id=7 ] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: send [IPCP ConfReq id=25 ] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: send [IPCP ConfRej id=7 ] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: recv [IPCP ConfAck id=25 ] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: recv [IPCP ConfReq id=8 ] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: send [IPCP ConfNak id=8 ] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: recv [IPCP ConfReq id=9 ] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: send [IPCP ConfAck id=9] +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: ipcp_layer_started +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: ppp0:test: rename interface to 'sstp0' +Feb 28 17:03:07 vyos accel-sstp[2492]: sstp0:test: sstp: ppp: started +``` diff --git a/docs/configuration/vrf/md-index.md b/docs/configuration/vrf/md-index.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ab24fc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/configuration/vrf/md-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,694 @@ +lastproofread +2021-07-07 + +# VRF + +`VRF (Virtual Routing and Forwarding)` devices combined with ip rules +provides the ability to create virtual routing and forwarding domains (aka +VRFs, VRF-lite to be specific) in the Linux network stack. One use case is the +multi-tenancy problem where each tenant has their own unique routing tables and +in the very least need different default gateways. + +## Configuration + +A VRF device is created with an associated route table. Network interfaces are +then enslaved to a VRF device. + +
+ +set vrf name \ table \ + +Create a new VRF instance with \ and \. The name is used when placing +individual interfaces into the VRF. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +A routing table ID can not be modified once it is assigned. It can +only be changed by deleting and re-adding the VRF instance. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set vrf bind-to-all + +By default the scope of the port bindings for unbound sockets is limited to +the default VRF. That is, it will not be matched by packets arriving on +interfaces enslaved to a VRF and processes may bind to the same port if +they bind to a VRF. + +TCP & UDP services running in the default VRF context (ie., not bound to any +VRF device) can work across all VRF domains by enabling this option. + +
+ +### Zebra/Kernel route filtering + +Zebra supports prefix-lists and Route Mapss to match routes received from +other FRR components. The permit/deny facilities provided by these commands +can be used to filter which routes zebra will install in the kernel. + +
+ +set vrf \ ip protocol \ route-map \ + +Apply a route-map filter to routes for the specified protocol. + +The following protocols can be used: any, babel, bgp, connected, eigrp, +isis, kernel, ospf, rip, static, table + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you choose any as the option that will cause all protocols that +are sending routes to zebra. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +set vrf \ ipv6 protocol \ route-map \ + +Apply a route-map filter to routes for the specified protocol. + +The following protocols can be used: any, babel, bgp, connected, isis, +kernel, ospfv3, ripng, static, table + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +If you choose any as the option that will cause all protocols that +are sending routes to zebra. + +
+ +
+ +### Nexthop Tracking + +Nexthop tracking resolve nexthops via the default route by default. This is enabled +by default for a traditional profile of FRR which we use. It and can be disabled if +you do not wan't to e.g. allow BGP to peer across the default route. + +
+ +set vrf name \ ip nht no-resolve-via-default + +Do not allow IPv4 nexthop tracking to resolve via the default route. This +parameter is configured per-VRF, so the command is also available in the VRF +subnode. + +
+ +
+ +set vrf name \ ipv6 nht no-resolve-via-default + +Do not allow IPv4 nexthop tracking to resolve via the default route. This +parameter is configured per-VRF, so the command is also available in the VRF +subnode. + +
+ +### Interfaces + +When VRFs are used it is not only mandatory to create a VRF but also the VRF +itself needs to be assigned to an interface. + +
+ +set interfaces \ +\ vrf \ + +Assign interface identified by \ to VRF named \. + +
+ +### Routing + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +VyOS 1.4 (sagitta) introduced dynamic routing support for VRFs. + +
+ +Currently dynamic routing is supported for the following protocols: + +- `routing-bgp` +- `routing-isis` +- `routing-ospf` +- `routing-ospfv3` +- `routing-static` + +The CLI configuration is same as mentioned in above articles. The only +difference is, that each routing protocol used, must be prefixed with the vrf +name \ command. + +#### Example + +The following commands would be required to set options for a given dynamic +routing protocol inside a given vrf: + +- `routing-bgp`: `set vrf name protocols bgp ...` +- `routing-isis`: `set vrf name protocols isis ...` +- `routing-ospf`: `set vrf name protocols ospf ...` +- `routing-ospfv3`: `set vrf name protocols ospfv3 ...` +- `routing-static`: `set vrf name protocols static ...` + +## Operation + +It is not sufficient to only configure a VRF but VRFs must be maintained, too. +For VRF maintenance the following operational commands are in place. + +
+ +show vrf + +Lists VRFs that have been created + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show vrf +VRF name state mac address flags interfaces +-------- ----- ----------- ----- ---------- +blue up 00:53:12:d8:74:24 noarp,master,up,lower_up dum200,eth0.302 +red up 00:53:de:02:df:aa noarp,master,up,lower_up dum100,eth0.300,bond0.100,peth0 +``` + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Command should probably be extended to list also the real +interfaces assigned to this one VRF to get a better overview. + +
+ +
+ +
+ +show vrf \ + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show vrf name blue +VRF name state mac address flags interfaces +-------- ----- ----------- ----- ---------- +blue up 00:53:12:d8:74:24 noarp,master,up,lower_up dum200,eth0.302 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show ip route vrf \ + +Display IPv4 routing table for VRF identified by \. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ip route vrf blue +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, + O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, + T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, D - SHARP, + F - PBR, f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued route, r - rejected route + +VRF blue: +K 0.0.0.0/0 [255/8192] unreachable (ICMP unreachable), 00:00:50 +S>* 172.16.0.0/16 [1/0] via 192.0.2.1, dum1, 00:00:02 +C>* 192.0.2.0/24 is directly connected, dum1, 00:00:06 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show ipv6 route vrf \ + +Display IPv6 routing table for VRF identified by \. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ show ipv6 route vrf red +Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIPng, + O - OSPFv3, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, N - NHRP, T - Table, + v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, D - SHARP, F - PBR, + f - OpenFabric, + > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued route, r - rejected route + +VRF red: +K ::/0 [255/8192] unreachable (ICMP unreachable), 00:43:20 +C>* 2001:db8::/64 is directly connected, dum1, 00:02:19 +C>* fe80::/64 is directly connected, dum1, 00:43:19 +K>* ff00::/8 [0/256] is directly connected, dum1, 00:43:19 +``` + +
+ +
+ +ping \ vrf \ + +The ping command is used to test whether a network host is reachable or not. + +Ping uses ICMP protocol's mandatory ECHO_REQUEST datagram to elicit an +ICMP ECHO_RESPONSE from a host or gateway. ECHO_REQUEST datagrams (pings) +will have an IP and ICMP header, followed by "struct timeval" and an +arbitrary number of pad bytes used to fill out the packet. + +When doing fault isolation with ping, you should first run it on the local +host, to verify that the local network interface is up and running. Then, +continue with hosts and gateways further down the road towards your +destination. Round-trip time and packet loss statistics are computed. + +Duplicate packets are not included in the packet loss calculation, although +the round-trip time of these packets is used in calculating the minimum/ +average/maximum round-trip time numbers. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Ping command can be interrupted at any given time using `+c`. +A brief statistic is shown afterwards. + +
+ +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ ping 192.0.2.1 vrf red +PING 192.0.2.1 (192.0.2.1) 56(84) bytes of data. +64 bytes from 192.0.2.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.070 ms +64 bytes from 192.0.2.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.078 ms +^C +--- 192.0.2.1 ping statistics --- +2 packets transmitted, 2 received, 0% packet loss, time 4ms +rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.070/0.074/0.078/0.004 ms +``` + +
+ +
+ +traceroute vrf \ \[ipv4 | ipv6\] \ + +Displays the route packets taken to a network host utilizing VRF instance +identified by \. When using the IPv4 or IPv6 option, displays the +route packets taken to the given hosts IP address family. This option is +useful when the host is specified as a hostname rather than an IP address. + +
+ +
+ +force vrf \ + +Join a given VRF. This will open a new subshell within the specified VRF. + +The prompt is adjusted to reflect this change in both config and op-mode. + +``` none +vyos@vyos:~$ force vrf blue +vyos@vyos(vrf:blue):~$ +``` + +
+ +## Example + +### VRF route leaking + +The following example topology was built using EVE-NG. + +
+VRF topology example +
VRF route leaking
+
+ +- PC1 is in the `default` VRF and acting as e.g. a "fileserver" +- PC2 is in VRF `blue` which is the development department +- PC3 and PC4 are connected to a bridge device on router `R1` which is in VRF + `red`. Say this is the HR department. +- R1 is managed through an out-of-band network that resides in VRF `mgmt` + +#### Configuration + +> ``` none +> set interfaces bridge br10 address '10.30.0.254/24' +> set interfaces bridge br10 member interface eth3 +> set interfaces bridge br10 member interface eth4 +> set interfaces bridge br10 vrf 'red' +> +> set interfaces ethernet eth0 address 'dhcp' +> set interfaces ethernet eth0 vrf 'mgmt' +> set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '10.0.0.254/24' +> set interfaces ethernet eth2 address '10.20.0.254/24' +> set interfaces ethernet eth2 vrf 'blue' +> +> set protocols static route 10.20.0.0/24 interface eth2 vrf 'blue' +> set protocols static route 10.30.0.0/24 interface br10 vrf 'red' +> +> set service ssh disable-host-validation +> set service ssh vrf 'mgmt' +> +> set system name-server 'eth0' +> +> set vrf name blue protocols static route 10.0.0.0/24 interface eth1 vrf 'default' +> set vrf name blue table '3000' +> set vrf name mgmt table '1000' +> set vrf name red protocols static route 10.0.0.0/24 interface eth1 vrf 'default' +> set vrf name red table '2000' +> ``` + +### VRF and NAT + +#### Configuration + +> ``` none +> set interfaces ethernet eth0 address '172.16.50.12/24' +> set interfaces ethernet eth0 vrf 'red' +> +> set interfaces ethernet eth1 address '192.168.130.100/24' +> set interfaces ethernet eth1 vrf 'blue' +> +> set nat destination rule 110 description 'NAT ssh- INSIDE' +> set nat destination rule 110 destination port '2022' +> set nat destination rule 110 inbound-interface 'eth0' +> set nat destination rule 110 protocol 'tcp' +> set nat destination rule 110 translation address '192.168.130.40' +> +> set nat source rule 100 outbound-interface 'eth0' +> set nat source rule 100 protocol 'all' +> set nat source rule 100 source address '192.168.130.0/24' +> set nat source rule 100 translation address 'masquerade' +> +> set service ssh vrf 'red' +> +> set vrf bind-to-all +> set vrf name blue protocols static route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 172.16.50.1 vrf 'red' +> set vrf name blue protocols static route 172.16.50.0/24 interface eth0 vrf 'red' +> set vrf name blue table '1010' +> +> set vrf name red protocols static route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 172.16.50.1 +> set vrf name red protocols static route 192.168.130.0/24 interface eth1 vrf 'blue' +> set vrf name red table '2020' +> ``` + +#### Operation + +After committing the configuration we can verify all leaked routes are +installed, and try to ICMP ping PC1 from PC3. + +> ``` none +> PCS> ping 10.0.0.1 +> +> 84 bytes from 10.0.0.1 icmp_seq=1 ttl=63 time=1.943 ms +> 84 bytes from 10.0.0.1 icmp_seq=2 ttl=63 time=1.618 ms +> 84 bytes from 10.0.0.1 icmp_seq=3 ttl=63 time=1.745 ms +> ``` +> +> ``` none +> VPCS> show ip +> +> NAME : VPCS[1] +> IP/MASK : 10.30.0.1/24 +> GATEWAY : 10.30.0.254 +> DNS : +> MAC : 00:50:79:66:68:0f +> ``` + +##### VRF default routing table + +> ``` none +> vyos@R1:~$ show ip route +> Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, +> O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, +> T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, D - SHARP, +> F - PBR, f - OpenFabric, +> > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup +> +> C>* 10.0.0.0/24 is directly connected, eth1, 00:07:44 +> S>* 10.20.0.0/24 [1/0] is directly connected, eth2 (vrf blue), weight 1, 00:07:38 +> S>* 10.30.0.0/24 [1/0] is directly connected, br10 (vrf red), weight 1, 00:07:38 +> ``` + +##### VRF red routing table + +> ``` none +> vyos@R1:~$ show ip route vrf red +> Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, +> O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, +> T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, D - SHARP, +> F - PBR, f - OpenFabric, +> > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup +> +> VRF red: +> K>* 0.0.0.0/0 [255/8192] unreachable (ICMP unreachable), 00:07:57 +> S>* 10.0.0.0/24 [1/0] is directly connected, eth1 (vrf default), weight 1, 00:07:40 +> C>* 10.30.0.0/24 is directly connected, br10, 00:07:54 +> ``` + +##### VRF blue routing table + +> ``` none +> vyos@R1:~$ show ip route vrf blue +> Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, +> O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP, +> T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, D - SHARP, +> F - PBR, f - OpenFabric, +> > - selected route, * - FIB route, q - queued, r - rejected, b - backup +> +> VRF blue: +> K>* 0.0.0.0/0 [255/8192] unreachable (ICMP unreachable), 00:08:00 +> S>* 10.0.0.0/24 [1/0] is directly connected, eth1 (vrf default), weight 1, 00:07:44 +> C>* 10.20.0.0/24 is directly connected, eth2, 00:07:53 +> ``` + +# L3VPN VRFs + +`L3VPN VRFs ( Layer 3 Virtual Private Networks )` bgpd supports for +IPv4 RFC 4364 and IPv6 RFC 4659. L3VPN routes, and their associated VRF +MPLS labels, can be distributed to VPN SAFI neighbors in the default, i.e., +non VRF, BGP instance. VRF MPLS labels are reached using core MPLS labels +which are distributed using LDP or BGP labeled unicast. +bgpd also supports inter-VRF route leaking. + +## VRF Route Leaking + +BGP routes may be leaked (i.e. copied) between a unicast VRF RIB and the VPN +SAFI RIB of the default VRF for use in MPLS-based L3VPNs. Unicast routes may +also be leaked between any VRFs (including the unicast RIB of the default BGP +instance). A shortcut syntax is also available for specifying leaking from +one VRF to another VRF using the default instance’s VPN RIB as the intemediary +. A common application of the VRF-VRF feature is to connect a customer’s +private routing domain to a provider’s VPN service. Leaking is configured from +the point of view of an individual VRF: import refers to routes leaked from VPN +to a unicast VRF, whereas export refers to routes leaked from a unicast VRF to +VPN. + +
+ +
+ +Note + +
+ +Routes exported from a unicast VRF to the VPN RIB must be augmented +by two parameters: + +an RD / RTLIST + +Configuration for these exported routes must, at a minimum, specify +these two parameters. + +
+ +## Configuration + +Configuration of route leaking between a unicast VRF RIB and the VPN SAFI RIB +of the default VRF is accomplished via commands in the context of a VRF +address-family. + +
+ +set vrf name \ protocols bgp address-family +\ rd vpn export \ rd vpn export + +Specifies the route distinguisher to be added to a route exported from the +current unicast VRF to VPN. + +
+ +
+ +set vrf name \ protocols bgp address-family +\ route-target vpn \ route-target vpn +\[RTLIST\] + +Specifies the route-target list to be attached to a route (export) or the +route-target list to match against (import) when exporting/importing +between the current unicast VRF and VPN.The RTLIST is a space-separated +list of route-targets, which are BGP extended community values as +described in Extended Communities Attribute. + +
+ +
+ +set vrf name \ protocols bgp address-family +\ label vpn export \<0-1048575|](##SUBST##|ipv6-unicast> label vpn export <0-1048575|)auto\> + +Enables an MPLS label to be attached to a route exported from the current +unicast VRF to VPN. If the value specified is auto, the label value is +automatically assigned from a pool maintained. + +
+ +
+ +set vrf name \ protocols bgp address-family +\ label vpn allocation-mode per-nexthop + +Select how labels are allocated in the given VRF. By default, the per-vrf +mode is selected, and one label is used for all prefixes from the VRF. The +per-nexthop will use a unique label for all prefixes that are reachable via +the same nexthop. + +
+ +
+ +set vrf name \ protocols bgp address-family +\ route-map vpn \ route-map vpn +\[route-map \\] + +Specifies an optional route-map to be applied to routes imported or +exported between the current unicast VRF and VPN. + +
+ +
+ +set vrf name \ protocols bgp address-family +\ \ vpn + +Enables import or export of routes between the current unicast VRF and VPN. + +
+ +
+ +set vrf name \ protocols bgp address-family +\ import vrf \ + +Shortcut syntax for specifying automatic leaking from vrf VRFNAME to the +current VRF using the VPN RIB as intermediary. The RD and RT are auto +derived and should not be specified explicitly for either the source or +destination VRF’s. + +
+ +
+ +set vrf name \ protocols bgp address-family +\ route-map vrf import +\[route-map \\] + +Specifies an optional route-map to be applied to routes imported from VRFs. + +
+ +
+ +set vrf name \ protocols bgp interface \ mpls +forwarding + +It is possible to permit BGP install VPN prefixes without transport labels. +This configuration will install VPN prefixes originated from an e-bgp session, +and with the next-hop directly connected. + +
+ +## Operation + +It is not sufficient to only configure a L3VPN VRFs but L3VPN VRFs must be +maintained, too.For L3VPN VRF maintenance the following operational commands +are in place. + +
+ +show bgp \ vpn + +Print active IPV4 or IPV6 routes advertised via the VPN SAFI. + +``` none +BGP table version is 2, local router ID is 10.0.1.1, vrf id 0 +Default local pref 100, local AS 65001 +Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, = multipath, + i internal, r RIB-failure, S Stale, R Removed +Nexthop codes: @NNN nexthop's vrf id, < announce-nh-self +Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete + + Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path +Route Distinguisher: 10.50.50.1:1011 +*>i10.50.50.0/24 10.0.0.7 0 100 0 i + UN=10.0.0.7 EC{65035:1011} label=80 type=bgp, subtype=0 +Route Distinguisher: 10.60.60.1:1011 +*>i10.60.60.0/24 10.0.0.10 0 100 0 i + UN=10.0.0.10 EC{65035:1011} label=80 type=bgp, subtype=0 +``` + +
+ +
+ +show bgp \ vpn summary + +Print a summary of neighbor connections for the specified AFI/SAFI +combination. + +``` none +``` + +BGP router identifier 10.0.1.1, local AS number 65001 vrf-id 0 +BGP table version 0 +RIB entries 9, using 1728 bytes of memory +Peers 4, using 85 KiB of memory +Peer groups 1, using 64 bytes of memory + +Neighbor V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/PfxRcd PfxSnt +10.0.0.7 4 65001 2860 2870 0 0 0 1d23h34m 2 10 + +
-- cgit v1.2.3